UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.  20549

 

FORM 20-F

 

(Mark One)

o

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) or (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

OR

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

o

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 001-37611

 

PYXIS TANKERS INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter and translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

Marshall Islands

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

59 K. Karamanli Street

Maroussi 15125 Greece

+30 210 638 0200

(Address of principal executive office)

Mr. Antonios C. Backos

Senior Vice President Corporate Development & General Counsel

59 K. Karamanli Street

Maroussi 15125 Greece

Tel: +30 210 638 0200

Fax: +30 210 653 7715    

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value U.S. $0.001 per share

 

Nasdaq Capital Market

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

None

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the Annual Report.

Common Stock, par value U.S. $0.001 per share: 18,244,671 as of December 31, 2015

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   o     No   x

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes   o     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x      No  o  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

 

Large accelerated filer

o

 

Accelerated filer

o

 

Non-accelerated filer

x

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

 

U.S. GAAP

x

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board  o

 

Other

o

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow: Item 17   o     Item 18   o

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   o     No   x

(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or

15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court. Yes   o     No   o  

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

PAGE

INTRODUCTION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART I

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

 

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

Item 2.

 

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

Item 3.

 

Key Information

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

Item 4.

 

Information on the Company

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

Item 4A.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

66

 

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

 

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

 

67

 

 

 

 

 

Item 6.

 

Directors, Senior Management and Employees

 

79

 

 

 

 

 

Item 7.

 

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

 

82

 

 

 

 

 

Item 8.

 

Financial Information

 

84

 

 

 

 

 

Item 9.

 

The Offer and Listing

 

84

 

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

 

Additional Information

 

85

 

 

 

 

 

Item 11.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

93

 

 

 

 

 

Item 12.

 

Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

 

94

 

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 13.

 

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

 

96

 

 

 

 

 

Item 14.

 

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

 

96

 

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

 

Controls and Procedures

 

96

 

 

 

 

 

Item 16A.

 

Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

96

 

 

 

 

 

Item 16B.

 

Code of Ethics

 

96

 

 

 

 

 

Item 16C.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

96

 

 

 

 

 

Item 16D.

 

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

 

97

 

 

 

 

 

Item 16E.

 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

 

97

 

 

 

 

 

Item 16F.

 

Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

 

97

 

 

 

 

 

Item 16G.

 

Corporate Governance

 

98

 

 

 

 

 

Item 16H.

 

Mine Safety Disclosure

 

98

 

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 17.

 

Financial Statements

 

99

 

 

 

 

 

Item 18.

 

Financial Statements

 

99

 

 

 

 

 

Item 19.

 

Exhibits

 

99

 

 


INTROD UCTION

Unless otherwise indicated in this Annual Report on Form 20-F (“Annual Report”), “Pyxis,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Pyxis Tankers Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Our audited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or “U.S. GAAP” or “GAAP”.

All references in this Annual Report to “$,” “US$,” “U.S.$,” “U.S. dollars,” “dollars” and “USD” mean U.S. dollars and all references to “€” and “euros,” mean euros, unless otherwise noted.

 

 


FORWARD-LOOKIN G STATEMENTS

Our disclosure and analysis in this Annual Report pertaining to our operations, cash flows and financial position, including, in particular, the likelihood of our success in developing and expanding our business and making acquisitions, include forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Statements that are predictive in nature, that depend upon or refer to future events or conditions, or that include words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” “projects,” “forecasts,” “may,” “should” and similar expressions are forward-looking statements. All statements in this Annual Report that are not statements of either historical or current facts are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, such matters as our future operating or financial results, global and regional economic and political conditions, including piracy, pending vessel acquisitions, our business strategy and expected capital spending or operating expenses, including drydocking and insurance costs, competition in the tanker industry, statements about shipping market trends, including charter rates and factors affecting supply and demand, our financial condition and liquidity, including our ability to obtain financing in the future to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate activities, our ability to enter into fixed-rate charters after our current charters expire and our ability to earn income in the spot market and our expectations of the availability of vessels to purchase, the time it may take to construct new vessels, and vessels’ useful lives. Many of these statements are based on our assumptions about factors that are beyond our ability to control or predict and are subject to risks and uncertainties that are described more fully under the “Item 3. Key Information – D. Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report. Any of these factors or a combination of these factors could materially affect our future results of operations and the ultimate accuracy of the forward-looking statements.

Factors that might cause future results to differ include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

·

changes in governmental rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities;

 

·

changes in economic and competitive conditions affecting our business, including market fluctuations in charter rates and charterers’ abilities to perform under existing time charters;

 

·

the length and number of off-hire periods and dependence on third-party managers; and

 

·

other factors discussed under the “Item 3. Key Information – D. Risk Factors” in this Annual Report.

You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report, because they are statements about events that are not certain to occur as described or at all. All forward-looking statements in this Annual Report are qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained in this Annual Report. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of our future performance, and actual results and future developments may vary materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Except to the extent required by applicable law or regulation, we undertake no obligation to release publicly any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Annual Report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

 

 

 


PAR T I

 

 

ITEM 1.

IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable.

 

 

ITEM 2.

OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

 

 

ITEM 3.

KEY INFORMATION

A.

Selected Financial Data

The following table presents in each case for the periods and at the dates indicated, selected consolidated financial and operating data of Pyxis Tankers Inc. for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015. The table should be read together with “Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”. The selected consolidated financial data of Pyxis Tankers Inc. is a summary of, is derived from, and is qualified by reference to, our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). Our audited consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 and the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2014 and 2015, together with the notes thereto, are included in “Item 18. Financial Statements” and should be read in their entirety.

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

(In thousands of U.S. Dollars, except per share data)

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Revenue

 

$

21,980

 

 

$

27,760

 

 

 

33,170

 

Voyage related costs and commissions

 

 

(3,817

)

 

 

(10,030

)

 

 

(4,725

)

Vessel operating expenses

 

 

(10,220

)

 

 

(11,064

)

 

 

(13,188

)

General and administrative expenses

 

 

(173

)

 

 

(93

)

 

 

(1,773

)

Management fees, related parties

 

 

(468

)

 

 

(611

)

 

 

(577

)

Management fees, other

 

 

(823

)

 

 

(922

)

 

 

(1,061

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(4,677

)

 

 

(5,649

)

 

 

(5,884

)

Vessel impairment charge

 

 

 

 

 

(16,930

)

 

 

 

Interest expenses and finance cost, net

 

 

(402

)

 

 

(1,704

)

 

 

(2,531

)

Other income

 

 

192

 

 

 

 

 

 

74

 

Net income/(loss)

 

$

1,592

 

 

$

(19,243

)

 

 

3,505

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings/(losses) per common share, basic

 

$

0.09

 

 

$

(1.05

)

 

$

0.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings/(losses) per common share,

   diluted

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

0.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares, basic

 

 

18,244,671

 

 

 

18,244,671

 

 

 

18,244,671

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares,

   diluted

 

 

18,244,671

 

 

 

18,244,671

 

 

 

18,277,893

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

(In thousands of U.S. Dollars)

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Balance Sheet Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

$

3,372

 

 

$

5,885

 

Total other non-current assets

 

 

1,122

 

 

 

5,336

 

Fixed assets, net

 

 

117,445

 

 

 

130,501

 

Total assets

 

 

121,939

 

 

 

141,722

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

7,047

 

 

 

11,200

 

Total non – current liabilities

 

 

60,991

 

 

 

75,956

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

53,901

 

 

 

54,566

 

Capital Stock

 

$

72,981

 

 

$

70,141

 

 

1


 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

(In thousands of U.S. Dollars)

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Cash Flow Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

5,992

 

 

$

5,362

 

 

$

12,366

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(29,389

)

 

 

(7,156

)

 

 

(18,766

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

24,902

 

 

 

246

 

 

 

9,879

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,505

 

 

$

(1,548

)

 

$

3,479

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Ownership days (1)

 

 

1,566

 

 

 

1,825

 

 

 

2,177

 

Available days (2)

 

 

1,566

 

 

 

1,806

 

 

 

2,137

 

Operating days (3)

 

 

1,523

 

 

 

1,694

 

 

 

2,092

 

Utilization % (4)

 

 

97.2%

 

 

 

93.8%

 

 

 

97.9%

 

Daily time charter equivalent rate (5)

 

$

11,926

 

 

$

10,466

 

 

$

13,597

 

Average number of vessels (6)

 

 

4.3

 

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

6.0

 

Number of vessels at period end

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

6.0

 

Weighted average age of vessels (7)

 

 

4.0

 

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

4.8

 

 

(1)

Ownership days are the total number of days in a period during which each of the vessels in our fleet was owned by us. Ownership days are an indicator of the size of our fleet over a period and affect both the amount of revenues generated and the amount of expenses incurred during the respective period.

(2)

Available days are the number of ownership days in a period, less the aggregate number of days that our vessels were off-hire due to scheduled repairs or repairs under guarantee, vessel upgrades or special surveys and intermediate dry-dockings and the aggregate number of days that we spent positioning our vessels during the respective period for such repairs, upgrades and surveys. The shipping industry uses available days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period during which vessels should be capable of generating revenues.

(3)

Operating days are the number of available days in a period, less the aggregate number of days that our vessels were off-hire or out of service due to any reason, including technical breakdowns and unforeseen circumstances. The shipping industry uses operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period during which vessels actually generate revenues.

(4)

We calculate fleet utilization by dividing the number of operating days during a period by the number of available days during the same period. The shipping industry uses fleet utilization to measure a company’s efficiency in finding suitable employment for its vessels and minimizing the amount of days that its vessels are off-hire for reasons other than scheduled repairs or repairs under guarantee, vessel upgrades, special surveys and intermediate dry-dockings or vessel positioning.

(5)

Daily TCE is a standard shipping industry performance measure of the average daily revenue performance of a vessel on a per voyage basis. TCE is not calculated in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). We utilize TCE because we believe it is a meaningful measure to compare period-to-period changes in our performance despite changes in the mix of charter types (i.e., spot charters, time charters and bareboat charters) under which our vessels may be employed between the periods. Our management also utilizes TCE to assist them in making decisions regarding employment of the vessels. We believe that our method of calculating TCE is consistent with industry standards and is determined by dividing voyage revenues after deducting voyage expenses, including commissions by operating days for the relevant period. Voyage expenses primarily consist of brokerage commissions, port, canal and fuel costs that are unique to a particular voyage, which would otherwise be paid by the charter under a time charter contract.

(6)

Average number of vessels is the number of vessels that constituted our fleet for the relevant period, as measured by the sum of the number of days each vessel was part of our fleet during such period divided by the number of calendar days in the period.

(7)

Weighted average age of the fleet, is the sum of the ages of our vessels, weighted by the dead weight tonnage (“dwt”) of each vessel on the total fleet dwt.

2


 

Recent Daily Fleet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Amounts in U.S.$)

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Eco-Efficient MR2: (2 units)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TCE

 

 

14,401

 

 

 

15,210

 

 

 

15,631

 

 

 

Opex

 

 

10,908

 

 

 

5,584

 

 

 

6,430

 

 

 

Utilization %

 

 

100.0%

 

 

 

100.0%

 

 

 

99.4%

 

Eco-Modified MR2: (1 unit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TCE

 

 

21,114

 

 

 

12,596

 

 

 

17,480

 

 

 

Opex

 

 

6,337

 

 

 

6,802

 

 

 

6,461

 

 

 

Utilization %

 

 

100.0%

 

 

 

86.4%

 

 

 

91.3%

 

Standard MR2: (1 unit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TCE

 

 

13,021

 

 

 

12,019

 

 

 

17,237

 

 

 

Opex

 

 

6,376

 

 

 

6,739

 

 

 

6,325

 

 

 

Utilization %

 

 

99.2%

 

 

 

95.4%

 

 

 

100.0%

 

Handysize Tankers: (2 units)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TCE

 

 

6,116

 

 

 

6,200

 

 

 

7,622

 

 

 

Opex

 

 

6,062

 

 

 

5,581

 

 

 

5,358

 

 

 

Utilization %

 

 

94.5%

 

 

 

93.4%

 

 

 

98.6%

 

Fleet: (6 units)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TCE

 

 

11,926

 

 

 

10,466

 

 

 

13,597

 

 

 

Opex

 

 

6,527

 

 

 

6,062

 

 

 

6,058

 

 

 

Utilization %

 

 

97.2%

 

 

 

93.8%

 

 

 

97.9%

 

 

Vessel operating expenses per day (“Opex”) are our vessel operating expenses for a vessel, which consist primarily of crew wages and related costs, insurance, lube oils, communications, spares and consumables, tonnage taxes as well as repairs and maintenance, divided by the days in the applicable period.

 

B.

Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C.

Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D.

Risk Factors

Risks Related to Our Industry

Operating ocean-going vessels is inherently risky.

The operation of ocean-going vessels in international trade is affected by a number of risks. Our vessels and their cargoes will be at risk of being damaged or lost because of events, including marine disasters, bad weather, grounding, fire explosions, collisions, human error, mechanical failure, personal injury, vessel and cargo and property loss or damage, hostilities, labor strikes, adverse weather conditions, stowaways, placement on our vessels of illegal drugs and other contraband by smugglers, war, terrorism, piracy, human error, environmental accidents generally, collisions and other catastrophic natural and marine disasters. An accident involving any of our vessels could result in death or injury to persons, loss of property or environmental damage, delays in the delivery of cargo, damage to our customer relationships, loss of revenues from or termination of charter contracts, governmental fines, penalties or restrictions on conducting business or higher insurance rates.

In addition, the operation of tankers, and product tankers in particular, has unique operational risks associated with the transportation of refined petroleum products and chemicals. A spill of refined petroleum products or chemicals may cause significant environmental damage, and a catastrophic spill could exceed the insurance coverage available. We could also become subject to personal injury or property damage claims relating to the release of or exposure to hazardous materials associated with our operations. Violations of or liabilities under environmental requirements also can result in substantial penalties, fines and other sanctions, including in certain instances, seizure or detention of our vessels. Compared to other types of vessels, product tankers are exposed to a higher risk of damage and loss by fire, whether ignited by a terrorist attack, collision or other cause due to the high flammability and

3


high volume of the products transported in tankers. In addition, if our vessels are found with contraband, we may face governmental or other regulatory claims. Any of these circumstances or events could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the loss of any of our vessels could harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator.

If our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a shipyard. The costs of repairs are unpredictable and may be substantial. We may have to pay repairs that our insurance does not cover in full. In addition, we may be unable to find space at a suitable shipyard or our vessels may be forced to travel to a shipyard that is not conveniently located to our vessels’ positions. The loss of revenues and continuation of certain operating expenses while these vessels are being repaired and repositioned, as well as the actual cost of these repairs, may adversely affect our business and financial conditions. Further, the total loss of any of our vessels could harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator.

We operate our vessels worldwide and as a result, our vessels are exposed to international risks that may reduce revenue or increase expenses.

The international shipping industry is an inherently risky business involving global operations.  In addition to the circumstances and events summarized above, changing economic, regulatory and political conditions in some countries, including political and military conflicts, have from time to time resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways, piracy, terrorism, labor strikes and boycotts. These sorts of events could interfere with shipping routes and result in market disruptions that may reduce our revenue or increase our expenses. International shipping is also subject to various security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin and destination and transhipment points. Inspection procedures can result in the seizure of the cargo and/or our vessels, delays in the loading, offloading or delivery and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against us. It is possible that changes to inspection procedures could impose additional financial and legal obligations on us. Furthermore, changes to inspection procedures could also impose additional costs and obligations on our customers and may, in certain cases, render the shipment of certain types of cargo uneconomical or impractical. Any such changes or developments may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

Charter hire rates for tankers are cyclical and volatile.

The product tanker market is cyclical and volatile in charter hire rates. The degree of charter hire rate volatility among different types of product tankers has varied widely. After reaching historical highs in mid-2008, charter hire rates for product tankers declined significantly before increasing in 2015. If the shipping industry and charter hire rates are depressed in the future when our charters expire, we may be unable to recharter our vessels at rates as favorable to us as historical rates and our revenues, with the result that earnings and available cash flow will likely be adversely affected. In addition, a decline in charter hire rates likely will cause the value of our vessels to decline. Our ability to re-charter our vessels upon the expiration or termination of our current charters, the charter rates payable under any replacement charters and vessel values will depend upon, among other things, economic conditions in the tanker market at that time and changes in the supply and demand for vessel capacity.

The factors that influence the demand for product tanker vessel capacity are outside of our control, unpredictable and include:

 

·

demand and supply for refined petroleum products and other liquid bulk products such as vegetable and edible oils;

 

·

competition from alternative sources of energy and a shift in consumer demand from products towards other energy resources such as wind, solar or water energy;

 

·

regional availability of refining capacity;

 

·

the globalization of manufacturing;

 

·

global and regional economic and political conditions and developments in international trade;

 

·

changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns, including changes in the distances over which tanker cargoes are transported;

 

·

competition from other shipping companies and other modes of transportation that compete with product tankers;

 

·

environmental and other regulatory developments;

 

·

international sanctions, embargoes, import and export restrictions, nationalizations and wars;

 

·

currency exchange rates; and

 

·

weather and natural disasters.

4


The factors that influence the supply of product tanker vessel capacity are outside of our control and unpredictable and include:

 

·

the number of product tanker newbuilding deliveries;

 

·

the scrapping rate of older product tankers;

 

·

the price of steel and vessel equipment;

 

·

the cost of newbuildings and the cost of retrofitting or modifying secondhand product tankers as a result of charterer requirements;

 

·

availability and cost of capital;

 

·

cost and supply of labor;

 

·

technological advances in product tanker design and capacity;

 

·

conversion of product tankers to other uses and the conversion of other vessels to product tankers;

 

·

product tankers freight rates, which is itself effected by factors that may affect the rate of newbuilding, scrapping and laying-up of product tankers;

 

·

port and canal congestion;

 

·

exchange rate fluctuations;

 

·

changes in environmental and other regulations that may limit the useful lives of product tankers; and

 

·

the number of product tankers that are out of service.

These factors influencing the supply of and demand for product tanker capacity and charter rates are outside of our control, and we may not be able to correctly assess the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions. A global economic downturn may reduce demand for transportation of refined petroleum products and chemicals.  We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully charter our product tankers in the future at all or at rates sufficient to allow us to meet our contractual obligations, including repayment of our indebtedness, or to pay dividends to our stockholders.

Product tanker rates also fluctuate based on seasonal variations in demand.

Product tanker markets are typically stronger in the winter months as a result of increased refined petroleum products consumption in the northern hemisphere but weaker in the summer months as a result of lower products consumption in the northern hemisphere and refinery maintenance that is typically conducted in the summer months. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns during the winter months in the northern hemisphere tend to disrupt vessel routing and scheduling. The price volatility of products resulting from these factors has historically led to increased product trading activities in the winter months. As a result, revenues generated by our vessels have been historically weaker during the quarters ended June 30 and September 30, and stronger in the quarters ended March 31 and December 31.

An over-supply of product tanker capacity may lead to reductions in charter rates, vessel values, and profitability.

The market supply of product tankers is affected by a number of factors such as demand for energy resources, oil, petroleum and chemical products, as well as strong overall global economic growth. If the capacity of new ships delivered exceeds the capacity of product tankers being scrapped and lost, product tanker capacity will increase. For example, as of March 15, 2016, the order book for MR tankers represented slightly over 7.9% of the existing fleet and the order book may increase further in the future. If the supply of product tanker capacity increases and if the demand for product tanker capacity does not increase correspondingly, charter rates and vessel values could materially decline. A reduction in charter rates and the value of our vessels may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels could adversely affect our business.

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in many regions of the world. Although the frequency of piracy on ocean-going vessels has decreased since 2014, piracy incidents continue to occur, particularly in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia and the Gulf of Guinea. Tanker vessels are particularly vulnerable to attacks by pirates. If regions in which our vessels are deployed are characterized as “war risk’’ zones by insurers, as the Gulf of Aden temporarily was in May 2008, or Joint War Committee of Lloyds Insurance and IUA Company “war and strikes’’ listed areas, premiums payable for coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including employing onboard security guards, could increase in such circumstances. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents. In

5


addition, any detention hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost, or unavailability, of insurance for our vessels.  These risks could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our substantial operations outside the United States expose us to political, governmental and economic instability.

Our operations are primarily conducted outside the United States and may be adversely affected by changing or adverse political, governmental and economic conditions in the countries where our vessels are flagged or registered and in the regions where we operate. In particular, we may derive some portion of our revenues from our vessels transporting refined petroleum products from politically unstable regions.

In addition, terrorist attacks such as the attacks that occurred against targets in the United States on September 11, 2001, Spain on March 11, 2004, London on July 7, 2005, Mumbai on November 26, 2008, Paris on November 13, 2015 and continuing hostilities in Iraq, Syria and Afghanistan and elsewhere in the Middle East and the world may lead to additional armed conflicts or to further acts of terrorism and civil disturbance. Our operations may also be adversely affected by expropriation of vessels, taxes, regulation, tariffs, trade embargoes, economic sanctions, or a disruption of or limit to trading activities or other adverse events or circumstances in or affecting the countries and regions where we operate or where we may operate in the future. Crew costs, including due to employing onboard security guards, could increase in such circumstances. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents.

Our operations are also potentially vulnerable to economic instability inherent in political and government risk. In particular, the shipping industry, like many others, is dependent on the economies of India and China. India’s gross domestic product growth has exhibited noteworthy growth in the recent years. The Chinese government’s reputation and reform of its economy continue to develop. Many of the reforms by the Chinese government are unprecedented or experimental and may be subject to revision, change or abolition based upon the outcome of such experiments. Notwithstanding these developments, the Chinese economy has slowed its pace of growth in the recent past.

In addition, fluctuations in exchange rates may affect charter rates and may adversely affect the profitability in U.S. dollars of the services we provide in foreign markets where payment is made in other currencies. All of our consolidated revenue is received in U.S. dollars. The amount and frequency of expenses paid in currency other than the U.S. dollar (such as vessel repairs, supplies and stores) may fluctuate from period to period. Depreciation in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies increases the U.S. dollar cost to us. The portion of our business conducted in other currencies could increase in the future, which could expand our exposure to losses arising from currency fluctuations, including the continued devaluation of the yuan by the People’s Bank of China that commenced in August 2015. Even if we implement hedging strategies to mitigate this risk, these strategies might not eliminate our exposure to foreign exchange rate fluctuations and would involve costs and risks of their own, such as ongoing management time and expertise, external costs to implement the hedging activities and potential accounting implications.

Political instability in Greece may have an adverse impact on our and Pyxis Maritime Corp.’s (“Maritime”) operations in that country. We are headquartered in Greece, which is in the midst of an economic crisis that includes, among other things, a high budget deficit compared to previous years. The Greek government is adopting reforms, and it is not clear how this new legislation will be implemented in practice. On August 19, 2015, the European Commission signed a Memorandum of Understanding (the “MoU”) with Greece following approval by the European Stability Mechanism Board of Governors for further stability support accompanied by a third economic adjustment program. Within the scope of the MoU, the Greek government has committed to phasing out special tax treatments of the shipping industry. Over the past recent years, Greece has subjected foreign flag vessels (jointly with their owners and their Greek ship managers) to tonnage tax equal to that payable for equivalent Greek flag vessels, on condition of providing a tax credit for the equivalent taxes actually incurred in respect of the same vessels towards their flag states. Greece has also enacted legislation increasing the levels of tonnage tax by 4% until 2020 in conformity with the MoU. As part of those reforms, the government in Greece may impose additional taxes on ship management companies located in Greece, including on shipping income which currently benefits from an exemption from Greek taxes.

Any of these factors may interfere with the operation of our vessels, increase the cost and risk that insurance will be unavailable, insufficient or more expensive for our vessels and increase our costs, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The current global economic condition and financial environment may negatively affect our business.

In recent years, businesses in the global economy generally have suffered from a general recession, faced limited or no credit or credit on less favorable terms than previously obtained, lower demand for goods and services, reduced liquidity and declining capital markets. These factors have led to lower demand for refined petroleum products including fuel oil, which, along with diminished trade credit available for the delivery of such cargoes have led to decreased demand for product tankers, creating downward pressure on charter rates and reduced product tanker values. In particular, a significant number of the port calls we expect our vessels to make will

6


likely involve the loading or discharging of cargo in ports in Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development countries and the Asia Pacific region. China’s economy has shown signs of slowing its growth rate. We cannot assure you that the Chinese, Indian or Japanese economies, which generate a substantial amount of demand for shipping companies, will not experience a significant contraction or otherwise negatively change in the future, especially due to the recent effects from the turmoil in the Chinese capital markets. Moreover, a significant or protracted slowdown in the economies of the United States, the European Union or various Asian countries may adversely affect the economic growth in China and elsewhere. In addition, concerns persist regarding the debt burden of certain Eurozone countries and their ability to meet future financial obligations and the overall stability of the Euro. An extended period of adverse development in the outlook for European countries could reduce the overall demand for our services.

These issues, along with the re-pricing of credit risk and the difficulties currently experienced by financial institutions have made, and will likely continue to make it difficult to obtain financing. As a result of the disruptions in the credit markets and higher capital requirements, many lenders have increased margins on lending rates, enacted tighter lending standards, required more restrictive terms (including higher collateral ratios for advances, shorter maturities and smaller loan amounts), or have refused to refinance existing debt at all. Furthermore, certain banks that have historically been significant lenders to the shipping industry have reduced or ceased lending activities in the shipping industry. Additional tightening of capital requirements and the resulting policies adopted by lenders, could further reduce lending activities.

If the current global economic and financial environment persists or worsens, we may be negatively affected in the following ways:

 

·

we may not be able to employ our vessels at charter rates as favorable to us as historical rates or operate our vessels profitably;

 

·

the market value of our vessels could decrease, which may cause us to, among other things, recognize losses if any of our vessels are sold or if their values are impaired, violate covenants in our current loan agreements and future financing agreements and be unable to incur debt at all or on terms that are acceptable to us; and

 

·

we may experience difficulties obtaining financing commitments or be unable to fully draw under loans we arrange in the future if the lenders are unwilling to extend financing to us or unable to meet their funding obligations due to their own liquidity, capital or solvency issues. We cannot be certain that financing will be available on acceptable terms or at all. If financing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our future obligations as they come due. In the absence of available financing, we also may be unable to take advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures.

In addition, as a result of the ongoing economic slump in Greece and the related austerity measures implemented by the Greek government, our and Maritime’s operations in Greece will likely be subjected to new regulations that will require us to incur new or additional compliance or other administrative costs and may require that they pay to the Greek government new taxes or other fees as described above. Furthermore, the continuing debt crisis in Greece and a possible default in the future may undermine Greece’s political and economic stability and may lead it to exit the Eurozone, which may adversely affect our and Maritime’s operations located in Greece. Even though the Greek government has enacted measures to ease the flow of foreign funds transferred to Greece, we also face the risk that continued capital controls on banking deposits with Greek financial institutions and future strikes, work stoppages, civil unrest within Greece may disrupt our shore-side operations and those of Maritime’s employees located in Greece.

The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Changes in fuel, or bunkers, prices may adversely affect profits.

Fuel, or bunkers, is a significant expense in shipping operations for our vessels employed on the spot market and can have a significant impact on earnings. With respect to our vessels employed on time charter, the charterer is generally responsible for the cost and supply of fuel, but such cost may affect the charter rates we are able to negotiate for our vessels. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by OPEC and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Further, fuel may become much more expensive in the future, which may reduce the profitability and competitiveness of our business versus other forms of transportation, such as truck or rail. Changes in the price of fuel may adversely affect our profitability.

7


If our vessels call on ports located in countries that are subject to restrictions imposed by the U.S. government, our reputation and the market for our common stock could be adversely affected.

Although no vessels owned or operated by us have called on ports located in countries subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and other authorities or countries identified by the U.S. government or other authorities as state sponsors of terrorism, such as Cuba, Iran, Sudan, and Syria, in the future, our vessels may call on ports in these countries from time to time on charterers’ instructions in violation of contractual provisions that prohibit them from doing so. Sanctions and embargo laws and regulations vary in their application, as they do not all apply to the same covered persons or proscribe the same activities, and such sanctions and embargo laws and regulations may be amended or strengthened over time. In 2010, the United States enacted the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions Accountability and Divestment Act (“CISADA”), which expanded the scope of the Iran Sanctions Act. Among other things, CISADA expands the application of the prohibitions on companies, such as us, and introduces limits on the ability of companies and persons to do business or trade with Iran when such activities relate to the investment, supply or export of refined petroleum or petroleum products.

In 2012, President Barack Obama signed Executive Order 13608, which prohibits foreign persons from violating or attempting to violate, or causing a violation of any sanctions in effect against Iran or facilitating any deceptive transactions for or on behalf of any person subject to U.S. sanctions. Any persons found to be in violation of Executive Order 13608 will be deemed a foreign sanctions evader and will be banned from all contact with the United States, including conducting business in U.S. dollars. Also in 2012, President Obama signed into law the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012 (the “Iran Threat Reduction Act”), which created new sanctions and strengthened existing sanctions. Among other things, the Iran Threat Reduction Act intensifies existing sanctions regarding the provision of goods, services, infrastructure or technology to Iran’s petroleum or petrochemical sector. The Iran Threat Reduction Act also includes a provision requiring the President of the United States to impose five or more sanctions from Section 6(a) of the Iran Sanctions Act, as amended, on a person the President determines is a controlling beneficial owner of, or otherwise owns, operates, or controls or insures a vessel that was used to transport crude oil from Iran to another country and (1) if the person is a controlling beneficial owner of the vessel, the person had actual knowledge the vessel was so used or (2) if the person otherwise owns, operates, or controls, or insures the vessel, the person knew or should have known the vessel was so used. Such a person could be subject to a variety of sanctions, including exclusion from U.S. capital markets, financial transactions subject to U.S. jurisdiction, and that person’s vessels from U.S. ports for up to two years.

On November 24, 2013, the P5+1 (the United States, United Kingdom, Germany, France, Russia and China) entered into an interim agreement with Iran entitled the Joint Plan of Action (“JPOA”). Under the JPOA, it was agreed that, in exchange for Iran taking certain voluntary measures to ensure that its nuclear program is used only for peaceful purposes, the United States and European Union would voluntarily suspend certain sanctions for a period of six months.

On January 20, 2014, the United States and European Union indicated that they would begin implementing the temporary relief measures provided for under the JPOA. These measures include, among other things, the suspension of certain sanctions on the Iranian petrochemicals, precious metals, and automotive industries, initially for the six-month period beginning January 20, 2014 and ending July 20, 2014. The JPOA has since been extended on multiple occasions.

On July 14, 2015, the P5+1 and the European Union announced that they reached a landmark agreement with Iran titled the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action Regarding the Islamic Republic of Iran’s Nuclear Program (the “JCPOA”), which is intended to significantly restrict Iran’s ability to develop and produce nuclear weapons for ten years while simultaneously easing sanctions directed toward non-U.S. persons for conduct involving Iran, but taking place outside of U.S. jurisdiction and does not involve U.S. persons. On January 16, 2016 (“Implementation Day”), the United States joined the European Union and the United Nations in lifting a significant number of their nuclear-related sanctions on Iran following an announcement by the International Atomic Energy Agency (“IAEA”), that Iran had satisfied its respective obligations under the JCPOA.

U.S. sanctions prohibiting certain conduct that is now permitted under the JCPOA have not actually been repealed or permanently terminated at this time. Rather, the U.S. government has implemented changes to the sanctions regime by: (1) issuing waivers of certain statutory sanctions provisions; (2) committing to refrain from exercising certain discretionary sanctions authorities; (3) removing certain individuals and entities from OFAC's sanctions lists; and (4) revoking certain Executive Orders and specified sections of Executive Orders. These sanctions will not be permanently "lifted" until the earlier of “Transition Day,” set to occur on October 20, 2023, or upon a report from the IAEA stating that all nuclear material in Iran is being used for peaceful activities.

Although we believe that we have been in compliance with all applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations, and intend to maintain such compliance, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance in the future, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations. Any such violation could result in fines, penalties or other sanctions that could severely impact our ability to access U.S. capital markets and conduct our business, and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in us. Moreover, our charterers may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us or our vessels, and those violations could in

8


turn negatively affect our reputation. In addition, our reputation and the market for our securities may be adversely affected if we engage in certain other activities, such as engaging in operations under an otherwise lawful contract or transaction with a third party which separately and subsequently becomes involved in sanctionable conduct.

Our vessels could be arrested by maritime claimants, which could result in a significant loss of earnings and cash flow if we are not able to post the required security to lift the arrest.

Generally under the terms of the time charters for our vessels, a vessel would be placed off-hire (that is, the charterer could cease to pay charterhire) for any period during which it is “arrested” for a reason not arising from the fault of the charterer. Under maritime law in many jurisdictions, and under the International Convention on Arrest of Ships, 1999, crew members, tort claimants, claimants for breach of certain maritime contracts, vessel mortgagees, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel and shippers and consignees of cargo and others entitled to a maritime lien against the vessel may enforce their lien by “arresting” a vessel through court processes. In addition, claims may be brought by parties in hostile jurisdictions or on fictitious grounds or for claims against previous owners, if any, or in respect of previous cargoes. Any such claims could lead to the arrest of the vessel, against which the ship owner would have to post security to have the arrest lifted and to defend against such claims.

In addition, in those countries adopting the International Convention on Arrest of Ships, 1999, and in certain other jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest not only the vessel with respect to which the claimant’s maritime lien has arisen, but also any “associated” vessel owned or controlled by the legal or beneficial owner of that vessel. While in some of the jurisdictions which have adopted this doctrine, liability for damages is limited in scope and would only extend to a company and its vessel owning subsidiaries, there can be no assurance that liability for damages caused by a vessel managed by International Tanker Management (“ITM”) our technical manager (but otherwise with no affiliation at all to us), would not be asserted against us or one or more of our vessels. The arrest of one or more vessels in our fleet could result in a material loss of cash flow for us and/or require us to pay substantial sums to have the arrest lifted.

Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency.

A government could take actions for requisition of title, hire or seize our vessels. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes its owner. Also, a government could requisition our vessels for hire. Requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes her charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during a period of war or emergency. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Environmental, safety and other increasingly strict governmental regulations expose us to liability and significant additional expenditures.

Our operations are affected by extensive and changing international, national and local environmental protection laws, regulations, treaties, conventions and standards in force in international waters, the jurisdictional waters of the countries in which our vessels operate, as well as the countries of our vessels’ registration. One such example is the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments (“BWM Convention”), which calls for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits. Please see our discussion of the International Maritime Organization in Item 4 of this Annual Report for further discussion on the BWM Convention. Although the BWM Convention has not yet been ratified, it is expected that once ratified, ballast water treatment systems will be required to be installed on vessels at the first renewal survey following the entry into force of this convention. These and other requirements imposed by such environmental, safety and other regulations can affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels, require costly vessel modifications or operational changes or restrictions, a reduction in cargo-capacity, or result in the denial of access to certain jurisdictional waters or ports, or detention in, certain ports. In addition, ship owners incur significant costs in complying with the regulations summarized above and in meeting maintenance and inspection requirements and in developing contingency arrangements for potential environmental damages such as spills. Government regulation of vessels, particularly in the areas of safety and environmental requirements, can be expected to become stricter in the future and require us to incur significant capital expenditure on our vessels to keep them in compliance, even to scrap or sell certain vessels altogether and generally to increase our compliance costs.

We are subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental laws and regulations, which can adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our operations are subject to numerous laws and regulations in the form of international conventions and treaties, national, state and local laws and national and international regulations in force in the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate or are registered, which can significantly affect the ownership and operation of our vessels. These requirements include, but are not limited to, the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (“OPA”), requirements of the U.S Coast Guard and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”), the U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (“CERCLA”), the U.S. Clean Air Act, the

9


U.S. Clean Water Act, the International Maritime Organization (“IMO”), International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as “CLC”), the IMO International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damages (the “Bunker Convention”), the IMO International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1973 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as “MARPOL”), including designation of Emission Control Areas thereunder, the IMO International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as the “SOLAS Convention ”), the BWM Convention, the IMO International Convention on Load Lines of 1966 (as from time to time amended), the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, the International Labour Organization (“ILO”) Maritime Labour Convention (“MLC”) and European Union regulations. Compliance with such laws and regulations, where applicable, may require installation of costly equipment or operational changes and may affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. We may also incur additional costs in order to comply with other existing and future regulatory obligations, including, but not limited to, costs relating to air emissions including greenhouse gases, the management of ballast and bilge waters, maintenance and inspection, elimination of tin-based paint, development and implementation of emergency procedures and insurance coverage or other financial assurance of our ability to address pollution incidents. The 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico may also result in additional regulatory initiatives or statutes or changes to existing laws that may affect our operations or require us to incur additional expenses to comply with such new laws or regulations.

These costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. A failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of its operations. Environmental laws often impose strict liability for remediation of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances, which could subject us to liability without regard to whether it was negligent or at fault. Under OPA, for example, owners, operators and bareboat charterers are jointly and severally strictly liable for the discharge of oil in U.S. waters, including the 200-nautical mile exclusive economic zone around the United States. An oil spill could also result in significant liability, including fines, penalties, criminal liability and remediation costs for natural resource damages under other international and U.S. federal, state and local laws, as well as third-party damages, and could harm our reputation with current or potential charterers of its tankers. We are required to satisfy insurance and financial responsibility requirements for potential oil (including marine fuel) spills and other pollution incidents. Although we have arranged insurance to cover certain environmental risks, there can be no assurance that such insurance will be sufficient to cover all such risks or that any claims will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The failure to maintain class certifications of authorized classification societies on one or more of our vessels would affect our ability to employ such vessels.

The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be certified as meeting its class requirements by a classification society authorized by the vessel’s country of registry. The classification society certifies that the vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and the SOLAS Convention. The operating vessels in our fleet are classed by the major classification societies, Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (Class NK) and Det Norske Veritas. ITM, our technical manager, and the vessels in our fleet have also been awarded ISM certifications from major classification societies. In order for a vessel to maintain its classification, the vessel must undergo annual surveys, intermediate surveys and special surveys. In lieu of a special survey, a vessel’s machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle under which the machinery would be surveyed from time to time over a five year period. All of the vessels in our fleet on time charters or operating on the spot market are on special survey cycles for both hull and machinery inspection. Every vessel may also be required to be drydocked every two to three years for inspection of the underwater parts of the vessel. If a vessel fails any survey or otherwise fails to maintain its class, the vessel will be unable to trade and will be unemployable, and may subject us to claims from the charterer if it has chartered the vessel, which would negatively impact our revenues as well as our reputation.

If we fail to comply with international safety regulations, we may be subject to increased liability, which may adversely affect our insurance coverage and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

The operation of our vessels is affected by the requirements set forth in the IMO’s International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention (“ISM Code”), promulgated by the IMO under the SOLAS Convention. The ISM Code requires ship owners, ship managers and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive “Safety Management System” that includes the adoption of safety and environmental protection policies setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. If we fail to comply with the ISM Code, we may be subject to increased liability, invalidation of our existing insurance, or reduction in available insurance coverage for our affected vessels. Such noncompliance may also result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

We could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws.

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our policies

10


mandate compliance with these laws. In certain circumstances, third parties may request our employees and agents to make payments that may not comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-bribery laws. Despite such compliance program, we cannot assure you that our internal control policies and procedures always will protect us from reckless or negligent acts committed by our employees or agents. Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to funding calls by our protection and indemnity associations, and our associations may not have enough resources to cover claims made against them.

We are indemnified for certain liabilities incurred while operating our vessels through membership in protection and indemnity associations, which are mutual insurance associations whose members contribute to cover losses sustained by other association members. Claims are paid through the aggregate premiums (typically annually) of all members of the association, although members remain subject to calls for additional funds if the aggregate premiums are insufficient to cover claims submitted to the association. Claims submitted to the association may include those incurred by members of the association, as well as claims submitted to the association from other protection and indemnity associations with which our association has entered into interassociation agreements. We cannot assure you that the associations to which we belong will remain viable.

We must protect the safety and condition of the cargoes transported on our vessels and any failure to do so may subject us to claims for loss or damage.

Under our time charters and on the spot market, we are responsible for the safekeeping of cargo entrusted to us and must properly maintain and control equipment and other apparatus to ensure that cargo is not lost or damaged in transit. Claims and any liability for loss or damage to cargo that is not covered by insurance could harm our reputation and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may face labor interruptions.

A majority of the crew members on the vessels in our fleet that are under time or spot charters are employed under collective bargaining agreements. ITM, our technical manager, is a party to some of these collective bargaining agreements. These collective bargaining agreements and any employment arrangements with crew members on the vessels in our fleet may not prevent labor interruptions and are subject to renegotiation in the future. Any labor interruptions, including due to failure to successfully renegotiate collective bargaining employment agreements with the crew members on the vessels in our fleet, could disrupt our operations and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Technological innovation could reduce our charter hire income and the value of our vessels.

The charterhire rates and the value and operational life of a vessel are determined by a number of factors including the vessel’s efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes speed, fuel economy and the ability to load and discharge cargo quickly. Flexibility includes the ability to enter harbors, utilize related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits. The length of a vessel’s physical life is related to its original design and construction, its maintenance, the impact of the stress of operations and stipulations from classification societies. If new product tankers are built that are more efficient or more flexible or have longer physical lives than our vessels, competition from these more technologically advanced vessels could adversely affect the amount of charterhire payments we receive for our vessels once their initial charters expire and the resale value of their vessels could significantly decrease. As a result, our financial condition and available cash could be adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Business and Operations  

We operate in highly competitive international markets.

The product tanker industry is highly fragmented, with many charterers, owners and operators of vessels, and the transportation of refined petroleum products is characterized by intense competition. Competition arises primarily from other tanker owners, including major oil companies as well as independent tanker companies, some of which have substantially greater financial and other resources than we do. Although we believe that no single competitor has a dominant position in the markets in which we compete, the trend towards consolidation in the industry is creating an increasing number of global enterprises capable of competing in multiple markets, which will likely result in greater competition to us. Our competitors may be better positioned to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and employment of their businesses than we are. Competition for charters, including for the transportation of refined petroleum products, is intense and depends on price as well as on vessel location, size, age, condition and acceptability of the vessel and its operator to the charterer and reputation. Competition may increase in some or all of our principal markets, including with the entry of new competitors. We may not be able to compete successfully or effectively with our competitors

11


and our competitive position may be eroded in the future, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Because we intend to charter some of the vessels in our fleet on the spot market or in pools trading in the spot market, we expect to have exposure to the cyclicality and volatility of the spot charter market.

The spot market is highly competitive and volatile, and spot charter rates may fluctuate dramatically based on the competitive factors listed in the preceding risk factor. Significant fluctuations in spot charter rates may result in significant fluctuations in our ability to continuously recharter our vessels upon the expiration or termination of their current spot charters and in the earnings of our vessels operating on the spot market. Since we charter some of our vessels on the spot market, and may in the future also admit our vessels in pools trading on the spot market, we have exposure to the cyclicality and volatility of the spot charter market. By focusing the employment of some of the vessels in our fleet on the spot market, we will benefit if conditions in this market strengthen. However, we will also be particularly vulnerable to declining spot charter rates. Future spot charters may not be available at the rates currently prevailing in the spot market or that will allow us to operate our vessels profitably. When spot charter rates decrease, our earnings will be adversely impacted to the extent we have vessels trading on the spot market.

We may be unable to secure medium- and long-term employment for our vessels at profitable rates.

One of our strategies is to explore and selectively enter into or renew medium- and long-term, fixed rate time and bareboat charters for some of the vessels in our fleet in order to provide us with a base of stable cash flows and to manage charter rate volatility. However, the process for obtaining longer term charters is highly competitive and generally involves a more lengthy and intense screening and vetting process and the submission of competitive bids, compared to shorter term charters. In addition to the quality, age and suitability of the vessel, longer term charters tend to be awarded based upon a variety of other factors relating to the vessel operator, including: the operator’s environmental, health and safety record; shipping industry relationships, reputation for customer service, technical and operating expertise and safety record; shipping experience and quality of ship operations, including cost-effectiveness; quality, experience and technical capability of crews; the ability to finance vessels at competitive rates and overall financial stability; relationships with shipyards and the ability to obtain suitable berths with on-time delivery of new vessels according to customer’s specifications; willingness to accept operational risks pursuant to the charter, such as allowing termination of the charter for force majeure events; and competitiveness of the bid in terms of overall price. We cannot assure you that we would be successful in winning medium and long term employment for our vessels at profitable rates.

Our ability to obtain new customers will depend upon a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control.

Our ability to obtain new customers will depend upon a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. These include our ability to: successfully manage our liquidity and obtain the necessary financing to fund our anticipated growth; attract, hire, train and retain qualified personnel and technical managers to manage and operate our fleet; identify and consummate desirable acquisitions, joint ventures or strategic alliances; and identify and capitalize on opportunities in new markets. ITM, our technical manager, may not be approved through the vessel vetting process of certain charterers, thereby limiting our ability to develop new customers. It is likely that we will face substantial competition for medium- and long-term employment from a number of experienced shipping companies, many of which may have significantly greater financial and other resources than we do. Increased competition may cause greater price competition. As a result of these factors, we may be unable to expand our relationships with existing customers or obtain new customers for medium- and long-term charters on a profitable basis, if at all.

We may not be able to successfully mix our charter durations profitably.

It may be difficult to properly balance charter and spot business and anticipate trends in these sectors. If we are successful in employing vessels under medium- and long-term charters, those vessels will not be available for the spot market during an upturn in the tanker market cycle, when spot trading may be more profitable. By contrast, at the expiration of our charters, if a charter terminates early for any reason or if we acquire vessels charter-free, we may want to charter or re-charter our vessels under medium- and long-term charters. Should more vessels be available on the spot or short-term market at the time we are seeking to fix new medium- to long-term charters, we may have difficulty entering into such charters at profitable rates and for any term other than a short-term and, as a result, our cash flow may be subject to instability. A more active short-term or spot market may require us to enter into charters on all our vessels based on fluctuating market rates, as opposed to long-term contracts based on a fixed rate, which could result in a decrease in our cash flow in periods when the charter rates for tankers are depressed. If we cannot successfully employ our vessels in a profitable mix of medium- and long-term charters and on the spot market, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

12


Counterparties, including charterers or technical managers, could fail to meet their obligations to us.

We enter into with third parties, among other things, memoranda of agreement, charter parties, ship management agreements and loan agreements with respect to the purchase and operation of our fleet and our business. Such agreements subject us to counterparty risks. In particular, we face credit risk with our charterers. It is possible that not all of our charterers will provide detailed financial information regarding their operations. As a result, charterer risk is largely assessed on the basis of our charterers’ reputation in the market, and even on that basis, there can be no assurance that they can or will fulfill their obligations under the contracts we enter into with them. Charterers are sensitive to the commodity markets and may be impacted by market forces affecting commodities. In addition, in depressed market conditions, there have been reports of charterers renegotiating their charters or defaulting on their obligations under charters. Our customers may fail to pay charter hire or attempt to renegotiate charter rates. Should a charterer counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, it may be difficult to secure substitute employment for that vessel, and any new charter arrangements we secure on the spot market or on substitute charters may be at lower rates depending on the then existing charter rate levels. In addition, if the charterer of a vessel in our fleet that is used as collateral under our loan agreements defaults on its charter obligations to us, such default may constitute an event of default under our loan agreements, which may allow the banks to exercise remedies under our loan agreements. As a result of these risks, we could sustain significant losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may fail to successfully control our operating and voyage expenses.

Our operating results are dependent on our ability to successfully control our operating and voyage expenses. Under our ship management agreements with ITM, our technical manager, we are required to pay for vessel operating expenses (which includes crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication expenses), and, for spot charters, voyage expenses (which include bunker expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls, agency fees and conversions). These expenses depend upon a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our or the technical manager’s control, including unexpected increases in costs for crews, insurance or spare parts for its vessels, unexpected drydock repairs, mechanical failures or human error (including revenue lost in off-hire days), arrest action against our vessels due to failure to pay debts, disputes with creditors or claims by third parties, labor strikes, severe weather conditions, any quarantines of our vessels and uncertainties in the world oil markets. Some of these costs, primarily relating to insurance and enhanced security measures, have been increasing and may increase, possibly significantly, in the future. Repair costs are unpredictable and can be substantial, some of which may not be covered by insurance. If our vessels are subject to unexpected or unscheduled off-hire time, it could adversely affect our cash flow and may expose us to claims for liquidated damages if the vessel is chartered at the time of the unscheduled off-hire period. The cost of drydocking repairs, additional off-hire time, an increase in our operating expenses and/or the obligation to pay any liquidated damages could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, to the extent our vessels are employed under voyage charters in the future, our expenses may be impacted by increases in bunker costs and by canal costs, including the cost of canal-related delays incurred by employment of its vessels on certain routes. Unlike time charters in which the charterer bears all bunker and canal costs, in spot charters we bear these costs. Because it is not possible to predict the future price of bunkers or canal-related costs when fixing spot charters, a significant rise in these costs could have an adverse impact on the costs associated with any spot charters we enter into and our earnings. Additionally, an increase in the price of bunkers beyond our expectations may adversely affect our profitability at the time we negotiate time or bareboat charters.

We will be required to make substantial capital expenditures, for which we may be dependent on additional financing, to maintain the vessels we own or to acquire other vessels.

We must make substantial capital expenditures to maintain, over the long term, the operating capacity of our fleet. Our business strategy is also based in part upon the expansion of our fleet through the purchase of additional vessels. We currently estimate, based upon current and anticipated market conditions, our capital expenditures of potential acquisitions in the near term could be in excess of $25.0 million. This amount includes the possible acquisition of the Miss Lucy or the Pyxis Loucas , two vessels owned or controlled by affiliates of our chief executive officer. Maintenance capital expenditures include drydocking expenses, modification of existing vessels or acquisitions of new vessels to the extent these expenditures are incurred to maintain the operating capacity of our fleet. In addition, we expect to incur significant maintenance costs for our current and any newly-acquired vessels. A newbuilding vessel must be drydocked within five years of its delivery from a shipyard, and vessels are typically drydocked every 30 to 60 months thereafter depending on the vessel, not including any unexpected repairs. We estimate the cost to drydock a vessel is between $0.3 and $0.8 million, depending on the size and condition of the vessel and the location of drydocking. In addition, capital maintenance expenditures could increase as a result of changes in the cost of labor and materials, customer requirements, increases in the size of our fleet, governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards relating to safety, security or the environment and competitive standards. Pending government regulations may also require us to incur $0.65 million or more per MR tanker for ballast water treatment system upgrades during special surveys commencing 2017.

To purchase additional vessels from time to time, we may be required to incur additional borrowings or raise capital through the sale of debt or additional equity securities. Our ability to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets for future offerings

13


may be limited by our financial condition at that time as well as by adverse market conditions resulting from, among other things, general economic conditions and contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain such additional financing in the future on terms that are acceptable to us or at all. Our failure to obtain funds for capital expenditures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, our actual operating and maintenance capital expenditures will vary significantly from quarter to quarter based on, among other things, the number of vessels drydocked during that quarter. Even if we are successful in obtaining the necessary funds for capital expenditures, the terms of such financings could limit our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. Incurring additional debt may significantly increase our interest expense and financial leverage, and issuing additional equity securities may result in significant dilution.

Any vessel modification projects we undertake could have significant cost overruns, delays or fail to achieve the intended results.

Market volatility and higher fuel prices, coupled with increased regulation and concern about the environmental impact of the international shipping industry, have led to an increased focus on fuel efficiency. Many shipbuilders have implemented vessel modification programs for their existing ships in an attempt to capture potential efficiency gains. We will consider making modifications to our fleet where we believe the efficiency gains will result in a positive return for our stockholders. However, these types of projects are subject to risks of delay and cost overruns, resulting from shortages of equipment, unforeseen engineering problems, work stoppages, unanticipated cost increases, inability to obtain necessary certifications and approvals, shortages of materials or skilled labor, among other problems. In addition, any completed modification may not achieve the full expected benefits or could even compromise the fleet’s ability to operate at higher speeds, which is an important factor in generating additional revenue in an improving freight rate environment. The failure to successfully complete any modification project we undertake or any significant cost overruns or delays in any retrofitting projects could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

We may not be able to implement our business strategy successfully or manage our growth effectively.

Our future growth will depend on the successful implementation of our business strategy. A principal focus of our business strategy is to grow by expanding the size of our fleet while capitalizing on a mix of charter types, including on the spot market. Our future growth will depend upon a number of factors, some of which are not within our control. These factors include our ability to identify suitable tankers and/or shipping companies for acquisitions at attractive prices, identify and consummate desirable acquisitions, joint ventures or strategic alliances, hire, train and retain qualified personnel and crew to manage and operate our growing business and fleet, improve our operating, financial and accounting systems and controls and obtain required financing for our existing and new vessels and operations.

Acquisitions of vessels may not be profitable to us at or after the time we acquire them. We may fail to realize anticipated benefits, such as new customer relationships, cost-savings or cash flow enhancements, decrease our liquidity by using a significant portion of our available cash or borrowing capacity to finance vessel acquisitions, significantly increase our interest expense or financial leverage if we incur additional debt to finance vessel acquisitions, fail to integrate any acquired tankers or businesses successfully with our existing operations, accounting systems and infrastructure generally, incur or assume unanticipated liabilities, losses or costs associated with the business or vessels acquired, particularly if any vessel we acquire proves not to be in good condition or incur other significant charges, such as impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets, asset devaluation or restructuring charges. In addition, unlike newbuildings, secondhand vessels typically provide very limited or no warranties with respect to the condition of the vessel. While we expect we would inspect secondhand vessels prior to purchase, this does not provide us with the same knowledge about their condition that we would have had if these vessels had been built for and operated exclusively by us. Generally, we do not receive the benefit of warranties from the builders of the secondhand vessels that we acquire.

We also seek to take advantage of changing market conditions, which may include taking advantage of pooling arrangements or profit sharing components of the charters we may enter into. In addition, our future growth will depend upon our ability to: maintain or develop new and existing customer relationships; employ vessels consistent with our chartering strategy, successfully manage our liquidity and expenses and identify and capitalize on opportunities in new markets. Changing market and regulatory conditions may require or result in the sale or other disposition of vessels we are not able to charter because of customer preferences or because they are not or will not be compliant with existing or future rules, regulations and conventions. Additional vessels of the age and quality we desire may not be available for purchase at prices we are prepared to pay or at delivery times acceptable to us, and we may not be able to dispose of vessels at reasonable prices, if at all.

However, even if we successfully implement our business strategy, we may not improve our net revenues or operating results. Furthermore, we may decide to alter or discontinue aspects of our business strategy and may adopt alternative or additional strategies in response to business or competitive factors or factors or events beyond our control. Our failure to execute our business strategy or to manage our growth effectively could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

14


New vessels may experience initial operational difficulties and unexpected incremental start-up costs.

New vessels, during their initial period of operation, have the possibility of encountering structural, mechanical and electrical problems as well as unexpected incremental start-up costs. Typically, the purchaser of a newbuilding will receive the benefit of a warranty from the shipyard for newbuildings, but we cannot assure you that any warranty we obtain will be able to resolve any problem with the vessel without additional costs to us and off-hire periods for the vessel. Upon delivery of a new build vessel from a shipyard, we may incur operating expenses above the incremental start-up costs typically associated with such a delivery and such expenses may include, among others, additional crew training, consumables and spares.

Delays in deliveries of vessels on order or additional vessels, our decision to cancel an order for purchase of a vessel or our inability to otherwise complete the acquisitions of additional vessels for our fleet, could harm our operating results.

We expect to purchase additional vessels from time to time. The delivery of these vessels, or vessels on order, could be delayed, not completed or cancelled, which would delay or eliminate our expected receipt of revenues from the employment of these vessels. The seller could fail to deliver these vessels to us as agreed, or we could cancel a purchase contract because the seller has not met its obligations. The delivery of vessels we propose to order or that are on order could be delayed because of, among other things, work stoppages or other labor disturbances or other events that disrupt the operations of the shipyard building the vessels, quality or other engineering problems, changes in governmental regulations or maritime self-regulatory organization standards, lack of raw materials, bankruptcy or other financial crisis of the shipyard building the vessels, our inability to obtain requisite financing or make timely payments, a backlog of orders at the shipyard building the vessels, hostilities or political or economic disturbances in the countries where the vessels are being built, weather interference or catastrophic event, such as a major earthquake, typhoon or fire, our requests for changes to the original vessel specifications, shortages or delays in the receipt of necessary construction materials, such as steel, our inability to obtain requisite permits or approvals, a dispute with the shipyard building the vessels, hostilities or political disturbances, non-performance of the purchase agreement with respect to the vessels by the seller, our inability to obtain requisite permits, approvals or financings or damage to or destruction of vessels while being operated by the seller prior to the delivery date. If the delivery of any vessel is materially delayed or cancelled, especially if we have committed the vessel to a charter under which we become responsible for substantial liquidated damages to the customer as a result of the delay or cancellation, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Declines in charter rates and other market deterioration could cause us to incur impairment charges.

We evaluate the carrying amounts of our vessels to determine if events have occurred that would require an impairment of their carrying amounts. The recoverable amount of vessels is reviewed based on events and changes in circumstances that would indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recovered. The review for potential impairment indicators and projection of future cash flows related to the vessels is complex and requires our management to make various estimates including future charter rates, operating expenses and drydock costs. All of these items have been historically volatile.

The failure of our charterers to meet their obligations under our time charter agreements, on which we depend for a majority of our revenues, could cause us to suffer losses or otherwise adversely affect our business.

As of March 10, 2016, five of our vessels in operation were employed under fixed rate time charter agreements. When our existing time charter agreements expire or upon delivery in the future of any vessels we construct or order, we may enter into new time charter agreements for periods of three months or longer. The ability and willingness of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a time charter agreement with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the tanker shipping industry and the overall financial condition of the counterparties. Charterers are sensitive to the commodity markets and may be impacted by market forces affecting commodities. In addition, in depressed market conditions, there have been reports of charterers renegotiating their charters or defaulting on their obligations under charters. Our customers may fail to pay charter hire or attempt to renegotiate charter rates. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, it may be difficult to secure substitute employment for such vessel, and any new charter arrangements we secure in the spot market or on time charters may be at lower rates. The costs and delays associated with the default by a charterer under a charter of a vessel may be considerable. If our charterers fail to meet their obligations to us or attempt to renegotiate their charter agreements, we could sustain significant losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and compliance with covenants in our loan agreements.

Our charterers may terminate charters early or choose not to re-charter with us, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our charters may terminate earlier than the dates indicated in the charter party agreements. The terms of our charters vary as to which events or occurrences will cause a charter to terminate or give the charterer the option to terminate the charter, but these generally include a total or constructive loss of the relevant vessel, the requisition for hire of the relevant vessel, the drydocking of the

15


relevant vessel for a certain period of time or the failure of the relevant vessel to meet specified performance criteria. In addition, the ability of each of our charterers to perform its obligations under a charter will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control. These factors may include general economic conditions, the condition of the tanker industry, the charter rates received for specific types of vessels and various operating expenses. An early termination of our charters may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We cannot predict whether our charterers will, upon the expiration of their charters, re-charter our vessels on favorable terms or at all. If our charterers decide not to re-charter our vessels, we may not be able to re-charter them on terms similar to our current charters or at all. In the future, we may also employ our vessels on the spot-charter market, which is subject to greater rate fluctuation than the time charter market. If we receive lower charter rates under replacement charters or are unable to re-charter all of our vessels, our available cash may be significantly reduced or eliminated.

We are dependent on the services of our founder and chief executive officer and other members of our senior management team.

We are dependent upon our chief executive officer, Mr. Valentis, and the other members of our senior management team for the principal decisions with respect to our business activities. The loss or unavailability of the services of any of these key members of our management team for any significant period of time, or the inability of these individuals to manage or delegate their responsibilities successfully as our business grows, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. If the individuals were no longer to be affiliated with us, we may be unable to recruit other employees with equivalent talent and experience, and our business and financial condition may suffer as a result. We currently do not intend to maintain “key man” life insurance for our chief executive or other members of our senior management team.

Our founder, chairman and chief executive officer has affiliations with Maritime, our ship manager, which may create conflicts of interest.

Mr. Valentis, our founder, chairman and chief executive officer, also owns and controls Maritime, our ship manager. His responsibilities and relationships with Maritime could create conflicts of interest between us, on the one hand, and Maritime, on the other hand. These conflicts may arise in connection with the chartering, purchase, sale and operations of the vessels in our fleet versus vessels managed by other companies affiliated with Maritime. Maritime entered into a Head Management Agreement with us. The negotiation of these management arrangements may have resulted in certain terms that may not reflect market standard terms or may include terms that could not have been obtained from arms-length negotiations with unaffiliated third parties for similar services.

In addition, Maritime may give preferential treatment to vessels that are time chartered-in by related parties because our founder, chairman and chief executive officer and members of his family may receive greater economic benefits. In particular, as of December 31, 2015, Maritime provided commercial management services to three tanker vessels, other than the vessels in our fleet, that were owned or operated by entities affiliated with Mr. Valentis, and such entities may acquire additional vessels that will compete with our vessels in the future. Such conflicts may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Several of our senior executive officers do not, and certain of our officers in the future may not, devote all of their time to our business, which may hinder our ability to operate successfully.

Mr. Valentis, Mr. Lytras, our chief operating officer, Mr. Williams, our chief financial officer, and Mr. Backos, our general counsel, senior vice president and secretary, participate, and other of our senior officers which we may appoint in the future may also participate, in business activities not associated with us. As a result, they may devote less time to us than if they were not engaged in other business activities and may owe fiduciary duties to our stockholders as well as stockholders of other companies with which they may be affiliated. This may create conflicts of interest in matters involving or affecting us and our customers and it is not certain that any of these conflicts of interest will be resolved in our favor. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our senior executive officers and directors may not be able to successfully organize and manage a publicly traded company.

None of our senior executive officers or directors have previously organized and managed a publicly traded company, and they may not be successful in doing so. The demands of organizing and managing a publicly traded company such as us are much greater as compared to those of a private company, and some of our senior executive officers and directors may not be able to successfully meet those increased demands.

16


As we expand our business, Maritime and we may need to improve our operating and financial systems and Maritime will need to recruit and retain suitable employees and crew for our vessels.

Our and Maritime’s current operating and financial systems may not be adequate as the size of our fleet expands, and attempts to improve those systems may be ineffective. In addition, as we expand our fleet, Maritime may need to recruit and retain suitable additional seafarers and shore based administrative and management personnel. We cannot guarantee that Maritime will be able to continue to hire suitable employees as we expand our fleet. If we or Maritime encounter business or financial difficulties, we may not be able to adequately staff our vessels. If we are unable to accomplish the above as we expands our fleet, our financial reporting performance may be adversely affected and, among other things, it may not be compliant with SEC rules.

Our insurance may be insufficient to cover losses that may result from our operations.

Although we carry hull and machinery, protection and indemnity and war risk insurance on each of the vessels in our fleet, we face several risks regarding that insurance. The insurance is subject to deductibles, limits and exclusions. Since it is possible that a large number of claims may be brought, the aggregate amount of these deductibles could be material. As a result, there may be other risks against which we are not insured, and certain claims may not be paid. We do not carry insurance covering the loss of revenues resulting from vessel off-hire time based on our analysis of the cost of this coverage compared to our off-hire experience.

Certain of our insurance coverage, such as tort liability including pollution-related liability, is maintained through mutual protection and indemnity associations, and as a member of such associations we may be required to make additional payments over and above budgeted premiums if member claims exceed association reserves. These additional payments will be based not only on our claim records but also on the claim records of other members of the protection and indemnity associations through which we receive insurance coverage. We may be unable to procure adequate insurance coverage at commercially reasonable rates in the future. For example, more stringent environmental regulations have led in the past to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of, insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution. Changes in the insurance markets attributable to terrorist attacks may also make certain types of insurance more difficult for us to obtain. We maintain for each of the vessels in our existing fleet pollution liability coverage insurance in the amount of $1.0 billion per incident. A catastrophic oil spill or marine disaster could exceed such insurance coverage. The circumstances of a spill could also result in a denial of coverage by insurers, protracted litigation and delayed or diminished insurance recoveries. In addition, our insurance may be voidable by the insurers as a result of certain of our actions, such as our vessels failing to maintain certification with applicable maritime self-regulatory organizations. The circumstances of a spill, including non-compliance with environmental laws, could also result in the denial of coverage, protracted litigation and delayed or diminished insurance recoveries or settlements. In addition, the insurance that may be available to us may be significantly more expensive than our existing coverage. Furthermore, even if insurance coverage is adequate we may not be able to obtain a timely replacement vessel in the event of a loss. Any of these circumstances or events could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We and our subsidiaries may be subject to group liability for damages or debts owed by one of our subsidiaries or by us.

Although each of our vessels is and will be separately owned by individual subsidiaries, under certain circumstances, a parent company and its ship-owning subsidiaries can be held liable under corporate veil piercing principles for damages or debts owed by one of the subsidiaries or the parent. Therefore, it is possible that all of our assets and those of our subsidiaries could be subject to execution upon a judgment against us or any of our subsidiaries.

Maritime, our ship manager, ITM, our technical manager for all of our vessels, and North Sea Tankers (“NST”), our commercial manager for the Northsea Alpha and Northsea Beta, are privately held companies and there is little or no publicly available information about them.

The ability of Maritime, ITM and NST to render their respective management services will depend in part on their own financial strength. Circumstances beyond each such company’s control could impair its financial strength. Because each of these companies is privately held, information about each company’s financial strength is not available. As a result, we and an investor in our securities might have little advance warning of financial or other problems affecting either Maritime, ITM or NST even though its financial or other problems could have a material adverse effect on us and our stockholders.

Our vessels may operate in pooling arrangements in the future, which may or may not be beneficial compared to chartering our vessels outside of a pool.

In a pooling arrangement, the net revenues generated by all of the vessels in a pool are aggregated and distributed to pool members pursuant to a pre-arranged weighting system that recognizes each vessel’s earnings capacity based on factors, which may include its cargo capacity, speed and fuel consumption, and actual on-hire performance. Pooling arrangements are intended to maximize vessel utilization. However, pooling arrangements are dependent on the spot charter market, in which rates fluctuate. We

17


cannot assure you that entering any of our vessels into a pool will be beneficial to us compared to chartering our vessels outside of a pool. If we participate in, or for any reason our vessels cease to participate in a pooling arrangement, their utilization rates could fall and the amount of additional hire paid could decrease, either of which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We also cannot assure you that if we join a pooling arrangement that we will continue to use the pooling arrangement or whether the pools our vessels could participate in will continue to exist in the future.

Exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect our revenues, financial condition and operating results.

We generate a substantial part of our revenues in U.S. dollars, but incur costs in other currencies. The difference in currencies could in the future lead to fluctuations in our net income due to changes in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies. We have not hedged our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations, and as a result, our U.S. dollar denominated results of operations and financial condition could suffer as exchange rates fluctuate.

Risks Related to our Indebtedness

The market values of our vessels may decrease, which could cause, as in the past, us to breach covenants in our loan agreements.

The fair market values of product tankers have generally experienced high volatility. You should expect the market value of our vessels to fluctuate. Values for ships can fluctuate substantially over time due to a number of factors, including prevailing economic conditions in the energy markets, a substantial or extended decline in demand for refined products, competition from other shipping companies and other modes of transportation, the level of worldwide refined petroleum product production and exports, changes in the supply-demand balance of the global product tanker market, applicable governmental regulations, the availability of newbuild and newer, more advanced vessels at attractive prices compared to our vessels, changes in prevailing charter hire rates, the physical condition of the ship, the vessel’s size, age, technical specifications, efficiency and operational flexibility and the cost of retrofitting or modifying existing ships, as a result of technological advances in ship design or equipment, changes in applicable environmental or other regulations or standards, customer requirements or otherwise.

If the market value of our fleet declines, we may not be able to incur debt at all or on terms that are acceptable to us. A decrease in these values could cause us to breach certain covenants that are contained in our loan agreements and in future financing agreements. Prior to the consummation of the merger agreed to in the Agreement and Plan of Merger, which we entered into on April 23, 2015 (the “LookSmart Agreement”), vessel value fluctuations caused us to not comply with the minimum security covenant in Fourthone’s loan agreement with Commerzbank. In connection with our obtaining Commerzbank’s consent to the merger, in October 2015 we provided Commerzbank with a new guarantee (in place of the prior one given by Maritime) and security in the Northern Alpha and Northsea Beta as additional collateral to satisfy such non-compliance.

If we breach covenants in our loan agreements or future financing agreements and are unable to cure the breach, our lenders could accelerate our debt repayment and foreclose on vessels in our fleet. In addition, as vessels grow older, they generally decline in value. If for any reason we sell vessels at a time when prices have fallen, we could incur a loss and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. The market value of our fleet may decline more rapidly than book value as the vessels age, and we will incur losses on disposition if we sell vessels below depreciated book value. Please read “Item 4. Information on the Company – The International Product Tanker Shipping Industry” for information concerning historical prices of product tankers.

Restrictive covenants in our current and future loan agreements may impose financial and other restrictions on us.

The restrictions and covenants in our current and future loan agreements could adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to pursue and expand our business activities. Our current loan agreements contain, and future financing agreements will likely contain, restrictive covenants that may prohibit us or our subsidiaries from, among other things:

 

·

paying dividends under certain circumstances, including if there is a default under the loan agreements or with respect to our subsidiaries, Sixthone and Seventhone, if the ratio of the total liabilities and the market value of our adjusted total assets (total assets adjusted to reflect the market value of all our vessels) and our subsidiaries as a group is greater than 65% in the relevant year;

 

·

incurring or guaranteeing indebtedness;

 

·

charging, pledging or otherwise encumbering our vessels;

 

·

changing the flag, class, management or ownership of our vessels;

 

·

utilizing available cash;

 

·

changing ownership or structure, including through mergers, consolidations, liquidations or dissolutions;

18


 

·

making certain investments;

 

·

entering into a new line of business;

 

·

changing the commercial and technical management of our vessels; and

 

·

selling, transferring, assigning or changing the beneficial ownership or control of our vessels.

In addition, the loan agreements generally contain covenants requiring us, among other things, to ensure that:

 

·

we maintain minimum cash and cash equivalents based on the number of vessels owned and chartered-in and debt service requirements. Our required minimum cash balance as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015 was $1.1 million and $4.6 million, respectively, and our required minimum cash balance will increase to $5.0 million as of June 30, 2016;

 

·

our subsidiaries, Sixthone and Seventhone, maintain retention accounts with monthly deposits equal to one-third of the next quarterly principal installment together with the appropriate amount of interest expense due;

 

·

the fair market value of the mortgaged vessel plus any additional collateral must be no less than a certain percentage (ranging from 125% to 133%) of outstanding borrowings under the applicable loan agreement, less any money in respect of the principal outstanding with the credit of any applicable retention account and any free or pledged cash deposits held with the lender in our or its subsidiary’s name; and

 

·

we maintain, depending on the loan agreement, a total liabilities to total asset ratio (as adjusted for market values) of no greater than 75%.

As a result of the above, we may need to seek permission from our lenders in order to engage in some corporate actions. The lenders’ interests may be different from ours and we may not be able to obtain our lenders’ permission when needed. This may limit our ability to pay dividends to you if we determine to do so in the future, finance our future operations or capital requirements, make acquisitions or pursue business opportunities.

Our ability to comply with covenants and restrictions contained in our current and future loan agreements may also be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. If our cash flow is insufficient to service our current and future indebtedness and to meet our other obligations and commitments, we will be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as reducing or delaying our business activities, acquisitions, investments, capital expenditures, the payment of dividends or the implementation of our other strategies, refinancing or restructuring our debt obligations, selling vessels or other assets, seeking to raise additional debt or equity capital or seeking bankruptcy protection. However, we may not be able to effect any of these remedies or alternatives on a timely basis, on satisfactory terms or at all, which could lead to events of default under these loan agreements, giving the lenders foreclosure rights on our vessels.

Our ability to obtain additional debt financing may be dependent on the performance of our then existing charters and the creditworthiness of our charterers.

The actual or perceived credit quality of our charterers, and any defaults by them, may materially affect our ability to obtain the additional capital resources that we will require to purchase additional vessels or may significantly increase our costs of obtaining such capital. Our inability to obtain additional financing at all, or our ability to do so only at a higher than anticipated cost, may materially affect our results of operations and our ability to implement our business strategy.

Servicing debt, including debt which we may incur in the future, will limit funds available for other purposes and if we cannot service our debt, we may lose our vessels.

Borrowings under our existing and future loan agreements require, and will require, us to dedicate a part of our cash flow from operations to paying principal and interest on our indebtedness. These payments limit funds available for working capital, capital expenditures and other purposes. Amounts borrowed under our loan agreements bear interest at variable rates. Increases in prevailing interest rates could increase the amounts that we would have to pay to our lenders, even though the outstanding principal amount remains the same, and our net income and cash flows would decrease. If we do not generate or reserve enough cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to: seek to raise additional capital; refinance or restructure our debt; sell vessels; or reduce or delay capital investments. However, these alternatives, if necessary, may not be sufficient to allow us to meet our debt obligations. If we are unable to meet our debt obligations or if some other default occurs under our loan agreements, the lenders could elect to declare that debt, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable and foreclose against the collateral vessels securing that debt.

19


Risks Related to Being a Public, Emerging Growth Company

Our costs of operating as a public company will increase and will be significant, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to complying with public company regulations.

As a public company, we have begun to incur, and expect to incur additional, significant legal, accounting and other expenses, including costs associated with our public company reporting requirements under the Exchange Act. We must also follow the rules, regulations and requirements subsequently adopted by the SEC, including Sarbanes-Oxley, and the rules of Nasdaq. Although we cannot precisely predict the final yearly amount, we believe that such additional expenses would be in excess of approximately $0.5 million per year, which includes accounting and legal fees, costs for remuneration of our board of directors and our committees and director and officer liability insurance. In addition, our senior executive officers, none of whom has experience managing U.S. public companies, and other personnel will also need to devote a substantial amount of time and financial resources to complying with these rules, regulations and requirements. Our management may initially require additional services from accounting, legal and other professional advisors. As a result, these efforts may divert management’s attention from implementing our business strategy.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our securities less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years. As an emerging growth company, we are not required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, and we are exempt from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Further, the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, will not adopt the new or revised standard until the time private companies are required to adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountant standards used. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these provisions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our shares and our share price may be more volatile.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common stock.

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in our implementation, could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that may require prospective or retroactive changes in our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. In addition, for as long as we are an “emerging growth company,” our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal controls could lead to restatements of our financial statements and require us to incur the expense of remediation. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board inspection of our independent accounting firm could lead to findings in our auditors’ reports and challenge the accuracy of our published audited consolidated financial statements.

Auditors of U.S. public companies are required by law to undergo periodic Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) inspections that assess their compliance with U.S. law and professional standards in connection with performance of audits of financial statements filed with the SEC. For several years certain European Union countries, including Greece, did not permit the PCAOB to conduct inspections of accounting firms established and operating in such European Union countries, even if they were part of major international firms. Accordingly and unlike for most U.S. public companies and their stockholders, the PCAOB was prevented from evaluating our auditor’s performance of audits and its quality control procedures, and we and our stockholders were deprived of the possible benefits of such inspections. During 2015, Greece has agreed to allow the PCAOB to conduct inspections of accounting firms operating in Greece. In the future, such PCAOB inspections could result in findings in our auditors’ quality control

20


procedures, question the validity of the auditor’s reports on our published consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, and cast doubt upon the accuracy of our published audited financial statements.

Risks Related to our Common Stock

An investment in our common stock is speculative and there can be no assurance of any return on any such investment.

An investment in our common stock is highly speculative, and there is no assurance that investors will obtain any return on their investment. Investors will be subject to substantial risks involved in their investment, including the risk of losing their entire investment.

We may issue additional shares of our common stock or other equity securities without stockholder approval, which would dilute your ownership interests and may depress the market price of our common stock.

We may issue additional shares of our common stock or other equity securities of equal or senior rank in the future in connection with, among other things, future vessel acquisitions, repayment of outstanding indebtedness or our equity incentive plan, without stockholder approval, in a number of circumstances. Our issuance of additional common stock or other equity securities of equal or senior rank would have the following effects:

 

·

our existing stockholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;

 

·

the amount of cash available per share, including for payment of dividends in the future, may decrease;

 

·

the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding share of our common stock may be diminished; and

 

·

the market price of our common stock may decline.

Future sales of shares of our common stock by existing shareholders or issuance of shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise by Legacy LookSmart Stockholders of their make-whole right could negatively impact our ability to sell equity in the future and cause the market price of shares of our common stock to decline.

The market price for shares of our common stock could decline as a result of sales by existing stockholders of large numbers of shares of our common stock, or as a result of the perception that such sales may occur. In addition, according to the make-whole right in our LookSmart Agreement, the Legacy LookSmart Stockholders may elect to receive the value of any difference between $4.30 and the price of our shares in a future offering of at least $5.0 million completed prior to April 29, 2018 in additional shares of our common stock.  Please read “Item 4. Information on the Company – The LookSmart Agreement and Make-Whole Right” for information concerning the make-whole right.  The ability of Legacy LookSmart Stockholders to obtain additional shares of our common stock and any future sales of shares of our common stock by these and other stockholders also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and at the prices that we deem appropriate.

We are incorporated in the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of corporate or bankruptcy law and, as a result, stockholders may have fewer rights and protections under Marshall Islands law than under a U.S. jurisdiction.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws and by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act (the “BCA”). The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. However, there have been few judicial cases in the Republic of the Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. The rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in certain U.S. jurisdictions. Stockholder rights may differ as well. While the BCA does specifically incorporate the non-statutory law, or judicial case law, of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, our public stockholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by management, directors or significant stockholders than would stockholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction. Additionally, the Republic of the Marshall Islands does not have a legal provision for bankruptcy or a general statutory mechanism for insolvency proceedings. As such, in the event of a future insolvency or bankruptcy, our stockholders and creditors may experience delays in their ability to recover their claims after any such insolvency or bankruptcy.

It may be difficult to serve process on or enforce a U.S. judgment against us, our officers and our directors because we are a foreign corporation.

We are a corporation formed in the Marshall Islands, a substantial portion of our assets are located outside of the United States and many of our directors and executive officers are not residents of the United States. As a result, you may have difficulty serving legal process within the United States upon us. You may also have difficulty enforcing, both in and outside the United States, judgments you may obtain in U.S. courts against us in any action, including actions based upon the civil liability provisions of U.S.

21


federal or state securities laws. Furthermore, there is substantial doubt that the courts of the Marshall Islands or of the non-U.S. jurisdictions in which our offices are located would enter judgments in original actions brought in those courts predicated on U.S. federal or state securities laws. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an original action against us or against individuals in a Marshall Islands court in the event that you believe that your rights have been infringed under the U.S. federal securities laws or otherwise because the Marshall Islands courts would not have subject matter jurisdiction to entertain such a suit. A judgment entered in a foreign jurisdiction is enforceable in the Marshall Islands without a retrial on the merits so long as the provisions of the Marshall Islands Uniform Foreign Money-Judgments Recognition Act are complied with. In addition, there is doubt as to the enforceability in Greece against us and/or our executive officers and directors who are non-residents of the U.S., in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts, of liabilities predicated solely upon the securities laws of the U.S.

We do not intend to pay dividends in the near future and cannot assure you that we will pay dividends.

We do not intend to pay dividends in the near future and will make dividend payments to our stockholders in the future only if our board of directors, acting in its sole discretion, determines that such payments would be in our best interest and in compliance with relevant legal, fiduciary and contractual requirements. The payment of any dividends is not guaranteed or assured, and if paid at all in the future, may be discontinued at any time at the discretion of the board of directors.

Our ability to pay dividends will in any event be subject to factors beyond our control, including the following:

 

·

our earnings, financial condition and anticipated cash requirements;

 

·

the terms of any current or future credit facilities or loan agreements;

 

·

the loss of a vessel or the acquisition of one or more vessels;

 

·

required capital expenditures;

 

·

increased or unanticipated expenses;

 

·

future issuances of securities;

 

·

disputes or legal actions; and

 

·

the requirements of the laws of the Marshall Islands, which limit payments of dividends if we are, or could become, insolvent and generally prohibit the payment of dividends other than from surplus (retaining earnings and the excess of consideration received for the sale of shares above the par value of the shares).

The payment of dividends would not be permitted if we are not in compliance with our loan agreements or in default of such agreements.

We are a holding company, and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial and other obligations.

We are a holding company and have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries own all of our existing vessels, and subsidiaries we form in the future will own any other vessels we may acquire in the future. All payments under our charters will be made to our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to pay dividends and meet our other obligations will depend on the performance of our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. The ability of a subsidiary to make these distributions could be affected by a claim or other action by a third party, including a creditor, by the terms of our loan agreements, any financing agreement we may enter into in the future, or by Marshall Islands law, which regulates the payment of dividends by companies. The applicable loan agreement entered into by our subsidiaries, Sixthone and Seventhone, prohibit such subsidiaries from paying any dividends to us unless the ratio of the total liabilities and the market value adjusted total assets (total assets adjusted to reflect the market value of all our vessels) of us and our subsidiaries as a group is 65% or less. If we, Sixthone or Seventhone do not satisfy this requirement or if we or a subsidiary breach a covenant in our loan agreements or any financing agreement we may enter into in the future, such subsidiary may be restricted from paying dividends. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, we will not be able to pay dividends unless we obtain funds from other sources, which we may not be able to do.

Maritime Investors Inc. (“Maritime Investors”) beneficially owns approximately 93% of our total outstanding common stock, which may limit stockholders’ ability to influence our actions.

Maritime Investors, a corporation controlled by our chief executive officer, Mr. Valentis, beneficially owns approximately 93% of our outstanding common stock and has the power to exert considerable influence over our actions through Maritime Investors’ ability to effectively control matters requiring stockholder approval, including the determination to enter into a corporate transaction or to prevent a transaction, regardless of whether our stockholders believe that any such transaction is in their or our best interests. For

22


example, Maritime Investors could cause us to consummate a merger or acquisition that increases the amount of our indebtedness or causes us to sell all of our revenue-generating assets. We cannot assure you that the interests of Maritime Investors will coincide with the interests of other stockholders. As a result, the market price of shares of our common stock could be adversely affected.

Additionally, Maritime Investors may invest in entities that directly or indirectly compete with us, or companies in which Maritime Investors currently invests may begin competing with us. Maritime Investors may also separately pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. As a result of these relationships, when conflicts arise between the interests of Maritime Investors and the interests of our other stockholders, Mr. Valentis may not be a disinterested director. Maritime Investors will effectively control all of our corporate decisions so long as they continue to own a substantial number of shares of our common stock.

As a foreign private issuer our corporate governance practices are exempt from certain Nasdaq corporate governance requirements applicable to U.S. domestic companies. As a result, our corporate governance practices may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements.

We believe that our corporate governance practices are in compliance with the applicable Nasdaq listing rules, and are not prohibited by, the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands. For a list of the corporate governance practices followed by us in lieu of the corporate governance rules applicable to U.S. domestic companies, see “Item 16G – Corporate Governance” below.

Anti-takeover provisions in our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws could make it difficult for our stockholders to replace our board of directors or could have the effect of discouraging an acquisition, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Several provisions of our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws could make it difficult for our stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors in any one year. In addition, the same provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that stockholders may consider favorable. These provisions include:

 

·

providing for a classified board of directors with staggered, three year terms;

 

·

authorizing the board of directors to issue so-called “blank check” preferred stock without stockholder approval;

 

·

prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

·

authorizing the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of our common stock cast at an annual meeting of stockholders;

 

·

prohibiting stockholder action by written consent unless consent is signed by all stockholders entitled to vote on the action;

 

·

limiting the persons who may call special meetings of stockholders;

 

·

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings; and

 

·

restrict business combinations with interested shareholders.

These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of public stockholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium.

We may have to pay tax on U.S. source income, which would reduce our earnings and cash flow.

Under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), 50% of the gross shipping income of a vessel owning or chartering corporation (or “shipping income”) that is attributable to voyages that either begin or end in the United States is characterized as “U.S.-source shipping income” and such income is generally subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax (on a gross basis) unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code or under an applicable U.S. income tax treaty.

As we and our shipowning subsidiaries are organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, a country with which the United States does not have an income tax treaty, we do not qualify for a treaty-based exemption. However, we believe that we qualify for the exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code for the 2015 taxable year and intend to take such position on our returns for the 2015 taxable year. Nevertheless, for the 2016 or any later taxable year, there are factual circumstances beyond our control that could cause us to lose the benefit of this tax exemption and thereby cause us to become subject to U.S. federal income tax

23


on our U.S.-source shipping income.  For example, there is a risk that we could no longer qualify for exemption under Section 883 of the Code for a particular taxable year if additional shares of our common stock are issued to new shareholders such that, due to their status or unwillingness to cooperate with certain substantiation and reporting requirements, we no longer satisfy one of the ownership test requirements for qualification.  Due to the factual nature of the issues involved, we can give no assurances on the availability of the exemption to us.

If we and/or one or more of our subsidiaries are not entitled to this exemption under Section 883 of the Code for any taxable year, we and/or such subsidiaries would generally be subject for that year to a 4% U.S. federal income tax on the U.S.-source shipping income for that year. The imposition of this tax could have a negative effect on our business and would result in decreased earnings and cash flow.  See “Item 10. Additional Information – E. Taxation – U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Pyxis” for a detailed discussion of the qualification for the exemption under Section 883 of the Code.    

If U.S. tax authorities were to treat us or one or more of our subsidiaries as a “passive foreign investment company,” there could be adverse tax consequences to U.S. holders.

A foreign corporation will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company” (or a “PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes if either (i) at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of “passive income,” or (ii) at least 50% of the average value of the corporation’s assets produce, or are held for the production of, such types of “passive income.” For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of trade or business. For purposes of these tests, time and voyage charter income is generally viewed as income derived from the performance of services and not rental income and, therefore, would not constitute “passive income.”  U.S. shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC.

Based on our current and projected operations, we do not believe that we (or any of our subsidiaries) was a PFIC in its 2015 taxable year, nor do we expect us (or any of our subsidiaries) to become a PFIC with respect to the 2016 or any later taxable year.  In this regard, we intend to treat the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time chartering activities as services income, rather than rental income. Accordingly, we believe that our income from our time chartering activities does not constitute “passive income,” and the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of that income do not constitute passive assets. There is, however, no direct legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing our method of operation. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the United States Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, or a court of law will accept our position, and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC.  Moreover, no assurance can be given that we would not constitute a PFIC for any taxable year if there were to be changes in the nature and extent of our operations.

 

If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, our U.S. shareholders may face adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and information reporting obligations. Under the PFIC rules, unless those shareholders made an election available under the Code (which election could itself have adverse consequences for such shareholders), such shareholders would be liable to pay U.S. federal income tax upon excess distributions and upon any gain from the disposition of shares of our common stock at the then prevailing income tax rates applicable to ordinary income plus interest as if the excess distribution or gain had been recognized ratably over the shareholder’s holding period of our shares. See “Item 10. Additional Information – E. Taxation – U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations – U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders – Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences” for a more detailed discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders of our shares of common stock if we are or were to be treated as a PFIC.

 

 

24


ITEM 4.

INFORMATIO N ON THE COMPANY

A.

History and Development of the Company

Our legal and commercial name is Pyxis Tankers Inc.  We are a holding company incorporated under the laws of the Marshall Islands BCA on March 23, 2015 and maintain our principal place of business at the offices of our ship manager, Pyxis Maritime Corp., at 59 K. Karamanli, Maroussi 15125, Athens, Greece. Our telephone number at that address is +30 210 638 0200.  Our registered agent in the Marshall Islands is The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc. located at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.

We own the vessels in our fleet through six separate wholly-owned subsidiaries that were incorporated in the Marshall Islands. We acquired the vessel-owning subsidiaries from affiliates of our founder and chief executive officer in advance of the closing of the transactions contemplated by the LookSmart Agreement.  In accordance with the terms of the LookSmart Agreement, LookSmart, Ltd. (“LookSmart”), a company then listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market, completed its merger with and into our wholly owned subsidiary, Maritime Technologies Corp. on October 28, 2015. As a condition precedent to the consummation of the merger, LookSmart transferred all of its business, assets and liabilities to its wholly owned subsidiary, LookSmart Group, Inc., and then spun off the ownership of this subsidiary to the LookSmart stockholders. In connection with and prior to the closing of the merger, LookSmart consummated a 1 to .1512 reverse split, thereby reducing the number of its shares outstanding from 5,768,851 to 872,036. Each post-split share of LookSmart was cancelled and exchanged for the right to receive 1.0667 shares of our common stock. Following the merger, we had a total of 18,244,671 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, after giving effect to rounding up on fractional shares.

In September 2013, we took delivery of the new build Pyxis Theta for a total cost of $38.2 million. In April 2014, as part of the fifth year special survey dry docking of the Pyxis Malou , we completed a $0.2 million upgrade program to enhance the vessel’s fuel efficiency and reduce environmental emissions. In January 2015, we took delivery of the new build Pyxis Epsilon for a total cost of $32.5 million. In May and June 2015, the fifth year special survey drydockings for the Northsea Alpha and the Northsea Beta were completed for a cost of $0.4 million for each vessel.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than US$1.0 billion in revenues for the last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 404”), in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting. The JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company does not need to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standards until such date that a private company is otherwise required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards. Furthermore, we are not required to present selected financial information or any management’s discussion herein for any period prior to the earliest audited period presented in connection with this Annual Report.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (a) the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of at least $1.0 billion; (b) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the merger; (c) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than US$1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which would occur if the market value of our common stock that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter. Once we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above.

B.

Business Overview

Overview

We are an international maritime transportation company focused on the product tanker sector. Our fleet is comprised of six double hull product tankers, which are employed under a mix of short- and medium-term time charters and spot charters. We acquired these six vessels prior to the merger from affiliates of our founder and chief executive officer, Mr. Valentios (“Eddie”) Valentis. Four of the vessels in the fleet are MR tankers, three of which have eco-efficient or eco-modified designs, and two are short-range tanker sister ships. Each of the vessels in the fleet has IMO certifications and is capable of transporting refined petroleum products, such as naphtha, gasoline, jet fuel, kerosene, diesel and fuel oil, as well as other liquid bulk items, such as vegetable oils and organic chemicals.

25


Our principal objective is to own and operate our fleet in a manner that will enable us to benefit from short- and long-term trends that we expect in the product tanker sector to maximize our revenues. We intend to expand the fleet through selective acquisitions of modern product tankers , primarily MRs . We expect to employ our vessels primarily through time charters to creditworthy customers and on the spot market. We intend to continually evaluate the markets in which we operate and, based upon our view of market conditions, adjust our mix of vessel employment by counterparty and stagger our charter expirations. In addition, we may choose to opportunistically direct asset sales when conditions are appropriate , and may pursue a sale or long-term strategy for our small tankers .

The Fleet

The following chart provides summary information concerning our fleet as of March 10, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

 

 

 

Anticipated

 

Charter

 

 

 

 

 

Capacity

 

 

Year

 

Type of

 

Redelivery

 

Rate

 

Vessel Name

 

Shipyard

 

(dwt)

 

 

Built

 

Charter

 

Date (1)

 

(per day) (2)

 

Pyxis Epsilon

 

SPP / S. Korea

 

 

50,295

 

 

2015

 

Time

 

Jan. 2017

 

$

16,575

 

Pyxis Theta

 

SPP / S. Korea

 

 

51,795

 

 

2013

 

Time

 

Sep. 2016

 

$

15,600

 

Pyxis Malou

 

SPP / S. Korea

 

 

50,667

 

 

2009

 

Time

 

Jun. 2016

 

$

18,200

 

Pyxis Delta

 

Hyundai / S. Korea

 

 

46,616

 

 

2006

 

Time

 

Sep. 2016

 

$

18,000

 

Northsea Alpha

 

Kejin / China

 

 

8,615

 

 

2010

 

Time

 

Oct. 2016

 

$

9,650

 

Northsea Beta

 

Kejin / China

 

 

8,647

 

 

2010

 

Spot

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

216,635

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Each time charter contains a provision that allows for redelivery plus or minus 30 days, except the Pyxis Delta which allows 15 days. The Pyxis Epsilon ’s charterer has an option to extend the charter for one year for $18,050/day. The Pyxis Theta ’s charterer has an option to extend the charter for one year for $16,600/day and for an additional year for $17,600/day.

(2)

This table shows gross rates and does not reflect any commissions payable.

Our Charters

We generate revenues by charging customers a fee, typically called charterhire, for the use of our vessels. Customers utilize the vessels to transport their refined petroleum products and other liquid bulk items and have historically entered into the following types of contractual arrangements with us or our affiliates:

 

·

Time charters: A time charter is a contract for the use of a vessel for a fixed period of time at a specified daily rate. Under a time charter, the vessel owner provides crewing and other services related to the vessel’s operation, the cost of which is included in the daily rate. The customer, also called a charterer, is responsible for substantially all of the vessel’s voyage expenses, which are costs related to a particular voyage including the cost for fuel, which is also called bunkers, and any port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls and agency fees.

 

·

Spot charters: A spot charter is a contract to carry a specific cargo for a single voyage. Spot charters for voyages involve the carriage of a specific amount and type of cargo on a load-port to discharge-port basis, subject to various cargo handling terms, and the vessel owner is paid on a per-ton basis. Under a spot voyage charter, the vessel owner is responsible for the payment of all expenses including voyage expenses, such as port, canal and bunker costs.

The table below sets forth the basic distinctions between these types of charters:

 

 

 

Time Charter

 

Spot Charters

Typical contract length

 

3 months - 5 years or more

 

Indefinite but typically less than 3 months

Basis on which charter rate is paid

 

Per day

 

Per ton, typically

Voyage expenses

 

Charterer pays

 

Pyxis pays

Vessel operating costs(1)

 

Pyxis pays

 

Pyxis pays

Off-hire (2)

 

Pyxis pays

 

Pyxis pays

 

(1)

We are responsible for vessel operating costs, which include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils, communication expenses and the commercial and technical management fees payable to our ship managers. The largest components of our vessel operating costs are generally crews and repairs and maintenance.

(2)

“Off-hire” refers to the time a vessel is not available for service due primarily to scheduled and unscheduled repairs or drydocking.

26


Under both time and spot charters on the vessels in the fleet, we are responsible for the technical management of the vessel and for maintaining the vessel, periodic drydocking, cleaning and painting and performing work required by regulations. We have enter ed into a contract with Maritime to provide commercial, sale and purchase, and other operations and maintenance services to all of the vessels in our fleet, except for the chartering of the Northsea Alpha and the Northsea Beta , which is performed by NST, a third party manager. Our vessel owning subsidiaries have contracted with ITM, a third party technical manager and subsidiary of V. Ships Limited, to provide crewing and technical management to all of the vessels in our fleet.  See “–Management of Ship Operations, Administration and Safety” below.

We intend to continue to outsource the chartering of the Northsea Alpha to NST, and the day-to-day crewing and technical management of all our vessels to ITM. We believe that ITM has a strong reputation for providing high quality technical vessel services, including expertise in efficiently managing tankers.  On March 16, 2016, we delivered to NST notice of termination with respect to the Northsea Beta , pursuant to which we expect that Thirdone Corp.’s ship management agreement with NST will terminate in June 2016.

In the future, we may also place one or more of our vessels in pooling arrangements or on bareboat charters:

 

·

Pooling Arrangements . In pooling arrangements, vessels are managed by a single pool manager who markets a number of vessels as a single, cohesive fleet and collects, or pools, their net earnings prior to distributing them to the individual owners, typically under a pre-arranged weighting system that recognizes a vessel’s earnings capacity based on various factors. The vessel owner also generally pays commissions on pooling arrangements generally ranging from 1.25% to 5.0% of the earnings.

 

·

Bareboat Charters . A bareboat charter is a contract pursuant to which the vessel owner provides the vessel to the charterer for a fixed period of time at a specified daily rate, and the charterer generally provides for all of the vessel’s operating expenses in addition to the voyage costs and assumes all risk of operation. A bareboat charterer will generally be responsible for operating and maintaining the vessel and will bear all costs and expenses with respect to the vessel, including drydockings and insurance.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we possess a number of competitive strengths relative to other product tanker companies, including:

 

·

High Quality Fleet of Modern Tankers .  As of December 31, 2015, our fleet had an average age of 4.8 years, based on dead weight tonnage, compared to an industry average of approximately 9 years. Our fleet of vessels consists mainly of MR tankers that were built in Korean shipyards. We believe these vessels, along with our smaller tankers, provide our customers with high quality and reliable transportation of cargos at competitive operating costs. Owning a modern fleet reduces off-hire time, repairs and maintenance costs, including dry-docking expenses, and improves safety and environmental performance. Our operating focus has led to high fleet utilization, which has been 96.3% since January, 1, 2013.  Also, lenders are attracted to modern, well maintained vessels, which can result in more reasonable terms for secured loans.

 

·

Established Relationships with Charterers . We have developed long-standing relationships with a number of leading tanker charterers, including major integrated oil companies, refiners, international trading firms and large vessel operators, which we believe will benefit us in the future as we continue to grow our business. Our customers have included, among others, Shell, Cargill, Koch, Trafigura, Total and Vitol.  We strive to meet high standards of operating performance, achieve cost-efficient operations, reliability and safety in all of our operations and maintain long-term relationships with our customers. We believe that our charterers value our fleet of modern, quality tankers as well as our management team’s industry experience. These attributes should allow us to continue to charter our vessels and expand our fleet.

 

·

Competitive Cost Structure . Even though we currently operate a relatively small number of vessels, we believe we are very cost competitive as compared to other companies in our industry. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2015, our daily operating costs per vessel were $6,058 while our general and administrative expenses were $814 per vessel, per ownership day. This is a result of our fleet profile, our experienced technical and commercial managers as well as the hands-on approach of our management team. Our technical manager, ITM, manages 35 tankers, including our vessels. Our technical and commercial management fees aggregate $750/day/vessel, which is competitive within our industry.  Our collaborative approach between our management team and our external managers creates a platform that we believe is able to deliver excellent operational results at competitive costs and positions us for further growth.

27


 

·

Well-Positioned to Capitalize on Improving Rates . We believe our current fleet is positioned to capitalize when spot charter rates impro ve. As of March 10, 201 6 , we had f ive tankers under time charter and one under spot voyages. Our MRs have an average contract duration of seven months, exclusive of the exercise option to extend the charters. As of March 10, 2016 , 61% of our fleet’s available days in 2016 were contracted, exclusive of charterers’ options , which provide us visable cash flows. For any additional tankers we acquire, we expect to continue to employ our mixed chartering strategy.

 

·

Experienced Management Team . Our four senior officers, led by our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Valentios Valentis, have combined over 70 years of industry experience in shipping, including vessel ownership, acquisitions, divestitures, new buildings, dry dockings and vessel modifications, on-board operations, chartering, technical supervision, corporate management, legal/regulatory, accounting and finance.

Our Business Strategy

Our principal objective is to own, operate and grow our fleet in a manner that will enable us to benefit from short- and long-term trends that we expect in the tanker sector. Our strategy to achieve this objective includes the following:

 

·

Maintain High Quality Fleet of Modern Tankers . We intend to maintain a high quality fleet that meets rigorous industry standards and our charterers’ requirements and that has an average age of six years or less. We consider our fleet to be high quality based on the specifications to which our vessels were built and the reputation of each of the shipyards that built the vessels. We believe that our customers prefer the better reliability, fewer off-hire days and greater operating efficiency of modern, high quality vessels. Our MR tankers include eco-efficient and eco- modified designed vessels which offer the benefits of lower fuel consumption and reduced emissions. We also intend to maintain the quality of our fleet through ITM’s comprehensive planned maintenance and preventive maintenance programs.

 

·

Grow the Fleet Opportunistically . We plan to take advantage of what we believe to be attractive asset values in the product tanker sector to expand our fleet through acquisitions. We believe that demand for tankers will expand as trade routes for liquid cargoes continue to evolve to developed markets, such as those in the United States and Europe, and as changes in refinery production patterns in developing countries such as China and India, as well as in the Middle East, contribute to increases in the transportation of refined petroleum products. We believe that a diversified tanker fleet will enable us to serve our customers across the major tanker trade routes and to continue to develop a global presence. We have strong relationships with reputable owners, charterers, banks and shipyards, which we believe will assist us in identifying attractive vessel acquisition opportunities. We intend to focus primarily on the acquisition of IMO II and III class vessels of eight years of age or less, which have been built in Tier 1 Asian shipyards and have modern fuel efficient designs given demands for lower bunker, or fuel, consumption and concerns about environmental emissions. We may also benefit in the future from the potential acquisition of two MR tankers owned or controlled by affiliates of Mr. Valentis, the Miss Lucy and/or the Pyxis Loucas . We will also consider acquisitions of new build vessels (that is, re-sales) and of fleets of existing vessels when such acquisitions are accretive to stockholders or provide other strategic or operating advantages to us.

 

·

Optimize the operating efficiency of our fleet .   We evaluate each of our existing and future vessels regarding their operating efficiency, and if we believe it will advance the operation of our fleet and benefit our business, we will make fuel saving and other modifications.  We will consider making such modifications when the vessels complete their charter contracts or undergo scheduled drydocking, or with new acquisitions, at the time we acquire them. Among the modifications that we monitor and may make in the future to our vessels include: fitting devices that reduce main engine fuel consumption without reducing available power and speed; fitting devices that improve fuel combustion and therefore fuel consumption for auxiliary equipment; efficient electrical power generation and usage; minimizing hull and propeller frictional losses; systems that allow for optimized routing; and systems that allow for improved maintenance, performance monitoring and management. We have evaluated and successfully installed a variety of technologies and equipment in vessels in our fleet that have resulted in operating efficiencies.  For example, we completed modifications on the Pyxis Malou and its affiliated sister ship, the Pyxis Loucas , during their fifth year special surveys that resulted in each vessel attaining an attractive return on the investment.  We will continue to build on our experience with these and other modifications and seek methods to efficiently improve the operational performance of our vessels while keeping costs competitive.

 

·

Utilize Portfolio Approach for Commercial Employment . We expect to employ the vessels in our fleet under a mix of time charters (with and without profit share), bareboat charters, pooling arrangements and on the spot market. Long-term time charters with a profit sharing component will offer us some protection in the event charter rates decrease, while allowing us to share in increased profits in the event rates increase. In addition, we expect to diversify our charters by customer and staggered duration. We believe that this portfolio approach to vessel employment is an integral part of risk management which will provide us a base of stable cash flows while enabling us to take advantage of rising charter rates and market volatility.

28


 

·

Preserve Strong Safety Record & Commitment to Customer Service and Support . Maritime and ITM have strong histories of complying with rigorous health, safety and environmental protection standards and have excellent vessel safety records. We intend to maintain these high standards in order to provide our customers with a high level of safety, customer service and support.

 

·

Maintain Financial Flexibility . We intend to maintain financial flexibility to expand our fleet by targeting a balanced capital structure of debt and equity. As part of our risk management policies, at the time of any vessel acquisition, we expect to enter into time charters which provide us predictable cash flows for the duration of the charter and attract lower-cost bank financing at more favorable terms. We believe this will allow us to build upon our strong commercial banking relationships and optimize our ability to access the public capital markets to respond opportunistically to changes in our industry and financial market conditions.

The LookSmart Agreement and Make-Whole Right

On April 23, 2015, we and our wholly-owned subsidiary, Maritime Technologies Corp., entered into the LookSmart Agreement with LookSmart and its then wholly-owned subsidiary, LookSmart Group, Inc. (“LSG”).  On October 28, 2015, LookSmart completed its merger with and into Maritime Technologies Corp. As a condition to the consummation of the merger, LookSmart transferred all of its business, assets and liabilities to LSG, and then spun off the ownership of LSG to the LookSmart stockholders. In connection with the closing of the merger, each share of LookSmart was cancelled and exchanged for the right to receive 1.0667 shares of our common stock. Following the merger, we had a total of 18,244,671 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, after giving effect to rounding up on fractional shares.

In accordance with the terms of the LookSmart Agreement, each of LSG, its subsidiaries, and LSG’s majority shareholder, Michael Onghai, agreed to jointly and severally indemnify us and our directors, officers, stockholders and affiliates from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, judgments, costs and/or expenses or amounts that are paid in settlement related to, among other things, (i) the breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made by LookSmart or LSG in the LookSmart Agreement or in any document delivered pursuant thereto, or (ii) the business or operations of LookSmart, LSG and their respective subsidiaries prior to the merger closing, including taxes owed for all periods and activities prior to the merger closing (collectively, the “LSG Indemnification Liabilities”).  In addition, we agreed to indemnify LookSmart and its directors, officers, stockholders and affiliates from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, judgments, costs and/or expenses or amounts that are paid in settlement related to the breach of any representation, warranty or covenant we made in the LookSmart Agreement or in any document delivered pursuant thereto, or the business or operations of us and our subsidiaries prior to the closing of the merger.

Pursuant to the LookSmart Agreement and until October 28, 2017, none of LSG or its operating subsidiaries, shall directly or indirectly, transfer or create any encumbrance on any of their respective businesses, operations or assets, subject to certain limited exceptions, without our prior written consent. In addition, we entered into a Pledge Agreement on April 23, 2015 with LSG and Michael Onghai, pursuant to which, among other things, Michael Onghai and his affiliates pledged to us all of their shares (i) that they received from us in exchange of their LookSmart shares in connection with the merger and (ii) in LSG’s operating subsidiaries (with certain exceptions).  The pledge and the constraint on the disposition of the LSG operating business during the two-year period after closing of the merger were designed to provide collateral to support LSG’s indemnification obligations under the LookSmart Agreement.  To the extent that any LSG Indemnification Liabilities are not timely paid as set forth in the Pledge Agreement, the LookSmart Agreement provides that such LSG Indemnification Liabilities will first be paid by Michael Onghai out of the shares he received in the merger that he pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, and then by each of LSG and its subsidiaries.

In accordance with the terms of the LookSmart Agreement, we granted a make-whole right to each former LookSmart stockholder who has held their LookSmart shares and the shares of our common stock they received in connection with the merger continuously since April 29, 2015 (the “Legacy LookSmart Stockholders”).  According to the make-whole right, the Legacy LookSmart Stockholders may elect to receive the value of any difference between $4.30 and the price of our shares in a future offering of at least $5.0 million (excluding any proceeds received from any shares purchased by Maritime Investors or its affiliates) completed prior to April 29, 2018.   Any Legacy LookSmart Stockholder that elects such right, would receive the value of such difference in additional shares of our common stock.  Any persons that purchased shares of Looksmart’s common stock after April 29, 2015 are not entitled to the make-whole right.  In the event that we do not conduct such an offering prior to April 29, 2018, each Legacy LookSmart Stockholder will have a 24-hour put option to require us to purchase from them a pro rate amount of our common stock that would result in aggregate proceeds to all such electing Legacy LookSmart Stockholders in an amount not to exceed $2.0 million, provided that in no event would any such Legacy LookSmart Stockholder receive more than $4.30 per share.

29


Management of Ship Operations, Administration and Safety

Historically, our ship manager, Maritime, and its technical manager, ITM, have entered into individual ship management agreements with our vessel-owning subsidiaries pursuant to which they provided us with:

 

·

commercial management services, which have included obtaining employment, that is, the chartering, for our vessels and managing our relationships with charterers;

 

·

strategic management services, which include providing us with strategic guidance with respect to locating, purchasing, financing and selling vessels;

 

·

technical management services, which include managing day-to-day vessel operations, performing general vessel maintenance, ensuring regulatory and classification society compliance, supervising the maintenance and general efficiency of vessels, arranging the hire of qualified officers and crew, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, arranging insurance for vessels, purchasing stores, supplies, spares and new equipment for vessels, appointing supervisors and technical consultants and providing technical support; and

 

·

shoreside personnel who carry out the management functions described above. 

Ship Management Agreements with Maritime . Headquartered in Maroussi, Greece, Maritime was formed in May 2007 by our founder and chief executive officer to take advantage of opportunities in the tanker sector. Maritime’s business employs or receives consulting services from 11 people in four departments: technical, operations, chartering and finance/accounting. We entered into a Head Management Agreement with Maritime, pursuant to which Maritime provides us and our vessels, among other things, with ship management services and administrative services. Under the Head Management Agreement, each vessel owning subsidiary that owns a vessel in our fleet also has entered into a separate ship management agreement with Maritime. Maritime provides us and our vessels with the following services: commercial, sale and purchase, provisions, insurance, bunkering, operations and maintenance, dry-docking and newbuilding construction supervision. Maritime also provides administrative services such as executive, financial, accounting and other administrative services. Maritime also supervises the crewing and technical management performed by ITM for all our vessels and the chartering of the Northsea Alpha and the Northsea Beta , which is performed by NST. In return for such services, we pay to Maritime for each vessel while in operation, a fee per day of $325 (or $160 per day per vessel for any subsidiaries that contract out the chartering of the vessels to NST or others), and for each vessel under construction, a fee of $450 plus an additional daily fee, which is dependent on the seniority of the personnel, to cover the cost of the engineers employed to conduct the supervision. In addition, Maritime receives 1.0% of the purchase price of any sale and purchase transaction from the seller of the vessel, and 1.25% of all chartering, hiring and freight revenue procured by or through it. Maritime also receives a lump sum of approximately $1.6 million per annum for the administrative services it provides to us. We believe these amounts payable to Maritime are very competitive to many of our U.S. publicly listed tanker competitors, especially given our relative size. We anticipate that once our fleet reaches 15 tankers, the fee that we pay to Maritime for its ship management services for vessels in operation will recognize a volume discount in an amount to be determined by the parties at that time.

Ship Management Agreements with ITM . We outsource the day-to-day technical management of our vessels to an unaffiliated third party, ITM, which has been certified for ISO 9001:2008 and ISO 14001:2004. Each vessel owning subsidiary that owns a vessel in our fleet under a time or spot charter has entered into a ship management agreement with ITM. ITM is responsible for all technical management, including crewing, maintenance, repair, drydockings and maintaining required vetting approvals. In performing its services, ITM is responsible for operating a management system that complies, and ensure that each vessel and its crew comply, with all applicable health, safety and environmental laws and regulations. Absent a material change in the operating costs of each vessel, we pay for all expenses that are incurred in respect of each vessel, which will be presented to us in an annual budget. In addition to reimbursement of actual vessel related operating costs, we are also obligated to pay an annual fee to ITM of $155,000 per vessel (equivalent to approximately $425/day). This fee is reduced to the extent any vessel ITM manages is not fully operational for a time, that is, a period of “lay-up.”

Each ship management agreement with ITM continues by its terms until it is terminated by either party. The ship management agreements can be cancelled by us for any reason at any time upon three months’ advance notice, but neither party can cancel the agreement, other than for specified reasons, until 18 months after the initial effective date of the ship management agreement. We have the right to terminate the ship management agreement for a specific vessel upon 60 days’ notice if in our reasonable opinion ITM fails to manage the vessel in accordance with sound ship management practice. ITM can cancel the ship management agreement if it has not received payment it requests within 60 days. Each ship management agreement will be terminated if the relevant vessel is sold (other than to our affiliates), becomes a total loss, becomes a constructive, compromised or arranged total loss or is requisitioned for hire.

Commercial Ship Management Agreements with NST . We also outsource the chartering of the Northsea Alpha and the Northsea Beta to North Sea Tankers BV, an unaffiliated third party. Each of the subsidiaries owning these vessels has entered into a commercial ship management agreement with NST. In return for the chartering and related services for these vessels, we pay NST an

30


annual fee of €55,000 per vessel (equivalent to approximately €151/day) plus a commission from 1.25% to 5% calculated on the net daily charter revenue , generated within a calendar quarter, of €3,374 and above. In case these vessels do not have certain specified approvals from major oil companies in place, then the commission is set at 2.5% on gross revenue. We entered into a letter of understanding with NST on March 10, 2016, which clarified that we could continue to terminate each of our ship management agreements with NST upon three months’ advance notice, notwithstanding that NST may have nominated the vessels for contracts of affreightment entered into by NST with third parties.  On March 16, 2016, we delivered to NST notice of termination with respect to the Northsea Beta , pursuant to which we expect that Thirdone Corp.’s ship management agreement with NST will terminate in June 2016.

We are obligated to keep insurance for each of our vessels, including hull and machinery insurance and protection and indemnity insurance (including pollution risks and crew insurances), and we must ensure each vessel carries a certificate of financial responsibility as required. We are responsible to ensure that all premiums are paid. See “--Risk Management and Insurance” below.

Classification, Inspection and Maintenance

Every large, commercial seagoing vessel must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is “in class,” signifying that the vessel has been built and is maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel’s country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a party. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned. The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned.

For maintenance of the class, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull and machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows:

Annual Surveys . For seagoing vessels, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the electrical plant, and where applicable, on special equipment classed at intervals of 12 months from the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

Intermediate Surveys . Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys may be carried out on the occasion of the second or third annual survey.

Special (Class Renewal) Surveys . Class renewal surveys, also known as “special surveys,” are carried out on the vessel’s hull and machinery, including the electrical plant, and on any special equipment classed at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. During the special survey, the vessel is thoroughly examined, including audio-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. The classification society may grant a one-year grace period for completion of the special survey. Substantial amounts of funds may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey every four or five years, depending on whether a grace period is granted, a ship owner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel’s hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five-year cycle. At an owner’s discretion, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal.

Occasional Surveys . These are inspections carried out as a result of unexpected events, for example, an accident or other circumstances requiring unscheduled attendance by the classification society for re-confirming that the vessel maintains its class, following such an unexpected event.

All areas subject to survey as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are prescribed elsewhere. The period between two subsequent surveys of each area must not exceed five years. Most vessels are also drydocked every 30 to 36 months for inspection of the underwater parts and for repairs related to inspections. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a “recommendation” which must be rectified by the ship owner within prescribed time limits.

Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a vessel be certified as “in class” by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies. All of our operating vessels in our existing fleet are certified as being “in class” by Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (Class NK) and DNV GL. We expect that all vessels that we purchases will

31


be certified prior to their delivery and that we will have no obligation to take delivery of the vessel if it is not certified as “in class” on the date of closing.

Risk Management and Insurance

General

The operation of any cargo carrying ocean-going vessel embraces a wide variety of risks, including the following:

 

·

Physical damage to the vessel:

 

·

mechanical failure or damage for example by reason of the seizure of a main engine crankshaft;

 

·

physical damage to the vessel by reason of a grounding, collision or fire; and

 

·

other physical damage due to crew negligence.

 

·

Liabilities to third parties:

 

·

cargo loss or shortage incurred during the voyage;

 

·

damage to third party property, such as during a collision or berthing operation;

 

·

personal injury or death to crew and/or passengers sustained due to accident; and

 

·

environmental damage for example arising from marine disasters such as oil spills and other environmental mishaps.

 

·

Business interruption and war risk or war-like operations:

 

·

this would include business interruption, for example by reason of political disturbance, strikes or labor disputes, or physical damage to the vessel and/or crew and cargo resulting from deliberate actions, such as piracy, war-like actions between countries, terrorism and malicious acts or vandalism.

The value of such losses or damages may vary from modest sums, for example for a small cargo shortage damage claim, to catastrophic liabilities, for example arising out of a marine disaster, such as a serious oil or chemical spill, which may be virtually unlimited. While we expect to maintain the traditional range of marine and liability insurance coverage for our fleet (hull and machinery insurance, war risks insurance and protection and indemnity coverage) in amounts and to extents that we believe will be prudent to cover normal risks in our operations, we cannot insure against all risks, and it cannot be assured that all covered risks are adequately insured against. Furthermore, there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid by the insurer or that it will always be possible to obtain insurance coverage at reasonable rates. Any uninsured or under-insured loss could harm our business and financial condition.

The following table sets forth information regarding the insurance coverage on our existing fleet as of December 31, 2015.

 

Type

 

Aggregate Sum Insured For All Vessels in our Existing Fleet

Hull and Machinery

 

$200.2 million.

War Risk

 

$202.0 million.

Protection and Indemnity (P&I)

 

Pollution liability claims: limited to $1.0 billion per vessel per incident.

 

Hull and Machinery Insurance and War Risk Insurance

The principal coverages for marine risks (covering loss or damage to the vessels, rather than liabilities to third parties) are hull and machinery insurance and war risk insurance. These address the risks of the actual (or constructive) total loss of a vessel and accidental damage to a vessel’s hull and machinery, for example from running aground or colliding with another vessel. These insurances provide coverage which is limited to an agreed “insured value” which, as a matter of policy, is never less than the particular vessel’s fair market value. Reimbursement of loss under such coverage is subject to policy deductibles which vary according to the vessel and the nature of the coverage.

Protection and Indemnity Insurance

P&I insurance is the principal coverage for a ship owner’s third party liabilities as they arise out of the operation of its vessel. Such liabilities include those arising, for example, from the injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties working on or about the vessel to whom the ship owner is responsible, or from loss of or damage to cargo carried on board or any other property owned by third parties to whom the ship owner is liable. P&I coverage is traditionally (and for the most part) provided by mutual

32


insurance associations, originally established by ship owners to provide coverage for risks that were not covered by the marine policies that developed through the Lloyd’s market. 

Our P&I coverage for liabilities arising out of oil pollution is limited to $1.0 billion per vessel per incident in our existing fleet. As the P&I associations are mutual in nature, historically, there has been no limit to the value of coverage afforded. In recent years, however, because of the potentially catastrophic consequences to the membership of a P&I association having to make additional calls upon the membership for further funds to meet a catastrophic liability, the associations have introduced a formula based overall limit of coverage. Although contingency planning by the managements of the various associations has reduced the risk to as low as reasonably practicable, it nevertheless remains the case that an adverse claims experience across an association’s membership as a whole may require the members of that association to pay, in due course, unbudgeted additional funds to balance its books.

Uninsured Risks

Not all risks are insured and not all risks are insurable. The principal insurable risks which nevertheless remain uninsured across our fleet are “loss of hire” and “strikes.” We will not insure these risks because the costs are regarded as disproportionate. These insurances provide, subject to a deductible, a limited indemnity for revenue or “loss of hire” that is not receivable by the ship-owner under the policy. For example, loss of hire risk may be covered on a 14/90/90 basis, with a 14 days deductible, 90 days cover per incident and a 90-day overall limit per vessel per year. Should a vessel on time charter, where the vessel is paid a fixed hire day by day, suffer a serious mechanical breakdown, the daily hire will no longer be payable by the charterer. The purpose of the loss of hire insurance is to secure the loss of hire during such periods.

Competition

We operate in international markets that are highly competitive. As a general matter, competition is based primarily on the supply and demand of commodities and number of vessels operating at any given time. We compete for charters, in particular, on the basis of price, vessel location, size, age, condition of the vessel, acceptability of the vessel and its operator to the charterer, as well as on our reputation. We will arrange charters for our vessels typically through the use of brokers, who negotiate the terms of the charters based on market conditions. Competition arises primarily from other tanker owners, including major oil companies as well as independent tanker companies, some of which have substantially greater financial and other resources than we do. Although we believe that no single competitor has a dominant position in the markets in which we compete, the trend towards consolidation in the industry is creating an increasing number of global enterprises capable of competing in multiple markets, which will likely result in greater competition to us. Our competitors may be better positioned to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and employment of their businesses than we are. Ownership of tankers is highly fragmented and is divided among publicly listed companies, state-controlled owners and independent shipowners. Some of our publicly listed competitors include Scorpio Tankers Inc., Ardmore Shipping Corporation, Capital Product Partners L.P. and Tsakos Energy Navigation Limited.

Customers

We market our vessels and related services to a broad range of customers, including international commodity trading companies, oil and gas, and large shipping companies. During the last two years, our major customers have included, among others, Shell, Vitol, Clearlake, Trafigura, ST Shipping, Hyproc Shipping, Repsol, MTMM, Cargill and Koch Industries. In addition to these companies, we and our ship manager, Maritime, also have historical and growing chartering relationships with major oil companies, including Exxon, Shell, BP, SK Energy, Statoil, Total, Petramina, Gazprom and Petrobras.

Our top five customers accounted for approximately 68.8% and 52.6% of our revenues in 2015 and 2014, respectively. In 2015, Shell, MTMM, Vitol, Hyproc Shipping and Cargill accounted for 17.8%, 17.4%, 17.2%, 9.6% and 6.8%, of our revenues, respectively. In 2014, Vitol, Clearlake, ST Shipping, Trafigura and SIETCO accounted for 20.5%, 8.7%, 8.5%, 8.2% and 6.7% of our revenues, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, we did not have any material trade receivable outstanding from any of our customers that accounted more than 10% of the customer’s revenues during 2015. We do not believe that we are dependent on any one of our key customers. In the event of a default of a charter by any of our key customers, we could seek to re-employ the vessel in the spot or time charter markets, although the rate could be lower than the charter rate agreed with such charterer.

The International Product Tanker Shipping Industry

All the information and data contained in this section, including the analysis of the international product tanker shipping industry, has been provided by Drewry Maritime Advisors (“Drewry”), and Drewry has advised us that the statistical and graphical information contained in this section is drawn from its database and other sources. In connection therewith, Drewry has advised that: (i) certain information in its database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments, (ii) the information in the databases of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from the information in its database, and (iii) while Drewry has taken reasonable care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data complication is subject to

33


limited audit and validation procedures . We believe that all third-party data provided in this section, “The International Product Tanker Shipping Industry,” is reliable .

Summary

The refined petroleum products (“products”) tanker shipping industry has experienced some fundamental changes in the last decade and one result of these changes has been that seaborne trade in products and demand for product shipping capacity has grown strongly.

From 2003 to 2008 growth in trade was spurred on by rising global oil demand and by changes in the location of refinery capacity, while in recent years the shale oil revolution in the United States (U.S.) has helped to underpin the continued expansion in seaborne products trades.

Overall, seaborne trade in products grew by a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 3.9% between 2005 and 2015 from 618 to 905 million tons.  However, product tanker ton mile demand increased at a CAGR of 5.5%, because geographical shifts in the pattern of movements have led to increased trade on longer haul routes. Apart from the U.S., countries such as India have seen double digit growth in export product trades in the last decade.

Products - Seaborne Trade Index

 

Source: Drewry

Future growth in seaborne product trades will depend on a number of factors, not least of which will be prevailing trends in the global economy and in oil demand.  However, it is apparent that trade will continue to be underpinned by the emergence of the U.S. as a major exporter of products and the growth in refining capacity in countries such as India, which are heavily focused on servicing export markets.

In terms of vessel supply, products are carried in product tankers, product/chemical tankers and to a limited extent in chemical tankers.  Within the context of this report, product tankers include coated and uncoated ships with average tank sizes in excess of 3,000 cubic meters, and product/chemical tankers which are certified by the IMO to transport products and certain chemicals/edible oils, with an average tank sizes of less than 3,000 cubic meters.  Chemical tankers are all IMO certified and they normally possess multiple tanks of less than 3,000 cubic meters, which are used almost exclusively to transport bulk liquid chemicals and edible oils. They have therefore been excluded in this report.

The fleet trading in products therefore consists principally of the first two groups and between 2010 and 2014 fleet growth in these sectors was relatively subdued.  In March 2016 the product tanker and product/chemical fleets totaled 2,494 ships with a combined capacity of 136.2 million dwt.  This fleet excludes U.S. flag Jones Act vessels.

34


Product tanker fleet growth in 2015 was approximately 5.0% in capacity terms and improved utilization rates in the sector have led to much stronger freight rates since late 2014 (see table below) due to a number of factors, including:

(i)

increased trade due to higher stocking activity and improved demand for products

(ii)

longer voyage distances because of refining capacity additions in Asia

(iii)

product tankers are also carrying crude oil encouraged by firm freight rates for dirty tankers

(iv)

lower bunker prices have also been a factor contributing to higher net earnings

For example, the average time charter equivalent (“TCE”) of the spot rate for a Medium Range 1 (“MR1”) product tanker in 2015 was $21,050/day, compared with an average of $12,125/day in 2014. Similarly, the average TCE of the spot rate for a Medium Range 2 (“MR2”) product tanker was $20,400/day in 2015, compared with $8,942/day in 2014.

On a one year time charter rate basis MR1 rates rose from $12,938/day in 2014 to $14,958/day in 2015 and $16,250/day in February 2016.  For MR2s the equivalent rates were $14,438/day, $17,271/day and $18,000/day, respectively.

Product Tanker One Year Time Charter Rates (US$ Per Day)

 

Source: Drewry

Encouraged by higher earnings, tanker owners have placed newbuilding orders, which have led to an increase in the ratio of the total product tanker orderbook to the existing fleet to 14.3% of dead weight tons as of March 15, 2016; although in the MR sector it was 4.4%% for MR1s and 8.7% for MR2s.  Once again, this excludes newbuilding orders for U.S. Jones Act vessels.

There is also a secondhand market for ships and product tankers to change hands between owners on a regular basis.  Secondhand prices are generally influenced by potential vessel earnings, which in turn are influenced by trends in the supply and demand for shipping capacity.

In this respect the improvement in freight rates and more positive market sentiment have had a beneficial impact on secondhand vessel values. For example, in February 2016, a five year old MR2 was valued at $27.0 million, compared with $25.0 million in the corresponding month of 2015.  However, it is worth noting that current secondhand tanker values are still below long term averages.

The Products Market

The maritime shipping industry is fundamental to international trade as it is the only pragmatic and cost effective way of transporting large volumes of many essential commodities, semi-finished and finished goods over long distances.  In turn, the product tanker shipping industry is a vital link in the global energy supply chain, given its ability to carry large quantities of products and bulk liquid chemicals as well as vegetable oils and fats between points of production and points of consumption.

35


The product tanker shipping industry is highly competitive, with vessel earnings sensitive to changes in the demand for and supply of shipping capacity , and it is consequently cyclical and volatile in nature. The wider oil tanker market is divided between crude tankers that carry either crude oil or dirty products such as residual fuel oil; product tankers that carry cargoes such as gas oils and gasoline, and more sophisticated product/chemical and chemical tankers which can carry additionally chemicals and vegetable oils and fats. The basic structure of the tanker market is shown in the chart below.

 

Source: Drewry

Demand for tanker shipping is a product of the physical quantity of the cargo (measured in terms of tons) together with the distance the cargo is carried. Generally, demand cycles move in line with developments in the global economy, but other factors such as changes in sources of oil production and refinery capacity, plus movements in oil prices also play a part.

The volume of oil moved by sea was affected by economic recession in 2008/2009, but since then renewed growth in the world economy and in oil demand has had a positive impact on trade. Oil demand has benefited from strong economic growth in Asia, especially in China, where oil consumption increased by CAGR of 5.4% to 11.2 million barrels per day (“bpd”) between 2005 and 2015. Per capita oil consumption in developing countries such as China and India is low in comparison with the developed world, and this provides scope for higher oil consumption in these economies. Conversely, oil consumption in developed OECD economies has been in decline for much of the last decade, although provisional data for the U.S. and some European countries indicates that this trend was reversed in 2015.  This was almost certainly due to the positive impact of lower oil prices on demand for products such as gasoline.

In 2015, 3.2 billion tons of crude oil, products and vegetable oils/chemicals were moved by sea. Of this, crude shipments constituted 2.1 billion tons of cargo, products 0.9 billion tons, with the balance made up of other bulk liquids, including vegetable oils, chemicals and associated products.


36


World Seaborne Tanker Trade

 

Source: Drewry

Tanker supply is determined by the size of the existing fleet, measured in terms of deadweight tons (“dwt”). Changes in supply are influenced by a variety of factors, including the size of the existing fleet by number and ship size; the rate of deliveries of newbuildings from the vessel orderbook, and the rate of removals from the fleet through scrapping, loss, conversion and regulatory obsolescence.  Other factors, such as port congestion and vessel speeds also affect supply.

Crude oil, products and chemicals/vegetable oils and fats are essentially carried by four different types of tanker.  Crude oil is transported in uncoated vessels, which range upwards in size from 55,000 dwt. Clean products are carried in coated tankers ranging in size from 10,000 dwt to 80,000 dwt plus. There is also a group of ships called product/chemical tankers which have the ability to carry both products and certain chemicals because they have an IMO Certificate of Fitness to Carry Bulk Liquid Chemicals.  As such they represent ‘swing’ ships, with the ability to move between the product and chemical sectors depending on market conditions.  Finally, there is a specialist chemical fleet which is all IMO rated, and which is employed primarily in transporting chemicals and vegetable oils and fats. The pure chemical fleet represents some 25% of all tankers that can carry products, but because the majority of it is trading in chemicals it is excluded from the analysis of the fleets and orderbook.

37


The main types of product tanker, together with indicative vessel sizes by class, the type and average size of tanks, IMO certification and the main cargoes carried are shown in the table below. Unless otherwise specified, references in this section to “product tankers” include both non-IMO product tankers and IMO-certified product/chemical tankers.

 

Types of Product Tanker

 

Source: Drewry

Product tankers are employed in the market through a number of different chartering options:

 

·

A single or spot voyage charter involves the carriage of a specific amount and type of cargo on a load port to discharge port basis, subject to various cargo handling terms.  Most of these charters are of a single or spot voyage nature. The cost of repositioning the ship to load the next cargo falls outside the charter and is at the cost and discretion of the owner.  The owner of the vessel receives one payment derived by multiplying the tons of cargo loaded on board by the agreed upon freight rate expressed on a per cargo ton basis.  The owner is responsible for the payment of all expenses including voyage, operating and capital costs of the vessel.

 

·

A time charter involves the use of the vessel, either for a number of months or years or in less instances, for a trip between specific delivery and redelivery positions.  The charterer pays all voyage related costs.  The owner of the vessel receives monthly charter hire payments on a per day basis and is responsible for the payment of all vessel operating expenses and capital costs of the vessel.

 

·

A contract of affreightment , or COA , relates to the carriage of multiple cargoes over the same route and enables the COA holder to nominate different ships to perform individual voyages.  This arrangement constitutes a number of voyage charters to carry a specified amount of cargo during the term of the COA, which usually spans a number of years.  All of the ship’s operating, voyage and capital costs are borne by the ship owner.  The freight rate is normally agreed on a per cargo ton basis.

 

·

A bareboat charter involves the use of a vessel usually over longer periods of time ranging up to several years.  All voyage related costs, including vessel fuel, or bunkers, and port dues as well as all vessel operating expenses, such as day-to-day operations, maintenance, crewing and insurance are the responsibility of the charterer. The owner of the vessel receives monthly charter hire payments on a per day basis and is responsible only for the payment of capital costs related to the vessel.

38


The basic structure of the products tanker shipping industry and certain major trading routes of product tankers are outlined in the chart below.

The Product Tanker Shipping Industry

(February 2016)

 

39


Source: Drewry

Seaborne Trade in Products, Vegetable Oils and Bulk Liquid Chemicals

In 2015, total seaborne trade in products, vegetable oils and fats, and bulk liquid chemicals amounted to 1.13 billion tons.  The development in trade in these cargoes between 2005 and 2015 is shown in the table below.  Since 2005, seaborne trade in these cargoes has increased in every year with the exception of 2009.

Seaborne Trade in Products, Vegetable Oils & Fats and Bulk Liquid Chemicals

 

Source: Drewry

Products trades have received a boost in the last decade as a result of developments in the U.S. energy economy.  In the U.S. as a result of the development of shale oil deposits, domestic crude oil production increased by a CAGR of 10.6% to in excess of 9 million bpd between 2008 and 2015.

Horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing have triggered a shale oil revolution. Rising crude oil production also ensured the availability of cheaper feedstocks to local refineries, and as a result the U.S. became a major net exporter of products (see chart below).

U.S. Crude Oil Production and U.S. Refined Petroleum Product Exports

 

40


Source: Drewry

In a short span of time, the U.S. has become the largest exporter of refined products in the world, with supplies from U.S. Gulf Coast terminals heading to most parts of the globe. By way of illustration, U.S. product exports to South America were close to 5 million tons in 2005, but owing to strong import demand and the growth in U.S. products availability, exports rose to in excess of 40 million tons in 2015.  Most of these exports were carried in MR product tankers which have proved to be the mainstay of export shipping capacity.  The basic structure of the U.S. products industry is shown in the chart below.

The U.S. Product Sector

 

41


Source: Drewry

The shift in the location of global oil production is also being accompanied by a shift in the location of global refinery capacity and throughput.  In short, capacity and throughput are moving from the developed to the developing world and the changes that have occurred in the period 2006 to 2015 are shown in the table below. Between 2006 and 2015 total OECD refining throughput declined by 6.6%, largely as a result of cut-backs in European refining capacity.  On the other hand, throughput in the Americas in the same period was up, rising from 18.5 to 19.2 million bpd.  In 2015, OECD countries accounted for 47.1% of global refinery throughput.

Refinery Throughput (1) 2006-2015

(‘000 Barrels Per Day)

 

 

 

(1)

The difference between oil consumption and refinery throughput is accounted for by condensates, output gains; direct burning of crude oil and other non-gas liquids.

Source: Drewry

Asia (excluding China) and the Middle East added over 0.6 million bpd of export-oriented refinery capacity in 2014.  In 2015, the Middle East added a further 0.4 million bpd of new capacity and a further 0.2 million bpd came on stream in Asia.  As a result of these developments, countries such as India have become major exporters of products.

Changing Product Trades—Longer Haul Voyages

 

Source: Drewry

Upon completion of scheduled developments for 2016, approximately 0.3 million bpd of new refining capacity will be added in the Middle East and 0.5 million bpd in Asia. Further new capacity is currently scheduled for both regions in the period 2017 to 2020, but it remains to be seen if these plans will be affected by the recent collapse in oil prices.  Anticipated changes in refinery capacity on

42


a regional basis in the years 2016 to 2020 aggregate to potentially 4.7 million bpd of additional capacity which are illustrated in the chart below.

Planned Additions to Global Refining Capacity (1)

 

 

 

(1)

Assumes all announced plans go ahead as scheduled; in ‘000 bpd

Source: Drewry

Chinese and Indian refinery capacity, for example, has grown at faster rates than any other global region in the last decade, due to strong domestic oil consumption, and the construction of export orientated refineries.  In the period 2005 to 2015, Chinese refining capacity increased by  97% and for India the growth was 81% (see chart below).

China & India – Refining Capacity (1)

(in ‘000 Barrels Per Day)

 

 

 

(1)

Capacity for 2016 to 2018 assumes all announced plans go ahead as scheduled

43


Source: Drewry

In the product market, growth in U.S. domestic oil demand has combined with greater availability of crude feedstock (due to increased U.S. domestic crude oil production), rising refinery throughput and the expansion of pipeline infrastructure to make larger-scale product exports feasible, particularly of middle distillates from the U.S. Gulf.  Average U.S. exports of products have grown from just over 1.0 million bpd in 2005 to 2.8 million bpd in 2015.  Changes in U.S., Saudi Arabian and Indian product exports in the period 2005 to 2015 are shown in the chart below.

Oil Product Exports – Major Exporters

(Million Barrels Per Day)

 

Source: Drewry

In developed economies, such as Europe, refinery capacity is in decline and this trend is likely to continue as refinery development plans are concentrated in areas such as Asia and the Middle East at or close to oil producing centers and where the new capacity coming on stream is export orientated. These new refineries are more competitive, as they can process sour crude oil and are technically more advanced as well as more environmentally friendly compared with existing European refineries.  It is also the case that few new refineries are planned for Europe.


44


Oil Product Imports – Major Regions

(Million Barrels Per Day)

 

Source: Drewry

The changes that are taking in place in seaborne product trades are of benefit to MR product tankers, the workhorses of the industry.  In addition to the mainstay trades such as gasoline movements across the Atlantic, MR vessels have the flexibility to service a diverse range of ports and the capability to accommodate the most common parcel sizes.

Product Tanker Demand

Changes in seaborne product trades and product tanker ton-mile demand in the period 2005 to 2015 are shown in the table below.

Seaborne Product Trade and Ton Mile Demand

 

 

45


Source: Drewry

Tanker demand expressed in terms of ton miles can be calculated by multiplying the volume of products carried on the loaded leg (measured in metric tons) by the distance over which it is carried (measured in miles).  Using this ton mile approach, demand in the product sector increased by a CAGR of 5.5% between 2005 and 2015.  In effect, changes in the geographical pattern of product movements have led to an increase in average voyage lengths. For example, in 2005 the average loaded voyage length in the product sector was 2,736 miles, but by 2015 the average voyage length had increased to approximately 3,180 miles.

The changes that have taken place in total product tanker trade and ton mile demand between 2005 and 2015 are illustrated in the chart below. Continued growth at these historical levels is feasible but will be subject to global economic growth and a continuation of recent trade and refinery trends.

Product Tanker - Seaborne Trade and Vessel Demand

 

46


Source: Drewry

Changes in the volume of seaborne trade on the main product routes in the period 2005-2015 are shown in the table below. The data in the table substantiates the previous remarks regarding the expansion of export trades from countries such as the U.S. and India.

Key Seaborne Product Trades

(‘000 Tons)

 

 

(e) partially estimated

Source: Drewry

In looking ahead growth in products trade will continue to be affected by changes in both the volume of refining capacity and where this capacity is located.  In this respect it is clear that refining capacity in developed areas of the world such as Europe is in decline, plus few new refineries are planned for this region. But in countries such as India and China, refinery capacity is growing and some of the capacity being brought on stream is designed to service export markets.  The introduction of new capacity in the Middle East and Asia to date has stimulated both an increase in overall trade volumes and geographical changes in the pattern of product trades, which have led to longer haul voyages.  As such, if the refinery expansion plans which have been announced for the developed world are implemented as scheduled, further growth in trade and product tanker demand should occur.

47


Product Tankers –Vessel Types

To recap, within the context of this review the product capable fleet consists of product tankers and product/chemical tankers, and as such pure chemical tankers are excluded from the analysis. The product capable fleet can be further divided into the five main size sectors which are shown in the table below.

Product Tanker Types and Main Uses

 

Source: Drewry

Long Range (“LR”) product tankers are normally classed as either LR1 or LR2 ships depending on their size.  They are employed on various routes, but are less flexible than MR units, as many ports do not have the facilities to accommodate larger ships.

MR tankers carry the majority of products transported by sea as their size allows the greatest flexibility on trade routes and port access. The MR fleet can be divided into MR1, typically sized 25,000 dwt to 36,999 dwt and MR2 typically sized 37,000 dwt to 54,999 dwt.  The smallest product tankers, often referred to as “Handies”, are largely deployed on short haul routes.

48


The Product Tanker Fleet

As of March 15, 2016 the product tanker fleet comprised of 2,494 vessels with a combined capacity of 136.2 million dwt.  The March 15, 2016 product tanker fleet by vessel type and size is shown in the table below.

The Product Tanker Fleet (1) March 15, 2016

 

 

 

(1)

Excludes U.S flag vessels

(Totals may not tally due to rounding)

Source: Drewry

Future supply will be affected by the size of the newbuilding orderbook. As of March 15, 2016, there were a total of 279 product and product/chemical tankers with a total capacity of 19.4 m dwt on order, equivalent to 14.3% of the existing fleet.  The MR1 orderbook is equivalent to 4.4% of the existing fleet and for MR2s the figure is 8.7%.


49


Product Tanker Orderbook (1) and Scheduled Year of Delivery: March 15, 2016

 

 

 

(1)

Excludes U.S flag vessels

Source: Drewry

Based on the total orderbook and scheduled deliveries, approximately 8.9 million dwt is expected to be delivered in the remainder of 2016, 8.6 million dwt in 2017 and 2.0 million dwt in 2018 and beyond.  In recent years, however, the orderbook has been affected by the non-delivery of vessels (sometimes referred to as ‘‘slippage’’). Some of this slippage resulted from delays, either through mutual agreement or through shipyard problems, while some was due to vessel cancellations. Slippage is likely to remain an issue going forward and, as such, it will have a moderating effect over product tanker fleet growth in 2016/2017.

Tanker supply is also affected by vessel scrapping or demolition and the removal of vessels through loss and conversion.  As a product  tanker ages, vessel owners often conclude that it is more economical to scrap a vessel that has exhausted its useful life than to upgrade the vessel to maintain its “in-class” status. Often, particularly when tankers reach approximately 25 years of age (less in the case of larger vessels), the costs of conducting the class survey and performing required repairs become economically inefficient. In addition, in the case of product tankers there is also the current requirement to retrofit ballast water management systems to existing vessels. For a MR2 tanker the cost could be as much as $1 million including labor. Additional expenditure of this kind will be another factor impacting on the decision to scrap older vessels.  

50


The age profile of the product and product/chemical fleets is shown in the table below.  

Product and Product/Chemical Fleet – Age Profile (1)

 

 

 

(1)

Based on February 2016 fleet

Source: Drewry

The age profile of the more sophisticated product/chemical fleet is generally younger than its straight product tanker counterpart.   The average age of MR1 and MR2 product tankers is 15.2 and 12.3 years, respectively, while for product/chemical tankers the average age of MR1 and MR2 tankers is 13.0 and 7.4 years, respectively.  Approximately 23% of the MR1 product tanker fleet is over 20 years of age and for MR2s the equivalent figure is 14%.In the product/chemical fleet there are no MR1 ships over 20 years of age and only 2% of MR2s are aged 20 years or more.

In addition to vessel age, scrapping activity is influenced by freight markets. During periods of high freight rates, scrapping activity will decline and the opposite will occur when freight rates are low. This is evident from the chart below which shows the trend in product tanker scrapping for period 2011-2016.

Product Tanker Scrapping

(‘000 Dwt)

 

 

51


Source: Drewry

Overall, the firm tanker freight market of 2015 pushed scrapping to low levels and only 3 MR tankers were sent for demolition during 2015.

The Product Tanker Freight Market

The product tanker charter market is highly competitive. Competition is based primarily on the offered charter rate, the location and technical specification of the vessel. Similarly, the reputation of the vessel and its manager will play a major role in the product tanker market than other shipping sectors. Typically, the agreed terms are based on standard industry charter parties prepared to streamline the negotiation and documentation processes.

The major charterers of product tanker tonnage are oil companies, both private and state controlled, oil traders and refiners, and in some cases independent ship owners. The oil companies in particular have their own agreed procedures for vetting and approving tonnage suitable for charter. Oil company vetting procedures are generally more stringent than others, especially when vessels are being taken on period charter. Typically, the vetting procedures will include periodic assessments of the vessel owner’s office set-up and management, the setting of key performance indicators (“KPI”), and examination of crew retention rates and appraisal of the financial accounts of company providing the ship for charter.

Product Tanker Freight Rates

Worldscale is the tanker industry’s standard reference for calculating spot freight rates. Worldscale provides the flexibility required for the oil trade. Products are a fairly homogenous commodity as it does not vary significantly in quality and it is relatively easy to transport by a variety of methods. These attributes, combined with the volatility of the world oil markets, means that a products cargo may be bought and sold many times while at sea and therefore, the cargo owner requires great flexibility in its choice of discharge options. If tanker fixtures were priced in the same way as dry cargo fixtures, this would involve the shipowner calculating separate individual freights for a wide variety of discharge points. Worldscale provides a set of nominal rates designed to provide roughly the same daily income irrespective of discharge point.  Time charter equivalent (“TCE”) is the measurement that describes the earnings potential of any spot market voyage based on the quoted Worldscale rate. As described above, the Worldscale rate is set and can then be converted into dollars per cargo ton. A voyage calculation is then performed which removes all expenses (port costs, bunkers and commission) from the gross revenue, resulting in a net revenue which is then divided by the total voyage days, which includes the days from discharge of the prior cargo until discharge of the cargo for which the freight is paid (at sea and in port), to give a daily TCE rate.

References to time charter rates in this section include rates for “clean” cargoes that are transported primarily in product/chemical tankers and other product cargoes that are typically transported in such vessels.

52


The supply and demand for product tanker capacity influences product tanker charter hire rates and vessel values.  In general, time charter rates are less volatile than spot rates as they reflect the fact that the vessel is fixed for a longer period of time.  In the spot market, rates will reflect the immediate underlying conditions in vessel supply and demand and are thus more prone to volatility.  The chart and table below illustrate changes in the monthly average TCE rates for MR product tankers in the period from January 2005 to February 2016.

Product Tanker Time Charter Equivalent (TCE) Spot Rates: 2005-2016
(US$/Day – Period Averages)

 

53


Source: Drewry

Time Charter Equivalent (TCE) Spot Rates: 2005-2016 (1)
(US$/Day – Period Averages)

 

 

 

(1)

TCE rates are based on normal sailing speeds/consumption. In weak freight markets this can theoretically lead to negative rates, but in most cases this is avoided by reducing sailing speeds and fuel consumption.

Source: Drewry

After a period of favorable market conditions between 2005 and 2008, demand for products fell as the world economy went into recession in the second half of 2008 and there was a negative impact on product tanker demand. With supply at the same time increasing at a fast pace, falling utilization levels pushed tanker freight rates downwards in 2009.  A modest recovery took place in the early part of 2010, but this was short-lived and rates started to fall once more in mid-2012 and they remained weak until late 2013.

54


Although the freight rates were quite volatile in 2014, they were generally strong especially in the closing months of the year. The rise in rates can be attributed to stronger vessel demand, low growth in fleet supply and more positive market sentiment. The buoyancy in freight rates continued in 2015, before moderating in the last quarter of the year.  Time charter rates started to pick up and were in line with the spot market rates. The trend in one year period average of time charter rates for period 2005- February, 20 16 is shown in the chart below.

 

One Year Time Charter Rates

(US$ Per Day – Period Average )

 

55


Source: Drewry

One Year Time Charter Rates

(US$ Per Day – Period Average )

 

 

Source: Drewry

Meanwhile, the use of slow steaming to reduce bunker consumption and triangulation voyage patterns helped to avoid negative earnings in most cases. Triangulation in effect reduces the amount of time a vessel will spend sailing in ballast (i.e.,empty) and seeks to maximize the amount of time it is carrying revenue generating cargo. The map below show how triangulation works for a MR tanker.

Typical MR Triangulation in the Atlantic Basin

 

Source: Drewry

56


Eco Ships

Ship builders have recently designed and built ships that use less fuel while carrying the same amount of cargo as an existing ship. These vessels are referred to in the industry as “eco” ships. In addition, an eco ship has a number of technical innovations designed to reduce emissions. Such vessels are a comparatively new development, with the first designs appearing in 2012.

A newbuilding eco ship has an optimized hull form and a lower speed fuel efficient engine, which will reduce fuel consumption. Existing ships can reduce fuel consumption by lowering sailing speeds, but in practice this only happens when markets are substantially over-supplied and bunker prices are high.  Other options for existing ships to reduce fuel consumption include retrofitting equipment such as applying low friction paint, or installing Mewis ducts (which maximizes propeller thrust) and a rudder bulb or other similar features.  Eco ships started to be delivered in the second half of 2012, and in the case of tankers, most of the vessels delivered to date have been less than 100,000 dwt. Size is important in evaluating the relative benefits of eco vessels, as smaller ships spend a greater proportion of their trading year in port, where there is little economic benefit between an eco design and a conventional tanker. Shipbuilders do not provide warranted performance data for eco ships, but the experience of vessels delivered to date appears to suggest that fuel savings of approximately 15% over conventional units are achievable under normal sailings speeds.  For an MR2 product tanker, the difference in daily fuel consumption between an eco and a non-eco ship is approximately 15% tons a day, while sailing at design speeds. Based on January 2016 bunker prices this would equate to annual fuel savings in excess of $0.5 million per annum.  It also seems to be the case that the first eco ships that were delivered in 2012 are less sophisticated in design as ships delivered in 2015.

Newbuilding Prices and Secondhand Values

Vessels are constructed at shipyards of varying size and technical sophistication.  Drybulk carriers are generally considered to be the least technically sophisticated vessels to construct, with oil and product tankers, container vessels and LNG carriers entailing a much higher degree of technical sophistication. The actual construction of a vessel can take place in 2 years and can be partitioned into five stages: contract signing, steel cutting, keel laying, launching and delivery. The amount of time between signing a newbuilding contract and the date of delivery is usually between 20-24 months, but in times of high shipbuilding demand it can extend to three years.

The charts which follow illustrate the trend in newbuilding (“NB”) prices and secondhand (“SH”) values (5 years old) for a MR1 and MR2 product and product/chemical tanker.

 

MR1 Product & Product/Chemical Tanker – Newbuilding Price & Secondhand Values

(US$ Million)

 

Source: Drewry

57


MR2 Product & Product/Chemical Tanker – Newbuilding Price & Secondhand Value s

(US$ Million)

 

Source: Drewry

Newbuilding prices for all sizes of tanker rose steadily between 2004 and mid-2008. This was due to a number of factors, including high levels of new ordering, a shortage in newbuilding capacity during a period of high charter rates, and increased shipbuilders’ costs as a result of strengthening steel prices and the weakening U.S. dollar.  Prices, however, weakened in 2009, as a result of a downturn in new ordering, and they remained weak until the second half of 2013, when they started to rise albeit slowly once more. Since 2014, they have been broadly flat and they remain below long-term averages.

Secondhand Value

Secondhand values reflect prevailing and expected charter rates, albeit with a lag. During extended periods of high charter rates, vessel values tend to appreciate and vice versa. Vessel values are also influenced by other factors including the age of the vessel. Values for young vessels, those approximately five years old or under, are also influenced by newbuilding prices, while values for vessels older than 25 years and near the end of their useful economic life, are influenced by the value of steel scrap.

In addition, values for younger vessels tend to fluctuate less on a percentage basis than values for older vessels. This is attributed to the finite useful economic life of older vessels which makes the value of younger vessels, commensurate with longer remaining economic lives, less susceptible to the level of prevailing and expected charter rates in the short term.

Vessel values are determined on a daily basis in the sale and purchase (“S&P”) market, where vessels are sold and bought through specialized sale and purchase brokers who regularly report these transactions to the market.  The sale and purchase market for product tankers is transparent and quite liquid, with a large number of vessels changing hands on a regular basis.

In the period 2005 to 2007, secondhand values of modern tankers rose substantially as a result of the underlying trend in freight rates and newbuilding prices. At times, during the height of the boom, values for modern secondhand tankers exceeded newbuilding prices. However, the downturn in tanker freight rates in the second half of 2008 had an immediate and negative impact on second hand values as the tables indicate.

There was a brief rally in values in late 2010/early 2011 but this proved short-lived and thereafter prices continued to decline until the middle of 2013. Between the most recent peak and trough in the market, values fell by as much as 50%. In the second half of 2013 values started to rise in tandem with the improvement in freight rates and more positive market sentiment and the values continued to increase in 2014 and 2015. However, as in the case of newbuilding prices, second hand values of product tankers are still below long-term averages.

58


Government Regulation; Effect of Existing or Probable Governmental Regulations on the Business; Costs and Effects of Compliance with Environmental Laws

General

Our operations and our status as an operator and manager of ships are significantly regulated by international conventions, (i.e., the SOLAS Convention, MARPOL), class requirements, U.S. federal, state and local and foreign health, safety and environmental protection laws and regulations, including the OPA, CERCLA the U.S. Port and Tanker Safety Act, the Act to Prevent Pollution from Ships, regulations adopted by the IMO and the European Union, various volatile organic compound air emission requirements, IMO/U.S. Coast Guard pollution regulations and various SOLAS Convention and MARPOL amendments, as well as other regulations. In addition, various jurisdictions either have or are considering regulating the management of ballast water to prevent the introduction of non-indigenous species considered to be invasive. Compliance with these laws, regulations and other requirements would likely entail additional expense, including vessel modifications and implementation of certain operating procedures.

We are also required by various other governmental and quasi-governmental agencies and private organizations to obtain permits, licenses and certificates for our vessels, depending upon such factors as the country of registry, the commodity transported, the waters in which the vessel operates, the nationality of the vessel’s crew, the age and size of the vessel and its status as owner or charterer. Failure to maintain necessary permits, licenses or certificates could require us to incur substantial costs or temporarily suspend operations of one or more of its vessels.

We believe that the heightened environmental and quality concerns of insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers will in the future impose greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels in the shipping industry. In addition to inspections by us, our vessels are subject to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections by a variety of governmental and private entities, each of which may have unique requirements. These entities include the local port authorities (such as U.S. Coast Guard, Harbor Head or equivalent), classification societies, flag state administration P&I Associations, charterers, and particularly terminal operators and oil companies which conduct frequent vessel inspections.

We believe that our vessels operate in full compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations. However, because such laws and regulations frequently change and may impose increasingly strict requirements, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these and any future requirements or the impact of these and any future requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels.

International Maritime Organization

The IMO is the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the prevention of pollution by ships. The IMO has adopted several international conventions that regulate the international shipping industry, including but not limited to the CLC, the Bunker Convention, and the MARPOL Convention. The MARPOL Convention is broken into six Annexes, each of which establishes environmental standards relating to different sources of pollution: Annex I relates to oil leakage or spilling; Annexes II and III relate to harmful substances carried, in bulk, in liquid or packaged form, respectively; Annexes IV and V relate to sewage and garbage management, respectively; and Annex VI, adopted by the IMO in September of 1997, relates to air emissions.

In 2012, the IMO’s Marine Environmental Protection Committee (“MEPC”), adopted by resolution amendments to the international code for the construction and equipment of ships carrying dangerous chemicals in bulk (the “IBC Code”). The provisions of the IBC Code are mandatory under MARPOL and the SOLAS Convention. These amendments, which entered into force in June 2014, pertain to revised international certificates of fitness for the carriage of dangerous chemicals in bulk and identifying new products that fall under the IBC Code. We may need to make certain financial expenditures to comply with these amendments.

In 2013, the MEPC adopted by resolution amendments to the MARPOL Annex I Condition Assessment Scheme (“CAS”). The amendments, became effective on October 1, 2014, and pertain to revising references to the inspections of bulk carriers and tankers after the introduction of the 2011 ESP Code. We may need to make certain financial expenditures to comply with these amendments.

Air Emissions

In September of 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution. Effective May 2005, Annex VI sets limits on nitrogen oxide emissions from ships whose diesel engines were constructed (or underwent major conversions) on or after January 1, 2000. It also prohibits “deliberate emissions” of “ozone depleting substances,” defined to include certain halons and chlorofluorocarbons. “Deliberate emissions” are not limited to times when the ship is at sea; they can for example include discharges occurring in the course of the ship’s repair and maintenance. Emissions of “volatile organic compounds” from certain tankers, and the shipboard incineration (from incinerators installed after January 1, 2000) of certain substances (such as polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs)) are also prohibited. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls of sulfur emissions known as “Emission Control Areas” (“ECAs”) (see below).

59


The amended Annex VI seeks to further reduce air pollution by, among other things, implementing a progressive reduction of the amount of sulfur contained in any fuel oil used on board ships. As of January 1, 2012, the amended Annex VI requires that fuel oil contain no more than 3.50% sulfur. By January 1, 2020, sulfur content must not exceed 0.50%, subject to a feasibility review to be completed no later than 2018.

Sulfur content standards are even stricter within certain ECAs. As of July 1, 2010, ships operating within an ECA were not permitted to use fuel with sulfur content in excess of 1.0% (from 1.50%), which was further reduced to 0.10% on January 1, 2015. Amended Annex VI establishes procedures for designating new ECAs. Currently, the Baltic Sea and the North Sea have been so designated. On August 1, 2012, certain coastal areas of North America were designated ECAs and effective January 1, 2014, the applicable areas of the United States Caribbean Sea were designated ECAs. If other ECAs are approved by the IMO or other new or more stringent requirements relating to emissions from marine diesel engines or port operations by vessels are adopted by the EPA or the states where we operate, compliance with these regulations could entail significant capital expenditures, operational changes, or otherwise increase the costs of our operations.

As of January 1, 2013, MARPOL made mandatory certain measures relating to energy efficiency for new ships in part to address greenhouse gas emissions. It made the Energy Efficiency Design Index (“EEDI”) apply to all new ships, and the Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan (“SEEMP”) apply to all ships.

Amended Annex VI also establishes new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for new tier III marine engines, depending on their date of installation. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency promulgated equivalent (and in some senses stricter) emissions standards in late 2009. As a result of these designations or similar future designations, we may be required to incur additional operating or other costs.

Safety Management System Requirements

The IMO also adopted the SOLAS Convention and the International Convention on Load Lines (“LL”), which impose a variety of standards that regulate the design and operational features of ships. The IMO periodically revises the SOLAS Convention and LL standards. May 2012 SOLAS Convention amendments entered into force as of January 1, 2014. The Convention on Limitation for Maritime Claims (“LLMC”) was recently amended and went into effect on June 8, 2015. The amendments alter the limits of liability for a loss of life or personal injury claim and a property claim against ship owners.

Our operations are also subject to environmental standards and requirements contained in the ISM Code promulgated by the IMO under Chapter IX of the SOLAS Convention. The ISM Code requires the owner of a vessel, or any person who has taken responsibility for operation of a vessel, to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies. We rely upon the safety management system that has been developed for our vessels for compliance with the ISM Code. The failure of a ship owner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject such party to increased liability, may decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

The ISM Code requires that vessel operators also obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel’s management with code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a certificate unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by each flag state, under the ISM Code. We have obtained documents of compliance for our offices and safety management certificates for all of our vessels for which the certificates are required by the ISM Code. These documents of compliance and safety management certificates are renewed as required.

Noncompliance with the ISM Code and other IMO regulations may subject the ship owner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in, or invalidation of, available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports.

Pollution Control and Liability Requirements

IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for pollution in international waters and the territorial waters of the signatory nations to such conventions. For example, many countries have ratified and follow the liability plan adopted by the IMO and set out in the CLC. Under the CLC and depending on whether the country in which the damage results is a party to the 1992 Protocol to the CLC, a vessel’s registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil, subject to certain exceptions. The 1992 Protocol changed certain limits on liability, expressed using the International Monetary Fund currency unit of Special Drawing Rights. The limits on liability have since been amended so that compensation limits on liability were raised. The right to limit liability is forfeited under the CLC where the spill is caused by the ship

60


owner’s personal fault and under the 1992 Protocol where the spill is caused by the ship owner’s personal act or omission by intentional or reckless conduct where the ship owner knew pollution damage would probably result. The CLC requires ships covered by it to maintain insurance covering the liability of the owner in a sum equivalent to an owner’s liability for a single incident. We believe that our protection and indemnity insurance will cover the liability under the plan adopted by the IMO.

The IMO adopted the Bunker Convention to impose strict liability on ship owners for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention requires registered owners of ships over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime (but not exceeding the amount calculated in accordance with the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims of 1976, as amended). With respect to non-ratifying states, liability for spills or releases of oil carried as fuel in ship’s bunkers typically is determined by the national or other domestic laws in the jurisdiction where the events or damages occur.

In addition, the IMO adopted an International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments (“BWM Convention”), in February 2004. The BWM Convention will not become effective until 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world’s merchant shipping. To date, the BWM Convention has not yet been ratified but proposals regarding implementation have recently been submitted to the IMO. Many of the implementation dates originally written in the BWM Convention have already passed, so that once the BWM Convention enters into force, the period for installation of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements would be extremely short, with several thousand ships a year needing to install ballast water management systems (BWMS). For this reason, on December 4, 2013, the IMO Assembly passed a resolution revising the application dates of BWM Convention so that they are triggered by the entry into force date and not the dates originally in the BWM Convention. This in effect makes all vessels constructed before the entry into force date ’existing’ vessels, and allows for the installation of a BWMS on such vessels at the first renewal survey following entry into force of the convention. Furthermore, in October 2014, the MEPC met and adopted additional resolutions concerning the BWM Convention’s implementation. Once mid-ocean ballast exchange or ballast water treatment requirements become mandatory, the cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers and the costs of ballast water treatments may be material. However, many countries already regulate the discharge of ballast water carried by vessels from country to country to prevent the introduction of invasive and harmful species via such discharges. The United States, for example, requires vessels entering its waters from another country to conduct mid-ocean ballast exchange, or undertake some alternate measure, and to comply with certain reporting requirements. Although we do not believe that the costs of compliance with a mandatory mid-ocean ballast exchange would be material, it is difficult to predict the overall impact of such a requirement on its operations.

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations might have on our operations.

U.S. Regulations

The OPA, established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills. The OPA affects all “owners and operators” whose vessels trade in the United States, its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in U.S. waters, which includes the U.S. territorial sea and its 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone. The United States has also enacted CERCLA, which applies to the discharge of hazardous substances other than oil, whether on land or at sea. OPA and CERCLA both define “owner and operator” “in the case of a vessel, as any person owning, operating or chartering by demise, the vessel.” Accordingly, both OPA and CERCLA impact our operations.

Under OPA, vessel owners and operators are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels. OPA defines these other damages broadly to include:

 

·

injury to, destruction or loss of, or loss of use of, natural resources and related assessment costs;

 

·

injury to, or economic losses resulting from, the destruction of real and personal property;

 

·

net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees or net profit revenues resulting from injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property, or natural resources;

 

·

loss of subsistence use of natural resources that are injured, destroyed or lost;

 

·

lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property or natural resources; and

 

·

net cost of increased or additional public services necessitated by removal activities following a discharge of oil, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards, and loss of subsistence use of natural resources.

61


OPA contains statutory caps on liability and damages; such caps do not apply to direct cleanup costs. Effective December 31, 20 15 , the U.S. Coast Guard adjusted the limits of OPA liability to the greater of $2,00 per gross ton or $ 18,796,800 for any double-hull tanker that is over 3,000 gross tons (subject to periodic adjustment for inflation), and our fleet is entirely composed of vessels of this size class. These limits of liability do not apply if an incident was proximately caused by the violation of an applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulation by a responsible party (or its agent, employee or a person acting pursuant to a contractual relationship), or a responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The limitation on liability similarly does not apply if the responsible party fails or refuses to (i) report the incident where the responsibility party knows or has reason to know of the incident; (ii) reasonably cooperate and assist as requested in connection with oil removal activities; or (iii) without sufficient cause, comply with an order issued under the Federal Water Pollution Act (Section 311 (c), (e)) or the Intervention on the High Seas Act.

CERCLA contains a similar liability regime whereby owners and operators of vessels are liable for cleanup, removal and remedial costs, as well as damage for injury to, or destruction or loss of, natural resources, including the reasonable costs associated with assessing same, and health assessments or health effects studies. There is no liability if the discharge of a hazardous substance results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5 million for vessels carrying a hazardous substance as cargo or residue and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $500,000 for any other vessel. These limits do not apply (rendering the responsible person liable for the total cost of response and damages) if the release or threat of release of a hazardous substance resulted from willful misconduct or negligence, or the primary cause of the release was a violation of applicable safety, construction or operating standards or regulations. The limitation on liability also does not apply if the responsible person fails or refused to provide all reasonable cooperation and assistance as requested in connection with response activities where the vessel is subject to OPA.

OPA and CERCLA each preserve the right to recover damages under existing law, including maritime tort law.

OPA and CERCLA both require owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the maximum amount of liability to which the particular responsible person may be subject. Vessel owners and operators may satisfy their financial responsibility obligations by providing a proof of insurance, a surety bond, qualification as a self-insurer or a guarantee. We have provided such evidence and received certificates of financial responsibility from the U.S. Coast Guard’s for each of our vessels that is required to have one.

OPA permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, provided they accept, at a minimum, the levels of liability established under OPA. Some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for discharge of pollutants within their waters, however, in some cases, states which have enacted this type of legislation have not yet issued implementing regulations defining tanker owners’ responsibilities under these laws.

The 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico may also result in additional regulatory initiatives or statutes, including the raising of liability caps under OPA. For example, on August 15, 2012, the U.S. Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement (“BSEE”) issued a final drilling safety rule for offshore oil and gas operations that strengthens the requirements for safety equipment, well control systems, and blowout prevention practices. A new rule issued by the U.S. Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (“BOEM”) that increased the limits of liability of damages for offshore facilities under OPA based on inflation took effect in January 2015. In April 2015, it was announced that new regulations are expected to be imposed in the United States regarding offshore oil and gas drilling. In December 2015, the BSEE announced a new pilot inspection program for offshore facilities. Compliance with any new requirements of OPA may substantially impact our cost of operations or require us to incur additional expenses to comply with any new regulatory initiatives or statutes. Additional legislation, regulations, or other requirements applicable to the operation of our vessels that may be implemented in the future could adversely affect our business.

Through our P&I Club membership, we expect to maintain pollution liability coverage insurance in the amount of $1 billion per incident for each of our vessels. If the damages from a catastrophic spill were to exceed its insurance coverage, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The U.S. Clean Water Act (“CWA”), prohibits the discharge of oil, hazardous substances and ballast water in U.S. navigable waters unless authorized by a duly-issued permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA. Furthermore, many U.S. states that border a navigable waterway have enacted environmental pollution laws that impose strict liability on a person for removal costs and damages resulting from a discharge of oil or a release of a hazardous substance. These laws may be more stringent than U.S. federal law.

The EPA and U.S. Coast Guard (“USCG”), have enacted rules relating to ballast water discharge, compliance with which requires the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial cost, and/or otherwise restrict its vessels from entering U.S. waters.

62


The EPA requires a permit regulating ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the normal operation of certain vessels within United States waters under the Vessel General Permit for Discharges Incidental to the Normal Operation of Vessels (“VGP”). For a new vessel delivered to an owner or operator after September 19, 2009 to be covered by the VGP, the owner must submit a Notice of Intent (“NOI”), at least 30 days before the vessel operates in United States waters. On March 28, 2013 the EPA re-issued the VGP for another five years. This VGP took effect on December 19, 2013. The VGP focuses on authorizing discharges incidental to operations of commercial vessels and the new VGP contains numeric ballast water discharge limits for most vessels to reduce the risk of invasive species in US waters, more stringent requirements for exhaust gas scrubbers and the use of environmentally acceptable lubricants.

USCG regulations adopted and proposed for adoption under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act (“NISA”), impose mandatory ballast water management practices for all vessels equipped with ballast water tanks entering U.S. waters, which require the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures, and/or otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters. The USCG must approve any technology before it is placed on a vessel, but has not yet approved the technology necessary for vessels to meet the foregoing standards.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as of January 1, 2014, vessels are technically subject to the phasing-in of these standards. As a result, the USCG has provided waivers to vessels which cannot install the as-yet unapproved technology. The EPA, on the other hand, has taken a different approach to enforcing ballast discharge standards under the VGP. On December 27, 2013, the EPA issued an enforcement response policy in connection with the new VGP in which the EPA indicated that it would take into account the reasons why vessels do not have the requisite technology installed, but will not grant any waivers. It should also be noted that in October 2015, the Second Circuit Court of Appeals issued a ruling that directed the EPA to redraft the sections of the 2013 VGP that address ballast water. However, the Second Circuit stated that 2013 VGP will remains in effect until the EPA issues a new VGP. It presently remains unclear how the ballast water requirements set forth by the EPA, the USCG, and IMO BWM Convention, some of which are in effect and some of which are pending, will co-exist.

The U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970 (as amended by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 and 1990, the “CAA”), requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants. Our vessels will be subject to vapor control and recovery requirements for certain cargoes when loading, unloading, ballasting, cleaning and conducting other operations in regulated port areas. Our vessels that operate in such port areas with restricted cargoes will be equipped with vapor recovery systems that satisfy these requirements. The CAA also requires states to adopt State Implementation Plans (“SIPs”), designed to attain national health-based air quality standards in primarily major metropolitan and/or industrial areas. Several SIPs regulate emissions resulting from vessel loading and unloading operations by requiring the installation of vapor control equipment. As indicated above, our vessels operating in covered port areas will be equipped with vapor recovery systems that satisfy these existing requirements.

Compliance with the EPA and the U.S. Coast Guard regulations could require the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial cost, and/or otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters.

European Union Regulations

In October 2009, the European Union amended a directive to impose criminal sanctions for illicit ship-source discharges of polluting substances, including minor discharges, if committed with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the discharges individually or in the aggregate result in deterioration of the quality of water. Aiding and abetting the discharge of a polluting substance may also lead to criminal penalties. Member States were required to enact laws or regulations to comply with the directive by the end of 2010. Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims.

The European Union has adopted several regulations and directives requiring, among other things, more frequent inspections of high-risk ships, as determined by type, age, flag, and the number of times the ship has been detained. The European Union also adopted and then extended a ban on substandard ships and enacted a minimum ban period and a definitive ban for repeated offenses. The regulation also provided the European Union with greater authority and control over classification societies, by imposing more requirements on classification societies and providing for fines or penalty payments for organizations that failed to comply.

Greenhouse Gas Regulation

Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which entered into force in 2005 and pursuant to which adopting countries have been required to implement national programs to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The 2015 United Nations Convention on Climate Change Conference in Paris did not result in an agreement that directly limited greenhouse gas emissions from ships.

63


As of January 1, 2013, all new ships must comply with two new sets of mandatory requirements to address greenhouse gas emissions from ships which were adopted by MEPC, in July 2011. Currently operating ships are required to develop Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plans, and minimum energy efficiency levels per capacity mile, outlined in the Energy Efficiency Design Index, will apply to new ships. These requirements could cause us to incur additional compliance costs. The IMO is also planning to implement market-based mechanisms to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships. In April 2015, a regulation was adopted requiring that large ships (over 5,000 gross tons) calling at European ports from January 2018 collect and publish d ata on carbon dioxide omissions . For 2020, the EU made a unilateral commitment to reduce overall greenhouse gas emissions from its member states from 20% of 1990 levels. The EU also committed to reduce its emissions by 20% under the Kyoto Protocol’s second period, from 2013 to 2020. If the strategy is adopted by the European Parliament and Council large vessels using European Union ports would be required to monitor, report and verify their carbon dioxide emissions beginning in January 2018. In December 2013, the European Union environmental ministers discussed draft rules to implement monitoring and reporting of carbon dioxide from ships. In the United States, the EPA has issued a finding that greenhouse gases endanger the public health and safety and has adopted regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from certain mobile sources and large stationary sources. Although the mobile source emissions regulations do not apply to greenhouse gas emissions from vessels, such regulation of vessels is foreseeable, and the EPA has in recent years received petitions from the California Attorney General and various environmental groups seeking such regulation. Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, European Union, the U.S. or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the Kyoto Protocol, that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures, including capital expenditures to upgrade our vessels, which we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

International Labour Organization

The ILO is a specialized agency of the UN with headquarters in Geneva, Switzerland. The ILO has adopted the Maritime Labor Convention 2006 (“MLC 2006”). A Maritime Labor Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labor Compliance will be required to ensure compliance with the MLC 2006 for all ships above 500 gross tons in international trade. The MLC 2006 entered into force on August 20, 2013. The MLC 2006 requires us to develop new procedures to ensure full compliance with its requirements.

Vessel Security Regulations

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security. On November 25, 2002, the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, (the “MTSA”), came into effect. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the U.S. Coast Guard issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. The regulations also impose requirements on certain ports and facilities, some of which are regulated by the EPA.

Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to the SOLAS Convention created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. The new Chapter XI-2 became effective in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, and mandates compliance with the International Ship and Port Facilities Security Code (“ISPS Code”). The ISPS Code is designed to enhance the security of ports and ships against terrorism.

To trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate (“ISSC”), from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel’s flag state. Among the various requirements are:

 

·

on-board installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped ships and shore stations, including information on a ship’s identity, position, course, speed and navigational status;

 

·

on-board installation of ship security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore;

 

·

the development of vessel security plans;

 

·

ship identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel’s hull;

 

·

a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel’s history, including the name of the ship, the state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, the date on which the ship was registered with that state, the ship’s identification number, the port at which the ship is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and

 

·

compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

Ships operating without a valid certificate, may be detained at port until it obtains an ISSC, or it may be expelled from port, or refused entry at port.

64


The USCG regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt from MTSA vessel security measures non-U.S. vessels provided that such vessels have on board a valid ISSC that attests to the vessel’s compliance with the SOLAS Convention security requirements and the ISPS Code. We have implemented the various security measures addressed by MTSA, the SOLAS Convention and the ISPS Code, and our fleet is in compliance with applicable security requirements.

Inspection by classification societies

Every seagoing vessel must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is “in class,” signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel’s country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned.

The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned.

For maintenance of the class, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows:

 

·

Annual Surveys . For seagoing ships, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the electrical plant, and where applicable for special equipment classed, within three months before or after each anniversary date of the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

 

·

Intermediate Surveys . Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys are to be carried out at or between the occasion of the second or third annual survey.

 

·

Class Renewal Surveys . Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out for the ship’s hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and for any special equipment classed, at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. At the special survey, the vessel is thoroughly examined, including audio-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. The classification society may grant a one-year grace period for completion of the special survey. Substantial amounts of money may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey every four or five years, depending on whether a grace period was granted, a vessel owner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel’s hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five-year cycle.

At an owner’s application, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal.

All areas subject to survey as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are prescribed elsewhere. The period between two subsequent surveys of each area must not exceed five years.

Most vessels are also dry-docked every 30 to 36 months for inspection of the underwater parts and for repairs related to inspections. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a “recommendation” which must be rectified by the ship owner within prescribed time limits.

Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a vessel be certified as “in-class” by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies (“IACS”). In December 2013 the IACS adopted new harmonized Common Structure Rules which apply to oil tankers and bulk carriers constructed on or after July 1, 2015. All of our vessels are certified as being “in-class” by Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (“NKK”) and DNV GL. All new and secondhand vessels that we purchase must be certified prior to their delivery under our standard purchase contracts and memoranda of agreement. If the vessel is not certified on the scheduled date of closing, we have no obligation to take delivery of the vessel.

In addition to the classification inspections, many of our customers regularly inspect our vessels as a precondition to chartering them for voyages. We believe that our well-maintained, high-quality vessels provide us with a competitive advantage in the current environment of increasing regulation and customer emphasis on quality.

65


Exchange Controls

Under Marshall Islands law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of shares of our common stock.

C.

Organizational Structure

We were incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “Marshall Islands”) on March 23, 2015. We own the vessels in our fleet through six separate wholly-owned subsidiaries that were incorporated in the Marshall Islands.

The following is a list of our subsidiaries:

 

Name of Company

 

Country of Incorporation

 

Principal Activities

 

Ownership (%)

 

SECONDONE CORP.

 

Marshall Islands

 

Ship ownership and operations

 

 

100%

 

THIRDONE CORP.

 

Marshall Islands

 

Ship ownership and operations

 

 

100%

 

FOURTHONE CORP.

 

Marshall Islands

 

Ship ownership and operations

 

 

100%

 

SIXTHONE CORP.

 

Marshall Islands

 

Ship ownership and operations

 

 

100%

 

SEVENTHONE CORP.

 

Marshall Islands

 

Ship ownership and operations

 

 

100%

 

EIGHTHONE CORP.

 

Marshall Islands

 

Ship ownership and operations

 

 

100%

 

Maritime Technologies Corp.

 

Delaware

 

Non-operating subsidiary

 

 

100%

 

 

D.

Property, Plants and Equipment

Other than our vessels, we do not own any material property. Pyxis Maritime Corp. (“Maritime”), an affiliated ship management company, provides office space to us in part of Maritime’s offices in Maroussi, Greece in connection with the administrative services provided to us under the terms of the Head Management Agreement.

ITEM 4A.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

 

 

66


ITEM 5.

OPERATING AND FINA NCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

This section is a discussion of our financial condition as of December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 and the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015. You should read the following discussion and analysis together with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report. This discussion includes forward-looking statements which are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual events or conditions to differ materially from those currently anticipated, expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. For a discussion of some of those risks and uncertainties, please read the section entitled “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Item 3. Key Information – D. Risk Factors.”

With the delivery into service of the new build tanker, Pyxis Epsilon , in January 2015, our fleet consisted of six vessels in operation at December 31, 2015. We expect that our historical results of operations will not necessarily be indicative of our future results of operations for the following reasons:

 

·

not all of the vessels in our fleet were operating during all periods reflected in our historical results, with one of the vessels in our fleet having been under construction until January 2015 and one vessel (the Pyxis Theta) having been delivered in September 2013;

 

·

as the fleet expanded, the number of operating days increased in 2015 by 398 days and 569 days, compared to 2014 an 2013, respectively;

 

·

our expenses while our vessels were under construction were materially different as compared to our expenses while our vessels are in operation; and

 

·

in 2015, we incurred additional general and administrative expenses of $1.7 million compared to 2014, comprising the fixed yearly fee payable to Maritime for the services of our executive officers and the general costs associated with being a public company that we did not incur previously.

Important Financial Terms

Revenues

We generate revenue by chartering our vessels for the transportation of petroleum products and other liquid bulk items, such as organic chemicals and vegetable oils. Revenues are driven primarily by the number of vessels in our fleet, the number of voyage days employed and the amount of daily charterhire earned under vessels’ charters. These factors, in turn, can be affected by a number of decisions by us, including the amount of time spent positioning a vessel for charter, drydockings, repairs, maintenance and upgrading, as well as the age, condition and specifications of our ships and supply and demand factors in the product tanker market. At December 31, 2015, we employed five of the vessels in our fleet on time charters and one vessel on the spot market. As of March 10, 2016, the average remaining term of our time charters was approximately seven months, exclusive of charterers’ option to extend the contracts. The average remaining term of our time charters does not take into account that, after the expiration of the initial period of the charter, the charterer of the Pyxis Epsilon has the option to extend its charter for a period of up to one year, and the charterer of the Pyxis Theta has the option to extend its charter for a period of up to two years. Revenues are recognized as they are earned ratably during the duration of the period of each time or spot charter. Vessels operating on time charters provide more predictable cash flows but can yield lower profit margins than vessels operating in the spot market during periods characterized by favorable market conditions. The vessel owner generally pays commissions on both types of charters on the gross charter rate.

Time Charters

A time charter is a contract for the use of a vessel for a specific period of time during which the charterer pays substantially all of the voyage expenses, including port and canal charges and the cost of bunkers (fuel oil), but the vessel owner pays vessel operating expenses, including the cost of crewing, insuring, repairing and maintaining the vessel, the costs of spares and consumable stores and tonnage taxes. Time charter rates are usually set at fixed rates during the term of the charter. Prevailing time charter rates fluctuate on a seasonal and on a year-to-year basis and, as a result, when employment is being sought for a vessel with an expiring or terminated time charter, the prevailing time charter rates achievable in the time charter market may be substantially higher or lower than the expiring or terminated time charter rate. Fluctuation in time charter rates are influenced by changes in spot charter rates, which are in turn influenced by a number of factors including vessel supply and demand. The main factors that could increase total vessel operating expenses are crew salaries, insurance premiums, spare parts orders, repairs that are not covered under insurance policies and lubricants’ prices.

Spot Charters

Generally a spot charter refers to a contract to carry a specific cargo for a single voyage, which generally lasts from several days to three months. Spot charters typically involve the carriage of a specific amount and type of cargo on a load-port to discharge-port

67


basis, subject to various cargo handling terms, and the vessel owner is paid on a per-ton basis. Under a spot charter, the vessel owner is responsible for the payment of all expenses including its capital costs, voyage expenses, such as port, canal and bunker costs, as well as vessel operating expenses. Fluctuations in spot charter rates are caused by imbalances in the availability of cargoes for shipment and the number of vessels available at any given time to transport these cargoes.

Voyage Expenses

We incur voyage expenses for our vessels operating under spot charters, which mainly include brokerage commissions, port and canal charges and bunker expenses. Port and canal charges and bunker expenses primarily increase in periods during which vessels are employed on spot charters because these expenses are for the account of the vessel owner. All voyage expenses are expensed as incurred. The amount of brokerage commissions payable, if any, depends on a number of factors, including, among other things, the number of shipbrokers involved in arranging the charter and the amount of commissions charged by brokers related to the charterer. Commissions are deferred and amortized over the related voyage period as revenues are earned.

Vessel Operating Expenses

We incur vessel operating expenses for our vessels operating under time and spot charters. Vessel operating expenses primarily consist of crew wages and related costs, the cost of insurance, expenses relating to repairs and maintenance, the cost of spares and consumable stores, tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous expenses necessary for the operation of the vessel. All vessel operating expenses are expensed as incurred.

General and Administrative Expenses

We expect to incur additional expenses going forward as a public company that we did not incur previously. We expect that the primary components of general and administrative expenses will consist of the annual fee payable to Maritime for the administrative services under our Head Management Agreement, which includes the services of our senior executive officers, and the expenses associated with being a public company. Such public company expenses include the preparation of public reporting documents, legal and accounting costs, including hiring additional legal and accounting professionals and staff, and costs related to compliance with the rules, regulations and requirements of the SEC, the rules of Nasdaq, board of directors compensation and investor relations.

Management Fees

We pay management fees to Maritime, our commercial manager, and ITM, our technical manager, for the commercial and technical management services respectively, for our vessels. These services include obtaining employment for our vessels and managing our relationships with charterers; strategic management services; technical management services, which include managing day-to-day vessel operations, ensuring regulatory and classification society compliance, arranging our hire of qualified officers and crew, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs and arranging insurance for vessels; and providing shoreside personnel who carry out the management functions described above. We also pay management fees to NST for their chartering services for the Northsea Alpha and the Northsea Beta . As part of their ship management services, Maritime provides us with supervision services for new construction of vessels; these costs are capitalized as part of the total delivered cost of the vessel.

Depreciation

We depreciate the cost of our vessels after deducting the estimated residual value, on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of each vessel, which is estimated to be 25 years from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard. We estimated the residual values of our vessels to be $250 per lightweight ton in 2013 and increased the estimated residual values of our vessels to $300 per lightweight ton effective January 1, 2014. We expect our depreciation charges to increase due to the expansion of our fleet. 

Interest and Finance Costs

We have historically incurred interest expense and financing costs in connection with the debt incurred to partially finance the acquisition of our existing fleet. The interest rate is generally linked to the three month LIBOR rate. In the future, we may consider the use of financial hedging products to limit our interest rate exposure.

In evaluating our financial condition, we focus on the above measures as well as fleet utilization and time charter equivalent rates to assess our operating performance. We also monitor our cash position and outstanding debt to assess short-term liquidity and our ability to finance further fleet expansion. Discussions about possible acquisitions or sales of existing vessels are based on our financial and operational criteria which depend on the state of the charter market, availability of vessel investments, employment opportunities, anticipated dry-docking costs and general economic prospects.

68


We believe that the important factors to consider in analyzing future results of operations and trends in future periods include the following:

 

·

charter rates and periods of charter hire and any revenues we would receive in the future from any pools in which our vessels may operate;

 

·

vessel operating expenses and voyage costs, including commissions;

 

·

depreciation and amortization expenses, which are a function of the cost of our vessels, significant vessel maintenance or improvement costs, our vessels’ estimated useful lives and estimated residual values;

 

·

financing costs related to our indebtedness, including hedging of interest rate risk;

 

·

costs of being a public reporting company, including general and administrative expenses, compliance, accounting and legal costs and regulatory expenses; and

 

·

fluctuations in foreign exchange rates because our revenues are in U.S. dollars but some of our expenses are paid in other currencies.

Revenues from time charters, and to the extent we enter into any in the future, bareboat charters, are stable over the duration of the charter, provided there are no unexpected or periodic off-hire periods and no performance claims from the charterer or charterer defaults. Revenues from spot charters fluctuate, depending on the hire rate in effect at the time of the charter.

Recent accounting pronouncements are discussed in Note 2 of the financial statements contained within this Annual Report.

A.

Operating Results

As of December 31, 2015, we had six vessels in operation, five of which were employed on time charters and one of which was employed on spot charter. MR vessels owned for a full year typically operate for 360 days per year, which is our historical average, excluding any time for drydockings. The five non-operating days per year represent average time spent off-hire. If a vessel undergoes a scheduled intermediate or special survey, the estimated duration is five and 20 days, respectively.

The break-out of revenue by spot and time charters for the recent reported periods is reflected below (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2013

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2014

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Spot

 

 

Time

 

 

Spot

 

 

Time

 

 

Spot

 

 

Time

 

Voyage Revenue

 

$

5,598

 

 

$

16,382

 

 

$

15,881

 

 

$

11,879

 

 

$

8,677

 

 

$

24,493

 

The following table reflects our ownership days, available days and operating days, fleet utilization, daily time charter equivalent (“TCE”), average number of vessels and number of vessels at period end, in each case, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015.

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Ownership days (1)

 

 

1,566

 

 

 

1,825

 

 

 

2,177

 

Available days (2)

 

 

1,566

 

 

 

1,806

 

 

 

2,137

 

Operating days (3)

 

 

1,523

 

 

 

1,694

 

 

 

2,092

 

Utilization % (4)

 

 

97.2

%

 

 

93.8

%

 

 

97.9

%

Daily time charter equivalent rate (5)

 

$

11,926

 

 

$

10,466

 

 

$

13,597

 

Average number of vessels (6)

 

 

4.3

 

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

6.0

 

Number of vessels at period end

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

6.0

 

Weighted average age of vessels (7)

 

 

4.0

 

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

4.8

 

 

(1)

Ownership days are the total number of days in a period during which each of the vessels in our fleet was owned by us. Ownership days are an indicator of the size of our fleet over a period and affect both the amount of revenues generated and the amount of expenses incurred during the respective period.

(2)

Available days are the number of ownership days in a period, less the aggregate number of days that our vessels were off-hire due to scheduled repairs or repairs under guarantee, vessel upgrades or special surveys and intermediate dry-dockings and the aggregate number of days that we spent positioning our vessels during the respective period for such repairs, upgrades and surveys. The shipping industry uses available days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period during which vessels should be capable of generating revenues.

69


(3)

Operating days are the number of available days in a period, less the aggregate number of days that our vessels were off-hire or out of service due to any reason, including technical breakdowns and unforeseen circumstances. The shipping industry uses operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period during which vessels actually generate revenues.

(4)

We calculate fleet utilization by dividing the number of operating days during a period by the number of available days during the same period. The shipping industry uses fleet utilization to measure a company’s efficiency in finding suitable employment for its vessels and minimizing the amount of days that its vessels are off-hire for reasons other than scheduled repairs or repairs under guarantee, vessel upgrades, special surveys and intermediate dry-dockings or vessel positioning.

(5)

Daily TCE is a standard shipping industry performance measure of the average daily revenue performance of a vessel on a per voyage basis. TCE is not calculated in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). We utilize TCE because we believe it is a meaningful measure to compare period-to-period changes in our performance despite changes in the mix of charter types (i.e., spot charters, time charters and bareboat charters) under which our vessels may be employed between the periods. Our management also utilizes TCE to assist them in making decisions regarding employment of the vessels. We believe that our method of calculating TCE is consistent with industry standards and is determined by dividing voyage revenues after deducting voyage expenses, including commissions by operating days for the relevant period. Voyage expenses primarily consist of brokerage commissions, port, canal and fuel costs that are unique to a particular voyage, which would otherwise be paid by the charter under a time charter contract.

(6)

Average number of vessels is the number of vessels that constituted our fleet for the relevant period, as measured by the sum of the number of days each vessel was part of our fleet during such period divided by the number of calendar days in the period.

(7)

Weighted average age of the fleet, is the sum of the ages of our vessels, weighted by the dead weight tonnage (“dwt”) of each vessel on the total fleet dwt.

The following table reflects the calculation of our daily TCE rates for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

( Thousands of U.S. dollars, except total operating days and daily TCE rates)

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Voyage revenues

 

 

21,980

 

 

 

27,760

 

 

 

33,170

 

Voyage expenses

 

 

(3,817

)

 

 

(10,030

)

 

 

(4,725

)

Time charter equivalent revenue

 

 

18,163

 

 

 

17,730

 

 

 

28,445

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating days

 

 

1,523

 

 

 

1,694

 

 

 

2,092

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Daily time charter equivalent rate

 

 

11,926

 

 

 

10,466

 

 

 

13,597

 

 

70


The decline in the TCE rate in 2014 reflects the lower charter rate of the Pyxis Malou since it operated in the spot market for virtually all of 2014. The improvements in the TCE rate during the year ended December 31, 2015 over the same period in 2014 reflect the inclusion of the Pyxis Epsilon , as well as the improvements in charter rates for the Pyxis Malou and the Pyxis Delta .

 

Recent Daily Fleet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Amounts in U.S.$)

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Eco-Efficient MR2: (2 units)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TCE

 

 

14,401

 

 

 

15,210

 

 

 

15,631

 

 

 

Opex

 

 

10,908

 

 

 

5,584

 

 

 

6,430

 

 

 

Utilization %

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

99.4

%

Eco-Modified MR2: (1 unit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TCE

 

 

21,114

 

 

 

12,596

 

 

 

17,480

 

 

 

Opex

 

 

6,337

 

 

 

6,802

 

 

 

6,461

 

 

 

Utilization %

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

86.4

%

 

 

91.3

%

Standard MR2: (1 unit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TCE

 

 

13,021

 

 

 

12,019

 

 

 

17,237

 

 

 

Opex

 

 

6,376

 

 

 

6,739

 

 

 

6,325

 

 

 

Utilization %

 

 

99.2

%

 

 

95.4

%

 

 

100.0

%

Handysize Tankers: (2 units)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TCE

 

 

6,116

 

 

 

6,200

 

 

 

7,622

 

 

 

Opex

 

 

6,062

 

 

 

5,581

 

 

 

5,358

 

 

 

Utilization %

 

 

94.5

%

 

 

93.4

%

 

 

98.6

%

Fleet: (6 units)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TCE

 

 

11,926

 

 

 

10,466

 

 

 

13,597

 

 

 

Opex

 

 

6,527

 

 

 

6,062

 

 

 

6,058

 

 

 

Utilization %

 

 

97.2

%

 

 

93.8

%

 

 

97.9

%

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/(Loss) for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

 

Change

 

 

%

 

 

 

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

 

Voyage revenues:

 

$

27.8

 

 

$

33.2

 

$

$

5.4

 

$

 

19.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Voyage related costs and commissions

 

 

(10.0

)

 

 

(4.7

)

 

 

(5.3

)

 

 

-53.0

%

Vessel operating expenses

 

 

(11.1

)

 

 

(13.2

)

 

 

2.1

 

 

 

18.9

%

General and administrative expenses

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(1.8

)

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

1700.0

%

Management fees, related parties

 

 

(0.6

)

 

 

(0.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

Management fees, other

 

 

(0.9

)

 

 

(1.1

)

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

22.2

%

Amortization of special survey costs

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

Depreciation

 

 

(5.5

)

 

 

(5.7

)

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

3.6

%

Vessel impairment charge

 

 

(16.9

)

 

 

 

 

 

(16.9

)

 

 

-100.0

%

Operating income/(loss)

 

 

(17.5

)

 

 

5.9

 

 

 

23.4

 

 

 

133.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income/(expenses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income

 

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

100.0

%

Interest and finance costs, net

 

 

(1.7

)

 

 

(2.5

)

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

47.1

%

Total other income/(expenses)

 

 

(1.7

)

 

 

(2.4

)

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

41.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income/(loss)

 

$

(19.2

)

 

$

3.5

 

$

$

22.7

 

$

 

118.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

Total comprehensive income/(loss)

 

$

(19.2

)

 

$

3.5

 

$

$

22.7

 

$

 

118.2

%

 

(Amounts are presented in U.S. million, rounded to the nearest $100 thousand unless otherwise stated)

71


Voyag e revenues: Voyage revenues of $ 33.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , represented an increase of $ 5.4 million, or 19.4 %, from $ 27.8 million over 2014. The increase reflected the time charter revenue contribution of the Pyxis Epsilon which was delivered in January 201 5 , higher spot charter revenue for the Pyxis Malou and higher time charter rates concluded during 2015 primarily for the Pyxis Delta .

Voyage related costs and commissions : Voyage related costs and commissions of $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, represented a decrease of $5.3 million, or 53.0%, from $10.0 million over 2014. This decrease was mainly a result of a lower portion of our fleet operating under spot charters.

Vessel operating expenses : Vessel operating expenses of $13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, increased by $2.1 million, or 18.9%, from $11.1 million in the prior fiscal year. The increase is attributed to operating expenses incurred for the Pyxis Epsilon, which was delivered in January 2015.

General and administrative expenses : General and administrative expenses of $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased by $1.7 million, from $0.1 million in the prior fiscal year, mainly due to the administration fees payable under the Head Management Agreement of $1.2 million, stock compensation to certain of our officers of $0.1 million and other fees and expenses associated with us being a public company.

Management fees, related parties : Management fees to related parties of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, remained relatively stable compared to the prior fiscal year.

Management fees, other : Management fees to others of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, increased by $0.2 million, or 22.2%, from $0.9 million in the prior fiscal year. The increase is attributed to management fees for the Pyxis Epsilon, which was delivered in January 2015.

Amortization of special survey costs : Amortization of special survey costs of $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, remained relatively stable compared to the prior fiscal year.

Depreciation : Depreciation of $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased by $0.2 million, or 3.6%, from $5.5 million in 2014. The increase was primarily due to the addition of the Pyxis Epsilon to our fleet, partially offset by the write-down of the carrying value of the Pyxis Malou in December 2014.

Vessel impairment charge : Vessel impairment charge of $16.9 million was incurred in 2014, due to a write-down in the carrying value for the Pyxis Malou based on our year-end analysis, available market data and standard accounting procedures. No impairment charge was recognized in 2015.

Other income : Other income was nil during the year ended December 31, 2014, and increased slightly to $0.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2015.

Interest and finance costs, net : Interest and finance costs, net for the year ended December 31, 2015, amounted to $2.5 million, compared to $1.7 million in 2014, reflecting an increase of $0.8 million. The increase is mainly attributed to the drawdown of the loan in January 2015 used to finance the remaining construction cost of the Pyxis Epsilon .

 

72


Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/(Loss) for the Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

Change

 

 

%

 

 

 

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

 

Voyage revenues:

 

$

22.0

 

 

$

27.8

 

$

$

5.8

 

$

 

26.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Voyage related costs and commissions

 

 

(3.8

)

 

 

(10.0

)

 

 

6.2

 

 

 

163.2

%

Vessel operating expenses

 

 

(10.2

)

 

 

(11.1

)

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

8.8

%

General and administrative expenses

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

-50.0

%

Management fees, related parties

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

(0.6

)

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

20.0

%

Management fees, other

 

 

(0.8

)

 

 

(0.9

)

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

12.5

%

Amortization of special survey costs

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

Depreciation

 

 

(4.5

)

 

 

(5.5

)

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

22.2

%

Vessel impairment charge

 

 

-

 

 

 

(16.9

)

 

 

16.9

 

 

 

100.0

%

Operating income/(loss)

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

(17.5

)

 

 

(19.3

)

 

 

-1072.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income/(expenses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

-100.0

%

Interest and finance costs, net

 

 

(0.4

)

 

 

(1.7

)

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

325.0

%

Total other income/(expenses)

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

(1.7

)

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

750.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income/(loss)

 

$

1.6

 

 

$

(19.2

)

$

$

(20.8

)

$

 

-1300.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

Total comprehensive income/(loss)

 

$

1.6

 

 

$

(19.2

)

$

$

(20.8

)

$

 

-1300.0

%

 

(Amounts are presented in U.S. million, rounded to the nearest $100 thousand unless otherwise stated)

Voyage revenues : Voyage revenues of $27.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, represented an increase of $5.8 million, or 26.4%, from $22.0 million over 2013. The increase reflected the full year time charter revenue contribution of the Pyxis Theta in 2014, which was delivered in 2013 and operated approximately only for 100 days during this year, as well as a higher spot charter revenue primarily for the Pyxis Malou .

Voyage related costs and commissions : Voyage related costs and commissions of $10.0 million, for the year ended December 31, 2014, represented an increase of $6.2 million, or 163.2%, from $3.8 million in 2013. This increase was substantially a result of a greater portion of our fleet operating under spot charters.

Vessel operating expenses : Vessel operating expenses of $11.1 million in 2014 increased by $0.9 million, or 8.8%, from $10.2 million in the prior fiscal year. This increase was a result of the full year’s operation of the Pyxis Theta .

General and administrative expenses : General and administrative expenses of $0.1 million in 2014 were slightly decreased from $0.2 million in 2013. Certain general and administrative expenses associated with the delivery of the Pyxis Theta in 2013 were not incurred in 2014 as no fleet additions occurred.

Management fees : Management fees to related parties of $0.6 million in 2014 increased by $0.1 million, or 20.0%, from $0.5 million in 2013. The increase was a result of the full year’s operation of the Pyxis Theta and predelivery management fees charged by Maritime for the new vessel under construction , Pyxis Epsilon . Management fees to others of $0.9 million in 2014 increased $0.1 million, or 12.5%, from $0.8 million in 2013 due to technical management fees paid to ITM for a full year’s operation of the Pyxis Theta .

Amortization of special survey costs : Amortization of special survey costs of $0.2 million in 2014 remained relatively stable compared to the prior fiscal year.

Depreciation : Depreciation of $5.5 million in 2014 increased by $1.0 million, or 22.2%, from $4.5 million in 2013. This increase reflected a full year’s operation of the Pyxis Theta in 2014, partially offset by $0.1 million lower depreciation, due to change

73


in vessels’ scrap value, as a result of the reassessment of the estimated scrap rate from $250 per light weight ton (“lwt”) in 2013 to $300/lwt in 2014. The increase in scrap value results in a decrease in the remaining annual depreciation per vessel, exclusive of future capital improvements.

Vessel impairment charge : Vessel impairment charge of $16.9 million was incurred in 2014 due to a write-down in the carrying value for the Pyxis Malou based on our year-end analysis, available market data and standard accounting procedures. No impairment charge occurred in 2013. See “Critical Accounting Policies–Vessel Impairment” below.

Other income : Other income of nil in 2014 reflected a decline of $0.2 million over the prior year. The $0.2 million in 2013 was a result of a receipt of a remaining payment under a vessel warranty claim.

Interest and finance costs : Interest and finance costs for 2014 amounted to $1.7 million, compared to $0.4 million for 2013, an increase of $1.3 million. Interest and finance costs for 2013 are net of a discount realized in 2013 by us for the prepayment of the then outstanding bank loan relating to the Pyxis Delta . Excluding this discount, the increase of interest and finance costs for 2014 compared to 2013 was $0.2 million, which is mainly attributed to the drawdown of the loan in September 2013 used to finance the remaining construction cost of the Pyxis Theta .

B.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Our principal sources of liquidity are cash flows from operations, borrowings from bank debt, and in the future, from the selective sale of vessels and the proceeds of issuances of equity and debt. We expect that our future liquidity requirements will relate primarily to:

 

·

payments of interest and other debt-related expenses and the repayment of principal on our bank debt;

 

·

vessel acquisitions;

 

·

our operating expenses, including drydocking and special survey costs; and

 

·

maintenance of cash reserves to provide for contingencies and to adhere to minimum liquidity for bank covenants.

We expect to rely upon operating cash flows, long-term borrowings, the proceeds from future equity and debt offerings to fund our liquidity and capital needs and implement our growth plan. We believe that our operating cash flows from the employment of our vessels on charters and on the spot market will be sufficient to fund our present and projected cash requirements though the next 12 month period ending December 31, 2016. To the extent we acquire additional vessels other than the Miss Lucy and/or the Pyxis Loucas , which we expect will be acquired in exchange for additional issuance of shares of our common stock in accordance with the LookSmart Agreement, we may need to rely on new bank debt, proceeds from future securities offerings and/or cash flows from operations to meet our liquidity needs. We currently estimate, based upon current and anticipated market conditions, our capital expenditures of potential acquisitions in the near term could be in excess of $25.0 million.

Our business is capital intensive and our future success will depend on our ability to maintain a high quality fleet through the acquisition of modern tanker vessels and the selective sale of older tanker vessels. We may pursue a sale or other long-term strategy, such as, a bareboat charter agreement with purchase option, for the Northsea Alpha and the Northsea Beta . These acquisitions and dispositions will be principally subject to management’s expectation of future market conditions, our ability to acquire and dispose of tanker vessels on favorable terms as well as access to cost-effective capital on reasonable terms.

We do not intend to pay quarterly dividends to the holders of our shares in the near future and expect to retain our cash flows primarily for debt repayment, reinvestment in our business (such as to fund vessel or fleet acquisitions), payment of vessel operating costs, including drydocking, and for general corporate and administrative expenses, in each case, as determined by our board of directors.

Consolidated Cash Flows information:  

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

(In millions of U.S. Dollars)

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

6.0

 

 

$

5.4

 

 

$

12.4

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

$

(29.4

)

 

$

(7.2

)

 

$

(18.8

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

$

24.9

 

 

$

0.2

 

 

$

9.9

 

74


Cash Flow Analysis

Net cash provided by operating activities : Changes in net cash from operating activities primarily reflected delivery of the new build vessels, the Pyxis Theta and the Pyxis Epsilon in 2013 and 2015, respectively, fluctuations in spot charter rates, drydocking costs and changes in working capital.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $12.4 million for 2015 compared to $5.4 million for 2014 and $6.0 million in 2013. The significant increase in net cash provided by operating activities during 2015, was primarily attributed to cash generated by the operations of the Pyxis Epsilon , which was delivered in January 2015 and higher charter rates achieved by the Pyxis Delta and the Pyxis Malou .

Net cash used in investing activities : Net cash used in investing activities was $18.8 million in 2015, compared to $7.2 million in 2014 and $29.4 million in 2013. Net cash used in investing activities reflected the,advances for the construction of the new build vessel, the Pyxis Epsilon , in 2014 and the final delivery instalment to the shipyard for the vessel in 2015, and construction and final delivery instalment to the shipyard for the new build vessel, the Pyxis Theta in 2013.

Net cash provided by financing activities : Net cash provided by financing activities was $9.9 million in 2015 compared to $0.2 million in 2014 and $24.9 million in 2013. Net cash provided by financing activities reflects additional debt and equity investments for the new build vessels, the Pyxis Theta and the Pyxis Epsilon, which were under construction and were delivered to us in 2013 and 2015, respectively, offset by scheduled principal amortization payments under our bank loans.

Indebtedness

Our vessel owning subsidiaries, as borrowers, entered into loan agreements to purchase each of the vessels in our fleet. As of December 31, 2015, our vessel owning subsidiaries had outstanding loans under the following loan agreements:

 

·

Secondone (which owns the Northsea Alpha) and Thirdone (which owns the Northsea Beta) entered as joint and several borrowers into a loan agreement on September 26, 2007, which was amended on May 28, 2010, and supplemented in December 2010, with Commerzbank AG related to a term loan facility of up to $24.6 million, of which they borrowed $15.6 million. The term loan facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.5% per year, and matures in May 2020. This loan is repayable in semi-annual installments and a balloon payment. The security for this loan is a first preferred mortgage over the Northsea Alpha for Secondone, and the Northsea Beta for Thirdone. In accordance with the terms of the bank’s consent to the transactions contemplated by the LookSmart Agreement, Pyxis Tankers Inc. guaranteed this loan pursuant to a new guarantee agreement dated October 23, 2015 and increased the loan margin to 1.75% per year effective as of the date we became a publicly listed entity. In addition, we undertake to maintain on each of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 minimum cash deposits at the higher of $4,500 or $750 per vessel in our fleet. On each of June 30, September 30, December 31 and March 31 of each year thereafter, we undertake to maintain minimum cash deposits at the higher of $5,000 or $750 per vessel in our fleet, of which $2,500 shall be freely available and unencumbered cash under deposit by us (the “Minimum Cash Requirement”). At any time that the number of vessels in our fleet exceeds ten, the Minimum Cash Requirement will be reduced to an amount of $500, for each vessel in the fleet that exceeds ten.

 

·

FOURTHONE CORP. (“Fourthone”) (which owns the Pyxis Malou) , entered into a loan agreement on December 12, 2008, with Commerzbank AG for a term loan facility up to $41.6 million, which was drawndown in February 2009. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.2% per year, and matures in February 2026. This loan is repayable in semi-annual installments until maturity. At December 31, 2014, the Fourthone loan was not in compliance with its minimum security covenant of 125% of its then outstanding loan balance. On March 23, 2015, Fourthone received a letter from Commerzbank according to which the bank consented to the acquisition of 100% ownership interest in Secondone, Thirdone and Fourthone by us. In return for the bank granting consent to the transactions contemplated by the LookSmart Agreement and in order to remedy the breach of the minimum security covenant under this loan, Pyxis Tankers Inc. guaranteed this loan pursuant to a new guarantee agreement dated October 23, 2015 and added the Northsea Alpha and the Northsea Beta as additional collateral for this loan by, among other things, having Secondone, Thirdone and Fourthone enter into cross-guarantees on their respective loans. In addition, we increased the margin on the loan to 1.75% per year and reduced its maturity to May 2020 effective as of the date that we became a publicly listed entity.

 

·

Sixthone (which owns the Pyxis Delta) , and Seventhone (which owns the Pyxis Theta) , jointly and severally entered into a loan agreement with HSH Nordbank AG, dated October 12, 2012, amended and supplemented on February 13, 2013 for a term loan facility of up to $37.3 million. The total drawn down under the loan agreement was $34.8 million in two tranches. The tranche relating to Sixthone matures in May 2017 and the tranche relating to Seventhone matures in September 2018. Under this loan, both the Pyxis Theta and the Pyxis Delta have been mortgaged. Pyxis Tankers Inc. entered into a new guarantee agreement for this loan on October 26, 2015.

 

·

EIGHTHONE CORP. (“Eighthone”) (which owns the Pyxis Epsilon , a vessel delivered from the shipyard on January 14, 2015), entered into a loan agreement with DVB Bank SE on January 12, 2015, for a term loan facility of up to $21.0

75


 

million and, on the same date, drew down that amount. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.9% per annum, and matures in January 2022. The loan is repayable in quarterly installments and a balloon payment. We entered into a new guarantee agreement for this loan and pledged the shares we acquired of Eighthone to the bank on October 26, 2015 .

Each of the loan agreements referenced above is secured by a first priority mortgage over the respective vessel and a first priority assignment of the vessel’s insurances and earnings. In addition, certain of our loan agreements and guarantees require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy financial covenants. These financial ratios and covenants include requirements that:

 

·

we or the applicable vessel owning subsidiary that is the borrower under the loan must maintain pledged deposits equal to a specified dollar amount;

 

·

certain of our vessel owning subsidiaries maintain a retention account with monthly deposits equal to one-sixth of the next principal installment together with the appropriate percentage of interest next due;

 

·

the fair market value of the mortgaged vessel plus any additional collateral must be no less than a certain percentage (ranging from 125% to 133%) of outstanding borrowings under the applicable loan agreement, less any money in respect of the principal standing to the credit of the retention account and any free or pledged cash deposits held with the lender in our or its subsidiary’s name; and

 

·

we maintain, depending on the loan agreement, a total liabilities to total asset ratio (as adjusted for market values) of no greater than 75%.

The events of default under our loan documents generally include provisions relating to events of default, such as:

 

·

the non-payment on the due date of any amount under the loan agreements or any related document;

 

·

the breach of any covenant or undertaking or failure to provide additional security as required;

 

·

any untrue or incorrect representation or warranty; and

 

·

any cross-default.

Major Capital Expenditures

In September 2013, we took delivery of the new build Pyxis Theta for a total cost of $38.2 million. In April 2014, as part of the fifth year special survey dry docking of the Pyxis Malou , we completed a $0.2 million upgrade program to enhance the vessel’s fuel efficiency and reduce environmental emissions. In January 2015, we took delivery of the new build Pyxis Epsilon for a total cost of $ 32.5 million. In May and June 2015, the fifth year special survey drydockings for the Northsea Alpha and the Northsea Beta were completed for a cost of $0.4 million for each vessel.

Critical Accounting Policies

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of those financial statements required us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure at the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions. Critical accounting policies are those that reflect significant judgments of uncertainties and potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We have described below what we believe are our most critical accounting policies, because they generally involve a comparatively higher degree of judgment in their application. For a description of all of our significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Vessel Impairment

The carrying values of our vessels may not represent their fair market value at any point in time since the market prices of secondhand vessels tend to fluctuate with changes in charter rates and the cost of newbuildings. Historically, both charter rates and vessel values tend to be cyclical. We record impairment losses only when events occur that cause us to believe that future cash flows for any individual vessel (which is considered a cash generating unit) will be less than its carrying value. The carrying amounts of vessels held and used by us are reviewed accordingly for potential impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a particular vessel may not be fully recoverable. In these instances, an impairment charge would be recognized if the estimate of the undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the vessel and our eventual disposition is less than the vessel’s carrying amount. This assessment is made at the individual vessel level as separately identifiable cash flow information for each vessel is available. Measurement of the impairment loss is based on the fair value of the asset. We

76


determine the fair value of our assets based on management estimates and assumptions and by making use of available market data and taking into consideration third party valuations. As of December 31, 2015, the estimated market value of our fleet was $ 140.8 million, which included the Pyxis Epsilon , and exceeded the carrying value of $ 131.3 million (including deferred special survey costs). As of December 31, 2015, the market value of each vessel exceeded its net book value , except the Northsea Alpha and the Northsea Beta , for which the market values were $0.3 million and $0.2 million lower than their net book values as of December 31, 2015, respectively . In this respect, we performed an impairment analysis to estimate the future undiscounted cash flows for each of these small tankers . The analysis resulted in higher undiscounted cash flows than each vessel’s carrying value as of December 31, 2015 and accordingly, no adjustment to the vessels’ carrying values was required. As of December 31, 201 4 , the market value of each vessel exceeded its net book value , except the Pyxis Malou , for which the market value was $16.9 million lower than its net book value. In this respect, we performed an impairment analysis to estimate the future undiscounted cash flows for this vessel. The analysis resulted in low er undiscounted cash flows than such vessel’s carrying value as of December 31, 201 4 and accordingly, an impairment loss of $16 .9 million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2014 .

We determine future undiscounted net operating cash flows for each vessel and compare it to the vessel’s carrying value. The future undiscounted net operating cash flows are determined by considering the:

 

·

estimated vessel utilization of 98.6%;

 

·

estimated vessel scrap value at $300 per lightweight ton;

 

·

charter revenues from existing time charters for the fixed fleet days, and an estimated daily time charter equivalent using seven years historical time charter rates average for similar vessels for the unfixed days over the remaining estimated useful life of the vessel, net of our historical data on vessel operating expenses and adjusted for 2.5% annual inflation; and

 

·

estimated cost of scheduled intermediate and special survey drydockings.

When the estimate of future undiscounted net operating cash flows for any vessel is lower than the vessel’s carrying value, we compare the carrying value to the vessel’s fair value. If the fair market value is lower than the vessel’s carrying value, the carrying value is written down to the vessel’s fair market value, by recording a charge to operations.

Although we believe that the assumptions used to evaluate potential impairment are reasonable and appropriate, these assumptions are highly subjective. For example, we determined future undiscounted net operating cash flows, in part, based on the average gross one year time charter equivalent rate for 2009-2015 (years before 2009 were high yield periods and thus excluded) of $13,335/day for a small product tanker of similar class to the Northsea Alpha or Northsea Beta . This seven year period represents a reasonable amount of time in which a substantial portion of the worldwide small tankers newbuild order book was delivered and the global economic conditions gradually improved. Although the current rates for our smaller tankers average $8,500/day, we believe that the seven year average rate for a one year time charter is also reasonable for these smaller vessels as it represents a sufficient amount of time for market conditions to improve for the Northsea Alpha and Northsea Beta since they are approximately five year old vessels with 20 years of remaining economic life. Historically, actual freight rates, which have experienced wide spreads between peaks and troughs, industry costs and scrap prices have been volatile, and long-term estimates may differ considerably. There can be no assurance as to how long charter rates and vessel values will remain at their present levels or whether they will change by any significant degree.

Vessel Lives and Depreciation

We depreciate our vessels based on a straight line basis over the expected useful life of each vessel, which is 25 years from the date of its initial delivery from the shipyard, which we believe is within industry standards and represents the most reasonable useful life for each of our vessels. Depreciation is based on the cost of the vessel less its estimated residual value at the date of the vessel’s acquisition, which is estimated at $300 per lightweight ton, which our management believes is common in the shipping industry. Secondhand vessels are depreciated from the date of their acquisition through their remaining estimated useful lives. A decrease in the useful life of a vessel or in its residual value would have the effect of increasing the annual depreciation charge. When regulations place limitations over the ability of a vessel to trade on a worldwide basis, its useful life is adjusted to end at the date such regulations become effective.

C.

Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

Not applicable.

77


D.

Trend Information

Our results of operations depend primarily on the charter hire rates that we are able to realize for our vessels, which depend on the demand and supply dynamics characterizing the product tanker market at any given time. The product tanker industry has been highly cyclical in recent years, experiencing volatility in charter hire rates and vessel values resulting from changes in the supply of and demand for products and tanker capacity. For other trends affecting our business please see other discussions in “Item 4. Information on the Company” and "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects".

E.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of the date of this Annual Report.

F.

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations and their maturity dates as of December 31, 2015.

 

As of December 31, 2015

 

Total

 

 

Less than 1 year

 

 

1-3 years

 

 

3-5 years

 

 

More than 5 years

 

 

( Thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

Loan Principal (1)

$

 

81,094

 

$

 

7,263

 

$

 

34,285

 

$

 

26,246

 

$

 

13,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan Interest (2)

$

 

8,711

 

$

 

2,590

 

$

 

3,830

 

$

 

1,827

 

$

 

464

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Promissory note (3)

$

 

2,500

 

$

 

 

$

 

2,500

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on promissory note (3)

$

 

72

 

$

 

69

 

$

 

3

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

$

 

92,377

 

$

 

9,922

 

$

 

40,618

 

$

 

28,073

 

$

 

13,764

 

 

(1)

Secondone and Thirdone together, Sixthone and Seventhone together, and Fourthone and Eighthone each independently, entered into loan agreements with banks, for which the vessels they own are mortgaged as collateral. Please read “–Liquidity and Capital Resources–Indebtedness” above for more information.

(2)

Assuming scheduled loan principal amortization as described above based on an average LIBOR rate of 0.712% plus a weighted average margin per annum over LIBOR for the four periods ending December 31, of approximately 2.52%, 2.60%, 2.87% and 2.90%, respectively, and of 2.50% for the entire duration of the existing loan agreements.

 

(3)

On October 28, 2015, we and Maritime Investors Corp. entered into a new promissory note of $2,500, payable on January 15, 2017, which replaced the prior promissory note of $625. The new promissory note bears an interest rate of 2.75% p.a. payable quarterly in arrears in cash or additional shares of our common stock, at a price per share based on a five day volume weighted average price.

G.

Safe Harbor

Forward-looking information discussed in this Item 5 includes assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions and beliefs about future events. These statements are intended as "forward-looking statements." We caution that assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions and beliefs about future events may and often do vary from actual results and the differences can be material. Please see the section entitled "Forward-Looking Statements" in this Annual Report.

 

 

78


ITEM 6.

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A.

Directors and Senior Management

Directors and Executive Officers

Our directors are divided into three classes and serve the following terms:

 

Class:

 

Term:

Class I

 

Class I directors serve for a term of three years, and are elected by the stockholders at the beginning of each term.  The next full 3-year term for Class I directors extends to our annual meeting of stockholders in 2018

Class II

 

Class II directors serve for a term of one year, and are elected by the stockholders at the beginning of each term.  The next term for Class II directors extends to our 2016 annual stockholders meeting

Class III

 

Class III directors serve for a term of two years, and are elected by the stockholders at the beginning of each term.  The next term for Class III directors extends to our 2017 annual stockholders meeting

 

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of the date of this Annual Report. The business address of each of the below-listed directors and officers is c/o Pyxis Tankers Inc., K. Karamanli 59, Maroussi 15125, Athens, Greece.

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Valentios (“Eddie”) Valentis

 

49

 

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Class I Director

Henry P. Williams

 

60

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Antonios C. Backos

 

46

 

Senior Vice President for Corporate Development, General Counsel and Secretary

Konstantinos Lytras

 

50

 

Chief Operating Officer

Robin P. Das

 

43

 

Class III Director

Robert B. Ladd

 

58

 

Class II Director

Basil G. Mavroleon

 

68

 

Class III Director

Aristides J. Pittas

 

56

 

Class II Director

 

Biographical information with respect to each of our directors and executive officers is set forth below.

Valentios (“Eddie”) Valentis , a Class I director, has over 25 years of shipping industry experience, including owning, operating and managing tankers. He has served as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our board of directors since our inception. In 2007, Mr. Valentis founded and is the president of Maritime. In 2001, Mr. Valentis was appointed Managing Director of KONKAR SHIPPING AGENCIES S.A., a drybulk operator based in Greece, which is a position he continues to hold. From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Valentis was the Commercial Manager for Loucas G. Matsas Salvage & Towage. From 1996 through 1998, Mr. Valentis worked as a dry cargo chartering broker for N. Cotzias Shipping. From 1989 to 1995, Mr. Valentis was involved in the operation of his family’s drybulk vessels. Since 2013, Mr. Valentis has also served as a member of the Greek Committee of NKK Classification Society. Mr. Valentis has an MBA from Southern New Hampshire University and a B.Sc. from Landsdowne College, London. Mr. Valentis also holds a Captain’s diploma from the Aspropyrgos Naval Academy in Greece.

Henry P. Williams was appointed as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer on August 5, 2015. Mr. Williams has approximately 35 years of commercial, investment and merchant banking experience. From February 2015, he served as a financial consultant to and is employed by Maritime and its affiliates. From March 2014 to January 2015, Mr. Williams was Managing Director, Head of Maritime, Energy Services & Infrastructure (U.S.) investment banking for Canaccord Genuity Inc. From August 2012 to February 2014, Mr. Williams was a Senior Advisor to North Sea Securities LLC, a boutique advisory firm in New York. From November 2010 to June 2012, Mr. Williams was Managing Director, Global Sector Head, Shipping of Nordea Markets in Oslo, Norway and Head of its U.S. Investment Banking division in New York. From 1992 until 2010, Mr. Williams was employed by Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., lastly as Managing Director, Head of Energy & Transportation of its investment banking division. Mr. Williams has an MBA in Finance from New York University Leonard N. Stern School of Business and a BA in Economics and Business Administration from Rollins College.

Antonios C. Backos , has served as our Senior Vice President for Corporate Development, General Counsel and Secretary since our inception. Since October 2012, Mr. Backos has also been the Executive Director of AB Management LLC, a private consulting firm providing transactional advisory services to international ultra-high net worth families and their affiliates primarily in the shipping, energy and natural resources sectors. He has served as a consultant to our affiliates since June 2013 and commencing April 2016, Mr. Backos will be employed by Maritime and its affiliates. Mr. Backos was a partner focusing on capital markets, private equity, mergers & acquisitions and other corporate cross-border transactions at the international law firms of Watson, Farley &

79


Williams LLP from 2008 to 2012, Orrick Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP from 2006 to 2008 and Healy & Baillie LLP from 2005 to 2006. Mr. Backos commenced his corporate legal career in 1997 and worked until 2005 at the New York and London offices of international law firm Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP. Mr. Backos has a B.S. (Wharton School of Business) and a B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania and graduate degrees from the London School of Economics (M.Sc.) and the University of Michigan Law School (J.D.). Mr. Backos is a member of the New York Bar, the Connecticut Maritime Association and the Maritime Law Association of the United States.

Konstantinos Lytras , has served as our Chief Operating Officer since our inception. Mr. Lytras has also served as Maritime’s financial director since September 2008. Prior to joining Maritime, from 2007 through 2008, Mr. Lytras served as Managing Director and Co-Founder of Navbulk Shipping S.A., a start-up shipping company focused on dry bulk vessels. From 2002 through 2007, Mr. Lytras worked as Financial Director of Neptune Lines Shipping and Managing Enterprises S.A. Mr. Lytras served as Financial Controller of Dioryx Maritime Corp. and Liquimar Tankers Management Inc. from 1996 through 2002. Mr Lytras worked as a Financial Assistant from 1992 to 1994 at Inchcape Shipping Services. Mr. Lytras earned a B.A. in Business Administration from Technological Institute of Piraeus and a B.S. in Economics from the University of Athens.

Robin P. Das , serves as a Class III director. Mr. Das has worked in shipping finance and investment banking since 1995. He is the founder and has been a director of Auld Partners Ltd, a boutique shipping and finance focused advisory firm since 2013. From 2011 to 2012, Mr. Das was Managing Director (partner) of Navigos Capital Management, an asset management firm established to focus on the shipping sector. From 2005 until October 2011, Mr. Das was Global Head of Shipping at HSH Nordbank, then the largest lender globally to the shipping industry. Before joining HSH in 2005, he was Head of Shipping at WestLB and prior to that time, Mr. Das was joint Head of European Shipping at J.P. Morgan. Mr. Das holds a BSc (Honours) degree from the University of Strathclyde.

Robert B. Ladd , serves as a Class II director. Mr. Ladd was appointed President and CEO of MGT Capital Investments, Inc. (NYSE: MGT) in January 2012. From 2006 to 2012, Mr. Ladd served on the board of directors of Delcath Systems, Inc. (NASDAQ: DCTH) and from 2007 to 2009, he served on the board of directors of InFocus Systems, Inc. (NASDAQ: INFS). Mr. Ladd is also the managing member of Laddcap Value Advisors, LLC, which serves as the investment manager for various private partnerships, including Laddcap Value Partners LP. From 2002 to 2003, Mr. Ladd was a Managing Director at Neuberger Berman, a large international money management firm catering to individuals and institutions. From 1992 through November 2002, Mr. Ladd was a portfolio manager for various high net worth clients of Neuberger Berman. Prior to this experience, Mr. Ladd was a securities analyst at Neuberger from 1988 through 1992. Mr. Ladd has earned his designation as a Chartered Financial Analyst in 1986. Mr. Ladd holds a B.S. from the University of Pennsylvania and an MBA from Northwestern University.

Basil G. Mavroleon , serves as a Class III director. Mr. Mavroleon has been in the shipping industry for over 40 years. In 1970, Mr. Mavroleon joined Charles R. Weber Company, Inc., one of the oldest and largest tanker brokerages and marine consultants in the United States. Mr. Mavroleon was Managing Director of Charles R. Weber Company, Inc. for 25 years and Manager of the Projects Group for 5 years. Mr. Mavroleon now serves as Managing Director of WeberSeas (Hellas) S.A., a comprehensive sale and purchase, newbuilding, marine projects and ship finance brokerage in Athens, Greece. Mr. Mavroleon served as a Director of Baltic Trading Limited (NYSE: BALT) and is a Director of Genco Shipping and Trading Limited (NYSE: GNK), on which he also served from 1997 until 2014. Since its inception in 2003 through its liquidation in 2005, Mr. Mavroleon served as Chairman of Azimuth Fund Management (Jersey) Limited, a hedge fund that dealt with tanker freight forward agreements and derivatives. Mr. Mavroleon is a member of the Baltic Exchange, is on the board of the Associate Membership Committee of INTERTANKO, a member of the Association of Ship Brokers and Agents, a member of the Hellenic Shipbrokers Association, is on the Advisory Board of NAMMA(North American Maritime Ministry Association), is Director Emeritus of NAMEPA (North American Marine Environmental Protection Association), and is the Chairman of World Scale Association (NYC) INC. Mr. Mavroleon is a member of the Hellenic Chamber of Commerce, the Connecticut Maritime Association (CMA), NYMAR (New York Maritime Inc.), an Honorary Director of the Maritime Foundation Knowledge Center and an Associate Member of the Greek Shipping Hall of Fame Academy and a Trustee of The Maritime Aquarium at Norwalk. He was educated at Windham College, Putney Vermont.

Aristides J. Pittas , serves as a Class II Director. Mr. Pittas has more than 30 years of shipping industry experience. Since May 2005, he has been a member of the board of directors and the chairman and chief executive officer of Euroseas Ltd. (NASDAQ: ESEA), an independent shipping company that operates in the drybulk and container shipping industry. Since 1997, Mr. Pittas has also been the President of Eurochart, Euroseas’ affiliate, which is a shipbroking company specializing in chartering, selling and purchasing ships. Since January 1995, Mr. Pittas has been the President and Managing Director of Eurobulk, Euroseas’ affiliated ship management company. Eurobulk is a ship management company that provides ocean transportation services. Mr. Pittas has a B.Sc. in Marine Engineering from University of Newcastle Upon Tyne and a M.Sc. in both Ocean Systems Management and Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.

80


B.

Compensation of Directors, Executive Officers and Key Employees

We have no direct employees. The services of our executive officers, internal auditors and secretary are provided by Maritime. We have entered into a Head Management Agreement with Maritime, pursuant to which we pay approximately $1.6 million per year for the services of these individuals, and for other administrative services associated with our being a public company and other services to our subsidiaries. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions – B. Related Party Transactions”.

Our non-executive directors receive in aggregate an annual compensation in the amount of $40,000 per year, plus reimbursements for actual expenses incurred while acting in his capacity as a director. We may in the future also grant directors awards under our Pyxis Tankers Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan as compensation.  We do not have a retirement plan for our officers or directors. There are no service contracts with our non-executive directors that provide for benefits upon termination of their services as director. Individuals serving as chairs of committees will be entitled to receive additional compensation from us as the board of directors may determine.

Equity Incentive Plan

We have adopted the Pyxis Tankers Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), an equity incentive plan which entitles our and our subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ employees, officers and directors, as well as consultants and service providers to us (including persons who are employed by or provide services to any entity that is itself a consultant or service provider) and our subsidiaries (including employees of Maritime, our affiliated ship manager), to receive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock grants, restricted stock units, unrestricted stock grants, other equity-based or equity-related awards, and dividend equivalents. We summarize below the material terms of the Plan.

The nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors serves as the administrator under the Plan. Subject to adjustment for changes in capitalization as provided in the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be delivered pursuant to awards granted under the Plan during the ten-year term of the Plan will be 15% of the then-issued and outstanding number of shares of our common stock. If an award granted under the Plan is forfeited, or otherwise expires, terminates or is cancelled or settled without the delivery of shares, then the shares covered by such award will again be available to be delivered pursuant to other awards under the Plan. Any shares that are held back to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding obligation pursuant to any stock options or stock appreciation rights granted under the Plan will again be available for delivery pursuant to other awards under the Plan. No award may be granted under the Plan after the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted by our board of directors.

In the event that we are subject to a “change of control” (as defined in the Plan), the Plan administrator may, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, make such adjustments and other substitutions to the Plan and outstanding awards under the Plan as it deems equitable or desirable.

Except as otherwise determined by the Plan administrator in an award agreement, the exercise price for options shall be equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant, but in no event can the exercise price be less than 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant. The maximum term of each stock option agreement may not exceed ten years from the date of the grant.

Stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), will provide for a payment of the difference between the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of exercise of the SAR and the exercise price of a SAR, which will not be less than 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant, multiplied by the number of shares for which the SAR is exercised. The SAR agreement will also specify the maximum term of the SAR, which will not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Payment upon exercise of the SAR may be made in the form of cash, shares of our common stock or any combination of both, as determined by the Plan administrator.

Restricted and/or unrestricted stock grants may be issued with or without cash consideration under the Plan and may be subject to such restrictions, vesting and/or forfeiture provisions as the Plan administrator may provide. The holder of a restricted stock grant awarded under the Plan may have the same voting, dividend and other rights as our other stockholders.

Settlement of vested restricted stock units may be in the form of cash, shares of our common stock or any combination of both, as determined by the Plan administrator. The holders of restricted stock units will have no voting rights.

Subject to the provisions of the Plan, awards granted under the Plan may include dividend equivalents. The Plan administrator may determine the amounts, terms and conditions of any such awards provided that they comply with applicable laws.  We have not set aside any amounts to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to persons eligible to receive awards under the Plan or otherwise.

81


C.

Board Practices

Our board of directors consists of five directors, four of whom, Robin P. Das, Robert B. Ladd, Basil G. Mavroleon and Aristides J. Pittas, have been determined by our board of directors to be independent under the rules of Nasdaq and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Our audit committee consists of three independent, non-executive directors: Robin Das, Basil Mavroleon and Aristides Pittas. We believe that Robin Das qualifies as an audit committee “financial expert,” as such term is defined in Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC. The audit committee, among other things, reviews our external financial reporting, engages our external auditors, and oversees our financial reporting procedures and the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. The nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Basil G. Mavroleon, Aristides J. Pittas and Valentios (“Eddie”) Valentis. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for recommending to the board of directors nominees for director and directors for appointment to board committees and advising the board with regard to corporate governance practices.

D.

Employees

We have no direct employees. The services of our executive officers, internal auditors and secretary are provided by Maritime. We have entered into a Head Management Agreement with Maritime, pursuant to which we pay approximately $1.6 million per year for the services of these individuals, and for other administrative services associated with our being a public company and other services to our subsidiaries. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions – B. Related Party Transactions.”

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

We have entered into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by the board of directors. These agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses, including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding except as contained in specified exceptions. We believe that the provisions in our bylaws and indemnification agreements described above are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.

E.

Share Ownership

With respect to the total amount of common stock owned by all of our officers and directors as a group, see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions – A. Major Shareholders.”

 

 

ITEM 7.

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A.

Major Shareholders

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial owners of more than five percent of shares of our common stock, and the beneficial ownership of each of our directors and executive officers and of all of our directors and executive officers as a group as of March 18, 2016. All of our stockholders, including the stockholders listed in this table, are entitled to one vote for each share held.

82


Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the SEC’s rules. In computing percentage ownership of each person, shares subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or convertible, or exercisable or convertible within 60 days of the date of this Annual Report, are deemed to be beneficially owned by that person. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

 

 

Shares Beneficially Owned

 

Identity of person or group(1)

 

Number

 

 

Percentage

 

Maritime Investors Corp.(2)

 

 

17,002,445

 

 

 

93.2

%

Valentios (“Eddie”) Valentis (2)

 

 

17,007,445

 

 

 

93.2

%

Henry P. Williams (3)

 

 

16,074

 

 

*

 

Antonios C. Backos (3)

 

 

11,074

 

 

*

 

Konstantinos Lytras (3)

 

 

13,974

 

 

*

 

Robin P. Das

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert B. Ladd

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basil G. Mavroleon

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aristides J. Pittas

 

 

 

 

 

 

All directors and executive officers as a group (8 person)

 

 

17,048,567

 

 

 

93.3

%

 

(1)

Except as otherwise provided herein, each person named herein as a beneficial owner of securities has sole voting and investment power as to such securities and such person’s address is c/o 59 K. Karamanli Street, Maroussi, 15125, Greece.

(2)

Valentios (“Eddie”) Valentis is a 100% stockholder of Maritime Investors and shares voting and investment power with Maritime Investors of the 17,002,445 shares of our common stock held by it.  Mr. Valentis owns the balance of his holdings in our shares of common stock through his affiliated company, Thousand Islands Lake Corp.  

(3)

Each of Messrs. Backos, Lytras and Williams received 11,074 restricted shares of our common stock as an award under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.

*

Less than 1% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

B.

Related Party Transactions

Amended and Restated Head Management Agreement with Maritime.

The operations of our vessels are managed by Maritime, an affiliated ship management company, under our Head Management Agreement dated August 5, 2015 and separate management agreements with each of our ship owning subsidiaries. Under the Head Management Agreement, Maritime will either be directly responsible for or oversee all aspects of ship management for us and our fleet. Under that agreement, Maritime will also provide administrative services to us, which will include, among other things, the provision of the services of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President of Corporate Development, General Counsel and Secretary, Chief Operating Officer, one or more internal auditor(s) and a secretary, as well as use of office space in Maritime’s premises. As part of the ship management services, Maritime will provide us and our vessels with the following services: commercial, sale and purchase, provisions, insurance, bunkering, operations and maintenance, dry-docking and newbuilding construction supervision. Maritime will also supervise the crewing and technical management performed by ITM for all our vessels and the chartering of the Northsea Alpha and the Northsea Beta , which is performed by NST.

Maritime also currently manages two vessels, the Miss Lucy and the Pyxis Loucas , not owned by us, and oversees the construction of one MR tanker under a shipbuilding contract entered into by a party affiliated with Mr. Valentis, our founder and Chief Executive Officer. 

The term of the Head Management Agreement with Maritime commenced on March 23, 2015 and will continue until March 23, 2020. The Head Management Agreement cannot be terminated by Maritime without cause or under other limited circumstances, such as sale of us or Maritime or the bankruptcy of either party. The Head Management Agreement will automatically be extended after the initial period for an additional five year period unless terminated on or before the 90th day preceding the preceding termination date. Pursuant to the Head Management Agreement, each of our new subsidiaries that acquires a vessel in the future will enter into a separate management agreement with Maritime with a rate set forth in the Head Management Agreement. Under the Head Management Agreement, we will pay Maritime a cost of $1.6 million annually for the services of our executive officers and other administrative services, including use of office space in Maritime’s premises. In return for Maritime’s ship management services, we will pay to Maritime for each vessel while in operation, a fee per day of $325, and for each vessel under construction, a fee of $450 plus an additional daily fee, which is dependent on the seniority of the personnel, to cover the cost of the engineers employed to conduct the supervision. The fees payable to Maritime for the administrative and ship management services will be adjusted effective as of every January 1 st for inflation in Greece or such other country where it is headquartered. Based on the deflationary environment in Greece, the fees for these services in 2016 will be reduced by approximately 1.7%.  In addition, Maritime will receive 1.0% of the purchase price of any sale and purchase transaction from the seller of the vessel, and 1.25% of all chartering, hiring and freight

83


revenue procured by or through it. In the event the agreement is terminated without cause and a change of control (as defined therein) occurred within 12 months after such termination or the agreement is terminated due to a change of control, we will pay Maritime an amount equal to 2.5 times the administrative fee. During 2015, 2014 and 2013, Maritime received fees from us for the ship management services of $ 1.0 million, $0.9 million and $ 0.6 million, respectively. 

We pay as well additional commissions to major charterers and their brokers that usually range from 1.00% to 5.00%. During 2015, 2014 and 2013, Maritime received chartering and vessel sale commissions of $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

Promissory Note issued to Maritime Investors

On October 28, 2015, we issued a promissory note in the amount of $2.5 million in favor of Maritime Investors in connection with its election to receive a portion of the merger true-up shares in the form of a promissory note. The note also includes amounts due to Maritime Investors for the payment of $0.6 million by Maritime Investors to LookSmart, representing the cash consideration of the merger, and amounts that allowed us to pay miscellaneous transactional costs.  The promissory note has a maturity of January 15, 2017 and an interest rate of 2.75% per annum.

C.

Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

 

 

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A.

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

See Item 18.

Legal Proceedings

We may, from time to time, be involved in litigation and claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of business. At this time, we are not aware of any proceedings against us or the vessels in our fleet or contemplated to be brought against us or the vessels in our fleet which could have significant effects on our financial position or profitability. We maintain insurance policies with insurers in amounts and with coverage and deductibles as our board of directors believes are reasonable and prudent. We expect that most claims arising in the normal course of business would be covered by insurance, subject to customary deductibles. Any such claims, however, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.

Dividend Policy

We do not intend to pay dividends in the near future and will make dividend payments to our stockholders in the future only if our board of directors, acting in its sole discretion, determines that such payments would be in our best interest and in compliance with relevant legal, fiduciary and contractual requirements, including our current and future loan agreements. The payment of any dividends is not guaranteed or assured, and if paid at all in the future, may be discontinued at any time at the discretion of the board of directors.

B.

Significant Changes

Not applicable.

 

 

ITEM 9.

THE OFFER AND LISTING

A.

Offer and Listing Details

Our shares of common stock were approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market on October 28, 2015 under the symbol “PXS” and the first reported trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market for our shares was in November 2015. The high and low closing prices of shares of our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market are presented for the periods listed below.

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED

 

HIGH

 

 

LOW

 

December 31, 2015

 

$

4.05

 

 

$

1.26

 

December 31, 2016 (through and including March 18, 2016)

 

$

1.90

 

 

$

0.65

 

 

84


FOR THE QUARTER ENDED

 

HIGH

 

 

LOW

 

December 31, 2015

 

$

4.05

 

 

$

1.26

 

March 31, 2016 (through and including March 18, 2016)

 

$

1.90

 

 

$

0.65

 

 

FOR THE MONTHS

 

HIGH

 

 

LOW

 

November 2015

 

$

4.05

 

 

$

2.05

 

December 2015

 

$

2.88

 

 

$

1.26

 

January 2016

 

$

1.32

 

 

$

0.65

 

February 2016

 

$

1.16

 

 

$

0.70

 

March 2016 (through and including March 18, 2016)

 

$

1.90

 

 

$

1.16

 

On February 23, 2016, we received a deficiency notice from The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. stating that, for a period of 30 consecutive trading days, our shares of common stock closed below the minimum price of $1.00 per share as required for continued listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market. In accordance with the notice, we had until August 22, 2016, or 180 calendar days from the date of the notice, to regain compliance with Nasdaq’s continued listing minimum closing bid price requirements (Marketplace Rule 5550(a)(2)). We received a written notification from the exchange on March 11, 2016 stating that the closing bid price of our shares had been $1.00 per share or higher for ten consecutive trading days, from February 26 to March 10, 2016, and, accordingly, we were again in compliance with the exchange’s minimum closing bid price rule.

 

 

B.

Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C.

Markets

Shares of our common stock are trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “PXS”.

D.

Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E.

Dilution

Not applicable.

F.

Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

 

 

ITEM 10.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A.

Share Capital

Not applicable.

B.

Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our Articles of Incorporation have been filed as Exhibit 3.1 to our Registration Statement on Form F-4 (File No. 333-203598) filed with the SEC on April 23, 2015.  Our Bylaws have been filed as Exhibit 3.2 to our Registration Statement on Form F-4 (File No. 333-203598) filed with the SEC on April 23, 2015. The information contained in these exhibits is incorporated by reference herein.

Information regarding the rights, preferences and restrictions attaching to each class of the shares is described in the section entitled  “Description of Pyxis Securities” in our Registration Statement on Form F-4 (File No. 333-203598), filed with the SEC on October 5, 2015.

There are no limitations on the rights to own securities, including the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on the securities, imposed by the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands or by our Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws.

85


C.

Material Contracts

Attached as exhibits to this annual report are the contracts we consider to be both material and not entered into in the ordinary course of business. Descriptions of such contracts are included in Item 4. Information on the Company, Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects, Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions, and in Notes 3 (Transactions with Related Parties) and 8 (Long-term Debt) to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report. Other than these contracts, we have not entered into any other material contracts in the two years immediately preceding the date of this Annual Report, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

D.

Exchange Controls

Under Marshall Islands law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our common shares.

E.

Taxation

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our common stock. The discussion set forth below is based upon the Code, Treasury regulations and judicial and administrative rulings and decisions all as in effect and available on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. In addition, the application and interpretation of certain aspects of the PFIC rules, referred to below, require the issuance of regulations which in many instances have not been promulgated and which may have retroactive effect. There can be no assurance that any of these regulations will be enacted or promulgated, and if so, the form they will take or the effect that they may have on this discussion. This discussion is not binding on the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or the courts and prospective investors should note that no rulings have been or are expected to be sought from the IRS with respect to any of the U.S. federal income tax consequences discussed below, and no assurance can be given that the IRS will not take contrary positions.

Further, the following summary does not deal with all U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to any given investor, nor does it address the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to categories of investors subject to special taxing rules, such as brokers, expatriates, banks, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, controlled foreign corporations, individual retirement or other tax-deferred accounts, dealers or traders in securities or currencies, traders in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings, partners and partnerships, S corporations, estates and trusts, investors that hold their common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or an integrated or conversion transaction, investors whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar or investors that own, directly or indirectly 10% or more of our stock by vote or value. Furthermore, the discussion does not address alternative minimum tax consequences or estate or gift tax consequences, nor any state tax consequences, and is generally limited to investors that will hold their common stock as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. Each prospective investor is strongly urged to consult, and depend on, his or her own tax advisor in analyzing the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences particular to him or her of the acquisition, ownership or disposition of our common stock.

THIS DISCUSSION SHOULD NOT BE VIEWED AS TAX ADVICE. YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISERS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU IN LIGHT OF YOUR OWN PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION, THE EFFECT OF ANY CHANGES IN APPLICABLE TAX LAW, AND YOUR ENTITLEMENT TO BENEFITS UNDER AN APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of the Company

Operating Income

Unless exempt from U.S. federal income taxation under Section 883 of the Code or under an applicable U.S. income tax treaty, a foreign corporation that earns only shipping income is generally subject to U.S. federal income taxation under one of two alternative tax regimes: (i) the 4% gross basis tax, or (ii) the net basis tax and branch profits tax. For this purpose, shipping income includes income from (i) the use of a vessel, (ii) hiring or leasing of a vessel for use on a time, operating or bareboat charter basis or (iii) the performance of services directly related to the use of a vessel (and thus includes spot, time and bareboat charter income). We anticipate that we will earn substantially all our shipping income from the chartering or employment of vessels for use on a spot or time charter basis; we may also, in the future, place one or more of our vessels in pooling arrangements or on bareboat charters.

The U.S.-source portion of shipping income is 50% of the income attributable to voyages that begin or end in the United States. Generally, no amount of the income from voyages that begin and end outside the United States is treated as U.S. source, and

86


consequently none of the shipping income attributable to such voyages is subject to the 4% gross basis tax. Although the entire amount of shipping income from voyages that both begin and end in the United States would be U.S. source, we are not permitted by United States law to engage in voyages that both begin and end in the United States .

As we and our subsidiaries are organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, a country with which the United States does not have an income tax treaty, we do not qualify for a treaty-based exemption.

The 4% Gross Basis Tax

The United States imposes a 4% U.S. federal income tax on a foreign corporation’s gross U.S.- source shipping income to the extent such income is not treated as effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business. As a result of the 50% sourcing rule discussed above, the effective tax is 2% of the gross income attributable to voyages beginning or ending in the United States.

The Net Basis Tax and Branch Profits Tax

We do not expect to engage in any activities in the United States or otherwise have a fixed place of business in the United States. Nonetheless, if this situation were to change or if we were to be treated as engaged in a U.S. trade or business, all or a portion of our taxable income, including gain from the sale of vessels, could be treated as effectively connected with the conduct of this U.S. trade or business (or “effectively connected income”). Any effectively connected income, net of allowable deductions, would be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax (with the highest statutory rate currently being 35%). In addition, we also may be subject to a 30% “branch profits” tax on earnings effectively connected with the conduct of the U.S. trade or business (as determined after allowance for certain adjustments), and on certain interest paid or deemed paid that is attributable to the conduct of our U.S. trade or business. The 4% gross basis tax described above is inapplicable to income that is treated as effectively connected income. Our U.S.-source shipping income would be considered to be effectively connected income only if we have or are treated as having a fixed place of business in the United States involved in the earning of U.S.-source shipping income and substantially all of our U.S.-source shipping income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation (such as the operation of a vessel that follows a published schedule with repeated sailings at regular intervals between the same points for voyages that begin or end in the United States). Based on our intended mode of shipping operations and other activities, we do not expect to have any effectively connected income.  In the absence of exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code, our gross U.S. source shipping income would be subject to the 4% U.S. federal income tax imposed, described above.

The Section 883 Exemption

The 4% gross basis tax, the net basis tax and branch profits taxes described above are inapplicable to shipping income that qualifies for exemption under Section 883 of the Code (the “Section 883 Exemption”). A foreign corporation will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption if:

 

·

it is organized in a “qualified foreign country,” which is a country outside the United States that grants an equivalent exemption from tax to corporations organized in the United States (an “equivalent exemption”); and

 

·

it satisfies one of the following two ownership tests (discussed in more detail below): (A) more than 50% of the value of its shares is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by “qualified shareholders” (the “50% Ownership Test”); or (B) its shares are “primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market” in a qualified foreign country or in the United States (the “Publicly-Traded Test.”).

We and all of our subsidiaries that earn shipping income are organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands. The U.S. Treasury recognizes the Republic of the Marshall Islands as a country that grants an equivalent exemption and thus a qualified foreign country.  Therefore, if we and our subsidiaries satisfy the 50% Ownership Test or Publicly-Traded Test for a taxable year, and otherwise comply with applicable substantiation and reporting requirements, we will be exempt from U.S. federal income tax for that taxable year with respect to our U.S.-source shipping income.  

The 50% Ownership Test

For purposes of the 50% Ownership Test, “qualified shareholders” include: (i) individuals who are “residents” (as defined in the Treasury regulations promulgated under Section 883 of the Code (the “Section 883 Regulations”) of qualified foreign countries, (ii) corporations organized in qualified foreign countries that meet the Publicly Traded Test (discussed below), (iii) governments (or subdivisions thereof) of qualified foreign countries, (iv) non-profit organizations organized in qualified foreign countries, and (v) certain beneficiaries of pension funds organized in qualified foreign countries, in each case, that do not beneficially own the shares in the foreign corporation claiming the Section 883 Exemption, directly or indirectly (at any point in the chain of ownership), in the form of bearer shares (as described in the Section 883 Regulations).  For this purpose, certain constructive ownership rules under the Section 883 Regulations require looking through the ownership of entities to the owners of the interests in those entities.  The foreign corporation claiming the Section 883 Exemption based on the 50% Ownership Test must obtain all the facts necessary to satisfy the

87


IRS that the 50% Ownership Test has been satisfied (as detailed in the Section 883 Regulations) and must meet certain substantiation and reporting requirements.

The Publicly Traded Test

The Section 883 Regulations provide, in pertinent part, that shares of a foreign corporation will be considered to be “primarily traded” on an established securities market in a country if the number of shares of each class of stock that are traded during any taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that are traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country. Our common shares, which constitute our sole class of issued and outstanding stock, are “primarily traded” on the Nasdaq Capital Market, which is an established market for these purposes.

Under the Section 883 Regulations, our common shares would be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market if one or more classes of our shares representing more than 50% of our outstanding stock, by both total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote and total value, are listed on such market, to which we refer as the “listing threshold.” Our common shares, which constitutes our sole class of issued and outstanding stock, are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market. Accordingly, we will satisfy the listing threshold.

The Section 883 Regulations also require that with respect to each class of stock relied upon to meet the listing threshold, (i) such class of stock is traded on the market, other than in minimal quantities, on at least 60 days during the taxable year or one-sixth of the days in a short taxable year (the “trading frequency test”); and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of such class of stock traded on such market during the taxable year must be at least 10% of the average number of shares of such class of stock outstanding during such year or as appropriately adjusted in the case of a short taxable year (the “trading volume test”). Even if this were not the case, the Section 883 Regulations provide that the trading frequency and trading volume tests will be deemed satisfied if such class of stock is traded on an established securities market in the United States and such shares are regularly quoted by dealers making a market in such shares; for this purpose, a dealer makes a market in a stock only if the dealer regularly and actively offers to, and in fact does, purchase the stock from, and sell the stock to, customers who are not related to the dealer in the ordinary course.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Section 883 Regulations also provide, in pertinent part, that a class of shares will not be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market for any taxable year in which 50% or more of the vote and value of the outstanding shares of such class are owned, actually or constructively under specified share attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own 5% or more of the vote and value of such class of outstanding stock (the “5% Override Rule”).  

For purposes of being able to determine the persons who actually or constructively own 5% or more of the vote and value of our common shares (or “5% shareholders”) the Section 883 Regulations permit us to rely on those persons that are identified on Schedule 13G and Schedule 13D filings with the SEC, as owning 5% or more of our common shares. The Section 883 Regulations further provide that an investment company which is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, will not be treated as a 5% shareholder for such purposes.  Consistent with the Schedule 13D filed with the SEC on October 28, 2015, Mr. Valentis beneficially owned (through Maritime Investors) more than 90% of our shares of common stock for all of the 2015 taxable year.  Thus, we believe that the 5% Override Rule is triggered for the 2015 taxable year.  

However, even if 5% Override Rule is triggered, the Treasury Regulations provide that the 5% Override Rule will nevertheless not apply if we can establish that within the group of 5% shareholders, qualified shareholders (as defined generally under the Section 883 Regulations and discussed above) own sufficient number of shares to preclude non-qualified shareholders in such group from owning 50% or more of our common shares for more than half the number of days during the taxable year.  In this case, Mr. Valentis was the sole 5% shareholder for the 2015 taxable year.  Thus, we believe that the 5% Override Rule would be inapplicable.

Based on the foregoing, we intend to take the position that we and our subsidiaries satisfy the 50% Ownership Test for the 2015 taxable year and intend to comply with the substantiation and reporting requirements that are applicable under Section 883 of the Code to claim the Section 883 Exemption.  We also believe that we and our subsidiaries would satisfy the Publicly Traded Test for the 2015 taxable year.  If in the 2016 or any future taxable year, the ownership of our shares of common stock changes, because, among other things, we can give no assurance that such shareholders are qualified shareholders or that a sufficient number of qualified shareholders will cooperate with us in respect of the applicable substantiation and reporting requirements, there can be no assurance that we will satisfy either the 50% Ownership Test or the Publicly Traded Test, in which case we and our subsidiaries would not qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for that taxable year and would be subject to U.S. federal tax as set forth in the above discussion.

Gain on Sale of Vessels

In general, regardless of whether we qualify for the Section 883 Exemption, we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under U.S. federal income tax principles.  A sale of a vessel will generally be considered to occur outside of the U.S. for this purpose if title to the vessel, and risk of loss with respect to the vessel, pass to the buyer outside of the United States. To the extent possible, we will attempt to structure any sale of a vessel so that it is considered to occur outside of the United States.

88


U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders

As used herein, “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of common stock that is an individual citizen or resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof (including the District of Columbia), an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source or a trust where a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons (as defined in the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust (or a trust that has made a valid election under Treasury regulations to be treated as a domestic trust). A “Non-U.S. Holder” generally means any owner (or beneficial owner) of common stock that is not a U.S. Holder, other than a partnership. If a partnership holds common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Partners of partnerships holding common stock should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of an investment in the common stock (including their status as U.S. Holders or Non-U.S. Holders).

Distributions on Common Stock

Subject to the discussion of PFICs below, any distributions made by us with respect to our shares of common stock to a U.S. Holder of common stock will generally constitute dividends, which may be taxable as ordinary income or qualified dividend income as described in more detail below, to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will be treated as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its common stock and, thereafter, as capital gain. U.S. Holders that are corporations generally will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from us.

Dividends paid with respect to our common stock generally will be treated as non-U.S. source income and generally will constitute “passive category income” for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for U.S. federal foreign tax credit purposes.

Dividends paid on the shares of a non-U.S. corporation to an individual U.S. Holder generally will not be treated as qualified dividend income that is taxable at preferential tax rates. However, dividends paid in respect of our common stock to an individual U.S. Holder may qualify as qualified dividend income if: (i) our common stock is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States; (ii) we are not a PFIC for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or in the immediately preceding taxable year; (iii) the individual U.S. Holder has owned the common stock for more than 60 days in the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the “ex dividend date” and (iv) the individual U.S. Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Thus, we can give no assurance that any dividends paid on our common shares will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of such individual U.S. Holders.  Any dividends paid by us which are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to an individual U.S. Holder.

Further, special rules may apply to any “extraordinary dividend” –generally, a dividend in an amount which is equal to or in excess of 10% of a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in a common share–paid by us. If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our common shares that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss derived by certain individual U.S. Holders from the sale or exchange of such common shares will be treated as long term capital loss to the extent of such dividend.

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion of PFICs below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of common stock in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such common stock. Assuming we do not constitute a PFIC for any taxable year, this gain or loss will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. A U.S. Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

3.8% Tax on Net Investment Income

A U.S. Holder that is an individual, estate, or, in certain cases, a trust, will generally be subject to a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (i) the U.S. Holder’s net investment income for the taxable year and (ii) the excess of the U.S. Holder’s modified adjusted gross income for the taxable year over a certain threshold (which in the case of individuals will be between $125,000 and $250,000). A U.S. Holder’s net investment income will generally include distributions we make on the common stock which are treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes and capital gains from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common stock. This tax is in addition to any income taxes due on such investment income.

PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences

Special U.S. federal income tax rules apply to a U.S. Holder that holds shares in a foreign corporation classified as a PFIC, for

89


U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, we will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder if, for any taxable year in which such holder holds our common shares, either:

(i) at least 75% of our gross income for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business), which we refer to as the income test; or

(ii) at least 50% of the average value of our assets during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, passive income, which we refer to as the asset test.

For purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, cash will be treated as an asset which is held for the production of passive income. In addition, we will be treated as earning and owning our proportionate share of the income and assets, respectively, of any of our subsidiary corporations in which we own at least 25% of the value of the subsidiary’s stock. Income earned, or deemed earned, by us in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income would generally constitute “passive income” unless we were treated under specific rules as deriving our rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business.

Based on our current and projected operations, we does not believe that we (or any of our subsidiaries) were a PFIC in the 2015 taxable year, nor do we expect (or any of our subsidiaries) to become a PFIC with respect to the 2016 or any later taxable year.   In making the determination as to whether we are a PFIC, we intend to treat the gross income that we derive or that are deemed to derive from the spot and time chartering activities of us or any of our subsidiaries as services income, rather than rental income. Correspondingly, such income should not constitute passive income, and the assets that we or our wholly owned subsidiaries own and operate in connection with the production of such income should not constitute passive assets for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. We believe that there is substantial legal authority supporting our position consisting of case law and IRS pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from spot and time charters as services income for other tax purposes. However, there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes. In the absence of any legal authority specifically relating to the statutory provisions governing PFICs, the IRS or a court could disagree with our position. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure you that the nature of our operations will not change in the future.

As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder would be subject to different taxation rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder makes an election to treat us as a “qualified electing fund” (a “QEF election”). As an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common shares, as discussed below. If we were treated as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder will generally be required to file IRS Form 8621 with respect to its ownership of our common shares.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a Timely QEF Election

If a U.S. Holder makes a timely QEF election (an “electing holder”) the electing holder must report for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain, if any, for each of our taxable years during which we are a PFIC that ends with or within the taxable year of the electing holder, regardless of whether distributions were received from us by the electing holder. No portion of any such inclusions of ordinary earnings will be treated as “qualified dividend income.” Net capital gain inclusions of certain non-corporate U.S. Holders may be eligible for preferential capital gains tax rates. The electing holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares will be increased to reflect any income included under the QEF election. Distributions of previously taxed income will not be subject to tax upon distribution but will decrease the electing holder’s tax basis in the common shares. An electing holder would not, however, be entitled to a deduction for its pro rata share of any losses that we incur with respect to any taxable year. An electing holder would generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our shares of common stock. A U.S. Holder would make a timely QEF election for our shares of common stock by filing IRS Form 8621 with his U.S. federal income tax return for the first year in which he held such shares when we were a PFIC. If we determine that we are a PFIC for any taxable year, we intend to provide each U.S. Holder with information necessary for the U.S. Holder to make the QEF election described above. If we were treated as a PFIC for our 2015 taxable year, we anticipate that, based on our current projections, we would not have a significant amount of taxable income or gain that would be required to be taken into account by U.S. Holders making a QEF election effective for such taxable year.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a “Mark-to-Market” Election

Alternatively, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as we anticipate will be the case, our shares are treated as “marketable stock,” a U.S. Holder would be allowed to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our shares of common stock, provided the U.S. Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury Regulations. If that election is made, the U.S. Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares at the end of the taxable year over such Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares.

90


The U.S. Holder would also be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares over its fair market value at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in his shares of our common stock would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amount recognized. Any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our shares of common stock would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the shares would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included by the U.S. Holder.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or Mark-to-Market Election

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder who does not make either a QEF election or a “mark-to-market” election for that year (a “non-electing holder”) would be subject to special rules with respect to (i) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the non-electing holder on the shares in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by the non-electing holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the non-electing holder’s holding period for the shares), and (ii) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our shares of common stock. Under these special rules:

(i) the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-electing holder’s aggregate holding period for the shares;

(ii) the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, would be taxed as ordinary income and would not be “qualified dividend income”; and

(iii) the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed tax deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

U.S. HOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS AS TO OUR STATUS AS A PFIC, AND, IF WE (AND/OR ONE OR MORE OF OUR SUBSIDIARIES) ARE TREATED AS A PFIC, AS TO THE EFFECT ON THEM OF, AND THE REPORTING REQUIREMENTS WITH RESPECT TO, THE PFIC RULES AND THE DESIRABILITY OF MAKING, AND THE AVAILABILITY OF, EITHER A QEF ELECTION OR A MARK-TO-MARKET ELECTION WITH RESPECT TO OUR SHARES OF COMMON STOCK. WE PROVIDE NO ADVICE ON TAXATION MATTERS.

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

Dividends on Common Stock

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on dividends received from us with respect to our shares of common stock, unless that income is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States. In general, if the Non-U.S. Holder is entitled to the benefits of an applicable U.S. income tax treaty with respect to those dividends, that income is taxable only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States.

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our shares of common stock, unless:

(i) the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States; or

(ii) the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of disposition and who also meets other conditions.

Income or Gains Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade or Business

If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business for U.S. federal income tax purposes, dividends on the common shares and gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our shares of common stock, that is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business, will generally be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as discussed in the previous section relating to the taxation of U.S. Holders. In addition, in the case of a corporate Non-U.S. Holder, its earnings and profits that are attributable to the effectively connected income, which are subject to certain adjustments, may be subject to an additional U.S. federal branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable U.S. income tax treaty.

91


Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Information reporting to the IRS may be required with respect to payments on our shares of common stock and with respect to proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock. With respect to Non-U.S. Holders, copies of such information returns reporting may be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides under the provisions of any applicable income tax treaty or exchange of information agreement. A “backup” withholding tax (currently at a 28% rate) may also apply to those payments if a non-corporate holder of the shares of common stock fails to provide certain identifying information (such as the holder’s taxpayer identification number or an attestation to the status of the holder as a Non-U.S. Holder), such holder is notified by the IRS that he or she has failed to report all interest or dividends required to be shown on his or her federal income tax returns or, in certain circumstances, such holder has failed to comply with applicable certification requirements.

Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying under penalties of perjury their status on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable.  A Non-U.S. Holder should consult his or her own tax advisor as to the qualifications for exemption from backup withholding and the procedures for obtaining the exemption.

U.S. Holders of our shares of common stock may be required to file forms with the IRS under the applicable reporting provisions of the Code. For example, such U.S. Holders may be required, under Sections 6038, 6038B and/or 6046 of the Code, to supply the IRS with certain information regarding the U.S. Holder, other U.S. Holders and us if (i) such person owns at least 10% of the total value or 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares entitled to vote or (ii) the acquisition, when aggregated with certain other acquisitions that may be treated as related under applicable regulations, exceeds $100,000. In the event a U.S. Holder fails to file a form when required to do so, the U.S. Holder could be subject to substantial tax penalties.

If our shareholder is a Non-U.S. Holder and sells his or her shares of common stock to or through a U.S. office of a broker, the payment of the proceeds is subject to both U.S. backup withholding and information reporting unless the shareholder certifies that he or she is not a U.S. person, under penalty of perjury, or he or she otherwise establishes an exemption. If our shareholder is a Non-U.S. Holder and sells his or her common stock through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker and the sales proceeds are paid to such shareholder outside the United States, then information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to that payment. However, U.S. information reporting requirements, but not backup withholding, will apply to a payment of sales proceeds, even if that payment is made to a shareholder outside the United States, if the shareholder sells his or her shares of common stock through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is a U.S. person or has some other contacts with the United States. Such information reporting requirements will not apply, however, if the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the shareholder is not a U.S. person and certain other conditions are met, or the shareholder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax and may be refunded (or credited against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any), provided that appropriate returns are filed with and certain required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

In addition, individuals who are U.S. Holders (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury Regulations, Non-U.S. Holders and certain U.S. entities) who hold “specified foreign financial assets” (as defined in Section 6038D of the Code) are required to file IRS Form 8938 with information relating to the asset for each taxable year in which the aggregate value of all such assets exceeds $75,000 at any time during the taxable year or $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year (or such higher dollar amount as prescribed by applicable Treasury Regulations). Specified foreign financial assets would include, among other assets, our shares of common stock, unless the shares are held in an account maintained with a U.S. financial institution. Substantial penalties apply to any failure to timely file IRS Form 8938, unless the failure is shown to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. Additionally, in the event an individual U.S. Holder (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury Regulations, a Non-U.S. Holder or a U.S. entity) that is required to file IRS Form 8938 does not file such form, the statute of limitations on the assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes of such holder for the related tax year may not close until three years after the date that the required information is filed. U.S. Holders (including U.S. entities) and Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged consult their own tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations in respect of our shares of common stock.

Material Marshall Islands Tax Considerations

The following is a summary of certain material Marshall Islands tax consequences of our activities to us and our shareholders. We are incorporated in the Marshall Islands. Under current Marshall Islands law, we are not subject to tax on income or capital gains, and no Marshall Islands withholding tax will be imposed upon payments of dividends by us to our shareholder.

F.

Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

92


G.

Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

H.

Documents on Display

We file reports and other information with the SEC. These materials, including this Annual Report and the accompanying exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the public facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, or from the SEC’s website http://www.sec.gov. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling 1 (800) SEC-0330 and you may obtain copies at prescribed rates.

I.

Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

 

 

ITEM 11.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Please see Note 11 “Risk Management” to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report for a further description of risk management that may apply to us.

(a)

Quantitative Information about Market Risk

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

The shipping industry is a capital intensive industry, requiring significant amounts of investment. Much of this investment is provided in the form of long-term debt. Our amortizing bank debt usually contains interest rates that fluctuate with the financial markets. Increasing interest rates could adversely impact future earnings and our ability to service debt.

 

Our interest expense is affected by changes in the general level of interest rates, particularly LIBOR. As an indication of the extent of our sensitivity to interest rate changes, an increase of 100 basis points would have decreased our net income and cash flows during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, by approximately $0.1 million in each year based upon our average debt level during 2015 and 2014.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

 

We generate most of our revenue in U.S. dollars, but a portion of our expenses, are in currencies other than U.S. dollars (mainly in Euro), and any gain or loss we incur as a result of the U.S. dollar fluctuating in value against those currencies is included in vessel operating expenses and in general and administrative expenses. As of December 31, 2015, approximately 14% of our outstanding accounts payable were denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar (mainly in Euro). We hold cash and cash equivalents mainly in U.S. dollars.

 

Inflation

 

We do not consider inflation to be a significant risk to our business in the current environment and foreseeable future.

(b)

Qualitative Information about Market Risk

Interest Rate Exposure

Our debt obligations under each of its loan agreements bear interest at LIBOR plus a fixed margin. Increasing interest rates could adversely affect its future profitability. Lower interest rates lower the returns on cash investments. We regularly monitors interest rate exposure and will enter into swap arrangements with acceptable financial counterparties to hedge exposure where it is considered economically advantageous to do so. However, there may be certain incremental costs incurred if we enter into such arrangements.

Operational Risk

We are exposed to operating costs risk arising from various vessel operations. The key areas of operating risk include drydock, repair costs, insurance and piracy. Our risk management includes various strategies for technical management of drydock and repairs coordinated with a focus on measuring cost and quality. Our relatively young fleet helps to minimize the risk. Given the potential for accidents and other incidents that may occur in vessel operations, the fleet is insured against various types of risk. Finally, we have

93


established a set of countermeasures in order to minimize this risk of piracy attacks during voyages, which includes hiring third party security to protect the crew and make navigation safer for the vessels.

Foreign Exchange Rate Exposure

Our vessel owning subsidiaries generate revenues in U.S. dollars but incur a portion of their vessel operating expenses, and we incur a majority of its general and administrative costs, in other currencies, primarily Euros. The amount and frequency of some of these expenses (such as vessel repairs, supplies and stores) may fluctuate from period to period, while other of these expenses, such as the compensation paid to Maritime for the administrative services, remain relatively fixed. Depreciation in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies will increase the U.S. dollar cost to us of paying such expenses and as a result, an adverse or positive movement could increase or decrease operating expenses. The portion of our business conducted in other currencies could increase in the future, which could expand our exposure to losses arising from currency fluctuations. We believe these adverse effects to be immaterial and has not entered into any derivative contracts for either transaction or translation risk during the year.

Credit Risk

There is a concentration of credit risk with respect to cash and cash equivalents to the extent that substantially all of our amounts are held across four banks. While we believe this risk of loss is low, it keeps this under review and will revise its policy for managing cash and cash equivalents if considered advantageous and prudent to do so. We limit our credit risk with trade accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. We generally do not acquire collateral for trade accounts receivable.

We may have a credit risk in relation to vessel employment and at times may have multiple vessels employed by one charterer. We consider and evaluates concentration of credit risk regularly and performs on-going evaluations of these charterers for credit risk. As of December 31, 2015 and March 10, 2016 all of our vessels were employed with different charterers.

Commodity Risk Exposure

The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates as a result of events outside our control, including geo-political developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by members of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries, or OPEC, and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns and regulations. Because we do not hedge its fuel costs, an increase in the price of fuel beyond our expectations may adversely affect our profitability and cash flows. 

Liquidity Risk 

The principal objective in relation to liquidity is to ensure that we have access at minimum cost, to sufficient liquidity to enable us to meet our obligations as they come due and to provide adequately for contingencies. Our policy is to manage our liquidity by strict forecasting of cash flows arising from time charter revenue, vessel operating expenses, general and administrative overhead and servicing of debt. We maintain limited cash balances in financial institutions operating in Greece. 

Inflation 

We do not expect inflation to be a significant risk to it in the current and foreseeable economic environment. In the event that inflation becomes a significant factor in the global economy, inflationary pressures would result in increased operating, voyage and finance costs. 

 

 

ITEM 12.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

A.

Debt Securities

Not applicable.

B.

Warrants and Rights

Not applicable.

C.

Other Securities

Not applicable.

94


D.

American Depositary Shares

Not applicable.

 

 

95


Part II

 

 

ITEM 13.

DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES.

Not applicable.

 

 

ITEM 14.

MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS.

We were incorporated under the laws of the Marshall Islands on March 23, 2015. We own the vessels in our fleet through six separate wholly-owned subsidiaries that were incorporated in the Marshall Islands. On April 23, 2015, we entered into the LookSmart Agreement as described above in “Item 4. Information on the Company – A. History and Development of the Company.”

 

 

ITEM 15.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Our chief executive officer ( principal executive officer) and chief financial officer ( principal financial officer) , after evaluating the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2015, have concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective and ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer ( principal executive officer) and chief financial officer ( principal financial officer) , to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure and is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and forms.

This Annual Report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that have materially affected, or that are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

ITEM 15T.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16.

RESERVED

Not applicable.

 

 

ITEM 16A.

AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Our Board has determined that Mr. Robin Das is an audit committee financial expert as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and that he has the requisite financial sophistication under the applicable rules and regulations of the Nasdaq Stock Market. Mr. Das is independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and under the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

 

ITEM 16B.

CODE OF ETHICS

Our board of directors has approved and adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for all officers and employees, a copy of which is available on our website at http://www.pyxistankers.com.

 

 

ITEM 16C.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors - Accountants S.A. (“Ernst & Young”), has served as our independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended December 31, 2015.  Our audit committee was established October 28, 2015. Our accountants billed the following fees to us for professional services:

(a)

Audit Fees

The audit fees for the audit of the year ended December 31, 2015 were $0.1 million.

96


(b)

Audit-Related Fees

Audit-related fees charged for the year ended December 31, 2015 in relation to our registration statement on Form F-4 were $0.4 million.

(c)

Tax Fees

No tax fees were charged for the year ended December 31, 2015.

(d)

All Other Fees

No other fees were charged for the year ended December 31, 2015.

(e)

Audit and Non-Audit Services Pre-Approval Policy

(1) Our audit committee is responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of the independent auditors. As part of this responsibility, the audit committee pre-approves the audit and non-audit fees, terms and services performed by the independent auditors in order to assure that they do not impair the auditors’ independence. Our audit committee has not adopted a detailed policy which sets forth the procedures and the conditions pursuant to which services proposed to be performed by the independent auditors may be pre-approved.

(2) No policies and procedures relating to the pre-approval by our audit committee of the services of our independent auditors were applicable for the year ended December 31, 2014 because our audit committee was not established until October 28, 2015. Our audit committee separately pre-approved all engagements and fees paid to our principal accountants since October 28, 2015.

(f)

Audit Work Performed by Other Than Principal Accountant if Greater Than 50%

Not applicable.

 

 

ITEM 16D.

EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

 

 

ITEM 16E.

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

 

Period

 

(a) Total Number of

Shares Purchased

 

 

(b) Average Price Paid per Share

 

 

(c) Total Number of

Shares Purchased as Part

of Publicly Announced

Plans or Programs

 

 

(d) Maximum Number (or

Approximate Dollar Value) of

Shares that May Yet Be

Purchased Under the Plans or

Programs

 

March 2015

 

10,000,000 shares of common stock (1)

 

 

$

0.001

 

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

October 2015

 

7,002,445 shares of common stock ( 2 )

 

 

$

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

Total

 

 

17,002,445

 

 

$

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

(1)

On March 23, 2015, in connection with our formation, Maritime Investors subscribed for and purchased 10,000,000 shares of our common stock for a consideration of $10,000 in cash.  

 

(2)

Following Maritime Investor’s direct and indirect contribution to us of the shares of our vessel-owning subsidiaries and in connection with the closing of the merger and other transactions on October 28, 2015 in accordance with the provisions of the LookSmart Agreement, Maritime Investors was issued 7,002,445 shares of our common stock for no additional cash consideration.

 

ITEM 16F.

CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

Not applicable.

 

 

97


ITEM 16G.

CORPO RATE GOVERNANCE

We believe that our corporate governance practices are in compliance with, and are not prohibited by, the laws of the Marshall Islands. Therefore, we believe we are exempt from many of Nasdaq’s corporate governance practices other than the requirements regarding the disclosure of a going concern audit opinion, submission of a listing agreement, notification of material non-compliance with Nasdaq corporate governance practices, and the establishment and composition of an audit committee and a formal written audit committee charter.

The practices that we follow in lieu of Nasdaq’s corporate governance rules include:

 

·

instead of obtaining an independent review of related party transactions for conflicts of interests by our audit committee or another independent body of our board of directors, consistent with Marshall Islands law requirements, no transaction between us and one or more of our directors or officers, or between us and any other entity in which one or more of our directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable for this reason alone or solely because such director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of our board of directors that authorized the contract or transaction or solely because the vote of such director or officer are counted for such purposes if: (i) the material facts as to such director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to our board of directors and our board of directors in good faith authorizes such contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, or, if the votes of the disinterested directors are insufficient to constitute an act of our board of directors as defined in Section 55 of the BCA, by unanimous vote of our disinterested directors; or (ii) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to such contract or transaction are disclosed and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by a vote of the stockholders entitled to vote thereon; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair to us as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by our board of directors, a committee thereof or our stockholders. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of our board of directors or of a committee that authorizes the aforementioned contract or transaction;

 

·

as a foreign private issuer, we will not be required to solicit proxies or provide proxy statements to Nasdaq pursuant to Nasdaq corporate governance rules or Marshall Islands law. Consistent with Marshall Islands law, we intend to notify our stockholders of meetings between 15 and 60 days before the meeting. This notification will contain, among other things, information regarding business to be transacted at the meeting. In addition, our bylaws provide that stockholders must give us advance notice to properly introduce any business at a meeting of the stockholders and that stockholders may designate in writing a proxy to act on their behalf;

 

·

instead of holding regular meetings at which only independent directors are present, our entire board of directors, a majority of whom are currently independent, will hold regular meetings as is consistent with Marshall Islands law;

 

·

stockholder approval is not required to amend or terminate our equity incentive plan or to establish a new equity incentive plan since Marshall Islands law permits the board of directors to take these actions;

 

·

as a foreign private issuer, we will not be required to obtain stockholder approval prior to the issuance of securities in connection with an acquisition of the stock or assets of another company; and

 

·

in lieu of obtaining stockholder approval prior to the issuance of designated securities, we intend to comply with provisions of the BCA and obtain the approval of our board of directors for such share issuances.

 

 

ITEM 16H.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

 

 

98


PART III

 

 

ITEM 17.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Not applicable.

 

 

ITEM 18.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

See index to Financial Statements on page F-1 of this Annual Report.

 

 

ITEM 19.

EXHIBITS

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report:

 

Exhibit Number

 

Description of Exhibit

 

Schedule/Form

 

File
Number

 

Exhibit

 

File Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1.1#

 

Articles of Incorporation of the Company

 

F-4

 

333-203598

 

3.1

 

April 23, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1.2#

 

Bylaws of the Company

 

F-4

 

333-203598

 

3.2

 

April 23, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  2.1#

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 23, 2015, by and among Pyxis Tankers Inc., Maritime Technologies Corp., LookSmart, Ltd. and LookSmart Group, Inc.

 

F-4

 

333-203598

 

2.1

 

April 23, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  2.2*

 

Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 22, 2015, by and among Pyxis Tankers Inc., Maritime Technologies Corp., LookSmart Ltd. and LookSmart Group, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  2.3#

 

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

 

F-4

 

333-203598

 

10.1

 

April 23, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  2.4#

 

Specimen Stock Certificate of Pyxis Tankers Inc.

 

F-4

 

333-203598

 

4.2

 

September 28, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  3.1#

 

Voting Agreement between LookSmart, Ltd, Pyxis Tankers Inc. and Michael Onghai

 

F-4

 

333-203598

 

10.2

 

August 6, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  4.1#

 

Amended and Restated Head Management Agreement, dated August 5, 2015, by and between Pyxis Tankers Inc. and Pyxis Maritime Corp.

 

F-4

 

333-203598

 

10.3

 

September 4, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  4.2#

 

Form of Ship Management Agreement with International Tanker Management Ltd.

 

F-4

 

333-203598

 

10.4

 

September 4, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  4.3#

 

Form of Commercial Ship Management Agreement with North Sea Tankers BV

 

F-4

 

333-203598

 

10.5

 

September 4, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  4.4#

 

Loan Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2007, by and between Secondone Corp. and Thirdone Corp., as borrowers, and Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft, as lender

 

F-4

 

333-203598

 

10.6

 

August 6, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  4.4.1*

 

Supplemental Agreement relating to a term loan facility dated September 26, 2007, dated as of May 28, 2010, by and between Secondone Corp. and Thirdone Corp., as joint and several borrowers, and Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft, as lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   4.4.2*

 

Supplemental Agreement in relation to a Loan Agreement dated September 26, 2007, dated as of December 1, 2010, by and between Secondone Corp. and Thirdone Corp., as joint and several borrowers, and Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft, as lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

99


Exhibit Number

 

Description of Exhibit

 

Schedule/Form

 

File
Number

 

Exhibit

 

File Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   4.4.3*

 

Supplemental Agreement in relation to a Loan Agreement dated September 26, 2007, dated as of October 23, 2015, by and between Secondone Corp. and Thirdone Corp., as joint and several borrowers, and Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft, as lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   4.4.4*

 

Guarantee relating to a Loan Agreement dated September 26, 2007, dated as of October 23, 2015, by and between Pyxis Tankers Inc., as guarantor, and Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft, as lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   4.5#

 

Loan Agreement, dated as of December 12, 2008, between Fourthone Corp., as borrower, and Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft, as lender

 

F-4

 

333-203598

 

10.7

 

August 6, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   4.5.1*

 

Supplemental Agreement in relation to a Loan Agreement dated December 12, 2008, dated as of October 23, 2015, by and between Fourthone Corp., as borrower, and Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft, as lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   4.5.2*

 

Guarantee related to a Loan Agreement dated December 12, 2008, dated as of October 23, 2015, by and between Pyxis Tankers Inc., as guarantor, and Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft, as lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  4.6#

 

Loan Agreement, dated October 12, 2012, by and among Sixthone Corp. and Seventhone Corp., as borrowers, the banks and financial institutions listed therein, as lenders, and HSH Nordbank AG, as agent

 

F-4

 

333-203598

 

10.8

 

August 6, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   4.6.1#

 

Supplemental Agreement to the Loan Agreement dated October 12, 2012, dated February 13, 2013, by and among Sixthone Corp. and Seventhone Corp., the lenders and HSH Nordbank AG, as agent

 

F-4

 

333-203598

 

10.9

 

August 6, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   4.6.2*

 

Second Supplemental Agreement to the Loan Agreement dated October 12, 2012, dated October 23, 2015, by and among Sixthone Corp. and Seventhone Corp., the lenders, and HSH Nordbank AG, as agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   4.6.3*

 

Guarantee relating to a Loan Agreement dated October 12, 2012, dated as of October 26, 2015, by and between Pyxis Tankers Inc., as guarantor, and HSH Nordbank AG, as security trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  4.7#

 

Facility Agreement for a $21,000,000 Term Loan Facility, dated January 12, 2015, by and among Eighthone Corp., as borrower, and DVB Bank SE, as lender and as agent and security trustee

 

F-4

 

333-203598

 

10.10

 

August 6, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   4.7.1*

 

Supplemental Agreement in relation to a Loan Agreement dated January 12, 2015, dated October 23, 2015, by and among Eighthone Corp., DVB Bank SE, as lender and DVB Bank SE, as agent and security trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   4.7.2*

 

Corporate Guarantee, dated as of October 26, 2015, by and between Pyxis Tankers Inc., as guarantor, and DVB Bank SE, as security trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100


Exhibit Number

 

Description of Exhibit

 

Schedule/Form

 

File
Number

 

Exhibit

 

File Date

    4. 7.3*

 

Pledge over Shares in Eighthone Corp., dated as of October 26, 2015, by and between Pyxis Tankers Inc. and DVB Bank SE, as security trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   4.8#

 

Promissory Note in favor of Maritime Investors Corp. issued by Pyxis Tankers Inc. as of April 23, 2015

 

F-4

 

333-203598

 

10.11

 

August 6, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  4.9*

 

Pledge Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2015, by and among Michael Onghai, LookSmart Group Inc. and Pyxis Tankers Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   4.10#

 

Form of 2015 Equity Incentive Plan

 

F-4

 

333-203598

 

10.12

 

September 4, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   4.11#

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement

 

F-4

 

333-203598

 

10.13

 

September 4, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 4.12*

 

Promissory Note in favor of Maritime Investors Corp. issued by Pyxis Tankers Inc. as of October 28, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 8.1*

 

List of Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.1*

 

Certificate of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) / 15d-

14(a) as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.2*

 

Certification by the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.1*

 

Certification by the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.2*

 

Certification by the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101*

 

The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, formatted in eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL):

 

(i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as at December 31, 2014 and 2015;

 

(ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/(Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015;

 

(iii) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015;

 

(iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015; and

 

(v) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

#

Indicates a document previously filed with the Commission.

*

Filed herewith.

 

 

101


SIGNA TURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

 

 

 

 

PYXIS TANKERS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Valentios Valentis

 

 

 

Name:

Valentios Valentis

 

 

 

Title:  

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and

Director

 

 

 

 

 

Date: March 23, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

102


PYXIS TANKERS INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-2

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as at December 31, 2014 and 2015

 

F-3

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/(Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

 

F-4

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

 

F-5

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

 

F-6

 

 

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-7

 

 

 

F-1


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Pyxis Tankers Inc. 

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Pyxis Tankers Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income/(loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Pyxis Tankers Inc. at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

/s/Ernst and Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors Accountants S.A.

Athens, Greece

March 23, 2016

 

 

F-2


 

P YXIS TANK ERS INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

As at December 31, 2014 and 2015

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

500

 

 

$

3,979

 

Restricted cash current portion

 

 

147

 

 

 

143

 

Inventories (Note 4)

 

 

904

 

 

 

583

 

Trade receivables

 

 

1,203

 

 

 

455

 

Prepayments and other assets

 

 

618

 

 

 

725

 

Total current assets

 

 

3,372

 

 

 

5,885

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FIXED ASSETS, NET:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advances for vessel acquisition (Note 5)

 

 

13,728

 

 

 

Vessels, net (Note 6)

 

 

103,717

 

 

 

130,501

 

Total fixed assets, net

 

 

117,445

 

 

 

130,501

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER NON CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted cash, net of current portion

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

4,500

 

Deferred charges, net (Note 7)

 

 

122

 

 

 

836

 

Total other non current assets

 

 

1,122

 

 

 

5,336

 

Total assets

 

$

121,939

 

 

$

141,722

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt (Note 8)

 

$

5,529

 

 

$

7,095

 

Accounts payable

 

 

571

 

 

 

1,103

 

Due to related parties (Note 3)

 

 

131

 

 

 

121

 

Hire collected in advance

 

 

479

 

 

 

2,129

 

Accrued and other liabilities

 

 

337

 

 

 

752

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

7,047

 

 

 

11,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Promissory note (Note 3)

 

 

 

 

2,500

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion (Note 8)

 

 

60,991

 

 

 

73,456

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

60,991

 

 

 

75,956

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 12)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock ($0.001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, none issued) (Note 9)

 

 

 

 

Common stock  ($0.001 par value, 450,000,000 shares authorized, none and 18,244,671

   shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively) (Note 9)

 

 

 

 

18

 

Additional paid-in capital (Note 9)

 

 

72,981

 

 

 

70,123

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(19,080

)

 

 

(15,575

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

53,901

 

 

 

54,566

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

121,939

 

 

$

141,722

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F-3


 

PYXIS TANKERS INC.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Voyage revenues:

 

$

21,980

 

 

$

27,760

 

 

$

33,170

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Voyage related costs and commissions (Note 3)

 

 

(3,817

)

 

 

(10,030

)

 

 

(4,725

)

Vessel operating expenses

 

 

(10,220

)

 

 

(11,064

)

 

 

(13,188

)

General and administrative expenses (Note 3 and Note 9)

 

 

(173

)

 

 

(93

)

 

 

(1,773

)

Management fees, related parties (Note 3)

 

 

(468

)

 

 

(611

)

 

 

(577

)

Management fees, other

 

 

(823

)

 

 

(922

)

 

 

(1,061

)

Amortization of special survey costs (Note 7)

 

 

(157

)

 

 

(203

)

 

 

(174

)

Depreciation (Note 6)

 

 

(4,520

)

 

 

(5,446

)

 

 

(5,710

)

Vessel impairment charge (Note 6 and Note 7)

 

 

 

 

 

(16,930

)

 

 

 

Operating income/(loss)

 

 

1,802

 

 

 

(17,539

)

 

 

5,962

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income/(expenses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income

 

 

192

 

 

 

 

 

 

74

 

Interest and finance costs, net (Note 13)

 

 

(402

)

 

 

(1,704

)

 

 

(2,531

)

Total other income/(expenses)

 

 

(210

)

 

 

(1,704

)

 

 

(2,457

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income/(loss)

 

$

1,592

 

 

$

(19,243

)

 

$

3,505

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income/(loss)

 

$

1,592

 

 

$

(19,243

)

 

$

3,505

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings/(losses) per common share, basic

 

$

0.09

 

 

$

(1.05

)

 

$

0.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings/(losses) per common share, diluted

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

0.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares, basic

 

 

18,244,671

 

 

 

18,244,671

 

 

 

18,244,671

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares, diluted

 

 

18,244,671

 

 

 

18,244,671

 

 

 

18,277,893

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F-4


 

PYXIS TANKERS INC.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Par

 

 

paid-in

 

 

Retained Earnings /

 

 

Stockholders'

 

 

 

# of shares

 

 

Value

 

 

capital

 

 

(Accumulated Deficit)

 

 

Equity

 

BALANCE, January 1, 2013

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

45,367

 

 

$

(1,429

)

 

$

43,938

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,592

 

 

 

1,592

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,592

 

 

 

1,592

 

Stockholder’s contributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,247

 

 

 

 

 

22,247

 

Stockholder’s re-imbursements/distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13,457

)

 

 

 

 

(13,457

)

BALANCE, December 31, 2013

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

54,157

 

 

$

163

 

 

$

54,320

 

Net  loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19,243

)

 

 

(19,243

)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19,243

)

 

 

(19,243

)

Stockholder’s contributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,824

 

 

 

 

 

18,824

 

BALANCE, December 31, 2014

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

72,981

 

 

$

(19,080

)

 

$

53,901

 

Net Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,505

 

 

 

3,505

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,505

 

 

 

3,505

 

Expenses for Merger

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,745

)

 

 

 

 

(1,745

)

Issuance of common stock

 

 

18,244,671

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

10

 

Stock compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

143

 

 

 

 

 

143

 

Stockholder’s re-imbursements/distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,248

)

 

 

 

 

(1,248

)

BALANCE, December 31, 2015

 

 

18,244,671

 

 

$

18

 

 

$

70,123

 

 

$

(15,575

)

 

$

54,566

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F-5


 

PYXIS TANKERS INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars)

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income/(loss)

 

$

1,592

 

 

$

(19,243

)

 

$

3,505

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income/(loss) to net cash from operating

   activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

4,520

 

 

 

5,446

 

 

 

5,710

 

Amortization of special survey costs

 

 

157

 

 

 

203

 

 

 

174

 

Vessel impairment charge

 

 

 

 

16,930

 

 

 

Amortization of financing costs

 

 

193

 

 

 

136

 

 

 

173

 

Stock compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

143

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Increase)/Decrease in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

 

 

(90

)

 

 

(482

)

 

 

321

 

Trade receivables

 

 

(674

)

 

 

(131

)

 

 

748

 

Prepayments and other assets

 

 

(121

)

 

 

(217

)

 

 

(107

)

Special surveys cost

 

 

 

 

(469

)

 

 

(888

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase/(Decrease) in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(256

)

 

 

328

 

 

 

532

 

Due to related parties

 

 

(412

)

 

 

3,353

 

 

 

(10

)

Hire collected in advance

 

 

900

 

 

 

(421

)

 

 

1,650

 

Accrued and other liabilities

 

 

183

 

 

 

(71

)

 

 

415

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

5,992

 

 

$

5,362

 

 

$

12,366

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advances for vessel acquisition

 

 

(29,389

)

 

 

(6,923

)

 

 

(18,766

)

Additions to vessel cost

 

 

 

 

(233

)

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

$

(29,389

)

 

$

(7,156

)

 

$

(18,766

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from long-term debt

 

 

34,800

 

 

 

 

 

21,000

 

Repayment of long-term debt

 

 

(17,801

)

 

 

(6,183

)

 

 

(6,863

)

Issuance of promissory note

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,500

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

Change in restricted cash

 

 

(887

)

 

 

5

 

 

 

(3,496

)

Proceeds from equity contributions

 

 

22,247

 

 

 

6,424

 

 

 

Paid-in capital re-imbursement/distribution

 

 

(13,457

)

 

 

 

 

(1,248

)

Payment of financing costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

(279

)

Expenses for Merger

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,745

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

$

24,902

 

 

$

246

 

 

$

9,879

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

1,505

 

 

 

(1,548

)

 

 

3,479

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

 

 

543

 

 

 

2,048

 

 

 

500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

 

$

2,048

 

 

$

500

 

 

$

3,979

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized

 

$

1,307

 

 

$

1,788

 

 

$

2,191

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

 

 

 

F-6


PYXIS TANKERS INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2014 and 2015

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

1.

Basis of Presentation and General Information:

Pyxis Tankers Inc. (the “Company” or “Pyxis”) was formed as a corporation under the laws of the Republic of Marshall Islands on March 23, 2015, for the purpose of acquiring from entities under common control 100% ownership interest in six vessel-owning companies, SECONDONE CORP. (“Secondone”), THIRDONE CORP. (“Thirdone”), FOURTHONE CORP. (“Fourthone”), SIXTHONE CORP. (“Sixthone”), SEVENTHONE CORP. (“Seventhone”) and EIGHTHONE CORP. (“Eighthone”), (collectively the “vessel-owning companies”). The vessel-owning companies were established under the laws of the Republic of Marshall Islands and are engaged in the marine transportation of liquid cargoes through the ownership and operation of tanker vessels, as listed below:

 

Vessel-owning

subsidiary

 

Incorporation

date

 

Vessel

 

DWT

 

 

Year

Built

 

Acquisition

date

Secondone

 

05/23/2007

 

Northsea Alpha

 

 

8,615

 

 

2010

 

05/28/2010

Thirdone

 

05/23/2007

 

Northsea Beta

 

 

8,647

 

 

2010

 

05/25/2010

Fourthone

 

05/30/2007

 

Pyxis Malou

 

 

50,667

 

 

2009

 

02/16/2009

Sixthone

 

01/18/2010

 

Pyxis Delta

 

 

46,616

 

 

2006

 

03/04/2010

Seventhone

 

05/31/2011

 

Pyxis Theta

 

 

51,795

 

 

2013

 

09/16/2013

Eighthone

 

02/08/2013

 

Pyxis Epsilon

 

 

50,295

 

 

2015

 

01/14/2015

 

All of the Company’s vessels are double-hulled and are engaged in the transportation of refined petroleum products and other liquid bulk items, such as, organic chemicals and vegetable oils. The vessels Northsea Alpha and Northsea Beta are smaller tanker sister ships and Pyxis Malou , Pyxis Delta , Pyxis Theta and Pyxis Epsilon , are medium-range tankers.

Prior to the consummation of the transactions discussed below, Mr. Valentios (“Eddie”) Valentis was the sole ultimate stockholder of the Company and the vessel-owning companies, holding all of their issued and outstanding share capital through MARITIME INVESTORS CORP. (“Maritime Investors”). Maritime Investors owned directly 100% of Pyxis, Secondone and Thirdone, and owned indirectly (through the intermediate holding company PYXIS HOLDINGS INC. (“Holdings”)) 100% of Fourthone, Sixthone, Seventhone and Eighthone.

On March 25, 2015, the Company caused Maritime Technologies Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), to be formed as its wholly owned subsidiary and to be a party to the agreement and plan of merger discussed below.

On April 23, 2015, the Company and Merger Sub entered into an agreement and plan of merger (the “Agreement and Plan of Merger”) (further amended on September 22, 2015) with among others, LookSmart, Ltd. (“LS”), a digital advertising solutions company listed on NASDAQ. Merger Sub served as the entity into which LS was merged in accordance with the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger”). Upon execution of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, Pyxis paid LS a cash consideration of $600.

Prior to the Merger, on October 26, 2015, Holdings and Maritime Investors transferred all of their shares in the vessel-owning companies to Pyxis as a contribution in kind, at no consideration. Since there was no change in ultimate ownership or control of the business of the vessel-owning companies, the transaction constituted a reorganization of companies under common control, and has been accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling of interests. Accordingly, upon the transfer of the assets and liabilities of the vessel-owning companies, the financial statements of the Company are presented using combined historical carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities of the vessel owning-companies and present the consolidated financial position and results of operations, as if the Company and its wholly-owned companies were consolidated for all periods presented.

On October 28, 2015, in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, LS merged with and into the Merger Sub, with Merger Sub surviving the Merger and continuing to be a wholly owned subsidiary of Pyxis.

On October 28, 2015, the Merger was consummated and the Company’s shares commenced their listing on the NASDAQ Capital Markets thereafter.

Pyxis is both the legal and accounting acquirer of LS. The acquisition by Pyxis of LS is not an acquisition of an operating company as the business of LS was spun off prior to the acquisition. As such, for accounting purposes, the Merger between Merger Sub and LS is accounted for as a capital transaction rather than as a business combination.

 

F-7


PYXIS TANKERS INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2014 and 2015

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

 

PYXIS MARITIME CORP. (“Maritime”), a corporation established under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, which is beneficially owned by Mr. Valentis, provides certain ship management services to the vessel-owning companies (Note 3). With effect from the delivery of each vessel, the crewing and technical management of the vessels were contracted to International Tanker Management Ltd. (“ITM”) with permission from Maritime. ITM is an unrelated third party technical manager, represented by its branch based in Dubai, UAE. Each agreement with ITM will continue indefinitely until terminated by either party with three months’ prior notice.

In September 2010, Secondone and Thirdone entered into commercial management agreements with North Sea Tankers BV ( NST”), an unrelated company established in the Netherlands. Pursuant to these agreements, NST provides chartering services to Northsea Alpha and Northsea Beta . The agreements with NST will continue indefinitely until terminated by either party with three months’ prior notice.

 

 

2.

Significant Accounting Policies:

(a) Principles of Consolidation: The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries (the vessel-owning companies and Merger Sub). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

Pyxis as the holding company determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity. Under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810 “Consolidation” a voting interest entity is an entity in which the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance itself independently and provides the equity holders with the obligation to absorb losses, the right to receive residual returns and the right to make financial and operating decisions. Pyxis consolidates voting interest entities in which it owns all, or at least a majority (generally, greater than 50%), of the voting interest. Variable interest entities (“VIE”) are entities as defined under ASC 810-10, that in general either do not have equity investors with voting rights or that have equity investors that do not provide sufficient financial resources for the entity to support its activities. A controlling financial interest in a VIE is present when a company absorbs a majority of an entity’s expected losses, receives a majority of an entity’s expected residual returns, or both. The company with a controlling financial interest, known as the primary beneficiary, is required to consolidate the VIE. The Company evaluates all arrangements that may include a variable interest in an entity to determine if it may be the primary beneficiary, and would be required to include assets, liabilities and operations of a VIE in its consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2015 no such interest existed.

(b) Use of Estimates: The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

(c) Comprehensive Income/(Loss): The Company follows the provisions of ASC 220 “Comprehensive Income”, which requires separate presentation of certain transactions which are recorded directly as components of equity. The Company had no transactions which affect comprehensive income/(loss) during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 and, accordingly, comprehensive income/(loss) was equal to net income/(loss).

(d) Foreign Currency Translation: The functional currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar as it operates in international shipping markets and, therefore, primarily transacts business in U.S. dollars. The Company’s accounting records are maintained in U.S. dollars. Transactions involving other currencies during the year are converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the transactions. At the balance sheet dates, monetary assets and liabilities, which are denominated in other currencies, are translated into U.S. dollars at the year-end exchange rates. Resulting gains or losses are included in Vessel operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income/(loss). All amounts in the financial statements are presented in thousand U.S. dollars rounded at the nearest thousand.

F-8


PYXIS TANKERS INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2014 and 2015

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

(e) Commitments and Contingencies: Provisions are recognized when: the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events; it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation; and a reliable estimate of the amount of the obligation can be made. Provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date.

(f) Insurance Claims Receivable: The Company records insurance claim recoveries for insured losses incurred on damage to fixed assets and for insured crew medical expenses. Insurance claim recoveries are recorded, net of any deductible amounts, at the time the Company’s fixed assets suffer insured damages or when crew medical expenses are incurred, recovery is probable under the related insurance policies and the claim is not subject to litigation.

(g) Concentration of Credit Risk: Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents, consisting mostly of deposits, with qualified financial institutions with high creditworthiness. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative creditworthiness of those financial institutions that are considered in the Company’s investment strategy. The Company limits its credit risk with accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral for its accounts receivable.

(h) Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash: The Company considers highly liquid investments such as time deposits and certificates of deposit with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Restricted cash is associated with pledged retention accounts in connection with the loan repayments and minimum liquidity requirements under the loan agreements discussed in Note 8 and is presented separately in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

(i) Income Taxation: Under the laws of the countries of incorporation of the vessel owning companies’ and/or the vessels’ registration, the vessel owning companies are not liable for any income tax on their income derived from shipping operations. Instead, a tax is levied based on the tonnage of the vessels, which is included in Vessel operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income / (loss). The vessel owning companies with vessels that have called on the United States during the relevant year of operation are obliged to file tax returns with the Internal Revenue Service. The applicable tax is 50% of 4% of U.S. related gross transportation income unless an exemption applies. Management believes that based on current legislation the relevant vessel owning companies are entitled to an exemption because they satisfy the relevant requirements, namely that (i) the related vessel owning companies are incorporated in a jurisdiction granting an equivalent exemption to U.S. corporations and (ii) over 50% of the ultimate stockholders of the vessel owning companies are residents of a country granting an equivalent exemption to U.S. persons.

(j) Inventories: Inventories consist of lubricants and bunkers on board, which are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined by the first in, first out method.

(k) Trade Receivables: The amount shown as receivables, at each balance sheet date, includes receivables from charterers for hire, freight and demurrage billings, net of a provision for doubtful accounts, if any. At each balance sheet date, all potentially uncollectible accounts are assessed individually for purposes of determining the appropriate provision for overdue accounts receivable. The allowance for overdue accounts at December 31, 2014 and 2015 was $nil.

(l) Advances for Vessels under Construction and Related Costs: This represents amounts expended by the Company in accordance with the terms of the construction contracts for its vessels, as well as other expenses incurred directly or under a management agreement with a related party in connection with onsite supervision. The carrying value of vessels under construction represents the accumulated costs at the balance sheet date. Costs components include payments for yard installments and variation orders, commissions to a related party, construction supervision, equipment, spare parts, capitalized interest, costs related to first time mobilization and commissioning costs.

(m) Vessels, Net: Vessels are stated at cost, which consists of the contract price and any material expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition (initial repairs, improvements, delivery expenses and other expenditures to prepare the vessel for her initial voyage, as well as professional fees directly associated with the vessel acquisition). Subsequent expenditures for major improvements are also capitalized when they appreciably extend the life, increase the earning capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessels; otherwise, these amounts are charged to expenses as incurred. Amounts paid to sellers of vessels as advances and for other costs related with the acquisition of a vessel are included in Advances for vessel acquisitions in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets until the date the vessel is delivered to the Company, when the amounts are transferred to Vessels, net.

F-9


PYXIS TANKERS INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2014 and 2015

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

The cost of each of the Company’s vessels is depreciated from the date of acquisition on a straight-line basis over the vessels’ remaining estimated economic useful life, after considering the estimated residual value. A vessel’s residual value is equal to the product of its lightweight tonnage and estimated scrap rate of $0.300 per ton. Management estimates the useful life of the Company’s vessels to be 25 years from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard. When regulations place limitations over the ability of a vessel to trade on a worldwide basis, its remaining useful life is adjusted at the date such regulations are adopted.

(n) Impairment of Long Lived Assets: The Company reviews its long lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company concluded that the economic and market conditions, including the significant disruptions in the global credit markets in the prior years, had broad effects on participants in a wide variety of industries. Time charter rates and charter free vessel values remained at depressed levels during 2014 as reduced demand for transportation services occurred during a time of increased supply of vessels, conditions that were considered to be indicators of possible impairment. As a result, the Company performed an impairment assessment of the Company’s long lived assets by comparing the undiscounted projected net operating cash flows for each vessel to its respective carrying value.

In developing estimates of future undiscounted cash flows, the Company makes assumptions and estimates about the vessels’ future performance, with the significant assumptions relating to time charter rates, vessels’ operating expenses, vessels’ capital expenditures, vessels’ residual value, fleet utilization and the estimated remaining useful life of each vessel. The assumptions used to develop estimates of future undiscounted cash flows are based on historical trends as well as future expectations.

To the extent impairment indicators are present, the projected net operating cash flows are determined by considering the charter revenues from existing time charters for the fixed fleet days and an estimated daily time charter rate for the unfixed days (based on the most recent seven year historical average rates, over the remaining estimated useful life of the vessels), expected outflows for vessels’ operating expenses assuming an annual inflation rate of 2.50% (in line with the average world Consumer Price Index forecasted), planned dry-docking and special survey expenditures, management fees expenditures which are adjusted every year, after December 31, 2014, pursuant to the Company’s existing group management agreement, and fleet utilization of 98.6% (excluding the scheduled off-hire days for planned dry-dockings and vessel surveys which are determined separately ranging from five days for intermediate and up to 20 days for special surveys depending on the size and age of each vessel) based on historical experience.

The salvage value used in the impairment test is estimated to be approximately $0.300 per light weight ton in accordance with the vessels’ depreciation policy. The Company’s assessment concluded that measurement of impairment was required for one vessel as of December 31, 2014. As the undiscounted projected net operating cash flows for one vessel exceeded its carrying value, the Company obtained valuations from two independent ship brokers to determine the market value of the vessel based on which an impairment loss of $16,930, was recorded as of December 31, 2014, of which $16,530 was charged against Vessels, net and $400 against Deferred charges, net (Note 6 and Note 7).

As of December 31, 2015, the Company obtained market valuations for all its vessels from reputable marine appraisers, each of which exceeded the carrying value of the respective vessel, except the Northsea Alpha and the Northsea Beta, for which the market values were $330 and $201 lower than their net book values as of December 31, 2015, respectively. In this respect, the Company performed an impairment analysis to estimate the future undiscounted cash flows for each of these small tankers, using the same assumptions with the impairment test performed as of December 31, 2014. The analysis resulted in higher undiscounted cash flows than each vessel’s carrying value as of December 31, 2015 and accordingly, no adjustment to the vessels’ carrying values was required.

(o) Accounting for Special Survey and Drydocking Costs: The Company follows the deferral method of accounting for special survey and drydocking costs, whereby actual costs incurred at the yard and parts used in the drydocking or special survey, are deferred and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the period through the date the next survey is scheduled to become due. Costs deferred are limited to actual costs incurred at the shipyard and costs incurred in the dry-docking or special survey. If a drydock or a survey is performed prior to the scheduled date, the remaining unamortized balances of the previous drydock and survey are immediately written off. Unamortized drydock and survey balances of vessels that are sold are written off and included in the calculation of the resulting gain or loss in the period of the vessel’s sale.

(p) Financing Costs: Costs associated with new loans or refinancing of existing loans, including fees paid to lenders or required to be paid to third parties on the lender’s behalf for obtaining new loans or refinancing existing loans, are recorded as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the debt liability. Such costs are deferred and amortized to Interest and finance costs in the consolidated

F-10


PYXIS TANKERS INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2014 and 2015

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

statements of comprehensive income/(loss) during the life of the related debt using the effective interest method. Unamortized costs relating to loans repaid or refinanced, meeting the criteria of debt extinguishment, are expensed in the period the repayment or refinancing is made. Commitment fees relating to undrawn loan principal are expensed as incurred. Upon adoption, of the new guidance the Company adjusted all prior periods presented in the consolidated financial statements.  

ASU No. 2015-03 is effective for public business entities for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Upon adoption, an entity must apply the new guidance retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. Early adoption is permitted. The Company early adopted the new guidance for the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015 and thus presented deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization as a reduction of long-term debt. In order to conform with the current period presentation, the Company has reclassified deferred financing costs, net from Deferred Charges and has decreased the amount of Current portion of long-term debt by $134 and the amount of Long-term portion of long-term debt by $303 on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2014 (Note 8). This reclassification has no impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows and net assets for any period.

(q) Revenue and Related Expenses: The Company generates its revenues from charterers for the charter hire of its vessels. Vessels are chartered using primarily either spot charters, where a contract is made in the spot market for the use of a vessel for a specific voyage for a specified charter rate, or time charters, where a contract is entered into for the use of a vessel for a specific period of time and a specified daily charter hire rate. If a charter agreement exists and collection of the related revenue is reasonably assured, revenue is recognized as it is earned ratably during the duration of the period of each spot or time charter. Revenues from time charter agreements providing for varying annual rates are accounted for as operating leases and thus recognized on a straight line basis over the term of the time charter as service is performed.  A voyage is deemed to commence upon the completion of discharge of the vessel’s previous cargo and is deemed to end upon the completion of discharge of the current cargo. Demurrage income represents payments by a charterer to a vessel owner when loading or discharging time exceeds the stipulated time in the spot charter and is recognized ratably as earned during the related spot charter’s duration period. Hire collected in advance includes cash received prior to the balance sheet date and is related to revenue earned after such date.

Voyage expenses, primarily consisting of commissions, port, canal and bunker expenses that are unique to a particular charter, are paid for by the charterer under time charter arrangements or by the Company under spot charter arrangements, except for commissions, which are always paid for by the Company, regardless of the charter type. All voyage and vessel operating expenses are expensed as incurred, except for commissions. Commissions are deferred and amortized over the related voyage period in a charter to the extent revenue has been deferred since commissions are earned as the Company’s revenues are earned.

Revenues for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, deriving from significant charterers individually accounting for 10% or more of revenues (in percentages of total revenues), were as follows:

 

Charterer

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

A

 

 

 

 

7

%

 

 

18

%

B

 

 

 

 

21

%

 

 

17

%

C

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

%

D

 

 

36

%

 

 

 

 

E

 

 

22

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

58.0

%

 

 

28.0

%

 

 

52.0

%

 

(r) Fair Value Measurements: The Company follows the provisions of ASU 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, which defines and provides guidance as to the measurement of fair value. This standard creates a hierarchy of measurement and indicates that, when possible, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority (Level 1) to quoted prices in active markets and the lowest priority (Level 3) to unobservable data, for example, the reporting entity’s own data. Under the standard, fair value measurements are separately disclosed by level within the fair value hierarchy (Note 11).

(s) Segment Reporting: The Company reports financial information and evaluates its operations by charter revenues and not by the length of ship employment for its customers, i.e., spot or time charters. The Company does not use discrete financial information to evaluate the operating results for each such type of charter. Although revenue can be identified for these types of charters, management cannot and does not identify expenses, profitability or other financial information for these charters. Furthermore, when

F-11


PYXIS TANKERS INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2014 and 2015

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

the Company charters a vessel to a charterer, the charterer is free to trade the vessel worldwide (subject to certain agreed exclusions) and, as a result, the disclosure of geographic information is impracticable. As a result, management, reviews operating results solely by revenue per day and operating results of the fleet and thus the Company has determined that it operates under one reportable segment.  

(t) Earnings/(losses) per Share: Basic earnings/(losses) per share are computed by dividing net income attributable to common equity holders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. The computation of diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised and is performed using the treasury stock method.  

(u) Stock Compensation:  The Company has a stock based incentive plan that covers directors and officers of the Company and its affiliates and its consultants and service providers. Awards granted are valued at fair value and compensation cost is recognized on a straight line basis, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period of each award. The fair value of restricted stock awarded to directors and officers of the Company at the grant date is equal to the closing stock price on that date and is amortized over the applicable vesting period using the straight-line method. The fair value of restricted stock awarded to non-employees is equal to the closing stock price at the grant date adjusted by the closing stock price at each reporting date and is amortized over the applicable performance period.

(v) New accounting pronouncements are discussed below:

(i) Revenue from Contracts with Customers : In May 2014, FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) (collectively, the “Boards”) jointly issued a standard that will supersede virtually all of the existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The standard establishes a five-step model that will apply to revenue earned from a contract with a customer (with limited exceptions), regardless of the type of revenue transaction or the industry. The standard’s requirements will also apply to the recognition and measurement of gains and losses on the sale of some non-financial assets that are not an output of the entity’s ordinary activities (e.g., sales of property, plant and equipment or intangibles). Extensive disclosures will be required, including disaggregation of total revenue, information about performance obligations, changes in contract asset and liability account balances between periods, and key judgments and estimates.

The guidance in ASU 2014-09 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition”, and most industry-specific guidance throughout the Industry Topics of the Codification. Additionally, this ASU supersedes some cost guidance included in Subtopic 605-35, “Revenue Recognition—Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts”. In addition, the existing requirements for the recognition of a gain or loss on the transfer of nonfinancial assets that are not in a contract with a customer are amended to be consistent with the guidance on recognition and measurement (including the constraint on revenue) in this ASU. In August 2015, the FASB deferred by one year the effective date of the new guidance. The new revenue recognition standard will be effective for public business entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Nonpublic entities will be required to adopt the standard for annual reporting periods beginning after 15 December 2018, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Public and nonpublic entities will be permitted to adopt the standard as early as the original public entity effective date (i.e., annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods therein). Early adoption prior to that date will not be permitted. Management is in the process of assessing the impact of the new standard on the Company’s consolidated financial position and performance.

(ii) Going Concern: In August 2014, FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15 – “Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern”. ASU 2014-15 provides guidance about management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. ASU 2014-15 requires an entity’s management to evaluate at each reporting period based on the relevant conditions and events that are known at the date when financial statements are issued, whether there are conditions or events, that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued and to disclose the necessary information. ASU 2014-15 is effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. Management is in the process of assessing the impact of the new standard on the Company’s consolidated financial position and performance.

(iii) Inventory: In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, “Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory”. ASU 2015-11 simplifies the subsequent measurement of inventory by replacing today’s lower of cost or market test with a lower of cost and net realizable

F-12


PYXIS TANKERS INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2014 and 2015

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

value test. The guidance applies only to inventories for which cost is determined by methods other than last-in first-out (“LIFO”) and the retail inventory method (“RIM”). Entities that use LIFO or RIM will continue to use existing impairment models. The guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, and the new guidance must be applied prospectively after the date of adoption. Management is in the process of assessing the impact of the new standard on the Company’s consolidated financial position and performance.  

(iv) Income Statement—Extraordinary and Unusual Items:  In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-01 “Income Statement—Extraordinary and Unusual Items: Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items”. The concept of extraordinary items is removed and instead items that are both unusual in nature and infrequently occurring should be presented within income from continuing operations or disclosed in notes to financial statements because those items satisfy the conditions for an item that is unusual in nature or infrequently occurring. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted, but adoption must occur at the beginning of a fiscal year. Companies can elect to apply the guidance either prospectively or retrospectively. Management is in the process of assessing the impact of the new standard on the Company’s consolidated financial position and performance.

(v) Consolidation : In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02 “Consolidation (Topic 810), Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis.” The guidance eliminates the deferral of FAS 167, which has allowed entities with interests in certain investment funds to follow the previous consolidation guidance in FIN 46(R), and makes other changes to both the variable interest model and the voting model. While the guidance is aimed at asset managers, it will affect all reporting entities that have variable interests in other legal entities (e.g., limited partnerships, similar entities and certain corporations). In some cases, consolidation conclusions will change. In other cases, reporting entities will need to provide additional disclosures about entities that currently aren’t considered variable interest entities (VIEs) but will be considered VIEs under the new guidance provided they have a variable interest in those VIEs. The guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. For other entities, it is effective for fiscal years beginning after  December 15, 2016, and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. A reporting entity must apply the amendments using a modified retrospective approach by recording a cumulative-effect adjustment to equity as of the beginning of the period of adoption or apply the amendments retrospectively. Management is in the process of assessing the impact of the new standard on the Company’s consolidated financial position and performance.

 

(vi) Leases: In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 Leases (Topic 842) which provides new guidance related to accounting for leases and supersedes existing U.S. GAAP on lease accounting. The ASU will require organizations that lease assets to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases, unless the lease is a short term lease. Public business entities should apply the amendments in ASU 2016-02 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted for all public business entities upon issuance. Lessees (for capital and operating leases) and lessors (for sales-type, direct financing, and operating leases) must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees and lessors may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. Management is in the process of assessing the impact of the new standard on the Company’s consolidated financial position and performance.

 

 

3.

Transactions with Related Parties:

The Company uses the services of Maritime, a ship management company with its principal office in Greece and an office in the U.S.A. Maritime is engaged under separate management agreements directly by the Company’s respective subsidiaries to provide a wide range of shipping services, including but not limited to, chartering (other than for the Northsea Alpha and the Northsea Beta , which is performed by NST), sale and purchase, insurance, operations and dry-docking and construction supervision, all provided at a fixed daily fee per vessel. For the ship management services, Maritime charges a fee payable by each subsidiary of $0.325 per day per vessel, while the vessel is in operation including any pool arrangements (out of which a fee of Euro 151 per day was paid to NST with respect to vessels Northsea Alpha and Northsea Beta for which chartering was contracted to NST) and $0.450 per day per vessel while the vessel is under construction, as well as an additional daily fee (which is dependent on the seniority of the personnel) to cover the cost of engineers employed to conduct the supervision of the newbuilding (collectively the “ship-management fees”).

F-13


PYXIS TANKERS INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2014 and 2015

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

In addition, Maritime charges the Company a commission of 1.25% on all charter hire agreements arranged by Maritime.

The management agreements for the vessels Northsea Alpha , Northsea Beta and Pyxis Delta will continue until December 31, 2015, for Pyxis Theta until December 31, 2017 and for the Pyxis Epsilon and the Pyxis Malou until December 31, 2018. Thereafter, all management agreements will continue until terminated by either party on three months’ notice.

On October 14, 2015, the vessel owning companies amended and restated their management agreements with Maritime to provide that the post-delivery management fees will be $0.160 per day as long as the chartering services are subcontracted to NST.

Following their initial expiration date, the amended management agreements will be renewed for consecutive five year periods.

Under a Head Management Agreement (the “Head Management Agreement”) with Maritime that commenced on March 23, 2015 and will continue until March 23, 2020 (unless terminated by either party on 90 days’ notice), Maritime provides administrative services to the Company, which include, among other, the provision of the services of Pyxis’ Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President of Corporate Development, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, Chief Operating Officer, one or more internal auditor(s) and a secretary, as well as use of office space in Maritime’s premises. Under the Head Management Agreement, Pyxis pays Maritime a fixed fee of $1,600 annually (the “administration fees”). On August 5, 2015, the Company amended and restated its Head Management Agreement with Maritime to provide that in the event of a change of control of the Company during the management period or within 12 months after the early termination of the Head Management Agreement, then the Company will pay to Maritime an amount equal to 2.5 times the then annual administration fees.

The ship-management fees and the administration fees will be adjusted annually according to the official inflation rate in Greece or such other country where Maritime was headquartered during the preceding year.

The fees charged by Maritime during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, totaled $1,150, $1,102 and $2,153, respectively. Of these amounts, (i) $468, $611 and $577 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, are separately reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income/(loss) as Management fees, related parties, (ii) $503, $255 and $10 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, which relate to the supervision costs during the vessels construction period and commission on the acquisition of the vessels are included as a component of Vessels, net, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (Note 6), (iii) $179, $236 and $321 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, are included in Voyage related costs and commissions in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income/(loss) and (iv) $1,245 for the year ended December 31, 2015, is included in the accompanying consolidated statement of comprehensive income in General and administrative expenses. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, no commissions on revenues from charter hire agreements relating to Northsea Alpha and Northsea Beta were charged by Maritime, since Secondone and Thirdone have entered into separate commercial management agreements with NST, discussed in Note 1 above.

On April 23, 2015, the Company issued a promissory note amounting to $625 (the “Note”) in favor of Maritime Investors. The Note was issued in return for the payment of $600 by Maritime Investors to LS on behalf of Pyxis, representing the cash consideration of the Merger. The remaining balance of the Note covered miscellaneous transaction costs. On October 28, 2015, Pyxis and Maritime Investors agreed to replace the existing Note of $625 with a new promissory note of $2,500, payable on January 15, 2017. The additional amount of $1,875 was provided in lieu of additional, newly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Pyxis common stock, in accordance with the terms of the amended Agreement and Plan of Merger (Note 1). The new promissory note bears an interest rate of 2.75% per annum payable quarterly in arrears in cash or additional Pyxis shares, at a price per Pyxis share based on a five day volume weighted average price, at Pyxis’ discretion. As of December 31, 2015, the amount of $2,500 is separately reflected in the consolidated balance sheet under non-current liabilities.

Accrued interest for the period from the replacement date of the Note until December 31, 2015, amounted to $12, and is included in Interest and finance costs, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2015.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, the balances due to Maritime were $131 and $121, respectively and are included in Due to related parties in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The balances with Maritime are interest free and with no specific repayment terms.

 

F-14


PYXIS TANKERS INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2014 and 2015

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

 

4.

Inventories:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2014 and 2015 are analyzed as follows:

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Lubricants

 

 

643

 

 

 

583

 

Bunkers

 

 

261

 

 

 

Total

 

 

904

 

 

 

583

 

 

 

5.

Advances for Vessel Acquisition:

On October 6, 2011, Seventhone contracted with a shipyard for the construction and purchase of a newbuilding vessel ( Pyxis Theta ) at a contract price of $37,100. The vessel was delivered to Seventhone on September 16, 2013 at cost of $38,155 (Note 6).

On February 28, 2013, Eighthone contracted with a shipyard for the construction and purchase of a newbuilding vessel ( Pyxis Epsilon ) at a contract price of $32,200. The vessel was delivered on January 14, 2015.

The amounts shown in the accompanying 2014 consolidated balance sheet includes payments to the shipyard, capitalized commissions, management fees and fees for supervision services from Maritime and capitalized interest cost.

The movement of the account in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2014 and 2015 is as follows:

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Beginning balance

 

 

15,571

 

 

 

6,805

 

 

 

13,728

 

Pre-delivery installments and other vessel equipment

 

 

28,580

 

 

 

6,440

 

 

 

18,743

 

Supervision fees - related parties (Note 3)

 

 

181

 

 

 

255

 

 

 

10

 

Capitalised interest (Note 13)

 

 

306

 

 

 

228

 

 

 

13

 

Purchase commission – related parties (Note 3)

 

 

322

 

 

 

 

 

Transferred to vessel cost (Note 6)

 

 

(38,155

)

 

 

 

 

(32,494

)

Total

 

 

6,805

 

 

 

13,728

 

 

 

 

The amount of $28,580 comprises payments towards the Pyxis Theta for various equipment of $83 and installments paid to the shipyard of $22,057, following price adjustment of $263, concerning compensation for the vessel’s late delivery and items not delivered by the shipyard and payments towards Hull S-1153 ( Pyxis Epsilon ) of $6,440.

 

The amount of $18,743 refers to the delivery installment for the Pyxis Epsilon paid to the shipyard of $19,320, net of $550, concerning compensation for the vessel’s late delivery and a final credit to the Company of $27.

 

 

F-15


PYXIS TANKERS INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2014 and 2015

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

6.

Vessels, net:  

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 

 

 

Vessel

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Net Book

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

Value

 

Balance January 1, 2013

 

 

105,350

 

 

 

(13,525

)

 

 

91,825

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

 

(4,520

)

 

 

(4,520

)

Transfer from advances for vessel acquisition (Note 5)

 

 

38,155

 

 

 

 

 

38,155

 

Balance December 31, 2013

 

 

143,505

 

 

 

(18,045

)

 

 

125,460

 

Additions to vessel cost

 

 

233

 

 

 

 

 

233

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

 

(5,446

)

 

 

(5,446

)

Vessel impairment charge

 

 

(16,530

)

 

 

 

 

(16,530

)

Balance December 31, 2014

 

 

127,208

 

 

 

(23,491

)

 

 

103,717

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

 

(5,710

)

 

 

(5,710

)

Transfer from advances for vessel acquisition (Note 5)

 

 

32,494

 

 

 

 

 

32,494

 

Balance December 31, 2015

 

 

159,702

 

 

 

(29,201

)

 

 

130,501

 

 

Seventhone took delivery of the Pyxis Theta on September 16, 2013. As a result, $36,920 of advances paid to the shipyard together with $1,235 of capitalized costs (out of which $22,141 and $444, respectively, were incurred during the year ended December 31, 2013), were transferred from Advances for vessel acquisition to Vessels, net.

 

Eighthone took delivery of the Pyxis Epsilon on January 14, 2015. As a result, $31,623 of advances paid to the shipyard together with $871 of capitalized costs (out of which $18,743 and $23, respectively, were incurred during the year ended December 31, 2015), were transferred from Advances for vessel acquisition to Vessels, net.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company reviewed the carrying amount in connection with the estimated recoverable amount for each of its vessels. This review indicated that such carrying amount was not fully recoverable for the Company’s vessel Pyxis Malou . Consequently the carrying value of this vessel was written down resulting in total impairment charge of $16,930, of which $16,530 was charged against Vessels, net, based on level 3 inputs of the fair value hierarchy, as determined by management taking into consideration valuations from independent marine brokers.

All of the Company’s vessels have been pledged as collateral to secure the bank loans discussed in Note 8.

 

 

7.

Deferred Charges:

The movement in Deferred charges in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

 

 

 

Special Survey

 

 

 

Costs

 

Balance January 1, 2013

 

 

413

 

Amortization

 

 

(157

)

Balance, December 31, 2013

 

 

256

 

Additions

 

 

469

 

Amortization

 

 

(203

)

Impairment charge

 

 

(400

)

Balance, December 31, 2014

 

 

122

 

Additions

 

 

888

 

Amortization

 

 

(174

)

Balance, December 31, 2015

 

 

836

 

 

The amortization of the special survey costs is separately reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income/(loss).

F-16


PYXIS TANKERS INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2014 and 2015

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

Impairment charge of $400 relates to the impairment of the Pyxis Malou as of December 31, 2014 discussed in Note 2 and Note 6.

 

 

8.

Long-term Debt:

The amounts shown in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2014 and 2015 are analyzed as follows:

 

Vessel (Borrower)

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

(a) Northsea Alpha (Secondone)

 

 

5,728

 

 

 

5,268

 

(a) Northsea Beta (Thirdone)

 

 

5,728

 

 

 

5,268

 

(b) Pyxis Malou (Fourthone)

 

 

24,630

 

 

 

22,490

 

(c) Pyxis Delta (Sixthone)

 

 

11,137

 

 

 

9,787

 

(c) Pyxis Theta (Seventhone)

 

 

19,734

 

 

 

18,481

 

(d) Pyxis Epsilon (Eighthone)

 

 

 

 

19,800

 

Total

 

 

66,957

 

 

 

81,094

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion

 

 

5,663

 

 

 

7,263

 

Less: Current portion of deferred financing costs

 

 

(134

)

 

 

(168

)

Current portion of long-term debt, net

 

 

5,529

 

 

 

7,095

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term portion

 

 

61,294

 

 

 

73,831

 

Less: Non current portion of deferred financing costs

 

 

(303

)

 

 

(375

)

Long-term debt, net of current portion

 

 

60,991

 

 

 

73,456

 

 

(a)

In September 2007, Secondone and Thirdone jointly entered into a loan agreement with a financial institution for an amount of up to $24,560, in order to partly finance the acquisition cost of the vessels Northsea Alpha and Northsea Beta .

For each of Secondone and Thirdone, the outstanding balance of the loan at December 31, 2015 of $5,268, is repayable in nine semiannual installments of $230 each, the first falling due in February 2016, and the last installment accompanied by a balloon payment of $3,198 falling due in May 2020.

The loan is secured by a first priority mortgage over the two vessels, a first priority assignment of the vessels’ insurances and earnings and by a corporate guarantee. The loan agreement contains customary ship finance covenants including restrictions as to changes in management and ownership of the vessels, as well as a requirement that the minimum security cover (“MSC”) be at least 133% of the respective outstanding loan balance for each of the vessels.

On October 23, 2015, Secondone and Thirdone entered into a supplemental agreement to their loan agreement (see Note 8(b) herein).

(b)

Based on a loan agreement concluded on December 12, 2008, in February 2009, Fourthone borrowed $41,600 in order to partly finance the acquisition cost of the Pyxis Malou .

As of December 31, 2014, Fourthone was not in compliance with its loan covenant related to the MSC ratio. The covenant required Fourthone to maintain a market value of Pyxis Malou of at least 125% of its balance under the loan agreement. As of December 31, 2014, no waiver had been obtained for this non-compliance and, accordingly, the bank had the right to require Fourthone, within 30 business days from the date of the written demand of the bank, to either prepay the loan in such amount as may be necessary to cause the market value of the vessel to equal or exceed the MSC ratio or provide such additional collateral as may be acceptable to the bank to bring Fourthone into compliance with the required MSC ratio. In accordance with a letter received by the lending bank of Secondone, Thirdone and Fourthone on March 23, 2015, Fourthone, was not required to make any deficiency payment, subject to certain changes to the loan agreements with these vessel-owning companies. Accordingly, on October 23, 2015, Fourthone also concluded a supplemental agreement to its loan agreement.

F-17


PYXIS TANKERS INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2014 and 2015

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

T he terms of the supplemental agreement s with Secondone, Thirdone and Fourthone  and the respective new security documents provide among other things, as follows:

 

i.

the margins under the loan agreements were increased to 1.75% p.a.,

 

ii.

Fourthone’s outstanding loan balance of $22,490 as of December 31, 2015, will be repaid in nine consecutive semi-annual instalments of $1,070 each, plus a balloon instalment of $12,860 on May 31, 2020,

 

iii.

a second priority mortgage was registered over the Northsea Alpha and the Northsea Beta,

 

iv.

Maritime was released as the corporate guarantor and was replaced by Pyxis, and

 

v .

Pyxis undertakes to maintain on each of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, minimum cash deposits at the higher of $4,500 or $750 per vessel in its fleet. On each of June 30, September 30, December 31 and March 31 of each year thereafter, Pyxis undertakes to maintain minimum cash deposits at the higher of $5,000 or $750 per vessel in its fleet, of which $2,500 shall be freely available and unencumbered cash under deposit by Pyxis. At any time that the number of vessels in the fleet exceeds ten, the minimum cash requirement shall be reduced to an amount of $500, for each vessel in the fleet that exceeds ten.

(c)

In March 2010, Sixthone borrowed $15,000 in order to partly finance the acquisition cost of the Pyxis Delta . The outstanding balance of the loan at January 29, 2013 of $11,371, was fully prepaid using proceeds received from a capital contribution and existing available cash, at a discount on the then outstanding amount (Note 9). Savings of $1,114 is reflected under interest and finance costs in the 2013 consolidated statement of comprehensive income (Note 13). On October 12, 2012, Sixthone and Seventhone, concluded as joint and several borrowers a loan agreement with a financial institution in order to partly finance the acquisition and construction cost of: (i) the Pyxis Delta (Tranche A: up to the lesser of $16,000 and 60% of the market value of the Pyxis Delta ) and (ii) the Pyxis Theta (Tranche B: up to the lesser of $21,300 and 60% of the initial market value of the Pyxis Theta ). On February 13, 2013, Sixthone and Seventhone entered into a supplemental agreement with the bank to revise Tranche A to an amount of up to $14,000. The amount drawn down by Sixthone associated with Tranche A on February 15, 2013, was $13,500. On September 9, 2013, Seventhone drew down $21,300 associated with Tranche B.

For both Tranches A and B, the tenor is five years but in no event later than June 30, 2017 for Tranche A and January 31, 2019 for Tranche B. The loan bears interest at three month LIBOR plus a margin of 3.35% per annum, payable quarterly. As of December 31, 2015, the outstanding balance of Tranche A of $9,787 corresponding to Sixthone, is repayable in six quarterly installments of $338 each, the first falling due in February 2016, and the last together with a balloon payment of $7,759 falling due in May 2017. As of December 31, 2015, the outstanding balance of Tranche B of $18,481 corresponding to Seventhone, is repayable in 11 quarterly installments of $313 each, the first falling due in March 2016 and the last together with a balloon payment of $15,038 falling due in September 2018.

The loan is secured by a first priority mortgage over the two vessels, a first priority assignment of the vessels’ insurances and earnings and by a corporate guarantee. The loan agreement contains customary ship finance covenants including restrictions as to changes in management and ownership of the vessels, as well as a requirement that the “MSC” be at least 130% of the respective outstanding loan balance for each of the vessels. In addition, the loan includes the maintenance of minimum deposits with the bank of $1,000 and the maintenance of a maximum corporate leverage ratio, requiring the ratio of total liabilities over the market value of the group’s adjusted total assets (total assets adjusted to reflect the market value of all group vessels) not to exceed 65% in the relevant year.

On October 23, 2015, Sixthone and Seventhone concluded a supplemental agreement to their loan agreement, according to which Holdings was released as the corporate guarantor and was replaced by Pyxis.

(d)

Based on a loan agreement concluded on January 12, 2015, Eighthone borrowed $21,000 on the same date in order to partly finance the construction cost of the Pyxis Epsilon . The loan bears interest at three month LIBOR plus a margin of 2.9% per annum, payable quarterly. The outstanding balance of the loan at December 31, 2015, of $19,800 is repayable in five quarterly installments of $400 each, the first falling due in January 2016, followed by 20 quarterly installments of $300 each, the last together with a balloon payment of $11,800 falling due in January 2022.

Among others, the loan contains a minimum liquidity requirement for the group of companies owned by the corporate guarantor, of at least the higher of: i) $750 multiplied by the number of vessels owned by Pyxis’ subsidiaries and ii) during Pyxis’ first two financial quarters following its listing on NASDAQ, debt service for the following three months and thereafter, debt service for the following six months.

F-18


PYXIS TANKERS INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2014 and 2015

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

In addition, the loan includes the maintenance of a maximum corporate leverage ratio, requiring the ratio of total liabilities over the market value of the group’s adjusted total assets (total assets adjusted to reflect the market value of all group vessels) not to exceed 75% in the relevant year .

On October 23, 2015, Eighthone concluded a supplemental loan agreement, according to which Holdings was released as the corporate guarantor and was replaced by Pyxis.

Each loan is secured by a first priority mortgage over the respective vessel and a first priority assignment of the vessel’s insurances and earnings. Each loan agreement contains customary ship finance covenants including restrictions as to changes in management and ownership of the vessel, in dividends distribution when certain financial ratios are not met, as well as requirements regarding MSC ratios.

The annual principal payments required to be made after December 31, 2015, are as follows:

 

Year ending December 31,

 

Amount

 

2016

 

 

7,263

 

2017

 

 

14,050

 

2018

 

 

20,235

 

2019

 

 

4,260

 

2020

 

 

21,986

 

2021 and thereafter

 

 

13,300

 

Total

 

 

81,094

 

 

Total interest expense on long-term debt for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, amounted to $1,460, $1,796 and $2,359, respectively, and is included in Interest and finance costs, net (Note 13) in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income/(loss). Of the above amounts $306, $228 and $13 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, were capitalized and are included in Advances for vessels acquisition and Vessels, net, respectively. The Company’s weighted average interest rate (including the margin) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, was 2.40%, 2.57% and 2.78% per annum, respectively.

 

 

9.

Common Stock Equity of Contributed Entities and Additional Paid-In Capital:

The Company’s authorized common and preferred stock consists of 450,000,000 common shares and 50,000,000 preferred shares with a par value of USD 0.001 per share, out of which 10,000,000 common shares were issued to Maritime Investors upon formation of Pyxis.

In connection with the Merger and as provided in the Agreement and Plan of Merger, the Company further issued: i) to Maritime Investors, 7,002,445 common “true-up” shares following the transfer of the shares of the vessel-owning companies to Pyxis and ii) to LS shareholders and Maxim Group LLC (Pyxis’ financial advisor), 931,761 and 310,465 common shares, respectively. In connection with the closing of the Merger, each post-split common share of LS was cancelled and was exchanged for the right to receive 1.0667 shares of Pyxis common stock.

The amounts shown in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as Additional paid-in capital represent contributions made by the stockholders at various dates to finance vessel acquisitions in excess of the amounts of bank loans obtained and advances for working capital purposes, net of subsequent distributions primarily from re-imbursement of certain payments to shipyards in respect to the construction of new-built vessels.

The capital contributions for 2013 of $22,247 consist of $5,550 representing the fourth installment payment for the construction of the Pyxis Theta , $6,440 representing the first and second installment payments for the construction of the Pyxis Epsilon (Note 5) and $10,257 relating to the early repayment of the outstanding principal under the loan discussed in Note 8(c) above.

The capital contributions for 2014 of $18,824 consist of $6,424 representing the third and fourth installment payments for the construction of the Pyxis Epsilon (Note 5) and of $12,400 representing amounts due to Maritime which Holdings undertook the obligation to pay.

F-19


PYXIS TANKERS INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2014 and 2015

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

In addition, paid-in capital includes transaction costs relating to the Merger of $3,080, comprising: i) the fees charged by Pyxis’ legal advisors, consultants and auditors, totaling to $820, ii) $625 representing the cash consideration to LS shareholders upon execution of the Merger and miscellaneous transactional costs and iii) an aggregate $1,635 fee due to Maxim Group LLC, of which $300 was paid in cash and $1,335 was compensated through the issuance of restricted stock (i.e., 310,465 Pyxis’ common shares) at the date of the Merger and accounted for as transaction cost. The aforementioned transaction costs totaling to $1,745 payable in cash were recognized in equity.

On October 28, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an equity incentive plan (the “EIP”), providing for the granting of share-based awards to directors, officers and employees of the Company and its affiliates and to its consultants and service providers. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock of the Company, that may be delivered pursuant to awards granted under the EIP, shall be equal to 15% of the then issued and outstanding number of shares of common stock. On the same date the Company’s Board of Directors approved the issuance of 33,222 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock to certain of its officers. As of December 31, 2015, all such shares had vested and none were issued. The respective stock compensation recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income under General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015, amounted to $143.

Stockholder’s re-imbursements/distributions for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 amounted to $13,457, $nil and $1,248 respectively.

 

 

10.

Earnings per Common Share:

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Net income/(loss) available to common stockholders

 

 

1,592

 

 

 

(19,243

)

 

 

3,505

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

18,244,671

 

 

 

18,244,671

 

 

 

18,244,671

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dilutive effect of stock granted under the EIP

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

33,222

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares – diluted (Note 9)

 

 

18,244,671

 

 

 

18,244,671

 

 

 

18,277,893

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

 

 

0.09

 

 

 

(1.05

)

 

 

0.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.19

 

 

Basic earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, reflect retrospectively the common shares issued upon formation of Pyxis and in connection with the consummation of the Merger. Dilutive earnings per share has been adjusted to reflect the restricted shares of the Company’s common stock to certain of its officers, granted during the year ended December 31, 2015 under the Company’s EIP (Note 9).

 

 

11.

Risk Management:

The principal financial assets of the Company consist of cash and cash equivalents, amounts due from related parties and trade accounts receivable due from charterers. The principal financial liabilities of the Company consist of long-term bank loans and accounts payable and due to related parties.

Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s interest rates are calculated at LIBOR plus a margin. Long-term loans and repayment terms are described in Note 8. The Company’s exposure to market risk from changes in interest rates relates to the Company’s bank debt obligations.

F-20


PYXIS TANKERS INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2014 and 2015

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

Credit Risk

Credit risk is minimized since accounts receivable from charterers are presented net of the relevant provision for uncollectible amounts, whenever required. On the balance sheet date there were no significant concentrations on credit risk. The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of each financial asset in the balance sheet.

Currency risk

The Company’s transactions are denominated primarily in U.S. Dollars; therefore overall currency exchange risk is limited. Balances in foreign currency other than U.S. Dollars are not considered significant.

Fair Value

The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their respective approximate their respective carrying amounts due to their short term nature. The fair value of long-term bank loans with variable interest rates approximate the recorded values, generally due to their variable interest rates.

The Company at December 31, 2014, determined the fair value of one of its vessels at market value, through Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as defined in FASB guidance for Fair Value Measurements. Level 3 data are derived principally from or corroborated by unobservable data, for example brokers valuations. The Company performs such an exercise on an annual basis and whenever circumstances indicate so. All other nonfinancial assets or nonfinancial liabilities are carried at fair value at December 31, 2015.  

 

 

12.

Commitments and Contingencies:

Long-term Time Charters: Future minimum contractual charter revenues, gross of 1.25% brokerage commissions to Maritime, and of any other brokerage commissions to third parties, based on vessels committed, non-cancelable, long-term time charter contracts as of December 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

Year ending December 31,

 

Amount

 

2016

 

 

16,801

 

2017

 

 

282

 

 

 

 

17,083

 

Make Whole Right and Financial Guarantee (Note 11) : In the event that subsequent to the Merger, Pyxis completes a primary common share financing (a “Future Pyxis Offering”) at a an offering price per share (the “New Offering Price”) lower than the valuation ascribed to the share of Pyxis common stock received by the former LS stockholders pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Consideration Value”), Pyxis will be obligated to make “whole” the former LS stockholders  as of April 29, 2015 (the “Make Whole Record Date”) pursuant to which such LS stockholders will be entitled to receive additional shares of Pyxis common stock to compensate them for the difference between the New Offering Price and the Consideration Value (the “Make Whole Right”). The Make Whole Right shall only apply to the first Future Pyxis Offering following the closing of the Merger which results in gross proceeds to Pyxis of at least $5,000, excluding any proceeds received from any shares purchased or sold by Maritime Investors or its affiliates.

In addition, the Make Whole Right provides that should Pyxis fail to complete a Future Pyxis Offering within a date which is three years from the date of the closing of the Merger, each former LS stockholder who has held his Pyxis shares continuously from the date of the Make Whole Record Date (the “Legacy LS Stockholders”) until the expiration of such three year period, will have a 24-hour option (the “Put Period”) to require Pyxis to purchase from such Legacy LS Stockholders, a pro rata amount of Pyxis common stock that would result in aggregate gross proceeds to the Legacy LS Stockholders, in an amount not to exceed $2,000; provided that in no event shall a Legacy LS Stockholder receive an amount per share greater than the Consideration Value (the “Financial Guarantee”).

Under ASC 815, the Make Whole Right does not meet the criteria to be accounted for as a derivative instrument under “Derivatives and Hedging.” since it is not readily convertible into cash. The Make Whole Right requires the Company to issue its own equity shares and according to ASC 460 “Guarantees”, the Company is not required to recognize an initial liability. If a Future Pyxis Offering was completed as of December 31, 2015, the maximum number of shares that may have been issued to Legacy LS Stockholders would

F-21


PYXIS TANKERS INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2014 and 2015

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

have amounted to 2,248,058, based on the closing price of the stock at December 31, 2015 of $1.26 , the Consideration Value at the Merger date of $4.30 , and assuming that the number of Legacy LS Stockholders at December 31, 2015 is the same as the number at the Make Whole Record Date.  

The Financial Guarantee is accounted under ASC 460-10 “Guarantees – Option Based Contracts”. No liability for the Financial Guarantee has been reflected in the accompanying 2015 consolidated balance sheet, assuming that a Future Pyxis Offering will take place, the number of shares to be repurchased is not fixed, and the New Offering Price will be at a minimum equal to the Consideration Value. The Company controls the timing of any Future Pyxis Offering and the New Offering Price of any Pyxis shares in such future offering will be subject to U.S. capital markets conditions and investors’ interest.

 

Other : Various claims, suits, and complaints, including those involving government regulations and product liability, arise in the ordinary course of the shipping business. In addition, losses may arise from disputes with charterers, agents, insurance and other claims with suppliers relating to the operations of the Company’s vessels. Currently, management is not aware of any such claims not covered by insurance or contingent liabilities, which should be disclosed, or for which a provision has not been established in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

The Company accrues for the cost of environmental liabilities when management becomes aware that a liability is probable and is able to reasonably estimate the probable exposure. Currently, management is not aware of any other claims or contingent liabilities which should be disclosed or for which a provision should be established in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company is covered for liabilities associated with the individual vessels’ actions to the maximum limits as provided by Protection and Indemnity (P&I) Clubs, members of the International Group of P&I Clubs.

 

 

13.

Interest and Finance Cost:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income / (loss) are analyzed as follows:

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Interest on long-term debt (Note 8)

 

 

1,460

 

 

 

1,796

 

 

 

2,359

 

Interest on Promissory Note (Note 3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Capitalized interest (Note 5)

 

 

(306

)

 

 

(228

)

 

 

(13

)

Loan commitment fees

 

 

169

 

 

 

 

 

Discount on early debt repayment

 

 

(1,114

)

 

 

 

 

Amortization of deferred financing costs (Note 8)

 

 

193

 

 

 

136

 

 

 

173

 

Total

 

 

402

 

 

 

1,704

 

 

 

2,531

 

 

 

14.

Subsequent Events:

 

 

(i)

On February 23, 2016, the Company received a de-listing notification from the NASDAQ Stock Market, because the closing bid price of the Company's common stock for 30 consecutive business days was below the minimum $1.00 per share bid price requirement. On March 10, 2016, the NASDAQ Stock Market notified the Company that this deficiency was remediated, because the closing bid price of its common stock remained higher than $1.00 per share for ten consecutive business days following the submission of the de-listing notice.

 

 

(ii)

On March 15, 2016, the Company issued the 33,222 restricted shares of its common stock, which had been granted in 2015 to certain of its officers under the EIP (Note 9).

 

 

F-22

EXECUTION COPY

Exhibit 2.2

 

 

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

BY AND AMONG

PYXIS TANKERS INC.,

MARITIME TECHNOLOGIES CORP.,


LOOKSMART, LTD.

 

and

 

looksmart GROUP, INC.



Dated as of September 22, 2015

 

 


EXECUTION COPY

AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

THIS AMENDMENT (this “ Amendment ”) to the AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER, dated as of April 23, 2015 (the “ Initial Merger Agreement ”), is entered into by and among Pyxis Tankers Inc., a Marshall Islands corporation (“ Pyxis ”), Maritime Technologies Corp., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Pyxis (“ Merger Sub ”), LookSmart, Ltd., a Delaware corporation (“ LS ”), and LookSmart Group, Inc., a Nevada corporation (“ LSG ”) is entered into by the parties hereto as of this day of September 2015.

W I T N E S S E T H:

A. Pyxis, the Merger Sub, LS and LSG entered into the Initial Merger Agreement pursuant to which Pyxis will acquire all of the issued and outstanding stock of LS as a result of the merger of LS with and into the Merger Sub, as a result of which the Merger Sub will be the surviving company and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Pyxis.

B. Pyxis, the Merger Sub, LS and LSG desire to amend and modify the Initial Merger Agreement as set forth in this Amendment.

C. The boards of directors of each of Pyxis, the Merger Sub, LS and LSG have determined that it is advisable and in the best interests of each of Pyxis, the Merger Sub, LS and LSG, and their respective shareholders, that the Initial Merger Agreement be amended and modified as set forth in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.

All capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Initial Merger Agreement.

2.

Section 1.7 of the Initial Merger Agreement is hereby amended and replaced in its entirety with the following:

Section 1.7 Pyxis True-Up Shares . At the Closing, MARITIME INVESTORS CORP., the sole stockholder of Pyxis on the date hereof (“ Maritime Investors ”), shall receive from Pyxis additional newly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Pyxis Common Stock (the “ Pyxis True-Up Shares ”) based on the following formula: (A) (i) $66,700,000 (which amount shall be adjusted upwards if Pyxis or the Pyxis Operating Subs collectively have cash on hand at Closing of over $779,000 or make any loan repayments relating to the Vessels prior to Closing), divided by (ii) the LS Share Closing Date Price (as defined in Section 1.6(b) of this Merger Agreement), minus (B) the number of shares of Pyxis Common Stock owned by Maritime Investors prior to the implementation of this Section 1.7.  Maritime Investors may elect to receive in lieu of up to $1.875 million of the Pyxis True-Up Shares, an unsecured promissory note from Pyxis with a term of 18 months and an interest rate of approximately 2.5% per annum

 


 

payable quarterly in arrears in cash or additional Pyxis shares (at a price per Pyxis share based on a five day volume weighted average price) accrued on a 360-day basis; it being understood that Pyxis may combine such note with its existing $625,000 promissory note made in favor of Maritime Investors. For purposes of clarity, the Pyxis True-Up Shares are in addition to any additional shares of Pyxis Common Stock to be issued pursuant to Section 4.15 of this Merger Agreement , and do not include (x) any shares issued for fees in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (y) any Permitted Issuances (as hereinafter defined).  

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

2

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Pyxis , Merger Sub, LS and LSG have caused this Amendment to be signed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized all as of the date first written above.

 

PYXIS TANKERS INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

/s/ Valentios Valentis

 

 

 

Name:  Valentios (“Eddie”) Valentis

 

 

 

Title:  Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

MARITIME TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

/s/ Valentios Valentis

 

 

 

Name:  Valentios (“Eddie”) Valentis

 

 

 

Title:  Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

LOOKSMART, LTD.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

/s/ Michael Onghai

 

 

 

Name:  Michael Onghai

 

 

 

Title:    Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

LOOKSMART GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

/s/ Michael Onghai

 

 

 

Name:  Michael Onghai

 

 

 

Title:    Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

Exhibit 4.4.1

 

 

Date   28 May 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECONDONE CORP. and THIRDONE CORP.

as joint and several Borrowers

 

 

-and-

 

 

DEUTSCHE SCHIFFSBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL  AGREEMENT

 

 

relating to a term loan facility of up to (originally) US$24,560,000 and a guarantee facility of up to US$5,900,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WATSON, FARLEY & WILLIAMS

Piraeus

 


 

INDEX

 

Clause

Page

 

INTERPRETATION

 

2

AGREEMENT OF THE LENDER

2

3

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

2

4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

3

5

AMENDMENTS TO LOAN AGREEMENT AND OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENTS

4

6

FURTHER ASSURANCES

6

7

FEES AND EXPENSES

7

8

COMMUNICATIONS

7

9

SUPPLEMENTAL

7

IO

LAW AND JURISDICTION

8

EXECUTION PAGES

9

 

 


 

THIS AGREEMENT   is made on   28 May 20 I 0

 

BETWEEN

 

(I) SECONDONE CORP. and THIRDONE CORP., each a corporation incorporated in the Marshall  Islands whose  registered  office  is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake  Road,

Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 (together, the "Borrowers"); and

 

 

(2)

DEUTSCHE SCHIFFSBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, acting through its office in Bremen  at Domshof  17, D-28195 Bremen, Federal Republic of Germany (the ''Lender").

 

 

BACKGROUND

 

 

(A)

By a loan agreement dated 26 September 2007 and made between (i) the Borrowers and (ii) the Lender, the Lender made available to the Borrowers a term loan facility of up to (originally) $24,560,000 and a guarantee facility of up to $5,900,000 of which $[•] is outstanding at the date of this Agreement.

 

 

 

(B)

This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions on which the Lender agrees at the request of the  Borrowers to provide its consent to the terms of a MOU relating to the Shipbuilding Contracts, the  terms  of  a  Settlement  Agreement  in  relation  to  the  Secondone  Shipbuilding Contract  dated  24 May 20 I 0 and an Addendum to the Thirdone Shipbuilding Contract (the "Addendum") and to the  consequential amendments to the Loan Agreement and the  other Finance Documents  in connection  with this matter.

 

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

 

l

INTERPRETATION

 

 

l.l

Defined expressions. Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall have the same meanings when used in this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires.

 

 

 

1.2

Definitions.   In this Agreement, unless the contrary intention appears:

 

"Addendum" means an addendum dated 24 May 2010 made between the Builder and Thirdone in relation to the Thirdone Shipbuilding Contract;

 

"MOU" means a memorandum of agreement dated 8 May 2010 made between the Borrowers and the Builder in relation to the Shipbuilding Contracts referred to in Recital (B);

 

"Corporate Guarantee" means a guarantee to be provided  by the Corporate Guarantor in respect of the obligations of the Borrowers, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

 

"Corproate Guarantor" means Pyxis Maritime Corp., a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960;

 

 

 

 


 

"Thirdone Mortgage Amendment" means an addendum to the Mortgage registered in favour of the Lender over m.v. "PYXIS BETA" on 28 May 2010, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

 

''Settlement Agreement" means the settlement agreement dated 24  May  20 I 0  made between Secondone and the Builder in relation to the Secondone  Shipbuilding  Contract referred  to in Recital  (B); and

 

"'Loan Agreement" means the loan agreement dated 26 September 2007 referred to m Recital (A).

 

 

1.3

Application   of  construction  and  interpretation   provisions   of  Loan  Agreement.

Clauses 1.2 and 1.4 of the Loan Agreement apply, with any necessary modifications, to this Agreement.

 

 

2

AGREEMENT  OF THE LENDER

 

 

2.1

The Lender agrees, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including, but not limited to, satisfaction of the terms of Clause 3.1 and Clause 3.2) to continue to make available to the Borrowers the term loan facility under the Loan Agreement as amended by this Agreement.

 

 

 

3

CONDITIONS  PRECEDENT

 

 

3.1

The agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 2 shall be subject to the condition that the Lender shall have received the following documents and evidence in all respects in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its legal advisers on or before the date of this Agreement and, in relation to paragraph (n), on such date as determined by the Lender in its sole discretion and notified to the Borrowers:

 

 

 

(a)

a certificate of the Secretary of each  Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor confirming the names and offices of all the Directors of that Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor together with its incorporation and constitutional documents;

 

 

 

(b)

true and complete copies of the resolutions passed at meetings of the Board of Directors and Shareholders  of each Borrower and the Corporate  Guarantor  authorising  and approving the execution of this Supplemental Agreement, the Mortgages, the Thirdone Mortgage Amendment, the General Assignments, the Corporate Guarantee and any other document or action to which it is or is to be a party and authorising its appropriate officer or officers or other representatives to execute the same on its behalf;

 

 

 

(c)

the original of  any  power  of  attorney  issued  by  each  Borrower  and  the  Corporate Guarantor pursuant to the resolutions referred to in Clause 3.1 (b);

 

 

 

(d)

certified copies of all documents (with a certified translation if an original is not  in English) evidencing any other necessary action, approvals or consents with respect to this Supplemental Agreement, the Mortgages,  the  Thirdone  Mortage  Amendment,  the General Assignments, the Guarantee (including without limitation) all necessary governmental and other official approvals and consents in such pertinent jurisdictions as the Lender deems appropriate;

 

 

 

(e)

evidence that each Vessel  is registered  in the ownership of the relevant Borrower under Marshall Islands flag free of any Security Interest other than those created by the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

(f)

an original of this Agreement, duly executed by all parties;

2


 

 

 

(g)

evidence that each Mortgage has been duly registered against the  Vessel  to  which  it relates as a valid first preferred ship mortgage in accordance with the laws  of  the Marshall Islands;

 

 

 

(h)

a duly executed original of the Corporate Guarantee;

 

 

(i)

duly executed originals of the General Assignments and all other documents to be executed pursuant to the General Assignments;

 

 

 

(j)

certified true copies of the MOU, the Settlement Agreement and the Addenda

 

 

(k)

the Lender shall have received the restructuring fee referred to in Clause 7.1;

 

 

(I)

evidence  that  the  agent  referred  to  in  Clause  I 0.4 has accepted  its appointment  as agent for service  of  process  under  this  Supplemental  Agreement;

 

 

 

(m)

such legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Lender on such matters concerning the laws of the Marshall Islands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Lender may require; and

 

 

 

(n)

a survey report prepared by a surveyor appointed by the Lender (at the cost of the Borrowers) and confirming, to the Lender's satisfaction, that  the  requirements  of  the MOU have been satisfied by the Builder (including, but not limited to, the requirements outlined in Schedule 2) and that  the relevant Ship is in a condition acceptable to the Lender in all respects.

 

 

 

3.2

The agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 2.1 shall be subject to the further condition that the Lender shall confirm satisfaction of all of the undertakings made by the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor to the Lender in the letter dated 25 May 20 I 0.

 

 

 

4

REPRESENTATIONS  AND WARRANTIES

 

 

4.1

Repetition of Loan Agreement representations and  warranties.   Each  Borrower represents and warrants to the  Lender that the representations  and  warranties  in Clause  I 0 of the Loan Agreement, as  amended  and  supplemented  by  this  Agreement  and  updated with  appropriate  modifications  to refer  to this Agreement,  remain  true  and  not  misleading if repeated on the date  of  this  Agreement  with  reference  to  the  circumstances  now existing.

 

 

 

4.2

Repetition of Security Document representations and warranties. Each Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender that the representations and warranties in  the Finance Documents (other than the Loan Agreement) to which it is a party, as amended and supplemented by this Agreement and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this Agreement remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this Agreement with reference to the circumstances now existing.

 

 

3


 

 

5

AMENDMENTS  TO LOAN AGREEMENT  AND OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENTS  

 

 

 

5.1

Specific amendments to Loan Agreement. With effect on and from the date of this Agreement the Loan Agreement shall be, and shall be deemed by this Agreement to be, amended as follows:

 

 

 

(a)

by replacing the words "up to $22,400,000 or, if the Ships are subject to Approved Charterparties, up to $24,560,000" with "$15,596,000" in Recital  (A) thereof;

 

 

 

(b)

by deleting the definition of "Approved Charterparty" in Clause 1.1 therof;

 

 

(c)

by including the definitions of "Corporate Guarantee" and "Corporate Guarantor" from Clause 1.2 hereof in Clause 1.1 thereof;

 

 

 

(d)

by  adding  a  reference  to  "the  Corporate  Guarantee"  in  the  definition  of  ''Finance Documents" in Clause 1.1 therof;

 

 

 

(e)

by deleting the definition  of "LIBOR" and replacing  it with  the following definition  in Clause 1.1 thereof:

 

 

'"'LIBOR" means in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document, the rate per  annum  determined  by  the Lender to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars are offered to the Lender by leading banks in the London Interbank Market at  the Lender's request at or about 11.00a.m. (London time) on the second Business Day prior to the commencement of that period for a period equal  to that period and for delivery on the first Business Day of it or, if the Lender uses other means than through the London Interbank Market to fund deposits in Dollars, such rate as determined by the Lender to be the cost of funding  deposits  in Dollars for that period;"

 

 

(f)

by  deleting  the  definition  of  "Margin"  and  replacing  it  with  the  following  definition  in Clause  I. I  thereof:

 

 

""Margin" means  I .50 per cent. per annum;"

 

 

(g)

by deleting the  definition  of "Secondone  Advance"  and  replacing  it with  the  following definition in Clause 1.1 thereof:

 

 

''"Secondone Advance" means an amount of up to $7,798,000 to be made available to Secondone in three tranches as follows:

 

 

(a)

an amount of up to $1,898,000 upon the commencement of steel cutting of the Secondone Ship (the "Secondone Advance Tranche A");

 

 

 

(b)

an amount of up to $2,950,000  upon  the  commencement  of keel-laying  of the Secondone Ship (the "Secondone Advance Tranche B"); and

 

 

 

(c)

an  amount  of  up  to  $2,950,000  upon  launching  of  the  Secondone  Ship  (the

"Secondone Advance Tranche C"); and"

 

 

(h)

by adding the following new definition to Clause 1.1 thereof:

 

""Shareholders" means the person or persons notified to the Lender as being the legal and beneficial holders of all the issued share capital of each of the Borrowers;"

 

 

(i)

by deleting the definition of  "Shipbuilding Contract" and replacing it with the following definition in Clause 1.1 thereof:

 

4


 

 

''"Shipbuilding Contract"   means, together:

 

 

(a)

the Shipbuilding Contract No. SUMEC06177 dated 8  October  2006  made between the Builder and Secondone for the construction by the Builder of the Secondone Ship and sale to Secondone as amended by the settlement agreement dated 24 May 2010 (as the same may be further amended and/or supplemented and amended from time to time), (the "Secondone Shipbuilding Contract"); and

 

 

 

(b)

the Shipbuilding Contract No. SUMEC06178 dated  8  October  2006  made between the Builder and Thirdone for the construction by the Builder of the Thirdone Ship and sale to Thirdone as supplemented by the addendum dated 24 May 2010 (as the same may be further amended and/or supplemented and amended from time to time), (the "Thirdone Shipbuilding Contract"),

 

 

and, in the singular, means either of them;"

 

 

(j)

by deleting the definition of "Thirdone Advance" and replacing it with the  following definition  in Clause  1.1 thereof:

 

 

""Thirdone Advance"   means an amount of up to $7,798,000 to be made available to Thirdone three !ranches as follows:

 

 

(a)

an  amount of up to $1,898,000 upon  the commencement  of steel  cutting of the Thirdone Ship (the "Thirdone Advance Tranche A");

 

 

 

(b)

an  amount  of  up  to$2,950,000  upon  the  commencement  of  keel-laying  of  the Thirdone Ship (the "Thirdone Advance Tranche 8"); and

 

 

 

(c)

an  amount  of  up  to  $2,950,000  upon   launching  of  the  Thirdone   Ship  (the

"Thirdone Advance Tranche C"); and"

 

 

(k)

by deleting sub-clauses (b) and (c) of Clause 3.2 thereof and replacing them with the following:

 

 

"(b) the amount of each Advance shall not exceed:

 

 

(i)

in the case of the Secondone Advance, an amount of  $7,798,000;

 

 

(ii)

in the case of the Thirdone Advance, an amount of  $7,798,000;

 

(c) the aggregate amount of the Advances shall not exceed $15,596,000."

 

 

(l)

by deleting the  word  "applicable"  from  the  third  line  of  Clause  4.2, the  fifth  line  of Clause 4.8, the fourth line of Clause 4.10, sub-clause (b) of Clause 6.3 and the final line of Clause 24.4 thereof;

 

 

 

(m)

by deleting Clause 7.1 thereof and replacing it with the following:

 

"7.1  Amount of repayment instalments.   The Borrowers shall repay each Advance by:

 

 

(a)

20 equal consecutive semi-annual  instalments of$230,000 each; and

 

 

(b)

a balloon instalment of $3,198,000 (the "Balloon Instalment")."

 

5


 

 

(n)

by deleting the words "Drawdown Date in respect of each Delivery Tranche" from sub­ clause (e) of Clause 9.1 thereof and replacing them with the  words  "Delivery  Date of each Ship"  

 

 

 

(o)

by deleting the word "bearer" in the last line of Clause I 0.3 thereof and replacing with the word "Shareholder";

 

 

 

(p)

by deleting the figure "125 per cent." from the final line of Clause 15.1  thereof and replacing it with "133 per cent."

 

 

 

(q)

by deleting the words "upon the entry by a Borrower  into an Approved  Charterparty" from the third line of sub-paragraph (a) of Clause 20.1 thereof;

 

 

 

(r)

by adding the words  "Corporate Guarantee" after the word "Mortgage" in paragraph I, Part E of Schedule 2 thereof;

 

 

 

(s)

the   definition   of,  and  references  throughout   to,  each   Finance   Document   shall   be construed  as  if  the  same  referred  to  that   Finance   Document   as   amended   and supplemented by this Agreement; and

 

 

 

(t)

by construing references throughout to "this Agreement", "hereunder" and other like expressions as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.

 

 

 

5.2

Amendments to Finance Documents. With effect on and from the date of this Agreement each of the Finance Documents other than the Loan Agreement, shall be, and shall be deemed by this Agreement to be, amended as follows:

 

 

 

(a)

the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents  to, the Loan Agreement and any of the  other Finance Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement and those Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement;

 

 

 

(b)

by construing references throughout each of the Finance Documents to "this Agreement", "this Deed", "hereunder" and other like expressions as if the same referred  to  such Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.

 

 

 

5.3

Finance Documents to remain in full force and effect. The Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect as amended and supplemented by:

 

 

 

(a)

the amendments to the Finance Documents contained or referred to in Clauses 6.1 and 6.2; and

 

 

 

(b)

such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to give full effect to the terms of this Agreement,

 

 

 

6

FURTHER ASSURANCES

 

 

6.1

Borrowers' obligation to execute further documents etc. Each Borrower  shall, and shall procure that any other party to any Finance Document shall:

 

 

 

(a)

execute and deliver to the Lender (or as it may direct) any assignment, mortgage, power of attorney, proxy or other document, governed by the law of England or such  other country as the Lender may, in any particular case, specify;

 

 

6


 

 

(b)

effect any registration or notarisation, give any notice or take any other step;  

 

which the Lender may, by notice to the Borrowers or other party, specify for any of the purposes described in Clause 6.2 or for any similar or related purpose.

 

 

6.2

Purposes of further assurances.   Those purposes are:

 

 

(a)

validly and effectively to create any Security Interest or right of any kind  which  the Lender  intended should  be created by or pursuant to the Loan Agreement or any other Security Document, each as amended and supplemented by this Agreement; and

 

 

 

(b)

implementing the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

 

6.3

Terms of further assurances. The Lender may specify the terms of any document to be executed by the Borrowers or any other party under Clause 6.1, and those terms may include any covenants, powers and provisions which the Security Trustee considers appropriate to protect its interests.

 

 

 

6.4

Obligation to comply with notice.   Each Borrower or any other party shall comply with a notice under Clause 6.1 by the date specified in the notice.

 

 

 

6.5

Additional corporate action. At the same time as a Borrower  or  any  other  party delivers to the Lender any document executed under Clause 6.1(a), that Borrower or that other party shall also deliver to the Lender a certificate signed by 2 of that Borrower's or that other party's directors which shall:

 

 

 

(a)

set out the text of a resolution of that Borrower or that other party's directors specifically authorising the execution of the document specified by the Lender; and

 

 

 

(b)

state that either the resolution was duly passed at a meeting of  the directors validly convened and held throughout which a quorum of directors entitled to vote on the resolution was present or that the resolution has been signed by all the directors and is valid under that Borrower's or that other party's articles of association or other constitutional  documents.

 

 

 

7

FEES AND EXPENSES

 

 

7.1

Arrangement fee. The Borrowers shall pay to the Lender a restructuring fee of $54,586 which shall be payable on the earlier of (i) the date of this Agreement, and (ii) 30 May 2010.

 

 

 

7.2

Expenses. The provisions of Clause 20 (Fees and Expenses) of the Loan Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Agreement, shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Agreement with any necessary modifications.

 

 

 

8

COMMUNICATIONS

 

 

8.1

General. The provisions of Clause 28 (Notices) of the Loan Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Agreement, shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Agreement with any necessary modifications.

 

 

 

9

SUPPLEMENTAL

 

 

9.1

Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts.

 

7


 

 

9.2

Third party rights. A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right unde r the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.  

 

 

 

10

LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

 

10.1

English law. This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

 

 

 

10.2

Exclusive English jurisdiction. Subject to Clause I 0.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction   to  settle  any  Dispute.

 

 

 

10.3

Choice of forum for the exclusive benefit of the Lender. Clause 10.2 is  for  the exclusive benefit of the Lender, which reserves the rights:

 

 

 

(a)

to commence proceedings in relation to any Dispute in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that Dispute; and

 

 

 

(b)

to commence such proceedings in the courts of any  such  country  or  countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.

 

 

The Owner shall not commence any proceedings  in any country other than  England  in relation to a Dispute.

 

 

10.4

Process agent. The Borrowers irrevocably appoint WFW Legal Services at its registered office for the time being, presently at 15 Appold Street, London EC2A 2HB, England, to act as their agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process  or other  document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with a Dispute.

 

 

 

10.5

Lender's rights unaffected. Nothing in this Clause I 0 shall exclude or limit any right which the Lender may have (whether under the law of  any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service  of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.

 

 

 

10.6

Meaning of "proceedings". In this Clause  I 0 "proceedings" means  proceedings  of any kind, including an application for a provisional or  protective  measure  and  a   "Dispute" means any dispute arising out of  or   in  connection  with  this  Agreement  (including  a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) or any non­ contractual  obligation  arising  out  of or in connection  with  this  Agreement.

 

 

 

THIS DEED has been executed by or on behalf of the parties and has, on the date stated at the beginning of this Deed, been delivered as a Deed.

 

8


 

EXECUTION PAGES

 

EXECUTED as a DEED

)

 

by SECONDONE CORP.

)

 

acting by

)

 

its duly authorised attorney-in-fact

)

/s/ Jasel Chauhan

in the presence of:

)

 

/s/ Natalie Georgiou

 

 

 

EXECUTED as a DEED

)

 

by THIRDONE CORP.

)

 

acting by

)

 

its duly authorised attorney-in-fact

)

/s/ Jasel Chauhan

in the presence of:

)

 

/s/ Natalie Georgiou

 

 

 

EXECUTED as a DEED

)

 

by DEUTSCHE SCHIFFSBANK

)

 

AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

 

 

acting by Alexandra Michalopoulos

)

 

its duly authorised attorney-in-fact

)

/s/ Alexandra Michalopoulos

in the presence of:

)

 

/s/ Natalie Georgiou

 

 

 

9

Exhibit 4.4.2

 

Dated                  1 December                    2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECONDONE CORP.

THIRDONE CORP.

as joint and several Borrowers

 

 

 

 

 

 

‑and‑

 

 

 

 

 

DEUTSCHE SCHIFFSBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

in relation to a Loan Agreement dated

26 September 2007 (as amended by a supplemental agreement dated 28 May 2010)

in respect of a loan

facility of (originally) US$24,560,000

 

 

 

 

 

 


WATSON, FARLEY & WILLIAMS

Piraeus


INDEX

 

Clause

Page

1

DEFINITIONS

1

2

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2

3

AGREEMENT OF THE LENDER

3

4

CONDITIONS

3

5

VARIATIONS TO LOAN AGREEMENT AND FINANCE DOCUMENTS

5

6

CONTINUANCE OF LOAN AGREEMENT AND FINANCE DOCUMENTS

6

7

EXPENSES

6

8

NOTICES

6

9

APPLICABLE LAW

6

SECURITY PARTIES’ CONFIRMATION

9

 

 

 

 


THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT   is dated            1 December                            2010 and made

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1)

SECONDONE CORP. (“ Secondone ”) and THIRDONE CORP. (“ Thirdone ”), each a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960, as joint and several borrowers (individually a “ Borrower ” and together, the “ Borrowers ”); and

(2)

DEUTSCHE SCHIFFSBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, acting through its branch at Domshof 17, D-28195 Bremen, Germany as lender (the “ Lender ”)

IS SUPPLEMENTAL   to a Loan Agreement dated 26 September 2007 (as amended by a supplemental agreement dated 28 May 2010, and as amended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) made between (i) the Borrowers and (ii) the Lender whereby the Lender has made available to the Borrowers a loan facility of (originally) Twenty four million five hundred sixty thousand (US$24,560,000) (the “ Loan ”) upon the terms and for the purposes therein specified.

 

WHEREAS pursuant to a request from the Borrowers, and subject to the terms and conditions herein contained, the Lender has agreed to the:

 

(A)

transfer by Secondone of m.v. “PYXIS ALPHA” from Marshall Islands flag to Maltese flag in its ownership with the new name “NORTHSEA ALPHA”;

 

(B)

transfer by Thirdone of m.v. “PYXIS BETA” from Marshall Islands flag to Maltese flag in its ownership with the new name “NORTHSEA BETA”; and

(C)

release and discharge of each of the Marshall Islands Mortgages.

NOW THEREFORE IT IS HEREBY AGREED

1

DEFINITIONS

1.1

Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings when used in this Supplemental Agreement.

1.2

In this Supplemental Agreement the words and expressions specified below shall have the meanings attributed to them below:

Deed of Covenant ”  means, in respect of each Maltese Mortgage, a deed of covenant collateral thereto, to be executed by the relevant Borrower in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require, and in the plural means both of them;

 

Maltese Mortgage means, in relation to each Ship, a first priority Maltese mortgage in such form as the Lender may approve or require, and in the plural means both of them;

 

Marshall Islands Mortgage ”  means, in relation to each Ship, the first preferred Marshall Islands mortgage executed by the relevant Borrower in favour of the Lender, and in the plural means both of them;

 

New Finance Documents ”  means, together, the Maltese Mortgages and the Deeds of Covenant;

 

Secondone Ship ”  means the chemical oil tanker of 7,800 metric tons deadweight, currently registered under Marshall Islands flag in the ownership of Secondone with the

 


 

name “PYXIS ALPHA” which is to be deleted from Marshall Islands flag and registered under Maltese flag in the ownership of Secondone with the new name NORTHSEA ALPHA ;

 

Security Parties’ Confirmation ”  means the confirmation set out at the end of this Supplemental Agreement executed or to be executed by the Security Parties;

 

Ships ”  means, together, the Secondone Ship and the Thirdone Ship and, in the singular, means either of them; and

Thirdone Ship ”  means the chemical oil tanker of 7,800 metric tons deadweight, currently registered under Marshall Islands flag in the ownership of Thirdone with the name “PYXIS BETA” which is to be deleted from Marshall Islands flag and registered under Maltese flag in the ownership of Thirdone with the new name “NORTHSEA BETA”.

 

1.3

Where the context so admits words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing persons shall include firms and corporations.  Clause headings are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in construing this Supplemental Agreement.  References to Clauses are to clauses of this Supplemental Agreement save as may be otherwise expressly provided in this  Supplemental Agreement.

2

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2.1

Each Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender, as at the date of this Supplemental Agreement, that the representations and warranties set forth in Clause 10 of the Loan Agreement (updated mutatis mutandis to the date of this Supplemental Agreement) are true and correct as if all references therein to “this Agreement” were references to the Loan Agreement as further amended by this Supplemental Agreement.

2.2

Each Borrower hereby further represents and warrants to the Lender that as at the date of this Supplemental Agreement:

(a)

the Borrower is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and has full power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Supplemental Agreement and has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to its business, and does not have an established place of business in any part of the United Kingdom or the United States of America;

(b)

all necessary governmental or other official consents, authorisations, approvals, licences, consents or waivers for the execution, delivery, performance, validity and/or enforceability of this Supplemental Agreement and all other documents to be executed in connection with the amendments to the Loan Agreement as contemplated hereby have been obtained and will be maintained in full force and effect, from the date of this Supplemental Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Finance Documents and while all or any part of the Loan remains outstanding;

(c)

the Borrower has taken all necessary corporate and other action to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of its obligations under this Supplemental Agreement and such other documents to which it is a party and such documents do or will upon execution thereof constitute the valid and binding obligations of the Borrower enforceable in accordance with their respective terms;

(d)

the execution, delivery and performance of this Supplemental Agreement and all such other documents as contemplated hereby does not and will not, from the date of this  Supplemental Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Finance Documents and while all or any part of the Loan remains outstanding, constitute a breach

2


 

of any contractual restriction or any existing applicable law, regulation, consent or authorisation binding on Borrower or on any of its property or assets and will not result in the creation or imposition of any security interest, lien, charge or encumbrance (other than under the Finance Documents) on any of such property or assets; and  

(e)

the Borrower has fully disclosed in writing to the Lender all facts which it knows or which it should reasonably know and which are material for disclosure to the Lender in the context of this Supplemental Agreement and all information furnished by the Borrower or on its behalf relating to its business and affairs in connection with this Supplemental Agreement was and remains true, correct and complete in all material respects and there are no other material facts or considerations the omission of which would render any such information misleading.

3

AGREEMENT OF THE LENDER

3.1

The Lender, relying upon each of the representations and warranties set out in Clauses 2.1 and 2.2 of this Supplemental Agreement, hereby agrees with the Borrowers, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Supplemental Agreement and in particular, but without limitation, subject to the fulfillment of the conditions precedent set out in Clause 4, to:

(a)

the transfer by Secondone of the Secondone Ship from Marshall Islands flag to Maltese flag in its ownership with the new name “NORTHSEA ALPHA”;

(b)

the transfer by Thirdone of the Thirdone Ship from Marshall Islands flag to Maltese flag in its ownership with the new name “NORTHSEA BETA”; and

(c)

the release of the Marshall Islands Mortgages, currently held by the Lender.

3.2

Each Borrower agrees and confirms that the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents to which it is a party shall remain in full force and effect and it shall remain liable under the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents to which it is a party for all obligations and liabilities assumed by it thereunder.

4

CONDITIONS

4.1

The agreements of the Lender contained in Clause 3.1 of this Supplemental Agreement shall all be expressly subject to the condition that the Lender shall have received in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its legal advisers the following documents or evidence:

(a)

on or before the date of this Supplemental Agreement:

 

(i)

evidence that the persons executing this Supplemental Agreement on behalf of each Borrower are duly authorised to execute the same on behalf of that Borrower;

 

(ii)

a duly executed original of the Security Parties’ Confirmation;

 

(iii)

certified copies of all documents (with a certified translation if an original is not in English) evidencing any other necessary action, approvals or consents with respect to this Supplemental Agreement and the New Finance Documents (including without limitation) all necessary governmental and other official approvals and consents in such pertinent jurisdictions as the Lender deems appropriate;

3


 

 

(iv)

such legal opinions as the Lender may require in respect of the matters contained in this Supplemental Agreement and the New Finance Documents; and  

 

(v)

evidence that the agent referred to in Clause 9.4 has accepted its appointment as agent for service of process under this Supplemental Agreement and the New Finance Documents; and

(b)

on or before the date on which a Ship is transferred to Maltese flag:

 

(i)

a certificate of an officer of each Borrower thereof confirming the names of all the Directors and Shareholders of that Borrower and having attached thereto true and complete copies of its incorporation and constitutional documents;

 

(ii)

true and complete copies of the resolutions passed by the Directors and Shareholders of the relevant Borrower authorising and approving the execution of the New Finance Documents and any other document or action to which it is or is to be a party and authorising its directors or other representatives to execute the same on its behalf;

 

(iii)

the original of any power of attorney issued by the relevant Borrower pursuant to such resolutions aforesaid;

 

(iv)

evidence that the relevant Ship:

 

(A)

is registered in the name of the relevant Borrower under the laws and flag of Malta; and

 

(B)

is insured in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Loan Agreement and the New Finance Documents and all requirements thereof in respect of such insurance have been fulfilled;

 

(v)

duly executed originals of the New Finance Documents to which the relevant Owner is a party with evidence that:

 

(A)

a Maltese Mortgage has been registered against the relevant Ship owned by it with first priority in accordance with the laws of Malta;

 

(B)

any additional or new notices, reflecting the arrangements contemplated by this Supplemental Agreement, required to be given under the relevant Borrower’s General Assignment, have been given and acknowledged in the manner therein provided; and

 

(C)

save for the charges created by or pursuant to the Maltese Mortgages or the Deeds of Covenant there is no lien, charge or encumbrance of any kind whatsoever on the Ships or their Earnings, Insurances or Requisition Compensation;

 

(vi)

a certified true copy of the DOC in respect of the relevant Ship;

 

(vii)

certified copies of all documents (with a certified translation if an original is not in English) evidencing any other necessary action, approvals or consents with respect to this Supplemental Agreement and the New Finance Documents (including without limitation) all necessary governmental and other official approvals and consents in such pertinent jurisdictions as the Lender deems appropriate;

4


 

 

(viii)

such legal opinions as the Lender may require in respect of the matters contained in this Supplemental Agreement and the New Finance Documents; and  

 

(ix)

evidence that the agent referred to in Clause 9.4 has accepted its appointment as agent for service of process under this Supplemental Agreement and the New Finance Documents.

(c)

within 5 days following the date of transfer of a Ship to Maltese flag:

 

(i)

certified true copies of the SMC and the International Ship Security Certificate under the ISPS Code in respect of the relevant Ship; and

 

(ii)

a certified true copy of the new class attestation certificate issued by Bureau Veritas, reflecting the new name and flag of the relevant Ship and confirming her class free of all overdue recommendations and conditions.

5

VARIATIONS TO LOAN AGREEMENT and finance documents

5.1

In consideration of the agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 3.1 of this  Supplemental Agreement the Borrower hereby agrees with the Lender that upon satisfaction of the conditions referred to in Clause 4.1, the provisions of the Loan Agreement shall be varied and/or amended and/or supplemented as follows:

(a)

by deleting the definitions of “Secondone Ship” and “Thirdone Ship” in clause 1.1 thereof and replacing them with the definitions of “Secondone Ship” and “Thirdone Ship” set out in Clause 1.2 of this Supplemental Agreement;

(b)

by deleting the definitions of “Approved Flag” in clause 1.1 thereof and replacing it with the following:

““ Approved Flag ”  means, in relation to each Ship, Malta, or such flag as the Lender may approve as the flag on which that Ship shall be registered;”;

 

(c)

by deleting the definition of “Approved Flag State” in clause 1.1 thereof and replacing it with the following:

““ Approved Flag State ”  means, in relation to each Ship, Malta, or any country in which the Lender may approve that such Ship is registered;”;

 

(d)

by including in clause 1.1 thereof, the definition of “Deed of Covenant” as set out in Clause 1.2 of this Supplemental Agreement;

(e)

by including in the definition of “Finance Documents” in clause 1.1 thereof the Deed of Covenant;

(f)

by construing all references therein to the “Mortgages” as being references to the Maltese Mortgages (as the case may be) set out in this Supplemental Agreement;

(g)

by construing all references therein to “this Agreement” where the context admits as being references to “this Agreement as the same is amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement and as the same may from time to time be further supplemented and/or amended”; and

(h)

by construing references to each of the Finance Documents as being references to each such document as it is from time to time supplemented and/or amended.

5


 

5.2

Amendments to Finance Documents .  With effect on and from the date of this  Supplemental Agreement each of the Finance Documents other than the Loan Agreement shall be, and shall be deemed by this Agreement to have been, amended as follows:  

 

(a)

the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents to, the Loan Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement and those Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement; and

 

(b)

by construing references throughout each of the Finance Documents to “this Agreement”, “this Deed”, “hereunder and other like expressions as if the same referred to such Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement.

 

5.3

Finance Documents to remain in full force and effect.   The Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect as amended and supplemented by:

 

(a)

the amendments to the Finance Documents contained or referred to in Clauses 5.1 and 5.2; and

 

(b)

such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to make the same consistent with, and to give full effect to, the terms of this Supplemental Agreement.

6

CONTINUANCE OF LOAN AGREEMENT AND FINANCE DOCUMENTS

6.1

Save for the alterations to the Loan Agreement made or to be made pursuant to this Supplemental Agreement and such further modifications (if any) thereto as may be necessary to make the same consistent with the terms of this Supplemental Agreement, the Loan Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and the security constituted by the security Documents shall continue and remain valid and enforceable.

7

EXPENSES

7.1

Each Borrower agrees to pay to the Lender upon demand and from time to time all costs, charges and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by the Lender in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and (if required) registration or preservation of rights under the enforcement or attempted enforcement of the Loan Agreement, this Supplemental Agreement and the Finance Documents or otherwise in connection with the Loan or any part thereof.  Without prejudice to the foregoing, each Borrower hereby irrevocably authorises the Lender to debit any of the Accounts with the amount necessary to settle the Lender’s lawyers’ legal fees and disbursements.

8

NOTICES

8.1

The provisions of Clause 28 (Notices and other matters) of the Loan Agreement shall apply to this Supplemental Agreement as if the same were set out herein in full.

9

APPLICABLE LAW

9.1

This Supplemental Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

9.2

Subject to Clause 9.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this Supplemental Agreement.

6


 

9.3

Clause 9.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Lender which reserves the right:  

(a)

to commence proceedings in relation to any matter which arises out of or in connection with this Supplemental Agreement in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that matter; and

(b)

to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.

The Borrowers shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a matter or any non-contractual obligation which arises out of or in connection with this Supplemental Agreement.

 

9.4

Each Borrower irrevocably appoints WFW Legal Services Limited presently at 15 Appold Street, London EC2A 2HB, England for the time being to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with this Supplemental Agreement.

9.5

Nothing in this Clause 9 shall exclude or limit any right which the Lender may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.

9.6

In this Clause 9, “ proceedings ” means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure.


7


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF   the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Agreement to be duly executed the day and year first above written.

 

 

BORROWERS

 

SIGNED by Alexandra Tatgia

)

/s/ Alexandra Tatagia

 

Attorney-in-fact

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

SECONDONE CORP.

)

 

in the presence of:

)

 

 

/s/ George Macheras

 

 

 

SIGNED by Alexandra Tatgia

)

/s/ Alexandra Tatagia

 

Attorney-in-fact

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

THIRDONE CORP.

)

 

in the presence of:

)

 

 

/s/ George Macheras

 

 

 

LENDER

 

SIGNED by Catriona Henderson

)

/s/ Catriona Henderson

 

Attorney-in-fact

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

DEUTSCHE SCHIFFSBANK

)

 

AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

)

 

in the presence of:

)

 

 

/s/ George Macheras

 

 

 


8


 

Security parties’ confirmation

 

SIGNED   this      1st        day of                    December                     2010 by the Corporate Guarantor and the Approved Manager each of which, by its execution hereof, confirms and acknowledges that it has read and understood the terms and conditions of the attached Supplemental Agreement, that it agrees in all respects to the same and that the Finance Documents to which it is a party shall be amended as outlined in the Supplemental Agreement and, without limitation, shall remain in full force and effect and shall continue to stand as security for the obligations of the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement.

 

 

 

/s/ Valentios Valentis

 

for and on behalf of

PYXIS MARITIME CORP.

as Corporate Guarantor

 

 

 

 

/s/ Valentios Valentis

 

for and on behalf of

PYXIS MARITIME CORP.

as Approved Manager

 

 

 

9

 

Exhibit 4.4.3

Dated 23 October 2015

 

 

 

 

SECONDONE CORP.

and

THIRDONE CORP.

as joint and several Borrowers

 

 

and

 

 

COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

as Lender

 

 

 

 

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

 

in relation to a Loan Agreement dated 26 September 2007
(as amended by a first supplemental agreement dated 28 May 2010
and a second supplemental agreement dated 1 December 2010)
in respect of a loan facility of (originally) US$24,560,000

 


 

 


 

INDEX

 

Clause

 

Page

1

Interpretation

2

2

Representations and Warranties

3

3

Agreement of the Lender

4

4

Conditions

5

5

Variations to Loan Agreement and Finance Documents

6

6

Continuance of Loan Agreement and Finance Documents

13

7

Expenses

13

8

Notices

13

9

Applicable Law

13

Schedule 1 (A)  Confirmation

15

Schedule 1 (B)  Confirmation

16

Schedule 2 Form of Compliance Certificate

17

 

 

 

 


 

THIS THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT is dated 23 October 2015 and made

BETWEEN:

(1)

SECONDONE CORP. (" Secondone ") and THIRDONE CORP. (" Thirdone "), each a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960, as joint and several borrowers (individually a " Borrower " and together, the " Borrowers "); and

(2)

COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT (as legal successor of Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft), acting through its office at Domstraße 18, 20095 Hamburg, Germany (the " Lender " which expression includes its successors and assigns).

BACKGROUND

(A)

By a loan agreement dated 26 September 2007 (as amended by a first supplemental agreement dated 28 May 2010,  a second supplemental agreement dated 1 December 2010 and as may be further amended and/or supplemented from time to time, the " Loan Agreement ") made between (i) the Borrowers and (ii) the Lender, whereby the Lender has made available to the Borrowers a loan facility of (originally) Twenty four million five hundred sixty thousand Dollars ($24,560,000) upon the terms and for the purposes therein specified. On the date of this Agreement, the amount outstanding by way of principal under the Loan Agreement is $10,996,000 (the " Loan ").

(B)

This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions on which the Lender and the Borrowers agree to:

 

(i)

increase the Margin;

 

(ii)

the payment by the Borrowers of an arrangement fee of $25,000;

 

(iii)

the provision of a guarantee by the Collateral Owner (as defined below) in favour of the Lender as well as:

 

(A)

the registration of a second priority statutory Maltese mortgage over m.v. "PYXIS MALOU" owned by the Collateral Owner; and

 

(B)

the execution of a second priority deed of covenant and a second priority general assignment by the Collateral Owner in relation to (inter alia) the insurances over m.v. "PYXIS MALOU",

as security for the guarantee;

 

(iv)

the change in the legal and ultimate beneficial ownership of the shares of the Borrowers;

 

(v)

the appointment of International Tanker Management Ltd., a company organised and existing under the laws of Bermuda, whose principal place of business is at Chancery Hall, 52 Reid Street, Hamilton HM12, Bermuda as the technical manager of each Ship and the appointment of North Sea Tankers BV, a company organised and existing under the laws of the Netherlands, whose registered office is at Wrstblaak 152, 3012 KM Rotterdam, the Netherlands, as the commercial manager of each Ship along with Pyxis Maritime Corp.;

 

(vi)

the release of Pyxis Maritime Corp. as corporate guarantor on the Effective Date and approval of Pyxis Tankers Inc. of the Marshall Islands as the new corporate guarantor who will also provide a guarantee in favour of the Lender which will take effect from the Effective Date;

 


 

 

(vii)

the merger transaction of Pyxis Tankers Inc. of the Marsh all Islands involving the public offering of its share capital and subsequent listing of such share capital on a Stock Exchange;  

 

(viii)

the provision of a Compliance Certificate each of the Borrowers and Pyxis Tankers Inc. on an annual basis (and in respect of Pyxis Tankers Inc. also on a quarterly basis) pursuant to the Loan Agreement and the Guarantee (as defined below) respectively; and

 

(ix)

the consequential and other amendments to the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents in relation to those matters.

(C)

This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions on which the Lender agrees, subject always to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent in Clause 4, to amend the Loan Agreement in the manner set out in Clause 5.1 of this Agreement.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

1

Interpretation

1.1

Defined expressions

Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings when used in this Agreement including the Recitals.

1.2

Definitions

In this Agreement the words and expressions specified below shall have the meanings attributed to them below:

" Approved Manager’s Undertaking "  means, in relation to a Ship, a letter of undertaking executed by the Approved Manager in favour of the Lender in the terms required by the Lender agreeing certain matters in relation to the Approved Manager serving as the manager of that Ship and subordinating the rights of the Approved Manager against that Ship and the relevant Borrower to the rights of the Lender under the Finance Documents in such form as the Lender may approve or require and in plural means all of them;

" Collateral Deed of Covenant " means the second priority deed of covenant collateral to the Collateral Mortgage executed or to be executed by the Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

" Collateral General Assignment " means the second priority general assignment executed or to be executed by the Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

" Collateral Mortgage " means the second priority Maltese mortgage over the Collateral Ship executed or to be executed by the Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

" Collateral Owner " means Fourthone Corp., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960;

" Collateral Owner Guarantee " means the guarantee executed or to be executed by the Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

2


 

" Collateral Ship " means the chemical oil tanker of 50,667 metric tons deadweight, registered under Maltese flag in the ownership of the Collateral O wner with the name "PYXIS MALOU";

" Compliance Certificate " means a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 2 or in any other form agreed between the Guarantor, the Borrowers and the Lender;

" Confirmation " means a confirmation by each of Pyxis Maritime Corp. and International Tanker Management Ltd. in the form set out in Schedule 1 (A) and (B) respectively;

" Effective Date " means the date on which the Lender confirms that the conditions precedent in Clause 4.1 (b) has been satisfied;

" Guarantee " means a guarantee to be provided by the Guarantor in respect of the obligations of the Borrowers under (inter alia) the Loan Agreement, in the form agreed between the Lender and the Guarantor;

" Guarantor " means Pyxis Tankers Inc., a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands  whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960;

" IPO " means any initial registered public offering, public listing, merger or reverse takeover transaction, floatation or similar public offering on a Stock Exchange in respect of the Guarantor;

" New Finance Documents " means, together, the Guarantee, the Collateral Owner Guarantee, the Collateral Mortgage, the Collateral Deed of Covenant, the Collateral General Assignment and the Approved Manager’s Undertakings; and

" Stock Exchange " means any of the stock exchanges of New York or London or Hong Kong individually or combined or any other stock exchange market acceptable to the Lender in its discretion, such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

1.3

Where the context so admits words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing persons shall include firms and corporations.  Clause headings are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in construing this Agreement.  References to Clauses are to clauses of this Agreement save as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement.

2

Representations and Warranties

2.1

Each Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender, as at the date of this Agreement, that the representations and warranties set forth in clause 10 of the Loan Agreement (updated mutatis mutandis to the date of this Agreement) are true and correct as if all references therein to "this Agreement" were references to the Loan Agreement as further amended by this Agreement.

2.2

Each Borrower hereby further represents and warrants to the Lender that as at the date of this Agreement:

(a)

each Borrower is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and has full power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to its business, and does not have an established place of business in any part of the United Kingdom or the United States of America;

(b)

all necessary governmental or other official consents, authorisations, approvals, licences, consents or waivers for the execution, delivery, performance, validity and/or enforceability

3


 

of this Agreement and all other documents to be executed in connection with the amendments to the Loan Agreement as contemplated hereby have been obtained and will be maintained in full force and effect, from the date of this Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Finance Documents and while all or any part of the Loan remains outstanding;  

(c)

each Borrower has taken all necessary corporate and other action to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of its obligations under this Agreement and such other documents to which it is a party and such documents do or will upon execution thereof constitute the valid and binding obligations of the Borrower enforceable in accordance with their respective terms;

(d)

the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all such other documents as contemplated hereby does not and will not, from the date of this  Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Finance Documents and while all or any part of the Loan remains outstanding, constitute a breach of any contractual restriction or any existing applicable law, regulation, consent or authorisation binding on a Borrower or on any of its property or assets and will not result in the creation or imposition of any security interest, lien, charge or encumbrance (other than under the Finance Documents) on any of such property or assets; and

(e)

each Borrower has fully disclosed in writing to the Lender all facts which it knows or which it should reasonably know and which are material for disclosure to the Lender in the context of this Agreement and all information furnished by each Borrower or on its behalf relating to its business and affairs in connection with this Agreement was and remains true, correct and complete in all material respects and there are no other material facts or considerations the omission of which would render any such information misleading.

3

Agreement of the Lender

3.1

The Lender, relying upon each of the representations and warranties set out in Clauses 2.1 and 2.2 of this Agreement, hereby agrees with the Borrowers, as of the date of this Agreement and subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in particular, subject to the fulfilment of the conditions precedent set out in Clause 4, to:

(a)

increase the Margin;

(b)

the payment by the Borrowers of an arrangement fee of $25,000;

(c)

the provision of a guarantee by the Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender as well as:

 

(i)

the registration of a second priority statutory Maltese mortgage over the Collateral Ship owned by the Collateral Owner; and

 

(ii)

the execution of a second priority deed of covenant and a second priority general assignment by the Collateral Owner in relation to (inter alia) the insurances over the Collateral Ship,  

as security for the guarantee;

(d)

the change in the legal and ultimate beneficial ownership of the shares of the Borrowers;

(e)

the appointment of International Tanker Management Ltd. of Bermuda as the technical manager of each Ship and the appointment of North Sea Tankers BV of the Netherlands as the commercial manager of each Ship along with Pyxis Maritime Corp.;

4


 

(f)

the release of the Corporate Guarantor on the Effective Date and approval of the Guarantor wh o will also provide the Guarantee in favour of the Lender which will take effect from the Effective Date;  

(g)

the merger transaction of the Guarantor involving the public offering of its share capital and subsequent listing of such share capital on a Stock Exchange;

(h)

the provision of a Compliance Certificate by the Borrowers on an annual basis pursuant to the Loan Agreement; and

(i)

the consequential and other amendments to the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents in relation to those matters.

3.2

Each Borrower agrees and confirms that the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents to which it is a party, as amended and supplemented pursuant to the terms hereof, shall remain in full force and effect and it shall remain liable under the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents to which it is a party for all obligations and liabilities assumed by it thereunder.

3.3

Release of the Corporate Guarantor

The Lender hereby agrees that, as of the Effective Date, it releases the Corporate Guarantor from all of its obligations under the Corporate Guarantee.

4

Conditions

4.1

The agreements of the Lender contained in Clause 3.1 of this Agreement shall all be expressly subject to the condition that the Lender shall have received in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its legal advisers the following documents or evidence:

(a)

on the date of this Agreement:

 

(i)

a certificate of the Secretary of each Borrower, the Guarantor and the Collateral Owner confirming the names and offices of all the Directors of that Borrower, the Guarantor and the Collateral Owner together with its incorporation and constitutional documents;

 

(ii)

true and complete copies of the resolutions passed at meetings of the Board of Directors and Shareholders of each Borrower, the Guarantor and the Collateral Owner authorising and approving the execution of this Agreement, the New Finance Documents and any other document or action to which it is or is to be a party and authorising its appropriate officer or officers or other representatives to execute the same on its behalf;

 

(iii)

the original of any power of attorney issued by each Borrower, the Guarantor and the Collateral Owner pursuant to the resolutions referred to in Clause 4.1(a) (ii);

 

(iv)

certified copies of all documents (with a certified translation if an original is not in English) evidencing any other necessary action, approvals or consents with respect to this Agreement and the New Finance Documents including without limitation, all necessary governmental and other official approvals and consents in such pertinent jurisdictions as the Lender reasonably deems appropriate;

 

(v)

an original of this Agreement, duly executed by all parties;

 

(vi)

a duly executed original of each Confirmation;

5


 

 

(vii)

duly executed originals of the Guarantee, the Collateral Owner Guarantee and the Approved Manag er’s Undertakings;  

 

(viii)

a certified true copy of each management agreement made between each Approved Manager and the Borrowers together with a certificate of incumbency for each Approved Manager or other document acceptable to the Lender, acting reasonably, evidencing the directors and/or officers of each Approved Manager ;

 

(ix)

evidence that the Collateral Mortgage has been duly registered against the Collateral Ship as a valid second priority statutory Maltese ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of Malta;

 

(x)

a duly executed original of the Collateral Deed of Covenant, a duly executed original of the Collateral General Assignment and all other documents to be executed and served (in respect of notices) pursuant to the Collateral Deed of Covenant and the Collateral General Assignment;

 

(xi)

any additional or new notices, reflecting the arrangements contemplated by this Agreement, required to be given under the relevant Collateral Deed of Covenant and the Collateral General Assignment, have been given in the manner therein provided;

 

(xii)

the arrangement fee referred to in Clause 7.1;

 

(xiii)

a certified true copy of the DOC in respect of the Collateral Ship;

 

(xiv)

certified true copies of the SMC and the International Ship Security Certificate under the ISPS Code in respect of the Collateral Ship;

 

(xv)

a certified true copy of a class maintenance certificate issued by the classification society, confirming her class free of all overdue recommendations and conditions;

 

(xvi)

evidence that the agent referred to in Clause 9.4 has accepted its appointment as agent for service of process under this Agreement and the New Finance Documents; and

 

(xvii)

such legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Lender on such matters concerning the laws of Malta, the Marshall Islands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Lender may require.

(b)

on the Effective Date, evidence satisfactory to the Lender that each Borrower is a direct and fully owned subsidiary of the Guarantor.

5

Variations to Loan Agreement and Finance Documents

5.1

In consideration of the agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 3.1 of this  Agreement, the Borrowers hereby agree with the Lender that upon satisfaction of the conditions referred to in Clause 4.1 (a), the provisions of the Loan Agreement shall be varied and/or amended and/or supplemented as follows:

(a)

by inserting the following definitions in clause 1.1 thereof in the correct alphabetical order:

"" Collateral Deed of Covenant " means the second priority deed of covenant collateral to the Collateral Mortgage executed or to be executed by the Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

" Collateral General Assignment " means the second priority general assignment executed or to be executed by the Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

6


 

" Collateral Mortgage " means the second priority Maltese mortgage over the Collateral Ship executed or to be executed by the Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or requir e;

" Collateral Owner " means Fourthone Corp., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960;

" Collateral Owner Guarantee " means the guarantee executed or to be executed by the Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

" Collateral Ship " means the chemical oil tanker of 50,667 metric tons deadweight, registered under Maltese flag in the ownership of the Collateral Owner with the name "PYXIS MALOU";

" First Supplemental Agreement " means the first supplemental agreement dated 28 May 2010 amending and supplementing this Agreement and made between the Borrowers and the Lender;

" Second Supplemental Agreement " means the second supplemental agreement dated 1 December 2010 amending and supplementing this Agreement and made between the Borrowers and the Lender;

" Third Supplemental Agreement " means the third supplemental agreement dated 23 October 2015 amending and supplementing this Agreement and made between the Borrowers and the Lender;";

(b)

by including each of the following documents in the definition of "Finance Documents" in clause 1.1 thereof:

"the First Supplemental Agreement;

the Second Supplemental Agreement;

the Third Supplemental Agreement;

the Collateral Owner Guarantee;

the Collateral Mortgage;

the Collateral Deed of Covenant;

the Collateral General Assignment;";

(c)

by deleting the definition of “Approved Manager” in clause 1.1 thereof and by replacing it with the following:

““ Approved Manager ” means, together, Pyxis Maritime Corp., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960, and North Sea Tankers BV, a company organised and existing under the laws of the Netherlands, whose registered office is at Wrstblaak 152, 3012 KM Rotterdam, the Netherlands, as commercial managers and International Tanker Management Ltd., a company organised and existing under the laws of Bermuda, whose principal place of business is at Chancery Hall, 52 Reid Street, Hamilton HM12, Bermuda as the technical manager or any other company which the Lender may approve (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) from time to time as the commercial and/or technical manager of each Ship and, in the plural, means all of them;”;

7


 

(d)

by deleting the definition of “Management Agreement” in clause 1.1 thereof and by replacing it with the following:  

““ Management Agreement ” means each agreement in respect of the technical and/or the commercial management of a Ship made between each Approved Manager and the relevant Borrower as owner of that Ship and in the plural means all of them;”;

(e)

by deleting the definition of "Margin" in clause 1.1 thereof and replacing it with the following definition:

"" Margin " means:

(a) up to the date of the Third Supplemental Agreement, 1.50 per cent. per annum; and

(b) from the date of the Third Sup plemental Agreement, 1.75 per cent. per annum;";

(f)

by adding the words "(except International Tanker Management Ltd. of Bermuda, North Sea Tankers BV of the Netherlands, any other third manager and any charterer of a Ship and of the Collateral Ship)" after the words "any person" in the first line of the definition "Security Party" in clause 1.1 thereof;

(g)

by adding the words ",if any of the above rates is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero” at the end of the definition of “LIBOR” in clause 1.1 thereof;

(h)

by adding the words "and/or the Collateral Ship (as the case may be)" in the first line of clause 7.7 (a) (ii) thereof at the end of the sentence after the words "if  a Ship";

(i)

by deleting the last three lines of clause 7.7 thereof and by replacing them with the following:

"In Clause 7.7(a), " Relevant Proportion " means:

 

(a)

with respect to each Ship, an amount equal to the principal amount  outstanding at  the relevant time in respect of the respective Advance to which the Ship being sold or which has become a Total Loss relates together with any additional amount that may be required (but without prejudice to the Borrowers' right to provide, or ensure that a third party provides, additional security for any shortfall, in accordance with the provisions of Clause 15.2 (a)) so that, after the application of the prepayment to be made pursuant to Clause 7.7, the security cover ratio under Clause 15.1 be complied with; and

 

(b)

with respect to the Collateral Ship any amount that may be required (but without prejudice to the Borrowers' right to provide, or ensure that a third party provides, additional security for any shortfall, in accordance with the provisions of Clause 15.2(a)) so that the security cover ratio under Clause 15.1 be complied with.";

(j)

by deleting clause 11.13 thereof and replacing it with the following:

11.13 Each Borrower will maintain its registered address in the Marshall Islands and neither Borrower will establish, or do anything as a result of which it would be deemed to have, a place of business in the United Kingdom or the United States of America.”

(k)

by adding the words “as well as with the insured value of the Collateral Ship at the relevant time subject to the Collateral Mortgage” after the words “subject to a Mortgage” in the third line of clause 13.3 (b) thereof;

(l)

by adding the words "and the Collateral Ship" at the end clause 15.1 (a) thereof;

8


 

(m)

by adding the words "and/or the Collateral Ship (as the case may be)" after the word “Ship” wherever it appears in clause 15.5 thereof;  

(n)

by adding the words "and/or procures that the Collateral Owner will supply to the Lender" after the words "supply to the Lender" in the seventh line of the last paragraph of clause 15.5 thereof;

(o)

by adding the words "and/or procure that the Collateral Owner will supply to the Lender" after the words "provide the Lender" in first line of clause 15.8 thereof;

(p)

by adding the new clause 15.11 thereof:

15.11 Release of additional security

If the amounts calculated under Clause 15.1 shall at any time exceed 133 per cent. of the Loan and the Borrowers shall previously have provided further security pursuant to this Clause 15 (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the additional security provided by the Collateral Owner pursuant to the Third Supplemental Agreement), the Lender, after receiving a notice from the Borrowers (which will include evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lender that the security cover test specified in Clause 15.1 has been maintained for a period of at least 90 consecutive days prior to such notice (without taking into account the additional security whose release the Borrowers are requesting pursuant to this Clause 15.11)) shall, subject to the Lender’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and subject further to the Lender being indemnified to its satisfaction against the cost of doing so, as soon as practical release such further security specified by the Borrowers to the extent that the minimum security cover specified in Clause 15.1 would be maintained following such release and provided that at the relevant time no Event of Default is in existence or will result from such release.”;

(q)

by deleting the words "to enable any Borrower to own, operate or charter its Ship"  in the first line of clause 19.1 (j) thereof and by adding the following words "to enable any Borrower or the Collateral Owner to own, operate or charter the Ship or the Collateral Ship, respectively";

(r)

by adding the words "or the Collateral Ship" after the words "involving any Ship"  in the first line of clause 19.1 (q) (ii) thereof and by adding the words "or the Collateral Owner" after the words "any Borrower" in the second line in the last paragraph of that same clause;

(s)

by adding a new clause under number 26.7 therein reading as follows:

26.7 If :

(i) the Lender assigns or transfers or sub-participates any of its rights or obligations, under either of Clauses 26.2 or 26.4; and

(ii) as a result of such assignment, transfer or sub-participation, the Borrowers and/or any other Security Party become obliged to make a payment to the assignee, transferee and/or sub-participant under any one or more of Clauses 20 (Fees and Expenses) , 21 (Indemnities) , 22 (No Set Off or Tax Deduction) or 24 (Increased Costs) or equivalent clauses under any other Finance Document,

then the assignee, transferee and/or sub-participant will only be entitled to receive payment under those Clauses referred to in sub-paragraph (ii) hereinabove to the same extent as the Lender would have been if the assignment, transfer or sub-participation had not occurred and no taxes and/or costs shall be payable by the Borrowers and/or any other Security Party

9


 

which would not, but for such assignment, transfer or sub-participation, have been payable.”;

(t)

by adding the words " Provided that the Borrowers shall have a right of first refusal to make an offer to buy the Loan from the Lender within a period of no later than 14 days from the Lender informing the Borrowers that it will be selling the Loan. For the avoidance of doubt this right of first refusal shall in no manner create any additional obligation on the Lender under this Agreement to accept any offer made by the Borrowers. The Lender shall be entitled to determine in its sole discretion to whom to sell and transfer the Loan" at the end clause 26.2 thereof;

(u)

by deleting clause 28.2(a) thereof and replacing it with the following:

“(a) to each Borrower:

c/o Pyxis Maritime Corp.

 

K. Karamanli 59

 

Maroussi 15125

 

Greece

 

Fax: +30 210 6510 530”;

 

(v)

by deleting in clause 31.4 thereof the words “WFW Legal Services Limited at its registered office for the time being, presently at 15 Appold Street, London EC2A 2HB, England” and replacing same with the words “Atlas Maritime Services Limited at present of Enterprise House, 113-115 George Lane, E18 1AB, London, England”;

(w)

by construing all references therein to "this Agreement" where the context admits as being references to "this Agreement as the same is amended and supplemented by this Agreement and as the same may from time to time be further supplemented and/or amended"; and

(x)

by construing references to each of the Finance Documents as being references to each such document as it is from time to time supplemented and/or amended.

5.2

In consideration of the agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 3.1 of this  Agreement, the Borrowers hereby agree with the Lender that upon satisfaction of the conditions referred to in Clause 4.1 (b), the provisions of the Loan Agreement shall be varied and/or amended and/or supplemented as follows:

(a)

by inserting the following definitions in clause 1.1 thereof in the correct alphabetical order:

"" Compliance Certificate " means a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 4 or in any other form agreed between the Guarantor, the Borrowers and the Lender;

" Effective Date " has the meaning given to it in the Third Supplemental Agreement;

" Guarantee " means a guarantee to be provided by the Guarantor in respect of the obligations of the Borrowers under (inter alia) the Loan Agreement, which shall only take effect from the Effective Date, in the form agreed between the Lender and the Guarantor;

" Guarantor " means Pyxis Tankers Inc., a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960;

" IPO " means any initial registered public offering, public listing, merger or reverse takeover transaction, floatation or similar public offering on a Stock Exchange in respect of the Guarantor;

10


 

" Stock Exchange " means any of the stock exchanges of New York or London or Hong Kong individually or combined or any other stock exchange market acceptable to the Lender in its discretion, such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;”;  

(b)

by adding “the Guarantee” in the definition of "Finance Documents" in clause 1.1 thereof and by deleting the reference to “the Corporate Guarantee” from such definition of "Finance Documents";

(c)

by deleting the definitions of “Corporate Guarantee”, “Corporate Guarantor” and “Shareholder” in clause 1.1 thereof and by deleting the reference to the “Corporate Guarantee” after the word “Mortgage” in paragraph 1, Part E of Schedule 2 thereof;

(d)

by deleting the word “Shareholder” in the last line of clause 10.3 thereof and replacing it with the word “Guarantor”;

(e)

by adding the words “if adversely determined” before the words “would be likely” in clause 10.12 thereof;

(f)

by deleting clause 11.6(b) thereof and replacing it with the following:

“(b) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 120 days after the end of each financial year of the Guarantor (commencing with the financial statements relating to the financial year of the Guarantor ending 31 December 2015) the consolidated audited financial statements of the Guarantor and all the other ship-owning companies which are ultimately owned or controlled by the Guarantor;”;

(g)

by deleting all references to the “Approved Manager” in clauses 11.6(c) and 11.7 thereof and replacing it with references to the “Guarantor”;

(h)

by adding the words "or procure that the Lender receives, together with a Compliance Certificate on an annual basis (in relation to (a) and (b))" after the words “The Borrowers will send to the Lender” at the beginning of clause 11.6 thereof;

(i)

by adding at the beginning of clause 11.11 thereof the words “Save as otherwise provided in any Finance Document,” and by replacing the word “Each” with “each”;

(j)

by deleting paragraph (b) of clause 12.3 thereof;

(k)

by adding the words “(other than to the Guarantor and/or its subsidiaries)” after the words “or financial assistance to” in clause 12.3 (c) thereof;

(l)

by adding the words “other than in relation to the IPO” after the words “issued share capital” in clause 12.3(e) thereof;

(m)

by adding the words “other than in relation to the IPO or any sub merger, sub division, amalgamation or other reorganization after which the provisions of the Finance Documents are complied with” after the words “or reorganisation” in clause 12.3(g) thereof;

(n)

by adding after the words "a Relevant Person" in clause 19.1 (f) thereof the words "(which, in the case of the Guarantor, is in an amount of $1,000,000 or more (or the equivalent in another currency))";

(o)

by adding after the words “or sums aggregating, $100,000 or more” in clause 19.1(g)(ii) thereof the words “in respect of the Borrowers and, in the case of the Guarantor an amount equal to $1,000,000 or more”;

(p)

by adding the words “(other than the Guarantor)” after the words “Security Party” in clause 19.1(k) thereof;

11


 

(q)

by deleting in clause 19.1(q)(i) the reference to “the Approved Manager” and replacing it with “the Guarantor”;  

(r)

by adding as Schedule 4 thereof Schedule 2 (Form of Compliance Certificate) of this Agreement;

(s)

by construing all references therein to "this Agreement" where the context admits as being references to "this Agreement as the same is amended and supplemented by this Agreement and as the same may from time to time be further supplemented and/or amended"; and

(t)

by construing references to each of the Finance Documents as being references to each such document as it is from time to time supplemented and/or amended.

5.3

Amendments to Finance Documents

(a)

With effect on and from the date of this Agreement each of the Finance Documents (other than the Loan Agreement) shall be, and shall be deemed by this Agreement to have been, amended in accordance with Clause 5.1 as follows:

 

(i)

the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents to, the Loan Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement and those Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement; and

 

(ii)

by construing references throughout each of the Finance Documents to "this Agreement", "this Deed", "hereunder and other like expressions as if the same referred to such Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.

(b)

With effect on and from the Effective Date each of the Finance Documents (other than the Loan Agreement) shall be, and shall be deemed by this Agreement to have been, amended in accordance with Clause 5.2 as follows:

 

(i)

the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents to, the Loan Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement and those Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement; and

 

(ii)

by construing references throughout each of the Finance Documents to "this Agreement", "this Deed", "hereunder and other like expressions as if the same referred to such Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.

5.4

Finance Documents to remain in full force and effect

With effect on and from the date of this Agreement, the Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect as amended and supplemented by:

(a)

the amendments to the Finance Documents contained or referred to in Clauses 5.1 and 5.2 (as the case may be); and

(b)

such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to make the same consistent with, and to give full effect to, the terms of this Agreement.

12


 

6

Continuance of Loan Agreement and Finance Documents  

6.1

Save for the alterations to the Loan Agreement made or to be made pursuant to this Agreement and such further modifications (if any) thereto as may be necessary to make the same consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Loan Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and the security constituted by the Finance Documents shall continue and remain valid and enforceable.

7

Expenses

7.1

Arrangement fee

The Borrowers shall pay to the Lender an arrangement fee of $25,000 on or before the date of this Agreement.

7.2

Expenses

Each Borrower agrees to pay to the Lender upon demand and from time to time all costs, charges and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by the Lender in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and (if required) registration or preservation of rights under the enforcement or attempted enforcement of the Loan Agreement, this Agreement and the Finance Documents or otherwise in connection with the Loan or any part thereof.

8

Notices

8.1

The provisions of clause 28 (Notices and other matters) of the Loan Agreement, as amended hereby, shall apply to this Agreement as if the same were set out herein in full.

9

Applicable Law

9.1

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

9.2

Subject to Clause 9.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement.

9.3

Clause 9.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Lender which reserves the right:

(a)

to commence proceedings in relation to any matter which arises out of or in connection with this Agreement in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that matter; and

(b)

to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.

The Borrowers shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a matter or any non-contractual obligation which arises out of or in connection with this Agreement.

9.4

Each Borrower irrevocably appoints Atlas Maritime Services Limited presently at Enterprise House, 113-115 George Lane, E18 1AB London , England, for the time being to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with this Agreement.

9.5

Nothing in this Clause 9 shall exclude or limit any right which the Lender may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the

13


 

bringing of procee dings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.  

9.6

In this Clause 9, " proceedings " means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure.

14


 

Schedule 1 (A)

Confirmation

SIGNED   this [ l ] day of October 2015 by PYXIS MARITIME CORP. , in its capacity as the corporate guarantor and an approved manager which, by its execution hereof, confirms and acknowledges that it has read and understood the terms and conditions of the attached third supplemental agreement, that it agrees in all respects to the same and that the Approved Manager’s Undertaking to which it is a party shall be amended as outlined in the third supplemental agreement and, without limitation, shall remain in full force and effect and shall continue to stand as security for the obligations of the borrowers under the loan agreement.

 

for and on behalf of

PYXIS MARITIME CORP.

as Corporate Guarantor

 

 

 

for and on behalf of

PYXIS MARITIME CORP.

as an Approved Manager

 


15


 

Schedule 1 (B)

Confirmation

 

SIGNED this [ l ] day of October 2015 by INTERNATIONAL TANKER MANAGEMENT LTD. , in its capacity as an approved manager which, by its execution hereof, confirms and acknowledges that the Approved Manager’s Undertaking to which it is a party shall be amended as outlined in the third supplemental agreement and, without limitation, shall remain in full force and effect and shall continue to stand as security for the obligations of the borrowers under the loan agreement.

 

 

for and on behalf of

INTERNATIONAL TANKER MANAGEMENT LTD.

as an Approved Manager

 


16


 

Schedule 2

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

To:

Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft

 

Domstraße 18

 

20095 Hamburg

 

Republic of Germany

 

 

From:

[ l ]

Dated: [ l ]

Dear Sirs

Loan Agreement dated 26 September 2007

as amended and supplemented from time to time  (the "Agreement")

 

1

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate and attached hereto are the accounts which will provide evidence of compliance. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

2

We refer to paragraph clause 11.6 of the Agreement and hereby attach the following certified documents:

2.1

the audited accounts of each Borrower for the financial year ended [ l ].

3

We confirm that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or is continuing.

 

 

[Director]/[Chief Financial Officer]

 


17


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF   the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed the day and year first above written.

BORROWERS

SIGNED by

Konstantinos Lytras

)

/s/ Konstantinos Lytras

 

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

SECONDONE CORP.

)

 

in the presence of:

)

 

 

/s/ Konstantinos Mexias

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

Konstantinos Lytras

)

/s/ Konstantinos Lytras

 

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

THIRDONE CORP.

)

 

in the presence of:

)

 

 

/s/ Konstantinos Mexias

 

 

 

 

 

 

LENDER

SIGNED by

Anthi Kekatou

)

/s/ Anthi Kekatou

 

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

COMMERZBANK

)

 

AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

)

 

in the presence of:

)

 

 

/s/ Konstantinos Mexias

 

 

 

18

 

Exhibit 4.4.4

Dated 23 October 2015

 

PYXIS TANKERS INC.

as Guarantor

 

and

COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

as Lender

 

 

 

 

GUARANTEE

relating to
a Loan Agreement dated 26 September 2007

 



 

 

 

Index

 

Clause

 

Page

 

 

 

1

Interpretation

1

2

Guarantee

2

3

Liability as Principal and Independent Debtor

2

4

Expenses

3

5

Adjustment of Transactions

3

6

Payments

3

7

Interest

3

8

Subordination

4

9

Enforcement

4

10

Representations and Warranties

4

11

Undertakings

6

12

Judgments and Currency Indemnity

8

13

Set-off

8

14

Supplemental

9

15

Assignment

10

16

Notices

10

17

Invalidity of Loan Agreement

11

18

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

11

Schedule 1

13

Execution Page

14

 

 

 

 


 

THIS GUARANTEE is made on 23 October 2016

PARTIES

(1)

PYXIS TANKERS INC. , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands (the " Guarantor ")

(2)

COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT (legal successor of Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft), acting through its office at Domstrasse 18, 20095 Hamburg, Germany (the " Lender ", which expression includes its successors and assigns)

BACKGROUND

(A)

By a loan agreement dated 26 September 2007 (as amended by a supplemental agreement dated 28 May 2010, a second supplemental agreement dated 1 December 2010, a third supplemental agreement dated 23 October 2015 and as may be further amended and supplemented from time to time), and made between (i) Thirdone Corp. and Secondone Corp. as joint and several borrowers (the “ Borrowers ”) and (ii) the Lender it was agreed that the Lender would make available to the Borrowers a term loan facility of (originally) up to US$24,560,000.

(B)

The execution and delivery to the Lender of this Guarantee is one of the conditions precedent to the continued availability of the facility under the said Loan Agreement.

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

1

Interpretation

1.1

Defined expressions

Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this Guarantee unless the context otherwise requires.

1.2

Construction of certain terms

In this Guarantee:

" bankruptcy " includes a liquidation, receivership or administration and any form of suspension of payments, arrangement with creditors or reorganisation under any corporate or insolvency law of any country;

" Effective Date " has the meaning given to it in the Third Supplemental Agreement;

" Fleet Vessels " means any ships (including, but not limited to, the Ships and the Collateral Ship) from time to time directly or indirectly owned by the Guarantor and, in the singular means any of them;

" IPO " means any initial registered public offering, public listing, merger or reverse takeover transaction, floatation or similar public offering on a Stock Exchange in respect of the Guarantor;

" Loan Agreement " means the loan agreement dated 26 September 2007 referred to in Recital (A) and includes any existing or future amendments or supplements, whether made with the Guarantor's consent or otherwise; and

 


 

" Stock Exchange " means any of the stock exchanges of New York or London or Hong Kong individually or combined or any other stock exchange market acceptable to the Lender in its discretion, such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

1.3

Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Loan Agreement

Clause 1.2 and 1.4 of the Loan Agreement apply, with any necessary modifications, to this Guarantee.

2

Guarantee

2.1

Guarantee and indemnity

The Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably:

(a)

guarantees the due payment of all amounts payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Loan Agreement and every other Finance Document;

(b)

undertakes to pay to the Lender, on the Lender's demand, any such amount which is not paid by the Borrowers when payable; and

(c)

fully indemnifies the Lender on its demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are made or brought against or incurred by the Lender as a result of or in connection with any obligation or liability guaranteed by the Guarantor being or becoming unenforceable, invalid, void or illegal; and the amount recoverable under this indemnity shall be equal to the amount which the Lender would otherwise have been entitled to recover.

2.2

No limit on number of demands

The Lender may serve more than one demand under Clause 2.1 .

3

Liability as Principal and Independent Debtor

3.1

Principal and independent debtor

The Guarantor shall be liable under this Guarantee as a principal and independent debtor and accordingly it shall not have, as regards this Guarantee, any of the rights or defences of a surety.

3.2

Waiver of rights and defences

Without limiting the generality of Clause 3.1 , the Guarantor shall neither be discharged by, nor have any claim against the Lender in respect of:

(a)

any amendment or supplement being made to the Finance Documents;

(b)

any arrangement or concession (including a rescheduling or acceptance of partial payments) relating to, or affecting, the Finance Documents;

(c)

any release or loss (even though negligent) of any right or Security Interest created by the Finance Documents;

(d)

any failure (even though negligent) promptly or properly to exercise or enforce any such right or Security Interest, including a failure to realise for its full market value an asset covered by such a Security Interest; or

2


 

(e)

any other Finance Document or any Security Interest now being or later becoming void, unenforceable, illegal or invalid or otherwise defective for any reason, including a neglect to register it.  

4

Expenses

4.1

Costs of preservation of rights, enforcement etc.

The Guarantor shall pay to the Lender on its demand the amount of all expenses incurred by the Lender in connection with any matter arising out of this Guarantee or any Security Interest connected with it, including any advice, claim or proceedings relating to this Guarantee or such a Security Interest.

4.2

Fees and expenses payable under Loan Agreement

Clause 4.1 is without prejudice to the Guarantor's liabilities in respect of the Borrowers' obligations under clause 20 of the Loan Agreement and under similar provisions of other Finance Documents.

5

Adjustment of Transactions

5.1

Reinstatement of obligation to pay

The Guarantor shall pay to the Lender on its demand any amount which the Lender is required, or agrees, to pay pursuant to any claim by, or settlement with, a trustee in bankruptcy of any of the Borrowers on the ground that the Loan Agreement, or a payment by any of the Borrowers, was invalid or on any similar ground.

6

Payments

6.1

Method of payments

Any amount due under this Guarantee shall be paid:

(a)

in immediately available funds;

(b)

to such account as the Lender may from time to time notify to the Guarantor;

(c)

without any form of set‑off, cross‑claim or condition; and

(d)

free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which the Guarantor is required by law to make.

6.2

Grossing-up for taxes

If the Guarantor is required by law to make a tax deduction, the amount due to the Lender shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that the Lender receives and retains a net amount which, after the tax deduction, is equal to the full amount that it would otherwise have received.

7

Interest

7.1

Accrual of interest

Any amount due under this Guarantee shall carry interest after the date on which the Lender demands payment of it until it is actually paid, unless interest on that same amount also accrues under the Loan Agreement.

3


 

7.2

Calculation of interest  

Interest under this Guarantee shall be calculated and accrue in the same way as interest under clause 6 of the Loan Agreement.

7.3

Guarantee extends to interest payable under Loan Agreement

For the avoidance of doubt, it is confirmed that this Guarantee covers all interest payable under the Loan Agreement, including that payable under clause 6 of the Loan Agreement.

8

Subordination

8.1

Subordination of rights of Guarantor

All rights which the Guarantor at any time has (whether in respect of this Guarantee or any other transaction) against any of the Borrowers, any other Security Party or their respective assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Lender under the Finance Documents; and in particular, the Guarantor shall not throughout the Security Period:

(a)

claim, or in a bankruptcy of any of the Borrowers or any other Security Party prove for, any amount payable to the Guarantor by any of the Borrowers or any other Security Party, whether in respect of this Guarantee or any other transaction;

(b)

take or enforce any Security Interest for any such amount;

(c)

claim to set-off any such amount against any amount payable by the Guarantor to any of the Borrowers or any other Security Party; or

(d)

claim any subrogation or other right in respect of any Finance Document or any sum received or recovered by the Lender under a Finance Document.

9

Enforcement

9.1

No requirement to commence proceedings against Borrowers

The Lender will not need to commence any proceedings under, or enforce any Security Interest created by, the Loan Agreement or any other Finance Document before claiming or commencing proceedings under this Guarantee.

9.2

Conclusive evidence of certain matters

However, as against the Guarantor:

(a)

any final and un-appealable judgment or order of a court in England or the Marshall Islands in connection with the Loan Agreement; and

(b)

any statement or admission of any of the Borrowers in connection with the Loan Agreement,

shall be binding and conclusive as to all matters of fact and law to which it relates.

10

Representations and Warranties

10.1

General

The Guarantor represents and warrants to the Lender as follows.

4


 

10.2

Status  

The Guarantor is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Marshall Islands.

10.3

Corporate power

The Guarantor has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents necessary for it:

(a)

to execute this Guarantee; and

(b)

to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with, this Guarantee.

10.4

Consents in force

All the consents referred to in Clause 10.3 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.

10.5

Legal validity

This Guarantee constitutes the Guarantor's legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors' rights generally.

10.6

No conflicts

The execution by the Guarantor of this Guarantee and its compliance with this Guarantee will not involve or lead to a contravention of:

(a)

any law or regulation; or

(b)

the constitutional documents of the Guarantor; or

(c)

any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on the Guarantor or any of its assets.

10.7

No withholding taxes

All payments which the Guarantor is liable to make under this Guarantee may be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any Pertinent Jurisdiction.

10.8

No default

To the knowledge of the Guarantor, no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred.

10.9

Information

All information which has been provided in writing by or on behalf of the Guarantor to the Lender in connection with any Finance Document satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.2 ; all audited and unaudited accounts which have been so provided satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.4(a); and there has been no material adverse change in the financial position or state of affairs of the Guarantor from that disclosed in the latest of those accounts.

5


 

10.10

No litigation  

No legal or administrative action against the Guarantor has been commenced or taken or, to the Guarantor's knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken which, in either case, if adversely determined, would be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the Guarantor’s financial position.

11

Undertakings

11.1

General

The Guarantor undertakes with the Lender to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 11 at all times during the Security Period, except as the Lender may otherwise permit.

11.2

Information provided to be accurate

All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of the Guarantor under or in connection with this Guarantee will be true and not misleading and will not omit any material fact or consideration.

11.3

Provision of financial statements

The Guarantor will send to the Lender:

(a)

as soon as possible, but in no event later than 120 days after the end of each financial year of the Guarantor, the audited accounts of the Guarantor (commencing with the financial statements relating to the financial year of the Guarantor ending 31 December 2015);

(b)

as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of each quarter in each financial year of the Guarantor unaudited accounts of the Guarantor (commencing with the account for the 3-month period ending on 31 March 2016) certified as to their correctness by the chief financial officer of the Guarantor; and

(c)

together with the set of accounts referred to in paragraph (a) above a compliance certificate on an annual basis in the form set out in Schedule 1 and together with the set of accounts referred to in paragraph (b) above a compliance certificate on a quarterly basis in the form set out in Schedule 1 .

11.4

Form of financial statements

All accounts (audited and unaudited) delivered under Clause 11.3 will:

(a)

be prepared in accordance with all applicable laws and generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied;

(b)

give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Guarantor at the date of those accounts and of its profit for the period to which those accounts relate; and

(c)

fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of the Guarantor.

11.5

Shareholder and creditor notices

The Guarantor will send to the Lender, at the same time as they are despatched, copies of all communications which are despatched to the Guarantor's shareholders or creditors or any class of them, which are material to the terms of this Guarantee and/or the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder, except for any communications which are publicly available.

6


 

11.6

Consents  

The Guarantor will maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew, and will promptly send certified copies to the Lender of, all consents required:

(a)

for the Guarantor to perform its obligations under this Guarantee;

(b)

for the validity or enforceability of this Guarantee,

and the Guarantor will comply with the terms of all such consents.

11.7

Notification of litigation

The Guarantor will provide the Lender with details of any legal or administrative action involving the Guarantor as soon as such action is instituted or it becomes apparent to the Guarantor that it is likely to be instituted, unless it is clear that the legal or administrative action cannot be considered material in the context of this Guarantee.

11.8

Notification of default

The Guarantor will notify the Lender as soon as the Guarantor becomes aware of:

(a)

the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default; or

(b)

any matter which indicates that an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default may have occurred,

and will thereafter keep the Lender fully up-to-date with all developments.

11.9

Maintenance of status

The Guarantor will maintain its separate corporate existence, except as permitted by clause 11.13 and remain in good standing under the laws of the Marshall Islands.

11.10

Negative pledge

The Guarantor shall procure that neither of the Borrowers will create or permit to arise any Security Interest over any asset present or future except Security Interests created or permitted by the Finance Documents and except for Permitted Security Interests.

11.11

No disposal of assets, change of business

The Guarantor:

(a)

shall procure that neither of the Borrowers will transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial part of their assets, whether by one transaction or a number of transactions, whether related or not; or

(b)

will not make any substantial change to the nature of its business from that existing at the date of this Guarantee.

11.12

No merger etc.

The Guarantor shall not, and shall procure that the Borrowers will not, enter into any form of merger, sub-division, amalgamation or other reorganisation other than in relation to the IPO.

7


 

11.13

Maintenance of ownership of Borrowers  

The Guarantor shall remain the legal holder and direct beneficial owner of the entire issued and allotted share capital of the Borrowers, free from any Security Interest, except that created in favour of the Lender.

11.14

Financial Covenants

The Guarantor undertakes:

(a)

to maintain (either directly or through its subsidiaries) in bank accounts held with the Lender or any other bank, on each of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, cash deposits of a minimum amount of the higher of (i) $4,500,000 in aggregate and (ii) $750,000 per Fleet Vessel; and

(b)

to maintain (either directly or through its subsidiaries) in bank accounts held with the Lender or any other bank, on June 30, 2016 and thereafter on each of September 30, December 31, March 31 and June 30 of each year during the Security Period, cash deposits of a minimum amount of the higher of (i) $5,000,000 in aggregate and (ii) $750,000 per Fleet Vessel (together, the " Minimum Cash ") of which $2,500,000 shall be freely available and unencumbered cash under deposit by the Guarantor.

At any time that the number of Fleet Vessels exceeds ten in total, the Minimum Cash requirement shall be reduced to an amount of $500,000 for each Fleet Vessel that exceeds ten.

 

If the Lender requires evidence of the Minimum Cash applicable on a date referred to hereinabove following receipt of the respective Compliance Certificate provided to the Lender under Clause 11.3(c) and referring to the period ending on such date (the “ Specified Date ”), the Guarantor will provide the Lender with copies of bank statements evidencing the existence of the Minimum Cash on such Specified Date within 5 Business Days of the Lender's relevant written request.

 

12

Judgments and Currency Indemnity

12.1

Judgments relating to Loan Agreement

This Guarantee shall cover any amount payable by any of the Borrowers under or in connection with any judgment relating to the Loan Agreement.

12.2

Currency indemnity

In addition, clause 21.4 of the Loan Agreement shall apply, with any necessary adaptations, in relation to this Guarantee.

13

Set-off

13.1

Application of credit balances

After the occurrence of an Event of Default, which is continuing, the Lender may without prior notice:

(a)

apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of the Guarantor at any office in any country of the Lender in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from the Guarantor to the Lender under this Guarantee; and

8


 

(b)

for that purpose:  

 

(i)

break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of the Guarantor;

 

(ii)

convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars; and

 

(iii)

enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Lender considers appropriate.

13.2

Existing rights unaffected

The Lender shall not be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 13.1 ; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set‑off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which the Lender is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).

14

Supplemental

14.1

Continuing guarantee

This Guarantee shall remain in force as a continuing security at all times during the Security Period.

14.2

Rights cumulative, non-exclusive

The Lender's rights under and in connection with this Guarantee are cumulative, may be exercised as often as appears expedient and shall not be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by law.

14.3

No impairment of rights under Guarantee

If the Lender omits to exercise, delays in exercising or invalidly exercises any of its rights under this Guarantee, that shall not impair that or any other right of the Lender under this Guarantee.

14.4

Severability of provisions

If any provision of this Guarantee is or subsequently becomes void, illegal, unenforceable or otherwise invalid, that shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of its other provisions.

14.5

Guarantee not affected by other security

This Guarantee shall not impair, nor be impaired by, any other guarantee, any Security Interest or any right of set-off or netting or to combine accounts which the Lender may now or later hold in connection with the Loan Agreement.

14.6

Guarantor bound by Loan Agreement

The Guarantor agrees with the Lender to be bound by those provisions of the Loan Agreement which are applicable to it as a Security Party where the context requires in the same way as if those provisions had been set out (with any necessary modifications) in this Guarantee but in case of any conflict between the Loan Agreement and this Guarantee, the provisions of this Guarantee shall prevail.

9


 

14.7

Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other Security Interests  

Any Security Interest which the Guarantor creates (whether at the time at which it signs this Guarantee or at any later time) to secure any liability under this Guarantee shall be a principal and independent security, and Clauses 3 and 17 shall, with any necessary modifications, apply to it, notwithstanding that the document creating the Security Interest neither describes it as a principal or independent security nor includes provisions similar to Clauses 3 and 17 .

14.8

Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other rights

Clauses 3 and 17 shall also apply to any right of set-off or netting or to combine accounts which the Guarantor creates by an agreement entered into at the time of this Guarantee or at any later time (notwithstanding that the agreement does not include provisions similar to Clauses 3 and 17 ), being an agreement referring to this Guarantee.

14.9

Third party rights

A person who is not a party to this Guarantee has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Guarantee.

14.10

Effective Date

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall, unless otherwise provided under this Guarantee, take effect as of the Effective Date whereupon this Guarantee shall become in full force and effect and the Guarantor liable hereunder.

15

Assignment

15.1

Assignment by Lender

The Lender may assign its rights under and in connection with this Guarantee, (provided that any costs will be for the Transferee Lender) at no cost to the Guarantor, to the same extent as it may assign its rights under and subject to the provisions of the Loan Agreement.

16

Notices

16.1

Notices to Guarantor

Any notice or demand to the Guarantor under or in connection with this Guarantee shall be given by letter or fax at:

c/o Pyxis Maritime Corp.

59 Konstantinou Karamanli Street

151 25 Marousi

Greece

 

Fax No: +30 210 6510 530

or to such other address which the Guarantor may notify to the Lender.

16.2

Application of certain provisions of Loan Agreement

Clauses 28.3 , 28.4 and 28.5 of the Loan Agreement apply to any notice or demand under or in connection with this Guarantee.

10


 

16.3

Validity of demands  

A demand under this Guarantee shall be valid notwithstanding that it is served:

(a)

on the date on which the amount to which it relates is payable by the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement;

(b)

at the same time as the service of a notice under clause 19.2 of the Loan Agreement;

and a demand under this Guarantee may refer to all amounts payable under or in connection with the Loan Agreement without specifying a particular sum or aggregate sum.

16.4

Notices to Lender

Any notice to the Lender under or in connection with this Guarantee shall be sent to the same address and in the same manner as notices to the Lender under the Loan Agreement.

17

Invalidity of Loan Agreement

17.1

Invalidity of Loan Agreement

In the event of:

(a)

the Loan Agreement now being or later becoming, with immediate or retrospective effect, void, illegal, unenforceable or otherwise invalid for any other reason whatsoever, whether of a similar kind or not; or

(b)

without limiting the scope of paragraph (a), a bankruptcy of any of the Borrowers, the introduction of any law or any other matter resulting in any of the Borrowers being discharged from liability under the Loan Agreement, or the Loan Agreement ceasing to operate (for example, by interest ceasing to accrue);

this Guarantee shall cover any amount which would have been or become payable under or in connection with the Loan Agreement if the Loan Agreement had been and remained entirely valid, legal and enforceable, or the relevant Borrower had not suffered bankruptcy, or any combination of such events or circumstances, as the case may be, and the relevant Borrower had remained fully liable under it for liabilities whether invalidly incurred or validly incurred but subsequently retrospectively invalidated; and references in this Guarantee to amounts payable by any of the Borrowers under or in connection with the Loan Agreement shall include references to any amount which would have so been or become payable as aforesaid.

17.2

Invalidity of Finance Documents

Clause 17.1 also applies to each of the other Finance Documents to which the Borrowers are parties.

18

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

18.1

English law

This Guarantee and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

18.2

Exclusive English jurisdiction

Subject to Clause 18.3 , the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute.

11


 

18.3

Choice of forum for the exclusive benefit of the Lender  

Clause 18.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Lender, which reserves the rights:

(a)

to commence proceedings in relation to any Dispute in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that Dispute; and

(b)

to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.

The Guarantor shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a Dispute.

18.4

Process agent

The Guarantor irrevocably appoints Atlas Maritime Services Limited at its registered office for the time being, presently at Enterprise House, 113-115 George Lane, E18 1AB London, England, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with a Dispute.

18.5

Lender' rights unaffected

Nothing in this Clause 18 shall exclude or limit any right which the Lender may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.

18.6

Meaning of "proceedings"

In this Clause 18 , " proceedings " means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure and a " Dispute " means any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Guarantee) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee.

This Guarantee has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Guarantee.


12


 

Schedule 1

To:

 

Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft

 

 

Domstraße 18

 

 

20095 Hamburg

 

 

Republic of Germany

 

 

 

From:

 

[ l ]

 

Dated: [ l ]

Dear Sirs

We refer to:

 

(a)

a loan agreement dated 26 September 2007 (as amended by a supplemental agreement dated 28 May 2010, a second supplemental agreement dated 1 December 2010, a third supplemental agreement dated [ l ] October 2015 and as may be further amended and supplemented from time to time, together the “ Agreement ”) made between (i) Thirdone Corp. and Secondone Corp. as joint and several borrowers and (ii) yourselves, as lender; and

(b)

a guarantee dated [ l ] October 2015 (the “ Guarantee ”) made between (1) ourselves, as guarantor and (2) yourselves, as lender.

This is a Compliance Certificate and attached hereto are the accounts which will provide evidence of compliance. Terms defined in the Agreement and the Guarantee have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

[We refer to paragraph (a) of clause 11.3 of the Guarantee and hereby attach the following certified documents the audited accounts of the Guarantor for the financial year ended [ l ].]

[We refer to paragraph (b) clause 11.3 of the Guarantee and hereby attach the following certified documents the unaudited accounts of the Guarantor for the 3-month period ended [ l ]].

We confirm that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or is continuing.

 

 

____________________________

[Director]/[Chief Financial Officer]


13


 

EXECUTION PAGE

 

 

 

 

GUARANTOR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

Konstantinos Lytras

)

 

/s/ Konstantinos Lytras

for and on behalf of

)

 

 

PYXIS TANKERS INC.

)

 

 

in the presence of:

)

 

 

 

Konstantinos Mexias

 

 

 

 

LENDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

Konstantinos Lytras

)

 

/s/ Konstantinos Lytras

for and on behalf of

)

 

 

COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

)

 

 

in the presence of:

)

 

 

 

Konstantinos Mexias

 

 

 

 

14

 

Exhibit 4.5.1

 

Dated 23 October 2015

 

 

 

 

 

FOURTHONE CORP.

as Borrower

 

 

and

 

 

COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

in relation to a Loan Agreement dated 12 December 2008

in respect of a loan facility of (originally) US$41,600,000

 


 


 

INDEX

 

Clause

Page

Interpretation 

Representations and Warranties 

Agreement of the Lender

Conditions 

Variations to Loan Agreement and Finance Documents 

Continuance of Loan Agreement and Finance Documents 

14 

Expenses 

14 

Notices 

15 

Applicable Law 

15 

Schedule 1 (A)  Confirmation 

16 

Schedule 1 (B)  Confirmation  

 

Schedule 2 Form of Compliance Certificate

18 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT is dated 23 October 2015 and made

BETWEEN:

(1)

FOURTHONE CORP. , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960, as  borrower (the " Borrower "); and

(2)

COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT (as legal successor of Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft), acting through its office at Domstraße 18, 20095 Hamburg, Germany (the " Lender " which expression includes its successors and assigns).

BACKGROUND

(A)

By a loan agreement dated 12 December 2008 (the " Loan Agreement ") made between (i) the Borrower and (ii) the Lender, whereby the Lender has made available to the Borrower a loan facility of (originally) Forty one million six hundred thousand Dollars ($41,600,000) upon the terms and for the purposes therein specified. On the date of this Agreement, the amount outstanding by way of principal under the Loan Agreement is $22,490,000 (the " Loan ").

(B)

As a result of the reduction in the market value of the Ship, the minimum required security cover referred to in clause 14.1 of the Loan Agreement is not being maintained.  The Borrower has proposed to provide the Lender with additional security to rectify the shortfall pursuant to the terms of clause 14.1 of the Loan Agreement.

(C)

This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions on which the Lender and the Borrower agrees to:

 

(i)

increase the Margin;

 

(ii)

amend the repayment schedule in the Loan Agreement;

 

(iii)

the payment by the Borrower of an arrangement fee of $25,000;

 

(iv)

the provision of a guarantee by the Secondone Collateral Owner (as defined below) in favour of the Lender as well as:

 

(a)

the registration of a second priority statutory Maltese mortgage over m.v. "NORTHSEA ALPHA" owned by the Secondone Collateral Owner; and

 

(b)

the execution of a second priority deed of covenant and a second priority general assignment by the Secondone Collateral Owner in relation to (inter alia) the insurances over m.v. "NORTHSEA ALPHA",

as security for the guarantee;

 

(v)

the change in the legal and ultimate beneficial ownership of the shares of the Borrower;

 

(vi)

the provision of a guarantee by the Thirdone Collateral Owner (as defined below) in favour of the Lender as well as:

 

(a)

the registration of a second priority statutory Maltese mortgage over m.v. "NORTHSEA BETA" owned by the Thirdone Collateral Owner; and

 


 

 

(b)

the execution of a second priority deed of covenant and a second priority general assignment by the Thirdone Collateral Owner in relation to (inter alia) the insurances over m.v. "NORTHSEA BETA",  

as security for the guarantee;

 

(vii)

the approval of Pyxis Tankers Inc. of the Marshall Islands as corporate guarantor who will also provide a guarantee in favour of the Lender which will take effect from the Effective Date;

 

(viii)

the merger transaction of Pyxis Tankers Inc. of the Marshall Islands involving the public offering of its share capital and subsequent listing of such share capital on a Stock Exchange;

 

(vii)

the provision of a Compliance Certificate by the Borrower and Pyxis Tankers Inc. on an annual basis (and in respect of Pyxis Tankers Inc. also on a quarterly basis) pursuant to the Loan Agreement and the Guarantee (as defined below) respectively; and

 

(viii)

the consequential and other amendments to the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents in relation to those matters.

(D)

This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions on which the Lender agrees, subject always to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent in Clause 4, to amend the Loan Agreement in the manner set out in Clause 5.1 of this Agreement.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

1

Interpretation

1.1

Defined expressions

Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings when used in this Agreement including the Recitals.

1.2

Definitions

In this Agreement the words and expressions specified below shall have the meanings attributed to them below:

Collateral Deed of Covenant ” means either of the Secondone Deed of Covenant and the Thirdone Deed of Covenant and, in the plural, means both of them;

Collateral General Assignment ” means either of the Secondone Collateral General Assignment and the Third Collateral General Assignment and, in the plural, means both of them;

Collateral Owner ” means either of the Secondone Collateral Owner and the Thirdone Collateral Owner and, in the plural, means both of them;

Collateral Ship ” means  either of the Secondone Collateral Ship and the Thirdone Collateral Ship and,  in the plural, means both of them;

" Compliance Certificate " means a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 2 or in any other form agreed between the Guarantor, the Borrower and the Lender;

2


 

" Confirmation " means the confirmation by each Approved Manager set out in Schedule 1 (A) and (B) respectively;

" Effective Date " means the date on which the Lender confirms that the conditions precedent in Clause 4.1 (b) has been satisfied;

" Guarantee " means a guarantee to be provided by the Guarantor in respect of the obligations of the Borrower under (inter alia) the Loan Agreement, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

" Guarantor " means Pyxis Tankers Inc., a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands  whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960;

" IPO " means any initial registered public offering, public listing, merger or reverse takeover transaction, floatation or similar public offering on a Stock Exchange in respect of the Guarantor;

" New Finance Documents " means, together, the Guarantee, the Secondone Collateral Owner Guarantee, the Secondone Collateral Mortgage, the Secondone Collateral Deed of Covenant, the Secondone Collateral General Assignment, the Thirdone Collateral Owner Guarantee, the Thirdone Collateral Mortgage, the Thirdone Collateral Deed of Covenant and the Thirdone Collateral General Assignment;

" Secondone Collateral Deed of Covenant " means the second priority deed of covenant collateral to the Secondone Collateral Mortgage executed or to be executed by the Secondone Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

" Secondone Collateral General Assignment " means the second priority general assignment executed or to be executed by the Secondone Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

" Secondone Collateral Mortgage " means the second priority Maltese mortgage over the Secondone Collateral Ship executed or to be executed by the Secondone Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

" Secondone Collateral Owner " means Secondone Corp., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960;

" Secondone Collateral Owner Guarantee " means the guarantee executed or to be executed by the Secondone Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

" Secondone Collateral Ship " means the chemical oil tanker of 7,800 metric tons deadweight, registered under Maltese flag in the ownership of the Secondone Collateral Owner with the name "NORTHSEA ALPHA";

" Stock Exchange " means any of the stock exchanges of New York or London or Hong Kong individually or combined or any other stock exchange market acceptable to the Lender in its discretion, such acceptance not be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

" Thirdone Collateral Deed of Covenant " means the second priority deed of covenant collateral to the Thirdone Collateral Mortgage executed or to be executed by the Thirdone Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

3


 

" Thirdone Collateral General Assignment " means the second priority general assignment executed or to be executed by the Thirdone Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

" Thirdone Collateral Mortgage " means the second priority Maltese mortgage over the Thirdone Collateral Ship executed or to be executed by the Thirdone Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

" Thirdone Collateral Owner " means Thirdone Corp., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960;

" Thirdone Collateral Owner Guarantee " means the guarantee executed or to be executed by the Thirdone Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require; and

" Thirdone Collateral Ship " means the chemical oil tanker of 7,800 metric tons deadweight, registered under Maltese flag in the ownership of the Thirdone Collateral Owner with the name "NORTHSEA BETA".

1.3

Where the context so admits words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing persons shall include firms and corporations.  Clause headings are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in construing this Agreement.  References to Clauses are to clauses of this Agreement save as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement.

2

Representations and Warranties

2.1

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender, as at the date of this Agreement, that the representations and warranties set forth in clause 9 of the Loan Agreement (updated mutatis mutandis to the date of this Agreement) are true and correct as if all references therein to "this Agreement" were references to the Loan Agreement as further amended by this Agreement.

2.2

The Borrower hereby further represents and warrants to the Lender that as at the date of this Agreement:

(a)

the Borrower is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and has full power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to its business, and does not have an established place of business in any part of the United Kingdom or the United States of America;

(b)

all necessary governmental or other official consents, authorisations, approvals, licences, consents or waivers for the execution, delivery, performance, validity and/or enforceability of this Agreement and all other documents to be executed in connection with the amendments to the Loan Agreement as contemplated hereby have been obtained and will be maintained in full force and effect, from the date of this Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Finance Documents and while all or any part of the Loan remains outstanding;

(c)

the Borrower has taken all necessary corporate and other action to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of its obligations under this Agreement and such other documents to which it is a party and such documents do or will upon execution thereof constitute the valid and binding obligations of the Borrower enforceable in accordance with their respective terms;

4


 

(d)

the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all such other documents as contemplated hereby does not and will not, from the date of this  Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Finance Documents and while all or any part of the Loan remains outstanding, constitute a breach of any contractual restriction or any existing applicable law, regulation, consent or authorisation binding on the Borrower or on any of its property or assets and will not result in the creation or imposition of any security interest, lien, charge or encumbrance (other than under the Finance Documents) on any of such property or assets; and  

(e)

the Borrower has fully disclosed in writing to the Lender all facts which it knows or which it should reasonably know and which are material for disclosure to the Lender in the context of this Agreement and all information furnished by the Borrower or on its behalf relating to its business and affairs in connection with this Agreement was and remains true, correct and complete in all material respects and there are no other material facts or considerations the omission of which would render any such information misleading.

3

Agreement of the Lender

3.1

The Lender, relying upon each of the representations and warranties set out in Clauses 2.1 and 2.2 of this Agreement, hereby agrees with the Borrower, as of the date of this Agreement and subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in particular, subject to the fulfilment of the conditions precedent set out in Clause 4, to:

 

(i)

increase the Margin;

 

(ii)

amend the repayment schedule in the Loan Agreement;

 

(iii)

the payment by the Borrower of an arrangement fee of $25,000;

 

(iv)

the provision of a guarantee by the Secondone Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender as well as:

 

(a)

the registration of a second priority statutory Maltese mortgage over the Secondone Collateral Ship owned by the Secondone Collateral Owner; and

 

(b)

the execution of a second priority deed of covenant and a second priority general assignment by the Secondone Collateral Owner in relation to (inter alia) the insurances over the Secondone Collateral Ship,

as security for the guarantee;

 

(v)

the provision of a guarantee by the Thirdone Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender as well as:

 

(a)

the registration of a second priority statutory Maltese mortgage over the Thirdone Collateral Ship owned by the Thirdone Collateral Owner; and

 

(b)

the execution of a second priority deed of covenant and a second priority general assignment by the Thirdone Collateral Owner in relation to (inter alia) the insurances over the Thirdone Collateral Ship,

as security for the guarantee;

 

(vi)

the change in the legal and ultimate beneficial ownership of the shares of the Borrower;

 

(vii)

the approval of the Guarantor who will also provide the Guarantee in favour of the Lender which will take effect from the Effective Date;

5


 

 

(viii)

the merger transaction of the Guarantor involving the public offering of its share capital and subsequent listing of such share capital on a Stock Exchange;  

 

(ix)

the provision of a Compliance Certificate by the Borrower on an annual basis pursuant to the Loan Agreement; and

 

(x)

the consequential and other amendments to the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents in relation to those matters.

3.2

The Borrower agrees and confirms that the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents to which it is a party, as amended and supplemented pursuant to the terms hereof, shall remain in full force and effect and it shall remain liable under the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents to which it is a party for all obligations and liabilities assumed by it thereunder.

4

Conditions

4.1

The agreements of the Lender contained in Clause 3.1 of this Agreement shall all be expressly subject to the condition that the Lender shall have received in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its legal advisers the following documents or evidence:

(a)

on the date of this Agreement:

 

(i)

a certificate of the Secretary of the Borrower, the Guarantor and the Collateral Owners confirming the names and offices of all the Directors of the Borrower, the Guarantor and the Collateral Owners together with its incorporation and constitutional documents;

 

(ii)

true and complete copies of the resolutions passed at meetings of the Board of Directors and Shareholders of the Borrower, the Guarantor and the Collateral Owners authorising and approving the execution of this Agreement, the New Finance Documents and any other document or action to which it is or is to be a party and authorising its appropriate officer or officers or other representatives to execute the same on its behalf;

 

(iii)

the original of any power of attorney issued by the Borrower, the Guarantor and the Collateral Owners pursuant to the resolutions referred to in Clause 4.1(a) (ii);

 

(iv)

certified copies of all documents (with a certified translation if an original is not in English) evidencing any other necessary action, approvals or consents with respect to this Agreement and the New Finance Documents including without limitation, all necessary governmental and other official approvals and consents in such pertinent jurisdictions as the Lender reasonably deems appropriate;

 

(v)

an original of this Agreement, duly executed by all parties;

 

(vi)

a duly executed original of each Confirmation;

 

(vii)

duly executed originals of the Guarantee,  the Secondone Collateral Owner Guarantee and the Thirdone Collateral Owner Guarantee;

 

(viii)

evidence that the Secondone Collateral Mortgage has been duly registered against the Secondone Collateral Ship as a valid second priority statutory Maltese ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of Malta;

 

(ix)

a duly executed original of the Secondone Collateral Deed of Covenant, a duly executed original of the Secondone Collateral General Assignment and all other documents to be executed and served (in respect of notices) pursuant to the

6


 

 

Secondone Collateral Deed of Covenant and the Secondone Collateral General Assignment;  

 

(x)

evidence that the Thirdone Collateral Mortgage has been duly registered against the Thirdone Collateral Ship as a valid second priority statutory Maltese ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of Malta;

 

(xi)

a duly executed original of the Thirdone Collateral Deed of Covenant, a duly executed original of the Thirdone Collateral General Assignment and all other documents to be executed and served (in respect of notices) pursuant to the Thirdone Collateral Deed of Covenant and the Thirdone Collateral General Assignment;

 

(xii)

any additional or new notices, reflecting the arrangements contemplated by this Agreement, required to be given under the relevant Collateral Deed of Covenant and the relevant Collateral General Assignment, have been given in the manner therein provided;

 

(xiii)

the arrangement fee referred to in Clause 7.1;

 

(xiv)

a certified true copy of the DOC in respect of each Collateral Ship;

 

(xv)

certified true copies of the SMC and the International Ship Security Certificate under the ISPS Code in respect of each Collateral Ship;

 

(xvi)

for each Collateral Ship, a certified true copy of a class maintenance certificate issued by the classification society, confirming her class free of all overdue recommendations and conditions;

 

(xvii)

evidence that the agent referred to in Clause 9.4 has accepted its appointment as agent for service of process under this Agreement and the New Finance Documents; and

 

(xviii)

such legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Lender on such matters concerning the laws of Malta, the Marshall Islands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Lender may require.

(b)

on the Effective Date, evidence satisfactory to the Lender that the Borrower is a direct and fully owned subsidiary of the Guarantor.

5

Variations to Loan Agreement and Finance Documents

5.1

In consideration of the agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 3.1 of this  Agreement, the Borrower hereby agrees with the Lender that upon satisfaction of the conditions referred to in Clause 4.1(a), the provisions of the Loan Agreement shall be varied and/or amended and/or supplemented as follows:

(a)

by inserting the following definitions in clause 1.1 thereof in the correct alphabetical order:

"" Collateral Deed of Covenant ” means either of the Secondone Collateral Deed of Covenant and the Thirdone Collateral Deed of Covenant and, in the plural, means both or either of them;

" Collateral General Assignment " means either of the Secondone General Assignment and the Thirdone General Assignment and in the plural, means both or either of them;

" Collateral Loan " means the principal amount outstanding at any relevant time under the  loan agreement dated 26 September 2007 (as amended by a first supplemental agreement

7


 

dated 28 May 2010, a second supplemental agreement dated 1 December 2010 and a third supplemental agreement dated  and as may be further amended and/or supplemented from time to time 23 October 2015 made between the Collateral Owners as joint and several borrowers and the Lender as lender for a loan facility of (originally) Twenty four million five hundred sixty thousand Dollars ($24,560,000);

" Collateral Owner " means either of the Secondone Collateral Owner and the Thirdone Collateral Owner and, in the plural, means both of them;

" Collateral Ship " means  either of the Secondone Collateral Ship and the Thirdone Collateral Ship and,  in the plural, means both of them;

" Final Maturity Date " means 31 May 2020;

" Secondone Collateral Deed of Covenant " means the second priority deed of covenant collateral to the Secondone Collateral Mortgage executed or to be executed by the Secondone Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

" Secondone Collateral General Assignment " means the second priority general assignment executed or to be executed by the Secondone Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

" Secondone Collateral Mortgage " means the second priority Maltese mortgage over the Secondone Collateral Ship executed or to be executed by the Secondone Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

" Secondone Collateral Owner " means Secondone Corp., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960;

" Secondone Collateral Owner Guarantee " means the guarantee executed or to be executed by the Secondone Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

" Secondone Collateral Ship " means the chemical oil tanker of 8,615 metric tons deadweight, registered under Maltese flag in the ownership of the Secondone Collateral Owner with the name "NORTHSEA ALPHA";

" Supplemental Agreement " means the supplemental agreement dated 23 October 2015 amending and supplementing this Agreement and made between the Borrower and the Lender;

" Thirdone Collateral Deed of Covenant " means the second priority deed of covenant collateral to the Thirdone Collateral Mortgage executed or to be executed by the Thirdone Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

" Thirdone Collateral General Assignment " means the second priority general assignment executed or to be executed by the Thirdone Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

" Thirdone Collateral Mortgage " means the second priority Maltese mortgage over the Thirdone Collateral Ship executed or to be executed by the Thirdone Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

" Thirdone Collateral Owner " means Thirdone Corp., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960;

8


 

" Thirdone Collateral Owner Guarantee " means the guarantee executed or to be executed by the Thirdone Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve or require;

" Thirdone Collateral Ship " means the chemical oil tanker of 8,647 metric tons deadweight, registered under Maltese flag in the ownership of the Thirdone Collateral Owner with the name "NORTHSEA BETA";

(b)

by including each of the following documents in the definition of "Finance Documents" in clause 1.1 thereof:

"the Secondone Collateral Owner Guarantee;

the Secondone Collateral Mortgage;

the Secondone Collateral Deed of Covenant;

the Secondone Collateral General Assignment;

the Supplemental Agreement;

the Thirdone Collateral Owner Guarantee;

the Thirdone Collateral Mortgage;

the Thirdone Collateral Deed of Covenant;

the Thirdone Collateral General Assignment;”;

(c)

by deleting the definition of “Margin” in clause 1.1 thereof and replacing it with the following definition:

"" Margin " means:

 

(a)

up to the date of the Supplemental Agreement, 1.20 per cent. per annum; and

 

(b)

from the date of the Supplemental Agreement, 1.75 per cent. per annum;”;

(d)

by adding the words ", if any of the above rates is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero” at the end of the definition of “LIBOR” in clause 1.1 thereof;

(e)

by deleting the words “357-359 Mesoghion Avenue, Halandri” in the definition of “Pyxis Maritime” in clause 1.1 thereof and by replacing them with the words “K. Karamanli 59, Maroussi 15125”;

(f)

by adding the words "(except International Tanker Management Ltd. of Bermuda, any other third manager and any charterer of the Ship and of a Collateral Ship)" after the words "any person" in the first line of the definition "Security Party" in clause 1.1 thereof;

(g)

by deleting clause 7.1 thereof and replacing it with the following:

7.1 Amount of repayment instalments

as previously repaid or prepaid, the Borrower shall repay the Loan by:

 

(i)

9 consecutive semi-annual instalments in the amount of $1,070,000; and

9


 

 

(ii)

a balloon instalment in the amount of $12,860,000 payable on the Final Maturity Date.”;”  

(h)

by deleting the words "seventeenth anniversary of the Drawdown Date" in fourth line of clause 7.2 thereof and by adding the following words "Final Maturity Date";

(i)

by adding the words “the Relevant Proportion of” in the first line of clause 7.7 thereof before the words “the Loan” and by adding the following paragraph at the end of clause 7.7 thereof:

“In Clause 7.7, “ Relevant Proportion ” means:

 

(a)

with respect to the Ship, an amount equal to the Loan at the relevant time; and

 

(b)

with respect to each Collateral Ship any amount that may be required (but without prejudice to the Borrower’s right to provide, or ensure that a third party provides, additional security for any shortfall, in accordance with the provisions of Clause 14.2(a)) that the security cover ratio under Clause 14.1 be complied with.”;

(j)

by adding the words "and/or a Collateral Ship (as the case may be)" in the first line of clause 7.7 (a) and clause 7.7 (b) thereof after the words "if the Ship";

(k)

by adding the words “and/or a Collateral Ship (as the case may be) before the words “to the buyer” in the second line of clause 7.7(a) thereof;

(l)

by deleting clause 10.13 thereof and replacing it with the following:

10.13 The Borrower will maintain its registered address in the Marshall Islands and will not establish, or do anything as a result of which it would be deemed to have, a place of business, in the United Kingdom or the United States of America.”;

(m)

by deleting 12.3 (b) (ii) and replacing it with the following:

“an amount which when aggregated with the insured value of the Collateral Ships at the relevant time subject to a Collateral Mortgage, is equal to or greater than 120 per cent. of the aggregate of the Loan and the Collateral Loan;”;

(n)

by adding the words "and the Collateral Ships" at the end clause 14.1 (a) thereof;

(o)

by adding the words “and/or the Collateral Ships (as the case may be)" after the word “Ship” wherever it appears in clause 14.5 thereof;

(p)

by adding the words "and/or procures that each Collateral Owner will supply to the Lender" after the words "supply to the Lender" in the seventh line of the last paragraph of clause 14.5 thereof;

(q)

by adding the words "and/or procure that each Collateral Owner will supply to the Lender" after the words "provide the Lender" in first line of clause 14.8 thereof;

(r)

by adding the new clause 14.11 thereof:

14.11 Release of additional security

If the amounts calculated under Clause 14.1 shall at any time exceed 125 per cent. of the Loan and the Borrower shall previously have provided further security pursuant to this Clause 14.1 (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the additional security provided by the Collateral Owners pursuant to the Supplemental Agreement), the Lender, after receiving a notice from the Borrower (which will include evidence reasonably satisfactory to the

10


 

Lender that the security cover test specified in Clause 14.1 has been maintained for a period of at least 90 consecutive days prior to such notice (without taking into account the additional security whose release the Borrower is requesting pursuant to this Clause 14.11)) shall, subject to the Lender’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and subject further to the Lender being indemnified to its satisfaction against the cost of doing so, as soon as practical release such further security specified by the Borrower to the extent that the minimum security cover specified in Clause 14.1 would be maintained following such release and provided that at the relevant time no Event of Default is in existence or will result from such release.”;

(s)

by deleting the words "to enable the Borrower to own, operate or charter the Ship" in the first line of clause 17.1 (j) thereof and by adding the following words "to enable the Borrower or any Collateral Owner to own, operate or charter the Ship or its Collateral Ship, respectively";

(t)

by adding the words "or any Collateral Ship" after the words "involving the Ship"  in the first line of clause 17.1 (q) (ii) thereof and by adding the words "or any Collateral Owner" after the words "the Borrower" in the second line in the last paragraph of that same clause;

(u)

by adding a new clause number 24.7 therein reading as follows:

24.7 if:

 

(i)

the Lender assigns or transfers or sub-participates any of its rights or obligations, under either of Clauses 24.2 or 24.4; and

 

(ii)

as a result of such assignment, transfer or sub-participation, the Borrower and/or any other Security Party become obliged to make a payment to the assignee, transferee and/or sub-participant under any one or more of Clauses 18 ( Fees and Expenses ), 19 ( Indemnities ), 20 ( No Set-Off or Tax Deduction ) or 22 ( Increased Costs ) or equivalent clauses under any other Finance Document,

then the assignee, transferee and/or sub-participant will only be entitled to receive payment under those Clauses referred to in sub-paragraph (ii) hereinabove to the same extent as the Lender would have been if the assignment, transfer or sub-participation had not occurred and no taxes and/or costs shall be payable by the Borrower and/or any other Security Party which would not, but for such assignment, transfer or sub-participation, have been payable.”;

(v)

by adding the words " Provided that the Borrower shall have a right of first refusal to make an offer to buy the Loan from the Lender within a period of no later than 14 days from the Lender informing the Borrower that it will be selling the Loan. For the avoidance of doubt this right of first refusal shall in no manner create any additional obligation on the Lender under this Agreement to accept any offer made by the Borrower. The Lender shall be entitled to determine in its sole discretion to whom to sell and transfer the Loan" at the end clause 24.2 thereof;

(w)

by deleting clause 26.2(a) thereof and replacing it with the following:

 

“(a) to the Borrower:

c/o Pyxis Maritime Corp.

 

K. Karamanli 59

 

Maroussi 15125

 

Greece

 

Fax: +30 210 6510 530”;

 

(x)

by deleting in clause 28.4 thereof the words “WFW Legal Services Limited at its registered office for the time being, presently at 15 Appold Street, London EC2A 2HB, England” and

11


 

replacing same with the words “Atlas Maritime Services Limited at present of Enterprise House, 113-115 George Lane, E18 1AB, London, England”;  

(y)

by construing all references therein to "this Agreement" where the context admits as being references to "this Agreement as the same is amended and supplemented by this Agreement and as the same may from time to time be further supplemented and/or amended"; and

(z)

by construing references to each of the Finance Documents as being references to each such document as it is from time to time supplemented and/or amended.

5.2

In consideration of the agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 3.1 of this  Agreement, the Borrower hereby agrees with the Lender that upon satisfaction of the conditions referred to in Clause 4.1 (b), the provisions of the Loan Agreement shall be varied and/or amended and/or supplemented as follows:

(a)

by inserting the following definitions in clause 1.1 thereof in the correct alphabetical order:

"" Compliance Certificate " means a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 4 or in any other form agreed between the Guarantor, the Borrower and the Lender;

" Effective Date " has the meaning given to it in the Supplemental Agreement;

" Guarantee " means a guarantee to be provided by the Guarantor in respect of the obligations of the Borrower under (inter alia) the Loan Agreement, which shall only take effect from the Effective Date, in the form agreed between the Lender and the Guarantor;

" Guarantor " means Pyxis Tankers Inc., a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960;

" IPO " means any initial registered public offering, public listing, merger or reverse takeover transaction, floatation or similar public offering on a Stock Exchange in respect of the Guarantor;

" Stock Exchange " means any of the stock exchanges of New York or London or Hong Kong individually or combined or any other stock exchange market acceptable to the Lender in its discretion, such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;”;  

(b)

by adding “the Guarantee” in the definition of "Finance Documents" in clause 1.1 thereof;

(c)

by deleting the definitions of “Group” and “Konkar Shipping” in clause 1.1 hereof;

(d)

by adding the words “if adversely determined” before the words “would be likely” in clause 9.12 thereof;

(e)

by deleting the word “bearer” in the last line of clause 9.3 thereof and replacing with the words “the Guarantor”;

(f)

by adding the words "or procure that the Lender receives, together with a Compliance Certificate on an annual basis (in relation to (a))" after the words “The Borrower will send to the Lender” at the beginning of clause 10.6 thereof;

(g)

by deleting the words “and the combined audited financial statements of the Group” at  the end of clause 10.6 (a) thereof;

12


 

(h)

by inserting a new clause as clause 10.6 (b) thereof reading as follows:  

“(b) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 120 days after the end of each financial year of the Guarantor (commencing with the financial statements relating to the financial year of the Guarantor ending 31 December 2015) the consolidated audited financial statements of the Guarantor and all the other ship-owning companies which are ultimately owned or controlled by the Guarantor;”

(i)

by renumbering clause 10.6 (b) thereof to 10.6 (c) and by deleting at the end the words “the Commercial Manager and any other company in the Group” and replacing them with the words “ the Guarantor and any other company owned or controlled by the Guarantor”;

(j)

by deleting all references to the “Commercial Manager” in clause 10.7 thereof and replacing it with references to the “Guarantor”;

(k)

by adding at the beginning of clause 10.11 thereof the words “Save as otherwise provided in any Finance Document,” and by replacing the word “The” with “the”;

(l)

by deleting paragraph (b) of clause 11.3 thereof;

(m)

by deleting paragraph (c) of clause 11.3 thereof and replacing it with the following:

“(c) after the occurrence of an Event of Default that is continuing, repay any shareholders’ loans or any other loans advanced to it by any person or pay interest thereon (other than principal and interest under the Loan) nor make any loans or advances to any person”;

(n)

by adding the words “(other than to the Guarantor and/or its subsidiaries)” after the words “or financial assistance to” in clause 11.3 (d) thereof;

(o)

by adding the words “other than in relation to the IPO” after the words “issued share capital” in clause 11.3(e) thereof;

(p)

by adding the words “other than in relation to the IPO or any sub merger, sub division, amalgamation or other reorganization after which the provisions of the Finance Documents are complied with” after the words “or reorganisation” in clause 11.3(g) thereof;

(q)

by adding after the words “a Relevant Person” in clause 17.1(f) thereof the words “(which, in the case of the Guarantor, is in an amount of $1,000,000 or more (or the equivalent in another currency))”;

(r)

by adding after the words “or sums aggregating, $100,000 or more” in clause 17.1(g)(ii) thereof the words “in respect of the Borrower and, in the case of the Guarantor an amount equal to $1,000,000 or more”;

(s)

by adding the words “(other than the Guarantor)” after the words “Security Party” in clause 17.1(k) thereof;

(t)

by deleting in clause 17.1(q)(i) the reference to “the Approved Manager” and replacing it with “the Guarantor”;

(u)

by adding as Schedule 3 thereof Schedule 2 (Form of Compliance Certificate) of this Agreement;

(v)

by construing all references therein to "this Agreement" where the context admits as being references to "this Agreement as the same is amended and supplemented by this Agreement and as the same may from time to time be further supplemented and/or amended"; and

13


 

(w)

by construing references to each of the Finance Documents as being references to each such document as it is from time to time supplemented and/or amended.  

5.3

Amendments to Finance Documents

(a)

With effect on and from the date of this Agreement each of the Finance Documents (other than the Loan Agreement) shall be, and shall be deemed by this Agreement to have been, amended in accordance with Clause 5.1 as follows:

 

(i)

the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents to, the Loan Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement and those Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement; and

 

(ii)

by construing references throughout each of the Finance Documents to "this Agreement", "this Deed", "hereunder and other like expressions as if the same referred to such Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.

(b)

With effect on and from the Effective Date each of the Finance Documents (other than the Loan Agreement) shall be, and shall be deemed by this Agreement to have been, amended in accordance with Clause 5.2 as follows:

 

(i)

the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents to, the Loan Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement and those Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement; and

 

(ii)

by construing references throughout each of the Finance Documents to "this Agreement", "this Deed", "hereunder and other like expressions as if the same referred to such Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.

5.4

Finance Documents to remain in full force and effect

With effect on and from the date of this Agreement, the Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect as amended and supplemented by:

(a)

the amendments to the Finance Documents contained or referred to in Clauses 5.1 and 5.2 (as the case may be); and

(b)

such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to make the same consistent with, and to give full effect to, the terms of this Agreement.

6

Continuance of Loan Agreement and Finance Documents

6.1

Save for the alterations to the Loan Agreement made or to be made pursuant to this Agreement and such further modifications (if any) thereto as may be necessary to make the same consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Loan Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and the security constituted by the Finance Documents shall continue and remain valid and enforceable.

7

Expenses

7.1

Arrangement fee

The Borrower shall pay to the Lender an arrangement fee of $25,000 on or before the date of this Agreement.

14


 

7.2

Expenses  

The Borrower agrees to pay to the Lender upon demand and from time to time all costs, charges and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by the Lender in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and (if required) registration or preservation of rights under the enforcement or attempted enforcement of the Loan Agreement, this Agreement and the Finance Documents or otherwise in connection with the Loan or any part thereof.

8

Notices

8.1

The provisions of clause 26 (Notices) of the Loan Agreement, as amended hereby, shall apply to this Agreement as if the same were set out herein in full.

9

Applicable Law

9.1

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

9.2

Subject to Clause 9.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement.

9.3

Clause 9.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Lender which reserves the right:

(a)

to commence proceedings in relation to any matter which arises out of or in connection with this Agreement in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that matter; and

(b)

to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.

The Borrower shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a matter or any non-contractual obligation which arises out of or in connection with this Agreement.

9.4

The Borrower irrevocably appoints Atlas Maritime Services Limited presently at Enterprise House, 113-115 George Lane, E18 1AB London, England, for the time being to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with this Agreement.

9.5

Nothing in this Clause 9 shall exclude or limit any right which the Lender may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.

9.6

In this Clause 9, " proceedings " means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure.


15


 

Schedule 1 (A)

Confirmation

SIGNED   this [ l ] day of October 2015 by PYXIS MARITIME CORP. , in its capacity as the commercial manager which, by its execution hereof, confirms and acknowledges that it has read and understood the terms and conditions of the attached supplemental agreement, that it agrees in all respects to the same and that the Manager’s Undertaking to which it is a party shall be amended as outlined in the supplemental agreement and, without limitation, shall remain in full force and effect and shall continue to stand as security for the obligations of the borrower under the loan agreement.

 

 

 

 

_____________________________________________

for and on behalf of

PYXIS MARITIME CORP.

as Commercial Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


16


 

SCHEDULE 1 (A)

Confirmation

SIGNED this [ l ] day of October 2015 by INTERNATIONAL TANKER MANAGEMENT LTD. , in its capacity as the technical manager which, by its execution hereof, confirms and acknowledges that the Approved Manager’s Undertaking to which it is a party shall be amended as outlined in the supplemental agreement and, without limitation, shall remain in full force and effect and shall continue to stand as security for the obligations of the borrower under the loan agreement.

 

 

 

 

_____________________________________________

for and on behalf of

INTERNATIONAL TANKER MANAGEMENT LTD.

as Technical Manager

 

 

 


17


 

Schedule 2

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

To:

Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft

Domstraße 18

20095 Hamburg

Republic of Germany

 

From:

[ l ]

Dated:

[ l ]

Dear Sirs

Loan Agreement dated 12 December 2008

as amended and supplemented from time to time  (the "Agreement")

 

1

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate and attached hereto are the accounts which will provide evidence of compliance. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

2

We refer to paragraph clause 10.6 of the Agreement and hereby attach the following certified documents:

2.1

the audited accounts of the Borrower for the financial year ended [ l ].

3

We confirm that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or is continuing.

 

 

_____________________________________________

[Director]/[Chief Financial Officer]


18


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF   the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed the day and year first above written.

BORROWER

SIGNED by

Konstantinos Lytras

)

/s/ Konstantinos Lytras

 

 

)

 

for and on behalf of

 

)

 

FOURTHONE CORP.

 

)

 

in the presence of:

 

)

 

/s/ Konstantinos Mexias

 

 

 

LENDER

SIGNED by

Anthi Kekatou

)

/s/ Anthi Kekatou

 

 

)

 

for and on behalf of

 

)

 

COMMERZBANK

 

)

 

AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

 

)

 

in the presence of:

 

)

 

/s/ Konstantinos Mexias

 

 

 

19

 

Exhibit 4.5.2

Dated 23 October 2015

 

PYXIS TANKERS INC.

as Guarantor

 

and

COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

as Lender

 

 

 

 

GUARANTEE

relating to
a Loan Agreement dated 12 December 2008

 



 

Index

 

Clause

 

Page

1

Interpretation

1

2

Guarantee

2

3

Liability as Principal and Independent Debtor

2

4

Expenses

3

5

Adjustment of Transactions

3

6

Payments

3

7

Interest

3

8

Subordination

4

9

Enforcement

4

10

Representations and Warranties

4

11

Undertakings

6

12

Judgments and Currency Indemnity

8

13

Set-off

8

14

Supplemental

9

15

Assignment

10

16

Notices

10

17

Invalidity of Loan Agreement

11

18

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

11

Schedule 1

13

Execution Page

14

 

 

 

 

 


 

THIS GUARANTEE is made on 23 October 2016

PARTIES

(1)

PYXIS TANKERS INC. , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands (the " Guarantor ")

(2)

COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT (legal successor of Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft), acting through its office at Domstrasse 18, 20095 Hamburg, Germany (the " Lender ", which expression includes its successors and assigns)

BACKGROUND

(A)

By a loan agreement dated 12 December 2008 (as amended by a supplemental agreement dated 23 October 2015 and as may be further amended and supplemented from time to time), and made between (i) Fourthone Corp. as borrower (the “ Borrower ”) and (ii) the Lender it was agreed that the Lender would make available to the Borrower a term loan facility of (originally) up to US$41,600,000.

(B)

The execution and delivery to the Lender of this Guarantee is one of the conditions precedent to the continued availability of the facility under the said Loan Agreement.

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

1

Interpretation

1.1

Defined expressions

Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this Guarantee unless the context otherwise requires.

1.2

Construction of certain terms

In this Guarantee:

" bankruptcy " includes a liquidation, receivership or administration and any form of suspension of payments, arrangement with creditors or reorganisation under any corporate or insolvency law of any country;

" Effective Date " has the meaning given to it in the Supplemental Agreement;

" Fleet Vessels " means any ships (including, but not limited to, the Ships and the Collateral Ship) from time to time directly or indirectly owned by the Guarantor and, in the singular means any of them;

" IPO " means any initial registered public offering, public listing, merger or reverse takeover transaction, floatation or similar public offering on a Stock Exchange in respect of the Guarantor;

" Loan Agreement " means the loan agreement dated 12 December 2008 referred to in Recital (A) and includes any existing or future amendments or supplements, whether made with the Guarantor's consent or otherwise; and

" Stock Exchange " means any of the stock exchanges of New York or London or Hong Kong individually or combined or any other stock exchange market acceptable to the Lender in its discretion, such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 


 

1.3

Application of construction and inter pretation provisions of Loan Agreement  

Clause 1.2 and 1.4 of the Loan Agreement apply, with any necessary modifications, to this Guarantee.

2

Guarantee

2.1

Guarantee and indemnity

The Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably:

(a)

guarantees the due payment of all amounts payable by the Borrower under or in connection with the Loan Agreement and every other Finance Document;

(b)

undertakes to pay to the Lender, on the Lender's demand, any such amount which is not paid by the Borrower when payable; and

(c)

fully indemnifies the Lender on its demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are made or brought against or incurred by the Lender as a result of or in connection with any obligation or liability guaranteed by the Guarantor being or becoming unenforceable, invalid, void or illegal; and the amount recoverable under this indemnity shall be equal to the amount which the Lender would otherwise have been entitled to recover.

2.2

No limit on number of demands

The Lender may serve more than one demand under Clause 2.1 .

3

Liability as Principal and Independent Debtor

3.1

Principal and independent debtor

The Guarantor shall be liable under this Guarantee as a principal and independent debtor and accordingly it shall not have, as regards this Guarantee, any of the rights or defences of a surety.

3.2

Waiver of rights and defences

Without limiting the generality of Clause 3.1 , the Guarantor shall neither be discharged by, nor have any claim against the Lender in respect of:

(a)

any amendment or supplement being made to the Finance Documents;

(b)

any arrangement or concession (including a rescheduling or acceptance of partial payments) relating to, or affecting, the Finance Documents;

(c)

any release or loss (even though negligent) of any right or Security Interest created by the Finance Documents;

(d)

any failure (even though negligent) promptly or properly to exercise or enforce any such right or Security Interest, including a failure to realise for its full market value an asset covered by such a Security Interest; or

(e)

any other Finance Document or any Security Interest now being or later becoming void, unenforceable, illegal or invalid or otherwise defective for any reason, including a neglect to register it.

2


 

4

Expenses  

4.1

Costs of preservation of rights, enforcement etc.

The Guarantor shall pay to the Lender on its demand the amount of all expenses incurred by the Lender in connection with any matter arising out of this Guarantee or any Security Interest connected with it, including any advice, claim or proceedings relating to this Guarantee or such a Security Interest.

4.2

Fees and expenses payable under Loan Agreement

Clause 4.1 is without prejudice to the Guarantor's liabilities in respect of the Borrower's obligations under clause 20 of the Loan Agreement and under similar provisions of other Finance Documents.

5

Adjustment of Transactions

5.1

Reinstatement of obligation to pay

The Guarantor shall pay to the Lender on its demand any amount which the Lender is required, or agrees, to pay pursuant to any claim by, or settlement with, a trustee in bankruptcy of the Borrower on the ground that the Loan Agreement, or a payment by the Borrower, was invalid or on any similar ground.

6

Payments

6.1

Method of payments

Any amount due under this Guarantee shall be paid:

(a)

in immediately available funds;

(b)

to such account as the Lender may from time to time notify to the Guarantor;

(c)

without any form of set‑off, cross‑claim or condition; and

(d)

free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which the Guarantor is required by law to make.

6.2

Grossing-up for taxes

If the Guarantor is required by law to make a tax deduction, the amount due to the Lender shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that the Lender receives and retains a net amount which, after the tax deduction, is equal to the full amount that it would otherwise have received.

7

Interest

7.1

Accrual of interest

Any amount due under this Guarantee shall carry interest after the date on which the Lender demands payment of it until it is actually paid, unless interest on that same amount also accrues under the Loan Agreement.

7.2

Calculation of interest

Interest under this Guarantee shall be calculated and accrue in the same way as interest under clause 6 of the Loan Agreement.

3


 

7.3

Guarantee extends to interest payable under Loan Agreement  

For the avoidance of doubt, it is confirmed that this Guarantee covers all interest payable under the Loan Agreement, including that payable under clause 6 of the Loan Agreement.

8

Subordination

8.1

Subordination of rights of Guarantor

All rights which the Guarantor at any time has (whether in respect of this Guarantee or any other transaction) against the Borrower, any other Security Party or their respective assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Lender under the Finance Documents; and in particular, the Guarantor shall not throughout the Security Period:

(a)

claim, or in a bankruptcy of the Borrower or any other Security Party prove for, any amount payable to the Guarantor by the Borrower or any other Security Party, whether in respect of this Guarantee or any other transaction;

(b)

take or enforce any Security Interest for any such amount;

(c)

claim to set-off any such amount against any amount payable by the Guarantor to the Borrower or any other Security Party; or

(d)

claim any subrogation or other right in respect of any Finance Document or any sum received or recovered by the Lender under a Finance Document.

9

Enforcement

9.1

No requirement to commence proceedings against Borrower

The Lender will not need to commence any proceedings under, or enforce any Security Interest created by, the Loan Agreement or any other Finance Document before claiming or commencing proceedings under this Guarantee.

9.2

Conclusive evidence of certain matters

However, as against the Guarantor:

(a)

any final and un-appealable judgment or order of a court in England or the Marshall Islands in connection with the Loan Agreement; and

(b)

any statement or admission of the Borrower in connection with the Loan Agreement,

shall be binding and conclusive as to all matters of fact and law to which it relates.

10

Representations and Warranties

10.1

General

The Guarantor represents and warrants to the Lender as follows.

10.2

Status

The Guarantor is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Marshall Islands.

4


 

10.3

Corporate power  

The Guarantor has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents necessary for it:

(a)

to execute this Guarantee; and

(b)

to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with, this Guarantee.

10.4

Consents in force

All the consents referred to in Clause 10.3 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.

10.5

Legal validity

This Guarantee constitutes the Guarantor's legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors' rights generally.

10.6

No conflicts

The execution by the Guarantor of this Guarantee and its compliance with this Guarantee will not involve or lead to a contravention of:

(a)

any law or regulation; or

(b)

the constitutional documents of the Guarantor; or

(c)

any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on the Guarantor or any of its assets.

10.7

No withholding taxes

All payments which the Guarantor is liable to make under this Guarantee may be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any Pertinent Jurisdiction.

10.8

No default

To the knowledge of the Guarantor, no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred.

10.9

Information

All information which has been provided in writing by or on behalf of the Guarantor to the Lender in connection with any Finance Document satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.2 ; all audited and unaudited accounts which have been so provided satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.4(a); and there has been no material adverse change in the financial position or state of affairs of the Guarantor from that disclosed in the latest of those accounts.

10.10

No litigation

No legal or administrative action against the Guarantor has been commenced or taken or, to the Guarantor's knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken which, in either case, if adversely determined, would be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the Guarantor's financial position.

5


 

11

Undertakings  

11.1

General

The Guarantor undertakes with the Lender to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 11 at all times during the Security Period, except as the Lender may otherwise permit.

11.2

Information provided to be accurate

All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of the Guarantor under or in connection with this Guarantee will be true and not misleading and will not omit any material fact or consideration.

11.3

Provision of financial statements

The Guarantor will send to the Lender:

(a)

as soon as possible, but in no event later than 120 days after the end of each financial year of the Guarantor, the audited accounts of the Guarantor (commencing with the financial statements relating to the financial year of the Guarantor ending 31 December 2015);

(b)

as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of each quarter in each financial year of the Guarantor unaudited accounts of the Guarantor (commencing with the account for the 3-month period ending on 31 March 2016) certified as to their correctness by the chief financial officer of the Guarantor; and

(c)

together with the set of accounts referred to in paragraph (a) above a compliance certificate on an annual basis in the form set out in Schedule 1 and together with the set of accounts referred to in paragraph (b) above a compliance certificate on a quarterly basis in the form set out in Schedule 1.

11.4

Form of financial statements

All accounts (audited and unaudited) delivered under Clause 11.3 will:

(a)

be prepared in accordance with all applicable laws and generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied;

(b)

give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Guarantor at the date of those accounts and of its profit for the period to which those accounts relate; and

(c)

fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of the Guarantor.

11.5

Shareholder and creditor notices

The Guarantor will send to the Lender, at the same time as they are despatched, copies of all communications which are despatched to the Guarantor's shareholders or creditors or any class of them, which are material to the terms of this Guarantee and/or the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder, except for any communications which are publicly available.

11.6

Consents

The Guarantor will maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew, and will promptly send certified copies to the Lender of, all consents required:

(a)

for the Guarantor to perform its obligations under this Guarantee;

(b)

for the validity or enforceability of this Guarantee,

6


 

and the Guarantor will compl y with the terms of all such consents.

11.7

Notification of litigation

The Guarantor will provide the Lender with details of any legal or administrative action involving the Guarantor as soon as such action is instituted or it becomes apparent to the Guarantor that it is likely to be instituted, unless it is clear that the legal or administrative action cannot be considered material in the context of this Guarantee.

11.8

Notification of default

The Guarantor will notify the Lender as soon as the Guarantor becomes aware of:

(a)

the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default; or

(b)

any matter which indicates that an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default may have occurred,

and will thereafter keep the Lender fully up-to-date with all developments.

11.9

Maintenance of status

The Guarantor will maintain its separate corporate existence, except as permitted by clause 11.13 and remain in good standing under the laws of the Marshall Islands.

11.10

Negative pledge

The Guarantor shall procure that the Borrower will not create or permit to arise any Security Interest over any asset present or future except Security Interests created or permitted by the Finance Documents and except for Permitted Security Interests.

11.11

No disposal of assets, change of business

The Guarantor:

(a)

shall procure that the Borrower will not transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial part of its assets, whether by one transaction or a number of transactions, whether related or not; or

(b)

will not make any substantial change to the nature of its business from that existing at the date of this Guarantee.

11.12

No merger etc.

The Guarantor shall not, and shall procure that the Borrower will not, enter into any form of merger, sub-division, amalgamation or other reorganisation other than in relation to the IPO.

11.13

Maintenance of ownership of Borrower

The Guarantor shall remain the legal holder and direct beneficial owner of the entire issued and allotted share capital of the Borrower, free from any Security Interest, except that created in favour of the Lender.

7


 

11.14

Financial Covenants  

The Guarantor undertakes:

(a)

to maintain (either directly or through its subsidiaries) in bank accounts held with the Lender or any other bank, on each of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, cash deposits of a minimum amount of the higher of (i) $4,500,000 in aggregate and (ii) $750,000 per Fleet Vessel; and

(b)

to maintain (either directly or through its subsidiaries) in bank accounts held with the Lender or any other bank, on June 30, 2016 and thereafter on each of September 30, December 31, March 31 and June 30 of each year during the Security Period, cash deposits of a minimum amount of the higher of (i) $5,000,000 in aggregate and (ii) $750,000 per Fleet Vessel (together, the " Minimum Cash ") of which $2,500,000 shall be freely available and unencumbered cash under deposit by the Guarantor.

At any time that the number of Fleet Vessels exceeds ten in total, the Minimum Cash requirement shall be reduced to an amount of $500,000 for each Fleet Vessel that exceeds ten.

 

If the Lender requires evidence of the Minimum Cash applicable on a date referred to hereinabove following receipt of the respective Compliance Certificate provided to the Lender under Clause 11.3(c) and referring to the period ending on such date (the “ Specified Date ”), the Guarantor will provide the Lender with copies of bank statements evidencing the existence of the Minimum Cash on such Specified Date within 5 Business Days of the Lender's relevant written request.

 

12

Judgments and Currency Indemnity

12.1

Judgments relating to Loan Agreement

This Guarantee shall cover any amount payable by the Borrower under or in connection with any judgment relating to the Loan Agreement.

12.2

Currency indemnity

In addition, clause 19.4 of the Loan Agreement shall apply, with any necessary adaptations, in relation to this Guarantee.

13

Set-off

13.1

Application of credit balances

After the occurrence of an Event of Default, which is continuing, the Lender may without prior notice:

(a)

apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of the Guarantor at any office in any country of the Lender in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from the Guarantor to the Lender under this Guarantee; and

(b)

for that purpose:

 

(i)

break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of the Guarantor;

 

(ii)

convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars; and

8


 

 

(iii)

enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Lender considers appropriate.  

13.2

Existing rights unaffected

The Lender shall not be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 13.1 ; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set‑off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which the Lender is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).

14

Supplemental

14.1

Continuing guarantee

This Guarantee shall remain in force as a continuing security at all times during the Security Period.

14.2

Rights cumulative, non-exclusive

The Lender's rights under and in connection with this Guarantee are cumulative, may be exercised as often as appears expedient and shall not be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by law.

14.3

No impairment of rights under Guarantee

If the Lender omits to exercise, delays in exercising or invalidly exercises any of its rights under this Guarantee, that shall not impair that or any other right of the Lender under this Guarantee.

14.4

Severability of provisions

If any provision of this Guarantee is or subsequently becomes void, illegal, unenforceable or otherwise invalid, that shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of its other provisions.

14.5

Guarantee not affected by other security

This Guarantee shall not impair, nor be impaired by, any other guarantee, any Security Interest or any right of set-off or netting or to combine accounts which the Lender may now or later hold in connection with the Loan Agreement.

14.6

Guarantor bound by Loan Agreement

The Guarantor agrees with the Lender to be bound by those provisions of the Loan Agreement which are applicable to it as a Security Party where the context requires in the same way as if those provisions had been set out (with any necessary modifications) in this Guarantee but in case of any conflict between the Loan Agreement and this Guarantee, the provisions of this Guarantee shall prevail.

14.7

Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other Security Interests

Any Security Interest which the Guarantor creates (whether at the time at which it signs this Guarantee or at any later time) to secure any liability under this Guarantee shall be a principal and independent security, and Clauses 3 and 17 shall, with any necessary modifications, apply to it, notwithstanding that the document creating the Security Interest neither describes it as a principal or independent security nor includes provisions similar to Clauses 3 and 17 .

9


 

14.8

Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other rights  

Clauses 3 and 17 shall also apply to any right of set-off or netting or to combine accounts which the Guarantor creates by an agreement entered into at the time of this Guarantee or at any later time (notwithstanding that the agreement does not include provisions similar to Clauses 3 and 17 ), being an agreement referring to this Guarantee.

14.9

Third party rights

A person who is not a party to this Guarantee has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Guarantee.

14.10

Effective Date

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall, unless otherwise provided under this Guarantee, take effect as of the Effective Date whereupon this Guarantee shall become in full force and effect and the Guarantor liable hereunder.

15

Assignment

15.1

Assignment by Lender

The Lender may assign its rights under and in connection with this Guarantee, (provided that any costs will be for the Transferee Lender) at no cost to the Guarantor,  to the same extent as it may assign its rights under and subject to the provisions of the Loan Agreement.

16

Notices

16.1

Notices to Guarantor

Any notice or demand to the Guarantor under or in connection with this Guarantee shall be given by letter or fax at:

c/o Pyxis Maritime Corp.

59 Konstantinou Karamanli Street

151 25 Marousi

Greece

 

Fax No: +30 210 6510 530

or to such other address which the Guarantor may notify to the Lender.

16.2

Application of certain provisions of Loan Agreement

Clauses 28.3, 28.4 and 28.5 of the Loan Agreement apply to any notice or demand under or in connection with this Guarantee.

16.3

Validity of demands

A demand under this Guarantee shall be valid notwithstanding that it is served:

(a)

on the date on which the amount to which it relates is payable by the Borrower under the Loan Agreement;

(b)

at the same time as the service of a notice under clause 19.2 of the Loan Agreement;

and a demand under this Guarantee may refer to all amounts payable under or in connection with the Loan Agreement without specifying a particular sum or aggregate sum.

10


 

16.4

Notices to Lender  

Any notice to the Lender under or in connection with this Guarantee shall be sent to the same address and in the same manner as notices to the Lender under the Loan Agreement.

17

Invalidity of Loan Agreement

17.1

Invalidity of Loan Agreement

In the event of:

(a)

the Loan Agreement now being or later becoming, with immediate or retrospective effect, void, illegal, unenforceable or otherwise invalid for any other reason whatsoever, whether of a similar kind or not; or

(b)

without limiting the scope of paragraph (a), a bankruptcy of the Borrower, the introduction of any law or any other matter resulting in the Borrower being discharged from liability under the Loan Agreement, or the Loan Agreement ceasing to operate (for example, by interest ceasing to accrue);

this Guarantee shall cover any amount which would have been or become payable under or in connection with the Loan Agreement if the Loan Agreement had been and remained entirely valid, legal and enforceable, or the Borrower had not suffered bankruptcy, or any combination of such events or circumstances, as the case may be, and the Borrower had remained fully liable under it for liabilities whether invalidly incurred or validly incurred but subsequently retrospectively invalidated; and references in this Guarantee to amounts payable by the Borrower under or in connection with the Loan Agreement shall include references to any amount which would have so been or become payable as aforesaid.

17.2

Invalidity of Finance Documents

Clause 17.1 also applies to each of the other Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party.

18

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

18.1

English law

This Guarantee and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

18.2

Exclusive English jurisdiction

Subject to Clause 18.3 , the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute.

18.3

Choice of forum for the exclusive benefit of the Lender

Clause 18.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Lender, which reserves the rights:

(a)

to commence proceedings in relation to any Dispute in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that Dispute; and

(b)

to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.

11


 

The Guaranto r shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a Dispute.

18.4

Process agent

The Guarantor irrevocably appoints Atlas Maritime Services Limited at its registered office for the time being, presently at Enterprise House, 113-115 George Lane, E18 1AB London, England, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with a Dispute.

18.5

Lender' rights unaffected

Nothing in this Clause 18 shall exclude or limit any right which the Lender may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.

18.6

Meaning of "proceedings"

In this Clause 18 , " proceedings " means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure and a " Dispute " means any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Guarantee) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee.

This Guarantee has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Guarantee.


12


 

Schedule 1

To:

Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft

 

Domstraße 18

 

20095 Hamburg

 

Republic of Germany

 

 

From:

[ l ]

Dated:

[ l ]

 

Dear Sirs

We refer to:

(a)

a loan agreement dated 12 December 2008 (as amended by a supplemental agreement dated 23 October 2015 and as may be further amended and supplemented from time to time, together the " Agreement ") made between (i) Fourthone Corp., as borrower and (ii) yourselves, as lender; and

(b)

a guarantee dated 23 October 2015 (the “ Guarantee ”) made between (1) ourselves, as guarantor and (2) yourselves, as lender.

 

This is a Compliance Certificate and attached hereto are the accounts which will provide evidence of compliance. Terms defined in the Agreement and the Guarantee have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

[We refer to paragraph (a) of clause 11.3 of the Guarantee and hereby attach the following certified documents the audited accounts of the Guarantor for the financial year ended [ l ].]

[We refer to paragraph (b) clause 11.3 of the Guarantee and hereby attach the following certified documents the unaudited accounts of the Guarantor for the 3-month period ended [ l ].  

We confirm that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or is continuing.

 

 

 

 

____________________________

[Director]/[Chief Financial Officer]


13


 

Execution Page

GUARANTOR

 

SIGNED by

Konstantinos Lytras

)

/s/ Konstantinos Lytras

for and on behalf of

 

)

 

PYXIS TANKERS INC.

 

)

 

in the presence of:

 

)

 

Konstantinos Mexias

 

 

 

LENDER

 

SIGNED by

Anthi Kekatou

)

/s/ Anthi Kekatou

for and on behalf of

 

)

 

COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

)

 

in the presence of:

 

)

 

Konstantinos Mexias

 

 

 

14

 

Exhibit 4.6.2

Dated 23 October 2015

SIXTHONE CORP. and

SEVENTHONE CORP.

as joint and several Borrowers

and

THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

listed in Schedule 1

as Lenders

and

HSH NORDBANK AG

as Agent, Mandated Lead Arranger, Swap Bank and Security Trustee

 

 

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

relating to a senior secured loan facility

of (originally) up to US$37,300,000

 



 

Index

 

Clause

 

Page

1

Interpretation

2

2

Representations and Warranties

3

3

Agreement of the Creditor Parties

4

4

Conditions Precedent

4

5

Amendments to Loan Agreement and other Finance Documents

5

6

Further Assurances

7

7

Fees and Expenses

7

8

Communications

8

9

Supplemental

8

10

Law and Jurisdiction

8

Schedule 1 Lenders and Contributions

9

Execution Pages

10

 

 

 

 


 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 23 October 2016

BETWEEN

(1)

SIXTHONE CORP. and SEVENTHONE CORP. as joint and several Borrowers ;

(2)

THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1 herein, as Lenders ;

(3)

HSH NORDBANK AG , acting through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095, Hamburg, Germany as Mandated Lead Arranger ;

(4)

HSH NORDBANK AG , acting through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095, Hamburg, Germany as Agent ;

(5)

HSH NORDBANK AG , acting through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095, Hamburg, Germany, as Security Trustee ; and

(6)

HSH NORDBANK AG, acting through its office at Martensdamm 6, D-24103, Kiel, Germany as Swap Bank .

BACKGROUND

(A)

By a loan agreement dated 12 October 2012 (as amended and supplemented by a first supplemental agreement dated 13 February 2013 and a supplemental letter dated 19 February 2013, the " Loan Agreement ") and made between (i) the Borrowers, (ii) the Lenders, (iii) the Mandated Lead Arranger, (iv) the Agent, (v) the Security Trustee and (vi) the Swap Bank, the Lenders agreed to make available to the Borrowers a senior secured loan facility in an amount of (originally) up to US$37,300,000. On the date of this Agreement, the principal amount outstanding under the Loan Agreement is US$28.919.070.

(B)

By a master agreement (on the 2002 ISDA (Multicurrency-Crossborder) form) together with the schedule thereto as amended dated as of 31 October 2012 and made between (i) the Borrowers and (ii) the Swap Bank, the Swap Bank agreed to enter into Designated Transactions with the Borrowers from time to time to hedge the Borrowers’ exposure under the Loan Agreement to interest rate fluctuations.

(C)

The Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor have requested (the “ Requests ”) that the Creditor Parties agree to (inter alia):

 

(i)

the substitution of the Corporate Guarantor (as corporate guarantor of the Borrowers’ obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents) with Pyxis Tankers Inc. (the “ New Guarantor ”);

 

(ii)

the release and discharge of the Corporate Guarantor from its obligations and liabilities under the corporate guarantee dated 31 October 2012;

 

(iii)

the change in the legal and ultimate beneficial ownership of the shares of the Borrowers; and

 

(iv)

the merger transaction of the New Guarantor involving the public offering of its share capital and subsequent listing of such share capital on a stock exchange acceptable to the Agent.

(D)

This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions on which the Creditor Parties agree to:

 

(i)

the Requests; and

 

(ii)

the consequential amendments to the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents in connection with those matters (the “ Consequential Amendments ”).

 


 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

1

Interpretation

1.1

Defined expressions

Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall have the same meanings when used in this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires.

1.2

Definitions

In this Agreement, unless the contrary intention appears:

" Effective Date "  means the date on which the Agent confirms that the conditions precedent in Clause 4 have been satisfied;

" Existing Guarantee "  means the corporate guarantee dated 31 October 2012 and executed by the Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee, referred to in Recital (C)(ii);

IPO ” means any initial registered public offering, public listing, merger or reverse takeover transaction with any IPO Vehicle, floatation or similar public offering on any stock exchange acceptable to the Agent in respect of the New Guarantor;

" IPO Subsidiary "  means each of the Borrowers, Secondone Corp., Thirdone Corp., Fourthone Corp. and Eighthone Corp. each a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960 and, in the plural, means all of them;

IPO Vehicles ” means each of Maritime Technologies Corp. of Delaware, Looksmart Group, Inc. of Nevada and Looksmart, Ltd. of Delaware and, in the singular, means any of them;

" Loan Agreement "  means the loan agreement dated 12 October 2012 (as supplemented and amended by a first supplemental agreement dated 13 February 2013 and a supplemental letter dated 19 February 2013 and as may be further supplemented and amended from time to time) referred to in Recital (A);

" Master Agreement "  means the master agreement (on the 2002 ISDA (Multicurrency-Crossborder) form) and schedule thereto dated as of 31 October 2012 referred to in Recital (B); and

" New Guarantee "  means the guarantee referred to in Recital (C)(i), executed or to be executed by the New Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee, guaranteeing the obligations of the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents to which each Borrower is a party, in the Agreed Form;

" New Guarantor "  means Pyxis Tankers Inc., a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960; and

1.3

Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Loan Agreement

Clauses 1.2 and 1.5 of the Loan Agreement apply, with any necessary modifications, to this Agreement.

2


 

2

Representations and Warranties  

2.1

Repetition of representations and warranties

The Borrowers hereby represent and warrant to the Agent, as at the date of this Agreement, that the representations and warranties set forth in clause 10 of the Loan Agreement (updated mutatis mutandis to the date of this Agreement) are true and correct as if all references therein to "this Agreement" were references to the Loan Agreement as amended by this Agreement.

2.2

Further representations and warranties

Each Borrower hereby further represent and warrant to the Agent that as at the date of this Agreement:

(a)

each is duly and validly incorporated and existing and in good standing under the laws of the Marshall Islands and has full power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to its business, and does not have an established place of business in any part of the United Kingdom or the United States of America;

(b)

all necessary governmental or other official consents, authorisations, approvals, licences, consents or waivers for the execution, delivery, performance, validity and/or enforceability of this Agreement and all other documents to be executed in connection with the amendments to the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents as contemplated hereby have been obtained and will be maintained in full force and effect, from the date of this Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Finance Documents and while all or any part of the Commitment remains outstanding;

(c)

each has taken all necessary corporate and other action to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of its obligations under this Agreement and such other documents to which it is a party and such documents do or will upon execution thereof constitute its valid and binding obligations enforceable in accordance with their respective terms;

(d)

the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all such other documents as contemplated hereby does not and will not, from the date of this Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Finance Documents and while all or any part of the Commitment remains outstanding, constitute a breach of any contractual restriction or any existing applicable law, regulation, consent or authorisation binding on each Borrower or on any of their property or assets and will not result in the creation or imposition of any security interest, lien, charge or encumbrance (other than under the Finance Documents) on any of such property or assets; and

(e)

each has fully disclosed in writing to the Agent all facts which it knows or which it should reasonably know and which are material for disclosure to the Agent in the context of this Agreement and all information furnished by that Borrower or on its behalf relating to its business and affairs in connection with this Agreement was and remains true, correct and complete in all material respects and there are no other material facts or considerations the omission of which would render any such information misleading.

3


 

3

Agreement of the Creditor P a rties  

3.1

Agreement of the Creditor Parties

The Creditor Parties, relying upon each of the representations and warranties set out in Clauses 2.1 and 2.2 of this Agreement, hereby agree with the Borrowers, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in particular, but without limitation, subject to the fulfilment of the conditions set out in Clause 4, to:

(a)

the Requests; and

(b)

the Consequential Amendments.

3.2

Other parties’ agreement and confirmation

Each Borrower agrees and confirms that, save as amended and supplemented hereby and/or as contemplated herein, the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents to which each is a party shall remain in full force and effect and each of the Borrowers shall remain liable under the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents to which each is a party for all obligations and liabilities assumed by it thereunder.

3.3

Release of the Corporate Guarantor

With effect on and from (and subject to the occurrence of) the Effective Date, the Creditor Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally release and discharge the Corporate Guarantor from all its obligations and liabilities under the Existing Guarantee.

3.4

Effective Date

The agreement of the Lenders and the other Creditor Parties contained in Clauses 3.1 and 3.3 shall have effect on and from the Effective Date.

4

Conditions Precedent

4.1

Conditions precedent

The agreements of the Creditor Parties contained in Clauses 3.1 and 3.3 of this Agreement shall all be expressly subject to the condition that the Agent shall have received in form and substance satisfactory to it and its legal advisers on or before the Effective Date:

(a)

evidence that the persons executing this Agreement or the acknowledgement thereof on behalf of each Borrower or any other Security Party are duly authorised to execute the same;

(b)

a certificate of the Secretary of each Borrower and the New Guarantor confirming the names and offices of all the Directors of that Borrower and the New Guarantor together with its incorporation and constitutional documents;

(c)

true and complete copies of the resolutions passed at meetings of the Board of Directors and Shareholders of each Borrower and the New Guarantor authorising and approving the execution of this Agreement, the New Guarantee and any other document or action to which it is or is to be a party and authorising its appropriate officer or officers or other representatives to execute the same on its behalf;

(d)

the original of any power of attorney issued by each Borrower and the New Guarantor pursuant to the above resolutions;

(e)

an original of this Agreement duly executed by the parties to it and counter-signed by each Security Party;

4


 

(f)

a duly executed original of the New Guarantee;  

(g)

evidence satisfactory to the Agent that each Borrower and each other IPO Subsidiary is a direct and fully owned subsidiary of the New Guarantor;

(h)

such documents and other evidence in such form as is requested by the Agent in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary "know your customer" or "client acceptance" or other similar identification procedures (including, but not limited to, specimen signatures of all the members or directors, as the case may be, and other officers of the New Guarantor) in relation to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents;

(i)

certified copies of all documents (with a certified translation if an original is not in English) evidencing any other necessary action, approvals or consents with respect to this Agreement including, without limitation, any governmental and other official approvals and consents that may be necessary in accordance with applicable laws;

(j)

evidence that No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default is in existence on the Effective Date;

(k)

favourable opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may reasonably require; and

(l)

evidence that the agent referred to in Clause 31.4 of the Loan Agreement has accepted its appointment as agent for service of process under this Agreement and the New Guarantee.

5

Amendments to Loan Agreement and other Finance Documents

5.1

Specific amendments to Loan Agreement

With effect on and from the Effective Date the Loan Agreement shall be amended as follows:

(a)

by substituting the definition of "Corporate Guarantor" in clause 1.1 of thereof with the following new definition:

Corporate Guarantor ” means Pyxis Tankers Inc., a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960;”;

(b)

by inserting the following definition of “IPO” in clause 1.1 thereof in the correct alphabetical order:

“IPO” means any initial registered public offering, public listing, merger or reverse takeover transaction, floatation or similar public offering on any stock exchange acceptable to the Agent in respect of the Corporate Guarantor; ”;

(c)

by substituting clause 11.6 (b) thereof in its entirety with the following new clause:

“(b) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 180 days after the end of each Financial Year of the Corporate Guarantor, the audited consolidated annual accounts of the Corporate Guarantor and its subsidiaries (commencing with the accounts for the Financial Year ending on 31 December 2015);”

(d)

by substituting clause 11.6 (d) thereof in its entirety with the following new clause:

“(d) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of each six-month period of each Financial Year of the Corporate Guarantor, the unaudited semi-annual consolidated accounts of the Corporate Guarantor and its subsidiaries for that six-month

5


 

period (commencing with the semi-annual consolidated accounts for the six-month period ending on 30 June 201 6);”

(e)

by substituting clause 11.7(a) thereof in its entirety with the following new clause:

“(a) be prepared by auditors acceptable to the Agent in accordance with all applicable laws and:

 

(i)

prior to the completion of a successful IPO, IFRS or GAAP; and

 

(ii)

upon the completion of a successful IPO, GAAP.”;

(f)

by deleting the period in the last line of clause 19.1(o) thereof and substituting it with the words “; or”;

(g)

by inserting immediately after the existing clause 19.1(o) thereof the following new clause 19.1(p):

"(p) following the completion of a successful IPO, without the prior consent of the Agent (acting upon the instructions of the Majority Lenders), the shares of the Corporate Guarantor cease to be listed on a stock exchange acceptable to the Agent.”;

(h)

by replacing the address details of the Borrowers in clause 28.2 (a) thereof with the following new details:

“c/o Pyxis Maritime Corp.

59 Konstantinou Karamanli Street

151 25 Marousi

Fax No: +30 210 6510 530

Attn: the Chief Financial Officer”;

 

(i)

the definition of, and references throughout the Loan Agreement to, each Security Document shall be construed as if the same referred to that Security Document as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement; and

(j)

by construing references throughout the Loan Agreement to "this Agreement", "hereunder" and other like expressions as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.

5.2

Amendments to Finance Documents

With effect on and from the Effective Date each of the Finance Documents (other than the Loan Agreement) shall be, and shall be deemed by this Agreement to have been, amended as follows:

(a)

the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents to, the Loan Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement and those Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement; and

(b)

by construing references throughout each of the Finance Documents to "this Agreement", "this Deed", hereunder and other like expressions as if the same referred to such Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.

6


 

5.3

Finance Documents to remain in full force and effect  

The Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect as amended and supplemented by:

(a)

the amendments to the Finance Documents contained or referred to in Clauses 5.1 and 5.2; and

(b)

such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to give full effect to the terms of this Agreement.

6

Further Assurances

6.1

Borrowers’ and each Security Party's obligation to execute further documents etc.

Each Borrower and each Security Party shall:

(a)

execute and deliver to the Security Trustee (or as it may direct) any assignment, mortgage, power of attorney, proxy or other document, governed by the law of England or such other country as the Security Trustee may, in any particular case, specify;

(b)

effect any registration or notarisation, give any notice or take any other step,

which the Agent may, by notice to the Borrowers, specify for any of the purposes described in Clause 6.2 or for any similar or related purpose.

6.2

Purposes of further assurances

Those purposes are:

(a)

validly and effectively to create any Security Interest or right of any kind which the Security Trustee intended should be created by or pursuant to the Loan Agreement or any other Finance Document, each as amended and supplemented by this Agreement, and

(b)

implementing the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

6.3

Terms of further assurances

The Security Trustee may specify the terms of any document to be executed by the Borrowers or any Security Party under Clause 6.1, and those terms may include any covenants, powers and provisions which the Security Trustee considers appropriate to protect its interests.

6.4

Obligation to comply with notice

The Borrowers or any Security Party shall comply with a notice under Clause 6.1 by the date specified in the notice.

7

Fees and Expenses

7.1

The provisions of clause 20.2 to 20.5 of the Loan Agreement shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Agreement with any necessary modifications.

7


 

8

Communic ations  

8.1

General

The provisions of clause 28 (notices) of the Loan Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Agreement, shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Agreement with any necessary modifications.

9

Supplemental

9.1

Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts.

9.2

Third Party rights

A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

10

Law and Jurisdiction

10.1

Governing law

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

10.2

Incorporation of the Loan Agreement provisions

The provisions of clause 31 (law and jurisdiction) of the Loan Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Agreement, shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Agreement with any necessary modifications.

THIS AGREEMENT has been duly executed by or on behalf of the parties and has, on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement, been delivered as a Deed.


8


 

Schedule 1

Lenders
and Contributions

 

Lender

Lending Office

Contribution

(US Dollars)

HSH Nordbank AG

Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50

D-20095, Hamburg

Germany

35,300,000

 


9


 

Executio n Pages

THE BORROWERS

 

 

 

SIGNED by

Konstantinos Lytras

)

/s/ Konstantinos Lytras

for and on behalf of

 

)

 

SIXTHONE CORP.

 

)

 

 

 

SIGNED by

Konstantinos Lytras

)

/s/ Konstantinos Lytras

for and on behalf of

 

)

 

SEVENTHONE CORP.

 

)

 

 

 

THE LENDERS

 

 

 

SIGNED by

Anthi Kekatou

)

/s/ Anthi Kekatou

for and on behalf of

 

)

 

HSH NORDBANK AG

 

)

 

 

 

MANDATED LEAD ARRANGER

 

 

SIGNED by

Anthi Kekatou

)

/s/ Anthi Kekatou

for and on behalf of

 

)

 

HSH NORDBANK AG

 

)

 

 

 

AGENT

 

 

 

SIGNED by

Anthi Kekatou

)

/s/ Anthi Kekatou

for and on behalf of

 

)

 

HSH NORDBANK AG

 

)

 

 

 

SECURITY TRUSTEE

 

 

 

SIGNED by

Anthi Kekatou

)

/s/ Anthi Kekatou

for and on behalf of

 

)

 

HSH NORDBANK AG

 

)

 

 

 

THE SWAP BANK

 

 

 

SIGNED by

Anthi Kekatou

)

/s/ Anthi Kekatou

for and on behalf of

 

)

 

HSH NORDBANK AG

 

)

 

 

 

Witness to all the

)

/s/ Konstantinos Mexias

above signatures

)

 

Name:

 

 

Address:

 

 

10


 

COUNTERSIGNED   this 23 rd day of October 2015 for and on behalf of each of the following Security Parties which, by its execution hereof, confirms and acknowledges that it has read and understood the terms and conditions of this second supplemental agreement (the “ Second Supplemental Agreement ”) , that it agrees in all respects to the same and that the Finance Documents to which it is a party shall remain in full force and effect and shall continue to stand as security for the obligations of the Bor rowers under the Loan Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Finance Documents (each as amended and supplemented by the Second Supplemental Agreement ) .

 

/s/Valentios Valentis

Valentios Valentis

President
for and on behalf of

PYXIS MARITIME CORP.

 

11

 

Exhibit 4.6.3

Dated     26       October 2015

 

PYXIS TANKERS INC.

as Guarantor

 

and

 

HSH Nordbank AG

as Security Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantee

relating to a Loan Agreement
dated 12 October 2012

 



 

Index

 

Clause

 

Page

 

 

 

 

1

Interpretation

 

1

2

Guarantee

 

2

3

Liability as Principal and Independent Debtor

 

2

4

Expenses

 

3

5

Adjustment of Transactions

 

3

6

Payments

 

3

7

Interest

 

4

8

Subordination

 

4

9

Enforcement

 

4

10

Representations and Warranties

 

5

11

Undertakings

 

7

12

Corporate Undertakings

 

9

13

Judgments and Currency Indemnity

 

9

14

Set off

 

10

15

Supplemental

 

10

16

Assignment

 

11

17

Notices

 

12

18

Invalidity of Loan Agreement

 

12

19

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

13

Execution Page

 

15

 

 

 

 


 

THIS GUARANTEE is made on    26      October 2015

PARTIES

(1)

PYXIS TANKERS INC. , a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 (the “ Guarantor ”); and

(2)

HSH Nordbank AG , acting through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095 Hamburg, Germany (the “ Security Trustee ”, which expression includes its successors and assigns).

BACKGROUND

(A)

By a loan agreement dated 12 October 2012 (as amended and supplemented by a first supplemental agreement dated 13 February 2013, a supplemental letter agreement dated 19 February 2013 and a second supplemental agreement dated 23 October 2015, the " Loan Agreement ") and made between (i) Sixthone Corp. and Seventhone Corp. as joint and several borrowers (together, the “ Borrowers ” and each a “ Borrower ”), (ii) the banks and financial institutions listed therein as lenders (together, the “ Lenders ”), (iii) HSH Nordbank AG as agent (the “ Agent ”), (iv) HSH Nordbank AG as mandated lead arranger, (v) HSH Nordbank AG as swap bank (the “ Swap Bank ”) and (vi) the Security Trustee, it was agreed that the Lenders would make available to the Borrowers a senior secured term loan facility of (originally) up to US$37,300,000 (the “ Loan ”).

(B)

By a master agreement (the “ Master Agreement ”) on the 2002 ISDA Multicurrency Crossborder Form (together with the Schedule thereto as amended) dated as of 31 October 2012, made between (i) the Borrowers and (ii) the Swap Bank, the Swap Bank agreed to enter into Designated Transactions with the Borrowers from time to time to hedge the Borrowers’ exposure under the Loan Agreement to interest rate fluctuations.

(C)

By the Agency and Trust Deed entered into pursuant to the Loan Agreement, it was agreed that the Security Trustee would hold the Trust Property on trust for the Lenders and the Swap Bank.

(D)

It is a condition precedent to the Lenders continuing to make available the Loan (or any part thereof) to the Borrowers that the Guarantor shall execute and deliver or, as the case may be, register in favour of the Security Trustee this Guarantee.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

1

Interpretation

1.1

Defined expressions

Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this Guarantee unless the context otherwise requires.

1.2

Construction of certain terms

In this Guarantee:

bankruptcy ”  includes a liquidation, receivership or administration and any form of suspension of payments, arrangement with creditors or reorganisation under any corporate or insolvency law of any country;

 

 

 

 


 

IPO ” means any initial registered public offering, public listing, merger or reverse takeover transaction with any IPO Vehicle, flotation or similar public offering on any stocks exchange acceptable to the Agent in respect of the Guarantor;

IPO Vehicles ” means each of Maritime Technologies Corp. of Delaware, Looksmart Group, Inc. of Nevada and Looksmart, Ltd. of Delaware and, in the singular, means any of them;

Loan Agreement ” means the loan agreement dated 12 October 2012 (as supplemented and amended by a first supplemental agreement dated 13 February 2013, a supplemental letter agreement dated 19 February 2013 and a second supplemental agreement dated 23 October 2015 and as may be further supplemented and amended from time to time) referred to in Recital (A) and includes any existing or future amendments or supplements, whether made with the Guarantor’s consent or otherwise; and

Master Agreement ” means the master agreement dated as of 31 October 2012 and the schedule thereto referred to in Recital (B) (including all Designated Transactions from time to time entered into and Confirmations from time to time exchanged thereunder) and includes any existing or future amendments or supplements, whether made with the Guarantor’s consent or otherwise.

1.3

Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Loan Agreement  

Clauses 1.2, 1.5 and 1.6 of the Loan Agreement apply, with any necessary modifications, to this Guarantee.

2

Guarantee

2.1

Guarantee and indemnity  

The Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably:

(a)

guarantees the due payment of all amounts payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Loan Agreement, the Master Agreement and every other Finance Document;

(b)

undertakes to pay to the Security Trustee, on the Security Trustee’s demand, any such amount which is not paid by the Borrowers when payable; and

(c)

fully indemnifies the Security Trustee and each other Creditor Party on the Security Trustee’s demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are made or brought against or incurred by the Security Trustee or the other Creditor Party concerned as a result of or in connection with any obligation or liability guaranteed by the Guarantor being or becoming unenforceable, invalid, void or illegal; and the amount recoverable under this indemnity shall be equal to the amount which the Security Trustee or the other Creditor Party concerned would otherwise have been entitled to recover.

2.2

No limit on number of demands  

The Security Trustee may serve more than one demand under Clause 2.1.

3

Liability as Principal and Independent Debtor

3.1

Principal and independent debtor  

The Guarantor shall be liable under this Guarantee as a principal and independent debtor and accordingly it shall not have, as regards this Guarantee, any of the rights or defences of a surety.

2


 

3.2

Waiver of rights and defences    

Without limiting the generality of Clause 3.1, the Guarantor shall neither be discharged by, nor have any claim against any Creditor Party in respect of:

(a)

any amendment or supplement being made to the Finance Documents (or any of them);

(b)

any arrangement or concession (including a rescheduling or acceptance of partial payments) relating to, or affecting, the Finance Documents (or any of them);

(c)

any release or loss (even though negligent) of any right or Security Interest created by the Finance Documents (or any of them);

(d)

any failure (even though negligent) promptly or properly to exercise or enforce any such right or Security Interest, including a failure to realise for its full market value an asset covered by such a Security Interest; or

(e)

any other Finance Document or any Security Interest now being or later becoming void, unenforceable, illegal or invalid or otherwise defective for any reason, including a neglect to register it.

4

Expenses

4.1

Costs of preservation of rights, enforcement etc.  

The Guarantor shall pay to the Security Trustee on its demand the amount of all expenses incurred by the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party in connection with any matter arising out of this Guarantee or any Security Interest connected with it, including any advice, claim or proceedings relating to this Guarantee or such a Security Interest.

4.2

Fees and expenses payable under Loan Agreement  

Clause 4.1 is without prejudice to the Guarantor’s liabilities in respect of the Borrowers’ obligations under clause 20 of the Loan Agreement (fees and expenses) and under similar provisions of other Finance Documents.

5

Adjustment of Transactions

5.1

Reinstatement of obligation to pay

The Guarantor shall pay to the Security Trustee on its demand any amount which any Creditor Party is required, or agrees, to pay pursuant to any claim by, or settlement with, a trustee in bankruptcy of either Borrower or of another Security Party (or similar person) on the ground that the Loan Agreement, the Master Agreement or any other Finance Document, or a payment by either Borrower or of another Security Party, was invalid or on any similar ground.

6

Payments

6.1

Method of payments  

Any amount due under this Guarantee shall be paid:

(a)

in immediately available funds;

(b)

to such account as the Security Trustee may from time to time notify to the Guarantor;

(c)

without any form of set off, cross claim or condition; and

3


 

(d)

free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which the Guarantor is required by law to make.  

6.2

Grossing-up for taxes  

If the Guarantor is required by law to make a tax deduction, the amount due to the Security Trustee shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that the Security Trustee and (if the payment is not due to the Security Trustee for its own account) the Creditor Party beneficially interested in the payment receives and retains a net amount which, after the tax deduction, is equal to the full amount that it would otherwise have received.

7

Interest

7.1

Accrual of interest  

Any amount due under this Guarantee shall carry interest after the date on which the Security Trustee demands payment of it until it is actually paid, unless interest on that same amount also accrues under the Loan Agreement or, as the case may be, the Master Agreement.

7.2

Calculation of interest  

Interest under this Guarantee shall be calculated and accrue in the same way as interest under clause 7 of the Loan Agreement.

7.3

Guarantee extends to interest payable under Loan Agreement and the Master Agreement

For the avoidance of doubt, it is confirmed that this Guarantee covers all interest payable under the Loan Agreement, including that payable under clause 7 of the Loan Agreement and under the Master Agreement.  

8

Subordination

8.1

Subordination of rights of Guarantor  

All rights which the Guarantor at any time has (whether in respect of this Guarantee or any other transaction) against either Borrower, any other Security Party or their respective assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents; and in particular, the Guarantor shall not:

(a)

claim, or in a bankruptcy of either Borrower or any other Security Party prove for, any amount payable to the Guarantor by that Borrower or any other Security Party, whether in respect of this Guarantee or any other transaction;

(b)

take or enforce any Security Interest for any such amount;

(c)

claim to set-off any such amount against any amount payable by the Guarantor to either Borrower or any other Security Party; or

(d)

claim any subrogation or other right in respect of any Finance Document or any sum received or recovered by any Creditor Party under a Finance Document.

9

Enforcement

9.1

No requirement to commence proceedings against the Borrowers  

Neither the Security Trustee nor any other Creditor Party will need to commence any proceedings under, or enforce any Security Interest created by, the Loan Agreement, the

4


 

Master Agreement or any other Finance Document before claiming or commencing proceedings under this Guarantee.  

9.2

Conclusive evidence of certain matters

However, as against the Guarantor:

(a)

any judgment or order of a court in England, Greece, the Marshall Islands or any other Pertinent Jurisdiction in connection with the Loan Agreement, the Master Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents to which each Borrower is a party; and

(b)

any statement or admission of a Borrower in connection with the Loan Agreement, the Master Agreement or any other Finance Documents to which it is a party,

shall be binding and conclusive as to all matters of fact and law to which it relates.

9.3

Suspense account  

The Security Trustee and any Creditor Party may, for the purpose of claiming or proving in a bankruptcy of a Borrower or any other Security Party, place any sum received or recovered under or by virtue of this Guarantee or any Security Interest connected with it on a separate suspense or other nominal account without applying it in satisfaction of the Borrowers’ obligations under the Loan Agreement or the Master Agreement.

10

Representations and Warranties

10.1

General

The Guarantor represents and warrants to the Security Trustee as follows.

10.2

Status  

The Guarantor is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Marshall Islands.

10.3

Share capital and ownership

As at the date of this Guarantee, the Guarantor has an authorised share capital of 500,000,000 registered shares of which 450,000,000 shares are designated as common stock with a par value of US$0.001 per share and 50,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock with a par value of US$0.001 per share, of which 10,000,000 common shares have been issued and the legal title and beneficial ownership of those shares are held, free of any Security Interest or other claim, by such legal entities or persons which have been confirmed by the Guarantor to the Agent in writing as the holders of all the issued share capital of the Guarantor.

10.4

Corporate power

The Guarantor has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents necessary for it:

(a)

to execute this Guarantee and any other Finance Documents to which the Guarantor is a party; and

(b)

to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with, this Guarantee and any other Finance Documents to which the Guarantor is a party.

5


 

10.5

Consents in force    

All the consents referred to in Clause 10.4 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.

10.6

Legal validity  

This Guarantee does now or, as the case may be, will upon execution and delivery constitute the Guarantor’s legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with their respective terms and subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

10.7

No conflicts  

The execution by the Guarantor of this Guarantee and its compliance herewith will not involve or lead to a contravention of:

(a)

any law or regulation; or

(b)

the constitutional documents of the Guarantor; or

(c)

any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on the Guarantor or any of its assets,

and will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

10.8

No withholding taxes  

All payments which the Guarantor is liable to make under this Guarantee may be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any Pertinent Jurisdiction.

10.9

No default  

To the knowledge of the Guarantor, no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred.

10.10

Information  

All information which has been provided in writing by or on behalf of the Guarantor to the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party in connection with any Finance Document satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.2; all audited and unaudited accounts which have been so provided satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.5; and there has been no change in the financial position or state of affairs of the Guarantor and the Group from that disclosed in the latest of those accounts which is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

10.11

No litigation  

No legal or administrative action against the Guarantor or its subsidiaries has been commenced or taken or, to the Guarantor’s knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken which would, in either case, be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

10.12

Taxes paid  

The Guarantor has paid all taxes applicable to, or imposed on or in relation to the Guarantor or its business.

6


 

11

Undert akings  

11.1

General

The Guarantor undertakes with the Security Trustee to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 11 at all times during the Security Period, except as the Agent may, with the authority of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit.

11.2

Information provided to be accurate  

All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of the Guarantor under or in connection with this Guarantee will be true and not misleading and will not omit any material fact or consideration.

11.3

Title; negative pledge and pari passu ranking  

The Guarantor shall:

(a)

procure that each Borrower will not, create or permit to arise any Security Interest over any asset present or future except Security Interests created pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

(b)

procure that its liabilities under the Finance Documents to which it is a party do and will rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured liabilities, except for liabilities which are mandatorily preferred by law.

11.4

Provision of financial statements  

The Guarantor will send or procure that there are sent to the Agent:

(a)

as soon as possible, but in no event later than 180 days after the end of each Financial Year of each Borrower and the Guarantor, the individual annual audited accounts of that Borrower and the consolidated annual audited accounts of the Group for that Financial Year (commencing with the accounts for the Financial Year ending on 31 December 2015);

(b)

as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of each six-month period ending on 30 June and 31 December in each Financial Year of either Borrower or, as the case may be, the Guarantor, the semi-annual unaudited individual accounts in respect of that Borrower or, in the case of the Guarantor, the semi-annual unaudited consolidated accounts of the Group, in each case, for that 6-month period (commencing, with respect to the Borrowers, with the accounts for the 6-month period ended on 30 June 2015 and, with respect to the Guarantor and the Group with the accounts for the 6 month period ending on 30 June 2016) duly certified as to their correctness by a duly authorised representative of that Borrower or, as the case may be, the chief financial officer of the Guarantor; and

(c)

promptly after each request by the Agent, such further financial or other information in respect of either Borrower, either Ship, the Guarantor, the other Security Parties and the Group (including, without limitation, their financial condition, commitments and operations) which may be requested by the Agent from time to time).

7


 

11.5

Form of financial statements    

All accounts (audited and unaudited) and information delivered under Clause 11.4 will:

(a)

in the case of audited accounts, be prepared by auditors acceptable to the Agent in accordance with all applicable laws and:

 

(i)

prior to completion of a successful IPO, IFRS or GAAP; and

 

(ii)

upon the completion of a successful IPO, GAAP;

(b)

give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of each Borrower, the Guarantor and the Group at the date of those accounts and of its profit for the period to which those accounts relate; and

(c)

fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of each Borrower, the Guarantor and the Group and, additionally, in the case of information given pursuant to Clause 11.4(c), significant liabilities of the Borrowers, the Guarantor, each Ship, the Security Parties and the Group.

11.6

Shareholder and creditor notices  

The Guarantor will send the Security Trustee, at the same time as they are despatched, copies of all communications which are despatched to the Guarantor’s shareholders or creditors or any class of them which are material to the terms of this Guarantee and/or the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder except for any communications which are publicly available.

11.7

Consents  

The Guarantor will maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew, and will promptly send certified copies to the Security Trustee of, all consents required:

(a)

for the Guarantor to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents to which the Guarantor is a party; and

(b)

for the validity or enforceability of the Finance Documents to which the Guarantor is a party,

and the Guarantor will comply with the terms of all such consents.

11.8

Notification of litigation  

The Guarantor will provide the Security Trustee with details of any legal or administrative action involving the Guarantor as soon as such action is instituted or it becomes apparent to the Guarantor that it is likely to be instituted, unless either (i) it is clear that the legal or administrative action cannot be considered material in the context of this Guarantee or (ii) relates to any claim of an amount that is less than $500,000.

11.9

Notification of default  

The Guarantor will notify the Security Trustee as soon as the Guarantor becomes aware of:

(a)

the occurrence of an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default; or

(b)

any matter which indicates that an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default may have occurred,

and will thereafter keep the Security Trustee fully up-to-date with all developments.

8


 

11.10

Maintenance of status    

The Guarantor will maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in good standing under the laws of The Marshall Islands.

11.11

No change of business.  

The Guarantor will not, and shall procure that none of its subsidiaries will, make any change to the nature of its business from that existing at the date of this Guarantee.

12

Corporate Undertakings

12.1

General  

The Guarantor also undertakes with the Security Trustee to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 12 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authority of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit.

12.2

Negative undertakings  

The Guarantor will not:

(a)

change the nature of its business; or

(b)

issue, allot or grant any person a right to any shares in its capital or repurchase or reduce its issued share capital other than in relation to an IPO or at any time while the Guarantor’s shares are listed on an internationally recognized stock exchange acceptable to the Agent Provided that at all times it ensures compliance with clause 19.1(k) of the Loan Agreement;

(c)

enter into any form of amalgamation, merger or de-merger or any form of reconstruction or reorganisation other than in relation to the completion of an IPO; or

(d)

upon the completion of a successful IPO cause its shares to cease to be listed on an internationally recognized stock exchange acceptable to the Agent.

13

Judgments and Cu rrency Indemnity

13.1

Judgments relating to Loan Agreement and Master Agreement  

This Guarantee shall cover any amount payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with any judgment relating to the Loan Agreement, the Master Agreement and any other Finance Document.

13.2

Currency indemnity  

In addition, clause 21.6 (currency indemnity) of the Loan Agreement shall apply, with any necessary adaptations, in relation to this Guarantee.

9


 

14

Set off  

14.1

Application of credit balances

Each Creditor Party may without prior notice:

(a)

apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of the Guarantor at any office in any country of that Creditor Party in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from the Guarantor to that Creditor Party under this or any of the other Finance Documents; and

(b)

for that purpose:

 

(i)

break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of the Guarantor;

 

(ii)

convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars; and

 

(iii)

enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Creditor Party concerned considers appropriate.

14.2

Existing rights unaffected  

No Creditor Party shall be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 14.1; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which a Creditor Party is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).

14.3

Sums deemed due to a Lender  

For the purposes of this Clause 14, a sum payable by the Guarantor to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to, or for the account of, a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender; and each Lender’s proportion of a sum so payable for distribution to, or for the account of, the Lenders shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender.

15

Supplemental

15.1

Continuing guarantee  

This Guarantee shall remain in force as a continuing security at all times during the Security Period.

15.2

Rights cumulative, non-exclusive  

The Security Trustee’s rights under and in connection with this Guarantee are cumulative, may be exercised as often as appears expedient and shall not be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by law.

15.3

No impairment of rights under Guarantee  

If the Security Trustee omits to exercise, delays in exercising or invalidly exercises any of its rights under this Guarantee, that shall not impair that or any other right of the Security Trustee under this Guarantee.

15.4

Severability of provisions  

If any provision of this Guarantee is or subsequently becomes void, illegal, unenforceable or otherwise invalid, that shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of its other provisions.

10


 

15.5

Guarantee not affected by other security    

This Guarantee shall not impair, nor be impaired by, any other guarantee, any Security Interest or any right of set-off or netting or to combine accounts which the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party may now or later hold in connection with the Loan Agreement, the Master Agreement or any other Finance Document.

15.6

Guarantor bound by Finance Documents  

The Guarantor agrees with the Security Trustee that any provision of the Loan Agreement and the Agency and Trust Deed which, by its terms, applies or relates to the Borrowers, the Security Parties or the Finance Documents generally, applies to this Guarantee. For the avoidance of doubt, but without prejudice to the obligations of the Guarantor under the other provisions of this Guarantee, it is confirmed that with reference to this Clause 15.6 (i) the representations and undertakings of the Borrowers set forth in clauses 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of the Loan Agreement do not apply to the Guarantor or this Guarantee and (ii) in case of any conflict between such provisions of the Loan Agreement and the Agency and Trust Deed applying to the Borrowers, the Security Parties or the Finance Documents generally and the provisions of this Guarantee, the provisions of this Guarantee shall prevail.

15.7

Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other Security Interests  

Any Security Interest which the Guarantor creates (whether at the time at which it signs this Guarantee or at any later time) to secure any liability under this Guarantee shall be a principal and independent security, and Clauses 3 and 18 shall, with any necessary modifications, apply to it, notwithstanding that the document creating the Security Interest neither describes it as a principal or independent security nor includes provisions similar to Clauses 3 and 18.

15.8

Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other rights  

Clauses 3 and 18 shall also apply to any right of set-off or netting or to combine accounts which the Guarantor creates by an agreement entered into at the time of this Guarantee or at any later time (notwithstanding that the agreement does not include provisions similar to Clauses 3 and 18), being an agreement referring to this Guarantee.

15.9

Guarantor’s approval of Loan Agreement, Master Agreement and the other Finance Documents  

The Guarantor has read the Loan Agreement and the Master Agreement and understands and approves all the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

15.10

Third party rights  

A person (other than a Creditor Party) who is not a party to this Guarantee has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Guarantee.

16

Assignment

16.1

Assignment by Security Trustee  

The Security Trustee may assign its rights under and in connection with this Guarantee to the same extent as it may assign its rights under the Loan Agreement.  

11


 

17

Noti ces  

17.1

Notices to Guarantor  

Any notice or demand to the Guarantor under or in connection with this Guarantee shall be given by letter or fax at:

c/o Pyxis Maritime Corp.

59 Konstantinou Karamanli Street

151 25 Marousi

Greece

 

Fax No: +30 210 6510 530

Attn: the Chief Financial Officer

or to such other address which the Guarantor may notify to the Security Trustee.

17.2

Application of certain provisions of Loan Agreement  

Clauses 28.3 to 28.9 of the Loan Agreement apply to any notice or demand under or in connection with this Guarantee.

17.3

Validity of demands

A demand under this Guarantee shall be valid notwithstanding that it is served:

(a)

on the date on which the amount to which it relates is payable by the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement, the Master Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents; and

(b)

at the same time as the service of a notice under clause 19.2 (events of default) of the Loan Agreement,

and a demand under this Guarantee may refer to all amounts payable under or in connection with any Finance Document without specifying a particular sum or aggregate sum.

17.4

Notices to Security Trustee

Any notice to the Security Trustee under or in connection with this Guarantee shall be sent to the same address and in the same manner as notices to the Security Trustee under the Loan Agreement.

18

Invalidity of Loan Agreement

18.1

Invalidity of Loan Agreement

In the event of:

(a)

the Loan Agreement now being or later becoming, with immediate or retrospective effect, void, illegal, unenforceable or otherwise invalid for any other reason whatsoever, whether of a similar kind or not; or

(b)

without limiting the scope of paragraph (a), a bankruptcy of either Borrower, the introduction of any law or any other matter resulting in either Borrower being discharged from liability under the Loan Agreement, or the Loan Agreement ceasing to operate (for example, by interest ceasing to accrue),

this Guarantee shall cover any amount which would have been or become payable under or in connection with the Loan Agreement if the Loan Agreement had been and remained

12


 

entirely valid, legal and enforceable, or that Borrower had not suffered bankruptcy, or any combination of such events or circumstances, as the case may be, and that Borrowe r had remained fully liable under it for liabilities whether invalidly incurred or validly incurred but subsequently retrospectively invalidated;  and references in this Guarantee to amounts payable by that Borrower under or in connection with the Loan Agr eement shall include references to any amount which would have so been or become payable as aforesaid.

18.2

Invalidity of Finance Documents  

Clause 18.1 also applies to each of the Finance Documents to which each Borrower is a party.

19

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

19.1

English law  

This Guarantee and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

19.2

Exclusive English jurisdiction  

Subject to Clause 19.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute.

19.3

Choice of forum for the exclusive benefit of the Security Trustee  

Clause 19.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Security Trustee, which reserves the rights:

(a)

to commence proceedings in relation to any Dispute in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that Dispute; and

(b)

to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.

The Guarantor shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a Dispute.

19.4

Process agent  

The Guarantor irrevocably appoints Atlas Maritime Services Limited at their registered office for the time being, presently at Enterprise House, 113-115 George Lane, E18 1AB, London England, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with a Dispute.

19.5

Creditor Parties’ rights unaffected  

Nothing in this Clause 19 shall exclude or limit any right which any Creditor Party may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.

19.6

Meaning of “proceedings” and “Dispute”.  

In this Clause 19, “ proceedings ” means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure and a “ Dispute ” means any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or

13


 

termination of this Guarantee) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee.

THIS GUARANTEE has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Guarantee.


14


 

Executio n Page

 

GUARANTOR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

/s/ Konstantinos Lytras

for and on behalf of

)

 

 

PYXIS TANKERS INC.

)

 

 

in the presence of:

)

 

 

/s/ Konstantinos Mexias

 

SECURITY TRUSTEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

/s/ Anthi Kekatou

for and on behalf of

)

 

 

HSH NORDBANK AG

)

 

 

in the presence of:

)

 

 

/s/ Konstantinos Mexias

 

15

 

Exhibit 4.7.1

 

Dated 23 October 2015

 

 

 

 

EIGHTHONE CORP.

 

-and-

 

DVB BANK SE

as Lender

 

-and-

 

DVB BANK SE

as Agent and Security Trustee

 

 

 

_____________________________________________________

 

SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

_____________________________________________________

 

 

in relation to a Loan Agreement

dated 12 January 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCE & CO

Piraeus

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

Index

 

 

 

 

 

Clause

 

Page No

 

 

 

1

INTERPRETATION

2

 

 

 

2

AGREEMENT OF THE BANKS

3

 

 

 

3

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

3

 

 

 

4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

4

 

 

 

5

AMENDMENTS TO LOAN AGREEMENT AND OTHER SECURITY DOCUMENTS

5

 

 

 

6

FURTHER ASSURANCES

 

 

 

 

7

FEES

6

 

 

 

8

NOTICES

6

 

 

 

9

SUPPLEMENTAL

6

 

 

 

10

LAW AND JURISDICTION

6

 


 


 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 23 October 2015

BETWEEN

(1)

EIGHTHONE CORP. as Borrower;

(2)

DVB BANK SE as Lender; and

(3)

DVB BANK SE as Agent and Security Trustee.

BACKGROUND

(A)

Pursuant to a Loan Agreement dated 12 January 2015 made between the parties hereto the Lender has made available to the Borrower a loan of up to USD21,000,000.

 

(B)

The Borrower has asked the Banks to agree to (a) a transfer of all of the issued shares of the Borrower and (b) certain amendments to the Loan Agreement.  

(C)

This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions on which the Banks agree, with effect on and from the Effective Date, at the request of the Borrower, to a transfer of all of the issued shares of the Borrower and to make certain amendments to the Loan Agreement.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

1

INTERPRETATION

1.1

Defined expressions . Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement and the other Security Documents shall have the same meanings when used in this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires.

1.2

Definitions.   In this Agreement, unless the contrary intention appears:

Effective Date ”  means the Banking Day on which all the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 3.1 have been fulfilled by the Borrower;

Loan Agreement ” means the Loan Agreement dated 12 January 2015 made between the Borrower and the Banks and referred to in Recital (A);

New Guarantee ” means the guarantee of the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Agreement and the Security Documents required to be executed by the New Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee in such form as the Agent and the Majority Lenders may agree;

New Guarantor ” means Pyxis Tankers Inc., a company incorporated in the Marshall Islands and whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960 or such successor as may be permitted pursuant  to the New Guarantee;

New Security Documents ”  means together:

 

(a)

the New Guarantee; and

 

(b)

the New Shares Pledge;

and, in the singular, means either of them; and

 


 

New Shares Pledge ”  means the pledge of the issued shares of and in the Borrower to be executed by the New Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee in such form as the Agent and the Majority Lenders may require in their sole discretion.

1.3

Application of construction and Interpretation provisions of Loan Agreement.   Clause 1.2 of the Loan Agreement applies, with any necessary modifications, to this Agreement.

2

AGREEMENT OF THE BANKS

2.1

Agreement.   The Banks, relying upon each of the representations and warranties in Clause 4, agree:

(a)

to the transfer of all of the issued shares of the Borrower to the New Guarantor and to this effect, the release of the Shares Pledge and the return to the Corporate Guarantor of the share certificate representing all the shares of and in the Borrower so that such transfer be effected;

(b)

to the release of the Corporate Guarantor from its obligations under the Corporate Guarantee and the Shares Pledge; and

(c)

to the amendments to the Loan Agreement set out in Clause 5.1 on condition that the Agent, or its authorised representative, has received the documents and evidence specified in Clause 3.1 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

3

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

3.1

Conditions precedent.   The conditions referred to in Clause 2.1 are that the Agent, or its authorized representative, shall have received the following documents:

(a)

Corporate documents

Certified copies of all documents which evidence or relate to the constitution of the Borrower and the New Guarantor and their current corporate existence;

(b)

Corporate authorities

 

(i)

Certified copies of resolutions of the directors of the Borrower and the New Guarantor approving such of this Agreement and New Security Documents to which the Borrower or the New Guarantor is a party and authorising the execution and delivery thereof and performance of the Borrower’s or the New Guarantor’s obligations thereunder, duly certified by an officer of such Security Party as having been duly passed at a duly convened meeting of the directors of such Security Party and not having been amended, modified or revoked and being in full force and effect; and

 

(ii)

originals of any powers of attorney issued by the Borrower and the New Guarantor pursuant to such resolutions;

(c)

Certificate of incumbency

a list of directors and officers of the Borrower and the New Guarantor specifying the names and positions of such persons, certified by an officer of such Security Party to be true, complete and up to date;

(d)

New Security Documents

the New Security Documents duly executed and delivered;

 


 

(e)

Share ownership  

evidence acceptable to the Agent:

 

(i)

that the New Guarantor is the legal and beneficial owner of all of the issued shares of and in the Borrower; and

 

(ii)

of the capital/shareholding structure, beneficial ownership and control of the New Guarantor prior to an IPO;

(f)

Laws of the Marshall Islands: opinion

an opinion of Messrs Reeder & Simpson, special legal advisers to the Banks on the laws of the Marshall Islands;

(g)

Endorsement and separate confirmation letter

the endorsement at the end of this Agreement signed by Pyxis Maritime Corp. and the separate confirmation letter signed by International Tanker Management Limited;

(h)

Agent for service of process

documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in clause 19.2 of the Loan Agreement has accepted its appointment;

(i)

“Know your customer” documents

such information and documentation as the Banks may require in order to comply with all necessary “Know Your Customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the New Guarantor prior to an IPO ; and

(j)

Further opinions, etc

any further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with this Agreement and the Security Documents which the Agent may request by notice to the Borrower prior to the Effective Date.

3.2

Waiver of conditions precedent.   If the Banks, at their discretion, agree to amend the Loan Agreement before certain of the conditions referred to in Clause 3.1 are satisfied, the Borrower shall ensure that those conditions are satisfied within 5 Banking Days after the amendment.

4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

4.1

Repetition of Loan Agreement representations and warranties . The Borrower represents and warrants to each Bank that the representations and warranties in Clause 7 of the Loan Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Agreement or otherwise as contemplated in this Agreement and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this Agreement, will be true and not misleading if repeated on the Effective Date with reference to the circumstances then existing.

 


 

5

AMENDMENTS TO LOAN AGREEMENT AND OTHER SECURITY DOCUMENTS  

5.1

Specific amendments to Loan Agreement.   With effect on and from the Effective Date the Loan Agreement shall be, and shall be deemed by this Agreement to be, amended as follows:

(a)

by adding in Clause 1.2 thereof each of the definitions in Clause 1.2 of this Agreement (other than the definitions of “ Loan Agreement ” and “ Effective Date ”);

(b)

by deleting in Clause 1.2 thereof the definition of “IPO” and replacing it with the following:

““ IPO ” means any initial registered public offering, public listing, merger or reverse takeover transaction, floatation or similar public offering on any stock exchange in respect of the New Guarantor;”

(c)

by deleting Clause 8.1.28 thereof and replacing it with the following:

“8.1.28 Transactions with associated companies  

Except under the Management Agreements and/or in the ordinary course of business and as may be otherwise agreed by the Agent and the Borrower, not enter into any transactions with the Corporate Guarantor or any other Security Party, other than on arm’s length terms, and the Borrower shall keep its activities entirely separate in all respects from those of other Security Parties and shall not co-mingle its assets, nor become liable for any third party obligations (other than pursuant to any applicable law) or encumber its rights under this Agreement;”;

(d)

by construing all references to (a) the “ Corporate Guarantee ”, (b) the “ Corporate Guarantor ” and (c) the “ Shares Pledge ” respectively throughout the Loan Agreement as references to, respectively, (a) the New Guarantee, (b) the New Guarantor and (c) the New Shares Pledge; and

( e )

by construing references throughout to "this Agreement", "hereunder" and other like expressions as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.

5.2

Amendments to Security Documents. With effect on and from the Effective Date each of the Security Documents other than the Loan Agreement, shall be, and shall be deemed by this Agreement to be, amended so that the definition of, and references throughout each of the Security Documents to, the Loan Agreement shall be construed as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.

5. 3

Security Documents to remain in full force and effect.  

The Security Documents shall remain in full force and effect as amended and supplemented by:

 

(a)

the amendments to the Security Documents contained or referred to in Clauses 5.1 and 5.2; and

 

(b)

such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to give full effect to the terms of this Agreement.

 


 

6

Expenses  

6.1

Expenses.   The provisions of Clauses 5.3, 5.4 and 5.5 of the Loan Agreement shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Agreement with any necessary modifications.

7

NOTICES

7.1

General.   The provisions of Clause 17 (Notices and other matters) of the Loan Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Agreement, shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Agreement with any necessary modifications.

8

SUPPLEMENTAL

8.1

Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts.

8.2

Third party rights.   A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

9

LAW AND JURISDICTION

9.1

Governing law.   This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

9.2

Incorporation of the Loan Agreement provisions.   The provisions of Clauses 18 (Governing Law) and 19 (Jurisdiction) of the Loan Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Agreement, shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Agreement with any necessary modifications.

IN WITNESS whereof the parties to this Agreement have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date first above written.

 


 


 

 

SIGNED as a deed by Konstantinos Lytras

)

 

/s/ Konstantinos Lytras

for and on behalf of

)

 

 

EIGHTHONE CORP.

)

 

 

(as Borrower under and pursuant to

)

 

 

a power of attorney dated  12 October   2015)

)

 

 

 

SIGNED  by Ronan Le Du

)

 

/s/ Ronan Le Du

for and on behalf of

)

 

 

DVB BANK SE

)

 

 

(as Lender)

)

 

 

 

SIGNED  by  Ronan Le Du

)

 

/s/ Ronan Le Du

for and on behalf of

)

 

 

DVB BANK SE

)

 

 

(as Agent and Security Trustee)

)

 

 

 

Witness to all the above

)

 

/s/ Robin Parry

Signatures:

)

 

 

Name:  Robin Parry

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

47-49 Akti Miaouli

 

 

 

Piraeus

 

 

 

Greece

 

 

 

 


 


 

We on this 23 day of October 2015 hereby confirm and acknowledge that we have read and understood the terms and conditions of the above Supplemental Agreement and agree in all respects to the same and confirm that the Security Documents to which we are respectively a party shall remain in full force and effect and shall continue to stand as security for the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Agreement (as amended by the Supplemental Agreement) and shall, without limitation, secure the Loan.

 

   /s/Valentios Valentis

 

for and on behalf of

PYXIS MARITIME CORP.

 

 

 

Private and Confidential

 

Exhibit 4.7.2

 

 

DATED  26 October 2015

 

 

 

 

 

PYXIS TANKERS INC. (1)

as Guarantor

 

 

DVB BANK SE. (2)

as Security Trustee

 

 

___________________________________

 

CORPORATE GUARANTEE

____________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCE & CO

PIRAEUS

 


 


 

CONTENTS

 

Clause

Page

1

D efinitions and construction

1

2

Guarantee

3

3

Payments and Taxes

6

4

Representations and warranties

7

5

Undertakings

10

6

Benefit of this Guarantee

14

7

Notices and other matters

14

8

Jurisdiction

17

9

Governing Law

18

Schedule  Form of Compliance Certificate

19

 

 

 

 


 

THIS GUARANTEE is dated the 26th day of  October 2015

BETWEEN:

(1)

PYXIS TANKERS INC. a company incorporated in the Marshall Islands and whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960 (the “ Guarantor ”); and

(2)

DVB BANK SE a company incorporated in Germany acting through its branch at Platz der Republik 6 , D- 60325 Frankfurt am Main, Germany (the “ Security Trustee ”).

WHEREAS:

(A)

By a loan agreement dated 12 th January 2015 (as amended by a supplemental agreement dated October 2015, the “ Loan Agreement ”) and made between (i) EIGHTHONE CORP. of the Marshall Islands as borrower (the “ Borrower ”), (ii) DVB Bank SE as Lender and (iii) DVB Bank SE as Agent and Security Trustee it was agreed that the Lender would make available to the Borrower a loan facility of USD21,000,000 (the “ Loan ).

(B)

Each of the Lender and the Agent (together, the “ Banks ”) have appointed the Security Trustee as their security trustee and pursuant to a deed of trust dated 12 th January 2015 executed by the Security Trustee as trustee, the Security Trustee agreed to hold, receive, administer and enforce this Deed for and on behalf of the Banks.

(C)

Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, and as a condition to the Lender agreeing to continue to make available the Loan or any part thereof available to the Borrower, the Guarantor has, amongst other things, agreed to execute and deliver this Guarantee in favour of the Security Trustee.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

1

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

1.1

Defined expressions

Word and expressions whose meanings are defined in the Loan Agreement shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the same meanings when used in this Guarantee.  The expression “Expenses” shall have the meaning set forth in clause 1.2 of the Deed of Covenant.

1.2

Definitions

In this Guarantee, unless the context otherwise requires:

Collateral Instruments ” means notes, bills of exchange, certificates of deposit and other negotiable and non‑negotiable instruments and guarantees, indemnities and other assurances against financial loss and any other documents or instruments which contain or evidence an obligation (with or without security) to pay, discharge or be responsible directly or indirectly for any indebtedness or liabilities of the Borrower or any other person liable and includes any documents or instruments creating or evidencing a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating), pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment, trust arrangement or security interest of any kind;

1


 

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in the schedule  signed by the chief financial officer of the Guarantor;

Debt Service ” means, in respect of any relevant period, the aggregate amount due and payable by Group Members during that period in respect of (i) capital repayments (other than any balloon payment) in respect of any Borrowed Money, (ii) interest payments on any Borrowed Money and (iii) charterhire payable in respect of any vessel that has been taken on charter by any Group Member;

Group ” means the Guarantor and its subsidiaries;

Group Member ” means any member of the Group;

Guarantee ” includes each separate or independent stipulation or agreement by, or obligation of, the Guarantor contained in this Guarantee;

Guaranteed Liabilities ” means all moneys, obligations and liabilities which are the subject of the undertakings of the Guarantor in clauses 2.1 and 2.2 of this Guarantee;

“Latest Accounts” means, in respect of any fiscal quarter, semester or year of the Group, the latest quarterly or semi-annual financial statements or annual audited accounts of the Group required to be prepared pursuant to clause 5.1.5;

" Liquidity " means:

 

(a)

cash in hand legally and beneficially owned by any Group Member; and

 

(b)

cash deposits legally and beneficially owned by any Group Member and which are deposited with (A) any of the Banks or (B) any other bank or financial institution ;

“Minimum Liquidity ” means cash owned by Group Members of at least

 

(a)

prior to an IPO, USD750,000 multiplied by the number of vessels owned by Group Members and

 

(b)

following an IPO, the higher of:

 

(i)

USD750,000 multiplied by the number of vessels owned by Group Members, and; and  

 

(ii)

during the first 2 financial quarters of the Guarantor following an IPO, Debt Service for the following 3 months, and thereafter, Debt Service for the following 6 months;

Shareholder ” means such person as shall be notified by the Guarantor in writing on or before the date hereof and shall be acceptable, in its discretion, to the Agent as the person being the ultimate legal and/or beneficial owner as of such date and prior to an IPO, of no less than 50% of the shares of and in the Guarantor; and

“Total Assets” and “Total Liabilities” mean, respectively, the total assets and total liabilities of the Group as evidenced at any relevant time by the Latest Accounts, in which they shall have been calculated by reference to the meanings assigned to them in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards or US GAAP provided that the value of any ship

2


 

shall be the value thereof calculated in accordance with Clause 8.2.2 of the Loan Agreement save that the Approved Broker shall be nominated and appointed by the Guarantor and not as set out in the Latest Accounts.

1.3

Construction

The provisions of clauses 1.3 and 1.4 of the Loan Agreement shall apply to this Guarantee as if references therein to “this Agreement” were to this Guarantee and otherwise mutatis mutandis .

1.4

Third parties

No part of this Guarantee shall be enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 of England and Wales by a person who is not a party to this Guarantee.

2

Guarantee

2.1

Covenant to pay/Guarantee

In consideration of the Lender making or continuing loans or advances to, or otherwise giving credit or granting banking facilities or accommodation or granting time to, the Borrower in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement, whenever the Borrower fails to make payment when due of any sum whatsoever under the Loan Agreement and/or the other Security Documents, or fails to discharge or perform any of its obligations under the Loan Agreement and/or any other Security Document, the Guarantor hereby absolutely, irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes as primary obligor and not as mere surety to pay to the Security Trustee, on demand by the Security Trustee all such monies (including, without limitation, principal, interest and Expenses) and to perform or procure the performance or discharge of all such obligations and  liabilities whatsoever, whensoever and howsoever arising, as are now or may hereafter become due, owing or incurred by the Borrower to the Banks under or pursuant to the Loan Agreement and the Security Documents or any of them when such monies, obligations or liabilities have become due or owing or have been incurred whether by acceleration or otherwise, or are present, future or contingent, joint or several, incurred as principal or surety, originally owing to the Banks or purchased or otherwise howsoever acquired by the Banks, denominated in any currency or incurred on any banking account or in any manner whatsoever .

Such liabilities shall, without limitation, include interest (as well after as before judgment) to date of payment at such rate as at the time is equal to the rate payable under the Loan Agreement.

2.2

Guarantor as principal debtor; indemnity

The Guarantor, as primary obligor and as a separate and independent obligation and liability from its obligations and liabilities under clause 2.1, irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to indemnify the Security Trustee on demand against all liabilities, damages, losses, costs and expenses suffered or incurred by the Security Trustee arising from or in connection with any failure of the Borrower to perform or discharge any  purported obligation or liability which would prima facie have been the subject of this Guarantee but is not or ceases to be valid or enforceable against the Borrower for any reason whatsoever.

3


 

2.3

No security taken by Guarantor  

The Guarantor warrants to the Security Trustee that it has not taken or received, and undertakes, for so long as this Guarantee remains in force, not to take or receive the benefit of any security from the Borrower or any other person in respect of or extending to the Guaranteed Liabilities.

2.4

Interest

The Guarantor agrees to pay interest (to the extent that such interest is not paid by the Borrower) from the date upon which the Borrower fails to make payment under the Loan Agreement or any Security Documents to which it is a party (or if earlier, from the date when the legal liability of the Borrower to pay interest under the Loan Agreement ceased by reason of the provisions or enactments relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise) until payment has been effected in full of all moneys, obligations and liabilities hereby guaranteed, such interest to be payable before and after judgment at such rate as would at that time be equal to the rate of interest payable under clause 3.5 of the Loan Agreement.

2.5

Continuing security and other matters

Subject to Clause 2.3, this Guarantee is a continuing security and shall:

2.5.1

secure the ultimate balance from time to time of the Guaranteed Liabilities;

2.5.2

be in addition to and shall not merge with or otherwise prejudice or affect any present or future Collateral Instrument, right or remedy now or hereafter held by or available to the Banks or any of them; and

2.5.3

not be in any way prejudiced or affected by the existence of any such Collateral Instrument, rights or remedies or by the same becoming wholly or in part void, voidable or unenforceable on any ground whatsoever or by the Banks or any of them dealing with, exchanging, varying or failing to perfect or enforce any of the same or giving time for payment or indulgence or compounding with any other person liable.

2.6

Liability unconditional

The Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that none of the Guaranteed Liabilities shall be reduced, released or otherwise howsoever adversely affected by any circumstances, event, action, matter or thing whatsoever, howsoever arising, including, without limitation:

2.6.1

any renewal, variation, determination or increase in any accommodation or credit given by the Security Trustee to the Borrower;

2.6.2

any time or waiver granted to or composition with the Borrower or any other person;

2.6.3

any variation, extension, release, discharge, compromise, dealing with, exchange or renewal of any right or remedy which the Banks or any of them may now or hereafter have from or against the Borrower and any other person in respect of any of the obligations and liabilities of the Borrower and any other person;

2.6.4

any act or omission by the Security Trustee or any other person in taking up, perfecting or enforcing any security or guarantee from or against the Borrower or any other person;

4


 

2.6.5

the administration, insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation, winding-up, incapacity, limitation, disability or the discharge by operation of law of the Borrower or any change in the constitution, name and style of the Borrower or any other person; or  

2.6.6

any invalidity, irregularity, unenforceability, act or omission which might have discharged or affected the liability of the Guarantor had it been a  mere surety in respect of the Guaranteed Liabilities or by anything done or omitted by any person which but for this provision might operate to exonerate or discharge the Guarantor or otherwise reduce or extinguish its liability under this Guarantee.

2.7

Collateral Instruments

The Security Trustee shall not be obliged to make any claim or demand on the Borrower or to resort to any Collateral Instrument or other means of payment now or hereafter held by or available to it before enforcing this Guarantee and no action taken or omitted by the Security Trustee in connection with any such Collateral Instrument or other means of payment shall discharge, reduce, prejudice or affect the liability of the Guarantor under this Guarantee.

2.8

Non-Competition

Until all the Guaranteed Liabilities have been irrevocably paid, discharged or satisfied in full (and notwithstanding payment of a dividend in any liquidation or under any compromise or arrangement) the Guarantor shall not by virtue of any payment made, security realised or moneys received for or on account of the Guarantor's liability hereunder:

2.8.1

be subrogated to any rights, security or moneys held, received or receivable by the Borrower or be entitled to any right of contribution;

2.8.2

be entitled and shall not claim to rank as creditor against the assets or in the bankruptcy or liquidation of the Borrower in competition with the Security Trustee or from any other person liable or demand or accept any Collateral Instrument in respect of the same or dispose of the same;

2.8.3

take any step to enforce any right against the Borrower or any other person liable in respect of any Guaranteed Liabilities; or

2.8.4

claim any set‑off or counterclaim against the Borrower or any other person liable or claim or prove in competition with the Security Trustee in the liquidation of the Borrower or any other person liable or have the benefit of, or share in, any payment from or composition with, the Borrower or any other person liable or any other Collateral Instrument now or hereafter held by the Security Trustee for any Guaranteed Liabilities or for the obligations or liabilities of any other person liable but so that, if so directed by the Security Trustee, it will prove for the whole or any part of its claim in the liquidation of the Borrower or any other person liable on terms that the benefit of such proof and of all money received by it in respect thereof shall be held on trust for the Security Trustee and applied in or towards discharge of the Guaranteed Liabilities in accordance with clause 2.9.

2.9

Application of moneys

Any monies received in connection with this Guarantee will be applied towards the discharge of the Guaranteed Liabilities in accordance with the Loan Agreement.

5


 

2.10

Settlements conditional  

Any release, discharge or settlement between the Guarantor and the Security Trustee shall be conditional upon no security, disposition or payment to the Security Trustee by the Borrower or any other person liable being void, set aside or ordered to be refunded pursuant to any enactment or law relating to bankruptcy, liquidation, insolvency or administration or for any other reason whatsoever and if such condition shall not be fulfilled the Security Trustee shall be entitled to enforce this Guarantee subsequently as if such release, discharge or settlement had not occurred and any such payment had not been made.

2.11

Guarantor to pay and deliver up certain property

If, contrary to clauses 2.3 or 2.8, the Guarantor takes or receives the benefit of any security or receives or recovers any money or other property, from the Borrower, such security, money or other property shall be held on trust for the Security Trustee and shall be delivered or paid, as appropriate, to the Security Trustee on demand.

2.12

Retention of this Guarantee

The Security Trustee shall be entitled to retain this Guarantee after as well as before the payment, discharge or satisfaction of all the Guaranteed Liabilities for such period of up to 12 months as the Security Trustee may determine.

3

Payments and Taxes

3.1

Time for Payment

All amounts payable by the Guarantor under or pursuant to this Guarantee shall be paid to such accounts at such banks as the Security Trustee may from time to time direct to the Guarantor in Dollars in same day funds for immediate value.

3.2

No set-off or counterclaim

All payments to be made by the Guarantor pursuant to this Guarantee shall, subject only to clause 3.3, be made free and clear of and without deduction for or on account of any taxes or other deductions, withholdings, restrictions, conditions or counterclaims of any nature.

3.3

Grossing up for Taxes

If at any time any law requires the Guarantor to make any deduction or withholding from any payment, or to change the rate or manner in which any required deduction or withholding is made, the Guarantor will promptly notify the Security Trustee and, simultaneously with making that payment, will pay to the Security Trustee whatever additional amount (after taking into account any additional taxes on, or deductions or withholdings from, or restrictions or conditions on, that additional amount) is necessary to ensure that, after making the deduction or withholding, the Security Trustee receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no deduction or withholding been made. If at any time the Guarantor is required by law to make any deduction or withholding from any payment to be made by it, the Guarantor will pay the amount required to be deducted or withheld to the relevant authority within the time allowed under the applicable law and will, no later than thirty days after making that payment, deliver to the Security Trustee an original receipt issued by the relevant authority, or other evidence acceptable to the Security Trustee, evidencing the payment to that authority of all amounts required to be deducted or withheld.

6


 

3.4

Currency indemnity  

If, under any applicable law or regulation, and whether pursuant to a judgment being made or registered against the Guarantor or the liquidation of the Guarantor or for any other reason whatsoever, any payment under or in connection with this Guarantee is made or falls to be made in a currency (the “payment currency”) other than the currency in which such payment is due under or in connection with this Guarantee (the “contractual currency”) then to the extent that the amount of such payment actually received by the Security Trustee, when converted into the contractual currency at the rate of exchange, falls short of the amount due under or in connection with this Guarantee, the Guarantor, as a separate and independent obligation, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Security Trustee against the amount of such shortfall. For the purpose of this clause “rate of exchange” means the rate at which the Security Trustee is able on or about the date of such payment to purchase the contractual currency with the payment currency and shall take into account any premium and other costs of exchange with respect thereto.

4

Representations and warranties

4.1

Continuing representations and warranties

The Guarantor represents and warrants that:

4.1.1

Due incorporation

the Guarantor is duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing, under the laws of  its country of incorporation, as a corporation and has power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to own its property and other assets to which it has, save as otherwise disclosed in writing to the Agent, unencumbered legal and beneficial title;

4.1.2

Corporate power to guarantee

the Guarantor has the power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations, and, as the case may be, to exercise its rights, under this Guarantee and the Security Documents to which it is a party; all necessary corporate, shareholder and other action has been taken to authorise the execution, delivery and on the execution of such Security Documents, performance of the same and no limitation on the powers of the Guarantor incur liability or to guarantee or howsoever provide or grant security will be exceeded as a result of this Guarantee;

4.1.3

Binding obligations

this Guarantee and the Security Documents to which it is a party when executed, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligations of the Guarantor enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and admissible in evidence;

4.1.4

No conflict with other obligations

the execution and delivery of, the performance of its obligations under, and compliance with the provisions of, this Guarantee and the Security Documents to which it is a party will not (i) contravene any existing applicable law, statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or permit to which the Guarantor is subject, (ii) conflict with, or result in any breach of any of the terms of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or other instrument to which the Guarantor is a party or is subject or by which it or any of its property is bound, (iii) contravene or conflict with any provision of the constitutional documents of the Guarantor  or

7


 

(iv) result in the creation or imposition of, or oblige the Guarantor to create, any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues the Guarantor;

4.1.5

No Default

no Default has occurred;

4.1.6

No litigation or judgments

no Proceedings are current, pending or, to the knowledge of the officers of the Guarantor, threatened against the Guarantor or its assets which could have a Material Adverse Effect and there exist no judgments, orders, injunctions which would materially affect in an adverse manner the obligations of Guarantor under the Security Documents to which it is a party;

4.1.7

No filings required

it is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Guarantee or any of the Security Documents to which it is a party that they or any other instrument be notarised, filed, recorded, registered or enrolled in any court, public office or elsewhere in any Pertinent Jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax or charge be paid in any Pertinent Jurisdiction on or in relation to any of such Security Documents and each Security Document to which it is a party is in proper form for its enforcement in the courts of each Pertinent Jurisdiction;

4.1.8

Required Authorisations and legal compliance

all Required Authorisations have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect and the Guarantor has in no way contravened any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation (including all such as relate to money laundering);

4.1.9

Choice of law

the choice of English law to govern this Guarantee and the other Security Documents to which it is party and the submission herein by the Guarantor to the jurisdiction of the English courts and performance of associated obligations are valid and binding;

4.1.10

No immunity

neither the Guarantor nor any of its assets is entitled to immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any Proceedings whatsoever; and

4.1.11

Financial statements correct and complete

the latest audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Group in respect of the relevant financial year or half-year as delivered to the Agent present or will present fairly and accurately in accordance with IFRS or GAAP, as the case may be, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at the date thereof and the consolidated results of the operations of the Group for the financial year ended on such date and, as at such date, neither the Guarantor nor any of its subsidiaries had any significant liabilities (contingent or otherwise) or any unrealised or anticipated losses which are not disclosed by, or reserved against or provided for in, such financial statements;

8


 

4.1.12

Pari passu  

the obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee are direct, general and unconditional obligations ranking at least pari passu with all other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Guarantor except for obligations which are mandatorily preferred by operation of law and not by contract;

4.1.13

Information / Material Adverse Effect

all information, whatsoever provided by any Security Party to the Agent in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Guarantee or otherwise provided hereafter in relation to, or pursuant to, this Guarantee is, or will be, true and accurate in all material respects and not misleading, does or will not omit material facts and all reasonable enquiries have been, or shall have been, made to verify the facts and statements contained therein and there has not occurred any event which could have a Material Adverse Effect on any Security Party since such information was provided to the Agent;

4.1.14

No withholding Taxes

no Taxes anywhere are imposed whatsoever by withholding or otherwise on any payment to be made by the Guarantor under this Guarantee or the Security Documents to which it is a party or are imposed on or by virtue of the execution or delivery by the Guarantor of this Guarantee or such Security Documents or any other document or instrument to be executed or delivered under this Guarantee or such Security Documents;

4.1.15

Copies true and complete

the Certified Copies of the constitutional documents of the Guarantor are true and complete copies of such documents; and there have been no amendments or variations thereof except in accordance with clause 5.1.20;

4.1.16

Tax and other fiscal returns

the Guarantor has filed all tax and other fiscal returns required to be filed by any tax authority to which it is subject when due or within permitted extensions;  

4.1.17

Office in England

the Guarantor does not have an office in England;

4.1.18

Prohibited Persons, unlawful activity

 

(a)

none of the shares in the Borrower nor in the Vessel are or will be at any time during the Facility Period legally and beneficially owned and controlled by a Prohibited Person;

 

(b)

no Prohibited Person has or will have at any time during the Facility Period any legal or beneficial interest of any nature whatsoever in any of the shares of any of the Security Parties; and

 

(c)

no title in any property or other assets subject to an Encumbrance created by a Security Document has been obtained in breach of any existing applicable law, statute, rule or regulation

9


 

provided that, following an IPO, the representation at (a) and (b) above shall be to the best of the Guarantor’s knowledge;

4.1.19

Insolvency

the Guarantor is not unable nor has admitted inability to pay its debts as they fall due, has not suspended making payments on any of its debts nor has announced an intention to do so, is not nor has become insolvent; nor has negative net worth (taking into account contingent liabilities), nor has suffered the declaration of a moratorium in respect of any of its Indebtedness;

4.1.20

Ownership of Borrower

all the shares in the Borrower are legally and beneficially directly owned and controlled by the Guarantor subject only to the rights of the Security Trustee and the Lenders under the Security Documents; and

4.1.21

Accounting reference date

the Guarantor’s accounting reference date is 31 December;

4.2

Repetition of representations and warranties

On the first day of each Interest Period throughout the Facility Period, the Guarantor shall be deemed to repeat the representations and warranties in clause 4.1 (other than those in clauses 4.1.7 and 4.1.14) updated mutatis mutandis as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on such day.

5

Undertakings

5.1

General

The Guarantor undertakes that, from the date of this Guarantee until the end of the Facility Period, it will:

5.1.1

Notice of Default and Proceedings

promptly notify the Agent of (a) any Default and of any other circumstances or occurrence which might adversely affect its ability to perform its obligations under this Guarantee and (b) as soon as the same is instituted, details of any Proceedings involving the Guarantor which could have a material adverse effect on the Guarantor and will from time to time, if so requested by the Agent, confirm to the Agent in writing that, save as otherwise stated in such confirmation, no Default has occurred and is continuing and no such Proceedings are on foot or threatened;

5.1.2

Authorisation

obtain or cause to be obtained, maintain in full force and effect and comply fully with all Required Authorisations, provide the Agent with Certified Copies of the same and do, or cause to be done, all other acts and things which may from time to time be necessary or desirable under applicable law (whether or not in a Pertinent Jurisdiction) for the continued due performance of all its obligations under this Guarantee;

10


 

5.1.3

Corporate Existence/Ownership  

ensure that the Guarantor maintains its corporate existence as a body corporate duly organised and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Marshall Islands and will ensure that the aggregate number of shares of and in the Guarantor which is ultimately beneficially owned and controlled by the Shareholder and/or any member of his immediate family does not fall below 25% of the total issued shares of and in the Guarantor;

5.1.4

Pari passu

ensure that its obligations under this Guarantee shall at all times rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness with the exception of any obligations which are mandatorily preferred by law and not by contract;

5.1.5

Financial statements

send to the Agent (or procure that is sent):

 

(a)

as soon as possible, but in no event later than 180 days after the end of each of its financial years, annual audited (prepared in accordance with IFRS or GAAP by a firm of accountants acceptable to the Agent) consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor (commencing with the financial year ending 31 December 2015);

 

(b)

as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of each 6 month period in each of its financial years, the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Group for that 6 month period, duly signed by its chief financial officer (commencing with the 6 month period ending 30 June 2016);

 

(c)

as soon as possible, but in no event later than 45 days after the end of each 3 month period in each of its financial years, the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Group for that 3 month period, duly signed by its chief financial officer (commencing with the 3 month period ending 31 March 2016);

5.1.6

Compliance Certificates

deliver to the Agent on the date on which the audited accounts and three-monthly reports are delivered under clauses 5.1.5(a) and (c), a Compliance Certificate setting out the Group’s/Guarantor’s compliance with the covenants set out in clause 5.1.7 and all calculations relevant thereto;

5.1.7

Financial Covenants

procure that:

(i) on each of March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year; and (ii) on any other specified date requested in writing by the Lender (which specified date must be a date on or after the date of such written request by the Lender) or within 20 days after that specified date:

 

(a)

the Liquidity of the Group shall not be less than the Minimum Liquidity; and

 

(b)

the Total Liabilities divided by the Total Assets shall be less than 75%;

11


 

provided that if the Group and/or the Guarantor is required, in relation to any of its Indebtedness, to comply with any financial covenants (the “ Related Financial Covenants ”) which are equivalent or similar to those set out in this Clause 5.1.7, but impose (respectively),  a greater amount (in respect of (a) above) or a lower percentage (in respect of (b) above), then the Guarantor shall procure that the Related Financial Covenants are complied with in place of the relevant one of those set out above;

5.1.8

Provision of further information

provide the Agent with such financial or other information concerning the Guarantor, all vessels (including those under construction) owned (or to be owned in the case of newbuildings) or managed by, the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries, including, in relation to Borrowed Moneys, repayment of Borrowed Money, operating expenses and charter arrangements as the Agent or any Lender (acting through the Agent) may from time to time reasonably require and all other documentation and information as any Lender may from time to time require in order to comply with its, and all other relevant, know-your-customer regulations;

5.1.9

Obligations under this Guarantee

duly and punctually perform each of the obligations expressed to be imposed or assumed by it under this Guarantee and the Security Documents to which it is a party;

5.1.10

Compliance with Laws and payment of taxes

comply with all relevant Environmental Laws, laws, statutes, directives, regulations, decrees, rulings and analogous rules, to the extent applicable to the Guarantor (including, but not limited to, laws relating to any trading prohibition imposed by the country of incorporation of the Guarantor or any rules relating to international sanctions (including, without limitation, the US Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability and Divestment Act of 2010) as set out in clause 8.1.23 of the Loan Agreement or otherwise, subject to the provisions of clause 4.1.18 hereof) and pay all taxes for which it is liable as they fall due;

5.1.11

Subordination

ensure that all Indebtedness of the Borrower to the Guarantor or to any other Security Party is fully subordinated to the rights of the Banks under the Security Documents, in a form acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders);

5.1.12

Dividends

not declare or pay any dividends or distribute any of its present or future assets, undertakings, rights or revenues if an Event of Default has occurred which is continuing or would occur as a result of such payment or distribution;

5.1.13

Delivery of reports

unless otherwise publicly available, deliver to the Agent, and procure that the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent, concurrently with the issue thereof as many Certified Copies as the Agent may require of every report, circular, notice or like document issued by the Guarantor to its shareholders or creditors generally;

12


 

5.1.14

Insolvency  

not present a petition, give notice or take any other step which could result in the Borrower being declared insolvent or being dissolved or in the appointment of an administrator of a Borrower or have an effect equivalent or similar thereto;

5.1.15

Transactions with associated companies  

save as otherwise permitted by any of the Security Documents and except as the Agent and the Guarantor may otherwise agree, not enter into any transactions with the Borrower, other than on arm’s length terms, and the Guarantor shall not encumber its rights under this Guarantee;

5.1.16

Capital markets

for the period from the date hereof until the Maturity Date, should the Borrower, the Guarantor or a Group Member initiate, engage in, or otherwise enter into an initial registered public offering or a broadly-marketed private placement of any equity or debt securities or a combination thereof, (each a " Covered Transaction "), then the Security Trustee or any of its affiliates (but excluding any transferee of the Security Trustee, assignee or sub-participant thereof) shall have the right but not the obligation to be retained by the Guarantor as an underwriter or placement agent, with such role and title as may be agreed by the Security Trustee (or its affiliate as applicable) and the Guarantor in connection with such Covered Transaction. The term “ Covered Transaction ” shall not include any private placement of equity or equity linked securities marketed to 35 or less investors.

The role of the Security Trustee (or its affiliate as applicable) in such Covered Transaction will be subject to an appropriate underwriting or placement agreement based on market terms and conditions agreeable to  the Security Trustee (or its affiliate as applicable) and the Guarantor, and the Security Trustee (or its affiliate as applicable) shall be entitled to customary fees as agreed by the Guarantor and the Security Trustee (or its affiliate, as applicable) in connection with such role.

5.1.17

Guarantor: shareholding

procure that:

 

(a)

the Shareholder shall not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares of and in the Guarantor, unless (i) the Agent shall first have approved in writing any relevant shareholders’ agreement relating to the Guarantor made or to be made by the Shareholder with such transferee of shares, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed or (ii) it is pursuant to an IPO or other registered public offering provided that clause 5.1.3 shall apply at all times; and

 

(b)

upon the occurrence of an IPO the Shareholder must be the CEO, chairman or president of the Guarantor;  

5.1.18

Prohibited Persons

subject to the provisions of clauses 4.1.18(a) and (b) and the proviso thereto not, and will procure that no Security Party will, have any course of dealings, directly or indirectly, with any Prohibited Person; and

13


 

5.1.19

Change in constitutional documents  

except in connection with an IPO and at any time thereafter, not amend or vary its constitutional documents without the prior written consent of the Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

6

Benefit of this Guarantee

6.1

Benefit and Burden

This Guarantee shall be binding upon the Guarantor and its successors in title  and shall enure for the benefit of the Security Trustee and its successors in title and its assignees and transferees save that no transferee of the Security Trustee (other than an affiliate of the Security Trustee) may have the benefit of clauses 5.1.16 (Capital Markets).  Subject to the foregoing, the Guarantor expressly acknowledges and accepts the provisions of clause 15 of the Loan Agreement and agrees that any person in favour of whom an assignment or a transfer is made in accordance with such clause shall be entitled to the benefit of this Guarantee.

6.2

Changes in constitution of Security Trustee

Without prejudice to the provisions of clause 6.1, this Guarantee shall remain binding on the Guarantor notwithstanding any change in the constitution of the Security Trustee or the Security Trustee’s absorption in, or amalgamation with, or the acquisition of all or part of its undertaking or assets by, any other person, or any reconstruction or reorganisation of any kind, to the intent that this Guarantee shall remain valid and effective in all respects in favour of any assignee, transferee or other successor in title of the Security Trustee in the same manner as if such assignee, transferee or other successor in title had been named in this Guarantee as a party instead of, or in addition to, the Security Trustee.

6.3

No assignment by Guarantor

The Guarantor may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under or pursuant to this Guarantee without the prior written consent of the Agent, provided always that any transfer of the Guarantor’s rights and obligations hereunder that may occur as a result of or in connection with an IPO shall not require the prior consent of the Agent and shall not constitute a breach of the Guarantor’s obligation under this clause 6.3.

6.4

Disclosure of information

Subject to clause 15.10 of the Loan Agreement, the Agent may disclose to a potential assignee or sub‑participant any information which the Agent has received in relation to the Guarantor or its affairs under or in connection with this Guarantee and the Loan Agreement, subject to the Agent obtaining a confidentiality agreement for the benefit of inter alios, the Guarantor.

7

Notices and other matters

7.1

Notices

7.1.1

Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, every Notice under or in connection with this Guarantee shall be given in English by letter delivered personally and/or sent by post and/or transmitted by fax and/or electronically.

14


 

7.1.2

In this clause 7, “Notice” and or “Notices” includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, request, waiver or other communication.  

7.2

Address for Notices, effective date of Notices

7.2.1

Subject to clause 7.2.2 and clause 7.2.3, Notices to the Guarantor shall be deemed to have been given, and shall take effect, when received in full legible form by the Guarantor at the address and/or fax number appearing below (or at such other address or fax number as the Guarantor may hereafter specify for such purpose to the Security Trustee by Notice in writing):

 

Address:

c/o PYXIS MARITIME CORP.

 

K. Karamanlis 59,

 

Maroussi 15125,

 

Athens

 

Greece

Fax no:

+ 30 210 651 0530

7.2.2

Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 7.2.1 or 7.2.4 a Notice given pursuant to clause 2 shall be deemed to have been given and shall take effect when delivered, sent or transmitted by the Security Trustee to the Guarantor to the address or fax number referred to in clause 7.2.1.

7.2.3

Subject to clause 7.2.4, Notices to the Security Trustee shall be deemed to be given, and shall take effect, when received in full legible form by the Security Trustee at the address and/or the fax number appearing below (or at such other address or fax number as the Security Trustee may hereafter specify for such purpose to the Guarantor by notice in writing):

 

Address:

DVB Bank SE

 

Park House

 

16-18 Finsbury Circus

 

London EC2M 7EB

 

England

 

 

Attn:

Transaction & Loan Services.

Fax no:

+44 207 256 4552

 

with a copy to:

DVB Bank SE

 

Representative Office Greece

 

South Polis Center

 

Building K4,

 

3, Moraitini Street & 1, Palea Leof. Posidonos

 

Delta Paleo Faliro

 

175 61 Athens, Greece

 

 

Attn:

Semiramis Stampira

Fax no:

+30210 455 7420

 

7.2.4

If under clause 7.2.1 or 7.2.3 any Notice would be deemed to have been given and effective on a day which is not a working day in the place of receipt or is outside normal business hours in

15


 

the place of receipt, the notice shall be deemed to have been given and to have taken effect at the opening of business on the next working day in such place.  

7.3

Electronic Communication

7.3.1

Any communication to be made by and/or between the Security Trustee and the Guarantor under or in connection with this Guarantee may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if and provided that all such parties

 

(i)

notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

(ii)

notify each other of any change to their electronic mail address or any other such information supplied by them.

7.3.2

Any electronic communication made by and/or between the Security Trustee and the Guarantor will be effective only when actually received in readable form.

7.4

No implied waivers, remedies cumulative

No failure or delay on the part of the Security Trustee in exercising any right, power, discretion or remedy under or pursuant to this Guarantee nor any actual or alleged course of dealing between the Security Trustee and the Guarantor shall operate as a waiver of, or acquiescence in, any default on the part of the Guarantor, unless expressly agreed to do so in writing by the Security Trustee nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Security Trustee of any right, power, discretion or remedy or the exercise by the Security Trustee of any other right, power, discretion or remedy. The remedies provided in this Guarantee are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

7.5

English translations

Any certificates, instruments and other documents to be delivered under or supplied in connection with this Guarantee shall be written in English or shall be accompanied by a certified English translation upon which the Security Trustee shall be entitled to rely.

7.6

Expenses

The Guarantor agrees to reimburse the Security Trustee on demand on a full indemnity basis for all legal and other costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Security Trustee in relation to the enforcement of this Guarantee against the Guarantor.

7.7

Partial Invalidity

If, at any time, any provision of this Guarantee is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, that provision shall be severed from the remainder and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected or impaired in any way.

16


 

8

Jurisdiction  

8.1

jurisdiction

For the benefit of the Security Trustee, and subject to clause 8.4 below, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees that the courts of England shall have non-exclusive jurisdiction:

8.1.1

to settle any disputes or other matters whatsoever arising under or in connection with or in any way related to this Guarantee (or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee), and any disputes or other such matters arising in connection with the negotiation, validity, existence or enforceability of this Guarantee or any part thereof, whether the dispute or other matter arises under the law of England or under the law of some other country; and

8.1.2

to grant interim remedies, or other provisional or protective relief.

8.2

Submission and service of process

For the purpose of clause 8.1, the Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of the English courts.  Without prejudice to any other mode of service, the Guarantor:

8.2.1

irrevocably empowers and appoints Atlas Maritime Services Limited at present of Enterprise House, 113-115 George Lane, E18 1AB, London, England, as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with this Guarantee;

8.2.2

agrees to maintain such an agent for service of process in England for so long as any amount is outstanding and/or the Guarantor has any actual or contingent liability arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee;

8.2.3

agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the Guarantor of service of process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned;

8.2.4

without prejudice to the effectiveness of service of process on its agent under sub-clause 8.2.1 but as an alternative method, consents to the service of process relating to any such proceedings by mailing or delivering a copy of the process to its address for the time being applying under clause 7.1 and 7.2 (Notices);

8.2.5

agrees that if the appointment of any person mentioned in sub-clause 8.2.1 above ceases to be effective, the Guarantor shall immediately appoint a further person in England to accept service of process on its behalf in England and, failing such appointment within seven (7) days, the Security Trustee shall thereupon be entitled and is hereby irrevocably authorised by the Guarantor in those circumstances to appoint such person by notice to the Guarantor.

8.3

Forum non conveniens and enforcement abroad

The Guarantor:

8.3.1

waives any right and agrees not to apply to the English court or any other Court in any jurisdiction whatsoever or to stay or strike out proceedings commenced in England on the ground that England is an inappropriate forum and/or that there is another more appropriate forum and/or that proceedings have been or will be commenced in any other jurisdiction in

17


 

connection with any dispute or other matter and/or related matter falling within clause 8.1, and  

8.3.2

agrees that a judgment or order of an English court in a dispute or other matter falling within clause 8.1 shall be conclusive and binding on the Guarantor and may be enforced against it in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

8.4

Right of Security Trustee to bring proceedings in any other jurisdiction

Nothing in this clause 8 limits the right of the Security Trustee to bring proceedings, including third party proceedings, against the Guarantor, or to apply for interim remedies, in connection with this Guarantee in any other court and/or concurrently in more than one jurisdiction. The obtaining by the Security Trustee of judgment in one jurisdiction shall not prevent the Security Trustee from bringing or continuing proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether or not these shall be founded on the same cause of action.

8.5

Enforceability despite invalidity of Guarantee

The jurisdiction agreement contained herein shall be severable from the remainder of this Guarantee and shall remain valid, binding and in full force and shall continue to apply notwithstanding this Guarantee, or any part thereof, being held to be avoided and/or rescinded and/or terminated and/or discharged and/or frustrated and/or invalid, unenforceable, illegal, discharged or otherwise of no effect for any reason.

9

Governing Law

This Guarantee and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

 

IN WITNESS whereof the parties to this Guarantee have caused this Guarantee to be duly executed as a deed on the date first above written.


18


 

Schedule
Form of Compliance Certificate

To: DVB Bank SE (as Agent)

From: PYXIS TANKERS Inc.

Date [    ] 20[    ]

Dear Sirs

Loan facility agreement dated 12 th January 2015 (as amended, the “Loan Agreement”) for a loan of up to USD21,000,000 made between (1) EIGHTHONE CORP.  as Borrower, (2) DVB Bank SE as Lender and (3) DVB Bank SE as Agent and Security Trustee.

We refer to the Loan Agreement and to the Guarantee dated October 2015 made between us as guarantor and DVB Bank SE as Security Trustee (the “ New Guarantee ”).  Words and expressions whose meanings are defined in the New Guarantee shall have the same meanings when used herein.

We hereby confirm that [except as stated below] on the [●] day of [●] 20    , to the best of our knowledge and belief after due inquiry:

1.

all of the Borrower’s negative undertakings in the Loan Agreement set out in clause 8 are being fully complied with, and, in particular, by reference to the latest [audited][unaudited] financial statements, management accounts and all other current relevant information available to us:

 

(a)

the Liquidity of the Group is USD [    ] which exceeds the Minimum Liquidity, which is USD[    ];

 

(b)

the Total Liabilities are USD [    ] and the Total Assets (adjusted for market values of vessels calculated in accordance with Clause 8.2.2 of the Loan Agreement save that the Approved Broker shall be nominated and appointed by the Guarantor) are USD [    ];  and

 

(c)

the Total Liabilities divided by the Total Assets (adjusted for market values of vessels calculated in accordance with Clause 8.2.2 of the Loan Agreement) is [    ]%.

2.

no Default has occurred

3.

the representations set out in clause 7 of the Loan Agreement are true and accurate with reference to all facts and circumstances now existing and all Required Authorisations have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

[State any exceptions/qualifications to the above statements]

Yours faithfully

PYXIS TANKERS INC.

By________________________

[Chief Financial Officer][Director]: PYXIS TANKERS INC.

 

 

19


 

SIGNED and DELIVERED as

)

 

a DEED by         K. Lytras

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

PYXIS TANKERS INC.

)

 

its duly authorised Attorney

)

 

pursuant to a power of attorney

)

/s/ Konstantinos Lytras

dated 12 October     2015

)

………………………………

in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

      /s/ Alexandra Tatagia

 

 

 

SIGNED and DELIVERED as

)

 

a DEED by      Ronan Le Du

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

/s/ Ronan Le Du

DVB BANK SE

)

………………………………

in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

      /s/ Victoria Liaou

 

 

 

20

 

Exhibit 4.7.3

Private and Confidential

 

DATED    26        October 2015

 

 

 

 

PYXIS TANKERS INC.

as Shareholder

 

 

– and –

 

 

DVB BANK SE

as Security Trustee

 

 

 

 

___________________________________

 

PLEDGE OVER SHARES

IN EIGHTHONE CORP.

____________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCE & CO

PIRAEUS


 


 

Contents

Clause

Page

1

Definitions

 

1

2

Charging clause

 

3

3

Representations and warranties

 

3

4

Covenants by the Shareholder

 

4

5

Dividends and voting rights

 

7

6

Further assurance

 

8

7

Powers of the Security Trustee

 

8

8

Attorney

 

10

9

Continuing security and other matters

 

11

10

Discharge of security

 

13

11

Certificates

 

13

12

Payments

 

13

13

Notices

 

14

14

Other matters

 

15

15

Jurisdiction

 

16

16

Governing law

 

18

 

Schedule 1 The Shares

 

19

 

Schedule 2 Specimen instrument of transfer

 

20

 

Schedule 3 Shareholders’ letter of authority

 

21

 

Schedule 4 Form of irrevocable proxy

 

22

 

Schedule 5 Directors’ resignation letter

 

23

 

Schedule 6 Director’s letter of undertaking

 

24

 

Schedule 7 Form of dividend mandate

 

25

 

 

 

 


 

THIS DEED of PLEDGE is dated   26    October 2015 and made BETWEEN :

(1)

PYXIS TANKERS INC. a corporation incorporated under the Marshall Islands and having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960 (the “ Shareholder ”); and

(2)

DVB BANK SE a company incorporated in Germany acting through its branch at Platz der Republik 6 , D- 60325 Frankfurt am Main, Germany (the “ Security Trustee ”).

WHEREAS:

(A)

The Shareholder is the beneficial owner of 500 registered shares without a par value in EIGHTHONE CORP., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Marshall Islands (the “ Corporation ”), representing all of the issued, non-assessable and paid up share capital of the Corporation.

(B)

By a facility agreement dated 12 January 2015 (as amended by a supplemental agreement dated October 2015 and as may be further amended, supplemented, varied, extended, replaced, novated or restated from time to time, the “ Facility Agreement ”) and made between (i) the Corporation as borrower, (ii) DVB Bank SE as lender (the “ Lender ”) and (iii) DVB Bank SE as Agent and Security Trustee it was agreed that the Lender would make available to the Shareholder a loan facility of up to USD21,000,000.

(C)

Pursuant to clause 16.14.1 of the Facility Agreement the Banks have appointed the Security Trustee as their security trustee and pursuant to a deed of trust dated 12 January 2015 executed by the Security Trustee as trustee, the Security Trustee has agreed to hold, receive, administer and enforce this Deed for and on behalf of the Banks.

(D)

It is a term of the Facility Agreement that the Shareholder should execute a pledge in respect of the Shares (as defined below) in favour of the Security Trustee (in the form of this Deed).

NOW THIS DEED WITNESSES as follows:

1

Definitions

1.1

Defined expressions

Words and expressions defined in the Facility Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, have the same meanings when used in this Deed.

1.2

Definitions

In this Deed, unless the context otherwise requires;

Collateral Instruments ” means notes, bills of exchange, certificates of deposit and other negotiable and non-negotiable instruments and guarantees, relating to any indebtedness or liabilities of the Corporation or any other person liable and includes any documents or instruments creating or evidencing a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating), pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment, trust arrangement or security interest of any kind;

1


 

Expenses ” means the aggregate at any relevant time (to the ext ent that the same have not been received or recovered by the Security Trustee) of:

 

(a)

all losses, liabilities, costs, duties, fees, charges, expenses, claims, damages, moneys and outgoings of whatever nature (including, but not limited to, Taxes, registration fees and legal costs) suffered, incurred or paid by the Security Trustee in connection with the exercise of the powers referred to in or granted by this Deed or otherwise payable by the Shareholder in accordance with clauses 7.5 and 7.6; and

 

(b)

interest on all such losses, liabilities, costs, duties, fees, charges, expenses, claims, damages, moneys and outgoings from the date on which the same was suffered, incurred or paid by the Security Trustee until the date of receipt or recovery thereof (whether before or after judgment) at a rate per annum calculated in accordance with clause 3.4 of the Facility Agreement (as conclusively certified by the Security Trustee);

Outstanding Indebtedness ” means the aggregate of the Loan and interest accrued and accruing thereon, the Expenses and all other sums of money from time to time owing to the Banks or any of them, whether actually or contingently, under the Security Documents or any of them;

Pertinent Jurisdiction ” means any jurisdiction in which or where the Shareholder is incorporated, resident, domiciled has a permanent establishment or assets, carries on or has a place of business or is otherwise effectively connected;

Secured Obligations ” means all obligations whatsoever of the Corporation under or pursuant to the Facility Agreement, whensoever arising, actual or contingent, and whether of payment, performance or compliance;

Secured Property ” means the Shares and all stock, shares, warrants, securities, rights, moneys or property (including the dividends, interest or income thereon or therefrom) accruing or acquired at any time and from time to time by way of redemption, purchase, bonus, preference, option or otherwise to or in respect of or derived from all or any of the Shares or any derivatives thereof, including the proceeds of any sale of any of the Shares; and

Shares ” means the 500 registered shares without a par value in the capital of the Corporation legally and beneficially owned by the Shareholder representing all of the issued, non- assessable and paid up share capital of the Corporation and shall include any other shares in the capital of the Corporation which may hereafter be beneficially owned by the Shareholder.

1.3

Construction

The provisions of clauses 1.3 and 1.4 of the Facility Agreement shall apply to this Deed as if references to “this Agreement” were to this Deed and references to “the Borrower” were to the Shareholder and otherwise mutatis mutandis.

1.4

Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999

No part of this Deed shall be enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by a person who is not a party to this Deed.

2


 

1.5

Conflict with Facility Agreement  

This Deed shall be read together with the Facility Agreement but, in the case of any conflict between them, the provisions of the Facility Agreement shall prevail.

2

Charging clause

In consideration of inter alia the Lender agreeing to make the Loan available to the Corporation, the Shareholder, with full title guarantee, hereby pledges, mortgages, charges, assigns, transfers, deposits, sets over and confirms and agrees to pledge, mortgage, charge, assign, transfer, deposit, set over and confirm to the Security Trustee as security for the payment of the Outstanding Indebtedness and as a continuing security for the payment of all moneys and the discharge of all obligations and liabilities hereby covenanted to be paid or otherwise hereby secured by way of a first fixed pledge all of its interest in and to all of the Secured Property.

3

Representations and warranties

3.1

Representations and warranties

The Shareholder hereby represents and warrants to the Security Trustee that:

3.1.1

Title

the Shareholder is the holder of the Shares and is the legal and beneficial owner of and has full right and title to, and has hereby pledged, the Secured Property and all the Shares are free from any Encumbrance of any kind (other than the Encumbrance hereby created) and are not, nor shall they be, subject to any option;

3.1.2

Shares fully paid

the Shares are fully paid or credited as fully paid and non-assessable and no calls have been, or can be, made in respect of the Shares;

3.1.3

Shareholder Obligations

the obligations of the Shareholder under this Deed are direct, general and unconditional obligations of the Shareholder;

3.1.4

No other security etc.

the Shareholder has not taken or received any security or lien from the Corporation in respect of any liability hereunder or in respect of any other liability of the Corporation to the Shareholder;

3.1.5

No immunity

neither the Shareholder nor any of its assets is entitled to immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any Proceedings whatsoever.

3


 

3.2

Repetition of representations and warranties  

The representations and warranties in clause 3.1 shall be deemed to be repeated by the Shareholder on and as of each day from the date of this Deed the end of the Facility Period as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on each such day.

4

Covenants by the Shareholder

4.1

Supporting documents

The Shareholder hereby covenants with the Security Trustee that during the continuance of this Deed the Shareholder shall at all times deposit with the Security Trustee and permit the Security Trustee during the continuance of this security to hold and retain:

4.1.1

Certificates

all share certificates and documents of title relating to the Shares together with any other documents of title relating to the Secured Property;

4.1.2

Transfers

transfers of the Shares, duly completed (undated) in favour of the Security Trustee or its nominees or otherwise as the Security Trustee may direct in the form set out in schedule 2 together with letters of authority in respect of such transfers in the form set out in schedule 3;

4.1.3

Proxies

an irrevocable proxy in respect of the Shares, executed by the Shareholder in favour of the Security Trustee in the form set out in schedule 4, entitling the Security Trustee to exercise all voting rights in respect of the Shares, subject to clause 5.1;

4.1.4

Resignation/authority letters

executed (undated) resignation letters from each Director and Officer of the Corporation in the form set out in schedule 5 together with letters of authority from each Director and Officer of the Corporation in respect of such resignation letters in the form set out in schedule 6; and

4.1.5

Other documents

all such other documents as the Security Trustee may from time to time require for perfecting its title to the Shares and/or the Secured Property or for vesting or enabling it to vest the same in itself or its nominees or in any purchaser to the intent that the Security Trustee may at any time, after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, without notice present them for registration.

PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT the Security Trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights or powers afforded to the Security Trustee under any of the aforesaid supporting documents unless and until an Event of Default has occurred which is continuing and the Security Trustee has become entitled to enforce its rights hereunder pursuant to clause 7.1 hereof.

4


 

4.2

Continui ng covenants  

The Shareholder hereby further covenants with the Security Trustee that during the Facility Period it shall:

4.2.1

Title

warrant and defend the right, title and interest of the Security Trustee in and to the Secured Property against the claims and demands of any other persons;

4.2.2

Payment of calls

duly and promptly pay all calls, instalments or any other payments that may from time to time become due in respect of any of the Shares;

4.2.3

Negative undertakings

Save as permitted under the terms of any Security Documents, not (without the consent of the Security Trustee which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed):

 

(a)

create or permit to subsist any Encumbrance other than a Permitted Encumbrance on or over the Secured Property or any part thereof or interest therein or attempt or agree to do so;

 

(b)

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Secured Property or any part thereof or interest therein or agree so to do;

 

(c)

allow or permit the Corporation to cancel, increase, create or issue or agree to issue or put under option or agree to put under option any share or loan capital or obligation now or hereafter convertible into share or loan capital of or in the Corporation of any class or call any uncalled capital;

 

(d)

allow or permit the Corporation to make any alteration to, grant any rights in relation to or otherwise re-organise or purchase or reduce the share capital or reserves of the Corporation in any way or enter into any composition or arrangement with its creditors or any class of creditors of the Corporation;

 

(e)

convene any meeting with a view either to the alteration of any of the provisions of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation/Association and By-Laws or to passing a resolution that the Corporation be wound up; or

 

(f)

allow or permit the Corporation to permit any person other than the Shareholder to be holders of the Shares or any part thereof.

4.2.4

Appointment of other directors or officers

duly and promptly notify the Security Trustee of the appointment of any other Director or Directors or Officer or Officers of the Corporation (whether by way of replacement of, or addition to, any of the existing Directors or Officers) and duly and promptly deliver to the Security Trustee the letter or letters of undertaking to resign referred to in clause 4.1 duly signed by such additional Director or Directors or Officer or Officers;

5


 

4.2.5

Maintain value of security  

Save with the prior written consent of the Security Trustee or as permitted under the terms of any Security Document, not do or cause or permit to be done anything which may in any way depreciate, jeopardise or otherwise prejudice the value to the Security Trustee of the security created or intended to be created by this Deed;

4.2.6

Indebtedness due from the Corporation

except as permitted by any other Security Documents, not demand or accept repayment in whole or in part of any Indebtedness now or hereafter due to the Shareholder from the Corporation, or from any other person liable, or demand or accept any security in respect thereof or assign or charge the same as security ;

4.2.7

No set-off or counterclaim

not claim any set-off or counterclaim against the Corporation or any other person liable or claim or prove in competition with the Security Trustee in the bankruptcy or liquidation (or equivalent) of the Corporation or any other person liable or have the benefit of, or share in, any payment from or composition with, the Corporation or any other person liable for any Indebtedness of the Corporation or any other person liable but so that, if so directed by the Security Trustee, it shall prove for the whole or any part of its claim in the liquidation or bankruptcy (or equivalent) of the Corporation on terms that the benefit of such proof and any money received by it in respect thereof shall be held on trust for the Security Trustee and applied in or towards discharge of the liabilities and obligations of the Shareholder to the Security Trustee under this Deed in such manner as the Security Trustee may require;

4.2.8

No subrogation

except as permitted by any other Security Documents, not exercise any rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnity or contribution against the Corporation or any other Security Party;

4.2.9

Payments and compositions

not have the benefit of any share in any payment or composition from the Corporation or any other person or in any other guarantee or security now or hereafter held by the Security Trustee;

4.2.10

No Encumbrance

not take or receive any Encumbrance from the Corporation in respect of the liability of the Shareholder under this Deed; and

4.2.11

Reports, etc.

unless otherwise publicly available, promptly send to the Security Trustee a copy of every report or other notice, statement or circular sent or delivered to the Shareholder by the Corporation.

4.3

Further covenants

The Shareholder hereby further covenants and agrees with the Security Trustee that:

6


 

4.3.1

Powers on defaul t  

the Security Trustee and its nominees may (at their discretion) following the occurrence of any Event of Default which is continuing exercise, in the name of the Shareholder or otherwise at any time whether pursuant to the powers conferred upon the Security Trustee under any irrevocable proxy referred to in clause 4.1.3 or otherwise pursuant to this Deed, and whether before or after demand for payment and without any further consent or authority on the part of the Shareholder, in respect of the Shares any voting rights and all powers or rights which may be exercisable by the person in whose name the Shares are registered but such power shall be exercised subject to the provisions of clause 5;

4.3.2

Transfer of Shares to Security Trustee

if so requested by the Security Trustee following the occurrence of any Event of Default which is continuing, the Shareholder shall transfer all or any of the Shares to the Security Trustee or to its nominees and the Security Trustee may hold all or any of the Shares in any branch of the Security Trustee or with any correspondents or other agents in any country;

4.3.3

Filing of this Deed

it will file or cause to be filed a copy of this Deed with the Secretary (or other appropriate officer) of the Corporation for the purpose of giving notice of this security to the Corporation and that it will obtain and deliver to the Security Trustee an acknowledgement of such filing; and

4.3.4

Borrowed Money

forthwith upon the exercise by the Security Trustee of the powers conferred upon the Security Trustee pursuant to this Deed after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing without the need for any further notice from or to the Shareholder, the Corporation shall cease to have any liability towards the Shareholder in respect of any Borrowed Money and any obligation on the Corporation to repay the same shall thereupon be cancelled and the Shareholder may not make any demand, or accept payment of any funds (whether direct or by set-off) in respect of such Borrowed Money.

5

Dividends and voting rights

5.1

Voting rights

Unless and until the Security Trustee takes any steps under Clause 7 following the occurrence of any Event of Default which is continuing, the Shareholder shall be entitled to exercise all voting and other rights vested in the holder of the Shares notwithstanding that the share certificates in respect of the Shares are held by the Security Trustee, provided that the Shareholder shall not exercise such rights in a manner which would or might detract from the security created by this Deed or conflict with any provision of any of the Security Documents.

5.2

Dividend rights

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Security Trustee may require that any dividends, interest or other moneys which may be paid or payable in respect of the Secured Property shall be paid to the Security Trustee and shall be applied by the Security Trustee in or towards payment of the Expenses and the balance shall be applied by the Security Trustee in accordance with clause 13.1 of the Facility Agreement.  So long as no Event

7


 

of Default has occurred and is continuing and so long as the payment of any dividends, interest or other moneys does not constitute o r give rise to an Event of Default, any such dividends shall be paid to the Shareholder.

5.3

Delivery of dividend mandate

Where the Security Trustee becomes entitled to receive dividends pursuant to clause 5.2, the Shareholder shall immediately execute and deliver to the Corporation a dividend mandate in the form set out in Schedule 7.

5.4

Payment of dividends and interest

Any dividends, interest or other moneys or property charged pursuant hereto which are received by the Shareholder after the power of sale under clause 7.1 has arisen shall be held in trust for the Security Trustee and shall be paid or delivered to the Security Trustee on demand for application in accordance with clause 5.2.

6

Further assurance

6.1

Execution of further charges

The Shareholder shall, at its own expense and at any time if and when required by the Security Trustee execute such further legal or other pledges, charges or assignments in favour of the Security Trustee as the Security Trustee shall from time to time reasonably require over all or any of the Secured Property and all rights relating thereto both present and future (including any substituted securities and any vendor’s lien) and any other transfers or documents the Security Trustee may from time to time reasonably require for perfecting its title thereto or, following the occurrence of any Event of Default which is continuing, for vesting, or enabling it to vest, the same in itself or its nominees or in any purchaser, to secure all moneys, obligations and liabilities hereby covenanted to be paid, or otherwise hereby secured, or to facilitate realisation of the Secured Property or the exercise of the powers conferred on the Security Trustee, such further pledges, charges or assignments to be prepared by or on behalf of the Security Trustee at the cost of the Shareholder.

6.2

Other matters

The Shareholder also undertakes at its own expense from time to time to execute, sign, perfect, do and (if required) register every such further assurance, document, act or thing as in the opinion of the Security Trustee may be necessary or desirable for the purpose of more effectively pledging, charging or assigning the Secured Property or perfecting the security constituted, or intended to be constituted, by this Deed.

7

Powers of the Security Trustee

7.1

Enforcement

At any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing and following notice given to the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of clause 10.2 of the Facility Agreement:

8


 

7.1.1

Transfers  

the Security Trustee, and any nominee of the Security Trustee may, complete the transfers in respect of the Shares deposited with the Security Trustee pursuant hereto, by dating them, and may submit all or any of the transfers together with any share certificates in respect thereof for registration in the name of the Security Trustee, or any nominee of the Security Trustee, and thereafter the Security Trustee or any such nominee may exercise all the powers or rights which may be exercisable by the registered holder of the Shares and all other powers conferred on mortgagees by law or otherwise without further notice and without any restrictions; and

7.1.2

Application of dividends and interest

any dividends, interest or other payments which may be received or receivable by the Security Trustee, or by any nominee, in respect of any of the Secured Property may be applied by the Security Trustee as though they were proceeds of sale.

7.2

Sale or disposal

In exercising the powers referred to in clause 7.1, the Security Trustee may sell or dispose of the Secured Property or any part thereof at such times in such manner for such consideration and generally on such terms and conditions as the Security Trustee may think fit (and the Security Trustee shall be entitled at its discretion to purchase any and all of the Secured Property so sold).  Any such sale or disposition may be for such consideration and shall be payable at such time as the Security Trustee shall reasonably think fit.

7.3

No enquiry by purchaser

No purchaser or other person shall be bound or concerned to see or enquire whether the right of the Security Trustee to exercise any of the powers hereby conferred has arisen, nor be concerned with notice to the contrary, or with the propriety of the exercise or purported exercise of such powers.

7.4

Application of proceeds

All moneys received by the Security Trustee under, or in the exercise of any powers conferred by, this Deed shall be applied in or towards payment of the Expenses and the balance shall be applied in accordance with clause 13.1 of the Facility Agreement.

7.5

Expenses, costs of variations, amendments, enforcement etc.

The Shareholder shall pay to the Security Trustee on a full indemnity basis on demand all expenses, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, duties, fees, charges, damages, moneys and outgoings of whatever nature (including but not limited to, legal costs) suffered, reasonably incurred or paid by the Security Trustee (as certified by the Security Trustee) in connection with:

7.5.1

the negotiation, preparation, execution or registration of this Deed and of any amendment or supplement to this Deed;

7.5.2

the granting of any consent or waiver under or in connection with this Deed, and any request for such consent or waiver;

9


 

7.5.3

any breach of the warranties in clause 3 and any failure by the Shareholder to perform or discharge its obligations and liabilities pursuant to this Deed;  

7.5.4

any action by the Shareholder contrary to the provisions of Clause 4.2.5 which in the reasonable opinion of the Security Trustee may depreciate, jeopardise or otherwise prejudice the value to the Security Trustee of the security created or intended to be created by this Deed;

7.5.5

any step taken or contemplated by or on behalf of the Security Trustee with a view to the protection, exercise or enforcement of any right or security interest created by or arising in connection with this Deed or otherwise in respect of the Outstanding Indebtedness or the security therefor or for any similar purpose; and

7.5.6

the release of any part of the Secured Property from the security created by this Deed.

7.6

Liability of Security Trustee and indemnity

7.6.1

The Security Trustee shall not be liable to account as mortgagee in possession in respect of all or any of the Secured Property and shall not be liable for any loss upon realisation or for any neglect or default to present any interest coupon or any bond or stock drawn for repayment or for any failure to pay any call or instalment or to accept any offer or to notify the Shareholder of any such matter of for any loss occasioned by the timing of the exercise of any of its powers under this Deed or for any other loss of any nature whatsoever howsoever arising in connection with the Secured Property or the exercise or purported exercise of any powers contained in this Deed, regardless of whether such liability is alleged to arise in contract, tort, negligence, breach of statutory duty or otherwise.

7.6.2

The Shareholder shall indemnify the Security Trustee on demand against any and all claims, losses, damages, demands, causes of action, obligations, liabilities, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, legal costs) of whatsoever nature howsoever arising from or in connection with anything done or omitted in the exercise or purported exercise of any powers contained in this Deed (including without limitation powers vested in the Security Trustee by virtue of clause 8) or otherwise in connection therewith and herewith or with any part of the Secured Property or otherwise howsoever in connection with any of the matters dealt with in any of the Security Documents unless such losses, actions, claims, expenses, demands, obligations or liabilities arise from the Security Trustee’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

7.6.3

The Security Trustee and the Shareholder hereby agree and declare that the benefit of this clause 7.6 shall extend to and may be enforced by, any officer, employee, agent (including without limitation any person appointed by the Security Trustee pursuant to clause 14.5) or business associate of the Security Trustee, and this clause 7.6 shall be read and construed as if references to the Security Trustee were references to such officer, employee, agent or business associate, as the case may be.

8

Attorney

8.1

Power of attorney

For the purpose of exercising, securing, enforcing or realising the Security Trustee’s powers, rights and interest to, in, or in relation to, the Secured Property and the due and punctual performance and discharge of all Secured Obligations and all obligations and liabilities hereby covenanted to be paid or otherwise hereby secured, the Shareholder irrevocably and by way

10


 

of security appoints the Security Trustee its attorney, on its behalf and in its name or otherwise, to execute, seal, deliver and complete any transfers or other documents which the Security Trustee may require for perfecting its title to or for vesting the Shares both present and future in the Security Trustee or its nominees or in any purchaser, to make any alteration or addition to the Shares comprised therein or any other alte ration or addition and generally to sign, seal, deliver and otherwise perfect any such transfers or other documents and any legal or other pledges/charges or assignments over the Shares referred to in clause  6 and to do all such acts and things as may be required for the full exercise of the powers hereby conferred including any sale or other disposition of the Secured Property, provided always that such powers shall not be exercisable until the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing.

8.2

Protection of Security

The Shareholder hereby irrevocably appoints the Security Trustee to be its attorney in its name and on its behalf and as its act and deed or otherwise of it to agree the form of and to do and execute all deeds, instruments, acts and things to file, record, register or enrol this Deed which the Security Trustee may in its reasonable discretion consider necessary or advisable, now or in the future, in order to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Deed or for the purpose of protecting or maintaining the security created by this Deed of for any similar or related purpose.

8.3

Dealings with attorneys, ratification

8.3.1

The exercise, by or on behalf of the Security Trustee, of the power of attorney in clause 8.1, shall not put any person dealing with the Security Trustee upon any enquiry as to whether an Event of Default has occurred, nor shall such person be in any way affected by notice that no such event has occurred, and the exercise by the Security Trustee of such power shall constitute conclusive evidence as against such person of its right to exercise the same.

8.3.2

The Shareholder ratifies and confirms, and agrees to ratify and confirm any deed, assurance, agreement, instrument, act or thing which any such attorney may lawfully execute or do following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing in the exercise or purported exercise of any powers contained in this Deed (including powers vested in the Security Trustee by virtue of this clause 8) or otherwise in connection therewith or with any part of the Secured Property, and the Shareholder hereby irrevocably appoints the Security Trustee to be its attorney, on its behalf and in its name to ratify on its behalf any transaction or action which the Security Trustee has in good faith purported to enter into or to take for the purpose of exercising powers conferred hereby.

9

Continuing security and other matters

9.1

Continuing security

It is agreed that the security created by this Deed and the obligations and liabilities of the Shareholder and rights, remedies and powers of the Security Trustee hereunder:

9.1.1

shall be held by the Security Trustee as a continuing security for the payment of the Outstanding Indebtedness and the performance and observance of and compliance with all of the covenants, terms and conditions contained in the Security Documents, express or implied;

11


 

9.1.2

shall be in addition to and shall not prejudice or affect and may be enforced by the Security Trustee, without prior recourse to the security created by any other Security Documents or by any present or future Col lateral Instruments, right or remedy held by or available to the Banks or any of them;  

9.1.3

may be enforced by the Security Trustee without prior recourse to any such security or guarantee as is referred to in clause 9.1.2 and the Shareholder waives all rights it may have of first requiring the Banks or any of them to enforce any such security or guarantee or to proceed against or claim payment from the Corporation or any other person;

9.1.4

shall not be satisfied by any intermediate payment or satisfaction of any part of the Outstanding Indebtedness or by any settlement of accounts between the Corporation, the Shareholder or any other person who may be liable to the Banks or any of them in respect of the Outstanding Indebtedness or any part thereof, and the Security Trustee;

9.1.5

shall not in any way be prejudiced or affected by any time, indulgence or relief being given by the Banks or any of them to the Corporation or any other person, by any amendment or supplement to the Facility Agreement, any of the other Security Documents or any other document, by the taking, variation, compromise, renewal or release of or refusal or neglect or perfect or enforce any right, remedy or security against the Corporation or any other person or by anything done or omitted which but for this provision might operate to exonerate the Shareholder; and

9.1.6

shall not in any way be prejudiced or affected by any change in the constitution of, or any amalgamation or reconstruction of the Corporation, the Security Trustee or any other person or by any legal limitation, disability, incapacity or other circumstances relating to the Corporation or any other person, whether or not known to the Security Trustee, by any invalidity or irregularity or unenforceability of the obligations of the Corporation or any other person under the Facility Agreement or any of the other Security Documents or otherwise and, in the event that any obligation or purported obligation of the Corporation or any other person which, if enforceable or valid or continuing, would be secured by this Deed is or becomes wholly or in part unenforceable or invalid or terminated for any reason whatsoever, the Shareholder shall keep the Security Trustee fully indemnified against any loss suffered by the Security Trustee as a result of any failure by the Corporation or such other party to perform any such obligation or purported obligation.

9.2

Rights additional

All the rights, remedies and powers vested in the Security Trustee hereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any and every other right, power or remedy vested in the Security Trustee under this Deed, the Facility Agreement, the other Security Documents or at law and all the powers so vested in the Security Trustee may be exercised from time to time and as often as the Security Trustee may require.

9.3

No enquiry

The Security Trustee shall not be obliged to make any enquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by it under this Deed, or to make any claim or take any action to collect any moneys receivable by the Security Trustee in the exercise of any powers conferred by this Deed, or to enforce any rights or benefits hereby assigned to the Security Trustee or to which the Security Trustee may at any time be entitled under this Deed.

12


 

9.4

Suspense account  

Any money received by virtue of or in connection with the security created by this Deed may be placed to the credit of a suspense account with a view to preserving the rights of the Security Trustee to prove for the whole of the Outstanding Indebtedness against the Corporation in the event of any proceedings in, or analogous to, liquidation, composition or arrangement.

9.5

Settlements conditional

Any release, discharge or settlement between the Shareholder and the Security Trustee shall be conditional upon no security disposition or payment to the Security Trustee by the Corporation, the Shareholder or any other person being void or set aside or ordered to be refunded pursuant to any provisions or enactments relating to bankruptcy, liquidation, administration or insolvency or for any other reason whatsoever and if such condition shall not be fulfilled, the Security Trustee shall be entitled to enforce the security created by this Deed and the other Security Documents as if such release, settlement or discharge had not occurred and any such payment had not been made.

10

Discharge of security

At the end of the Facility Period the security hereby constituted shall terminate and the Security Trustee shall, at the request and cost of the Shareholder, deliver, transfer or cause to be released to the Shareholder, or to such person or persons as the Shareholder shall direct, the documents and other items referred to in clause 4.1, and release and retransfer the Secured Property to the Shareholder or to such person or persons as the Shareholder shall direct, free and discharged from the security hereby constituted.

11

Certificates

A certificate by the Security Trustee as to any amount due or calculation made or any matter determined in connection with this Deed shall be conclusive and binding on the Shareholder except in the case of manifest error.

12

Payments

12.1

No deductions

All payments to be made by the Shareholder under this Deed shall be made in full, without any set-off or counterclaim whatsoever and, subject as provided in clause 12.2, free and clear of any deductions or withholdings, in Dollars on the due date to such account as the Security Trustee shall from time to time notify to the Shareholder.

12.2

Grossing-up for Taxes

If at any time the Shareholder is required to make any deduction or withholding in respect of Taxes or otherwise from any payment due under this Deed for the account of the Security Trustee, the sum due from the Shareholder in respect of such payment shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such deduction or withholding, the Security Trustee receives on the due date for such payment (and retains, free from any liability in respect of such deduction or withholding) a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required to be made and the Shareholder shall indemnify the Security Trustee against any losses or costs incurred by it by

13


 

reason of any failure of the Shareholder to make any such deduction or withholding or by reason of any increased payment not being made on the due date for such payment.  The Shareholder shall promptly deliver to the Security Trustee any r eceipts, certificates or other document evidencing the amounts (if any) paid or payable in respect of any such deduction or withholding.

12.3

Currency indemnity

If any sum due from the Shareholder under this Deed or any order or judgment given or made in relation hereto has to be converted from the currency (the “first currency”) in which the same is payable under this Deed or under such order or judgment into another currency (the “second currency”) for the purpose of (a) making or filing a claim or proof against the Shareholder, (b) obtaining an order or judgment in any court of other tribunal or (c) enforcing any order or judgment given or made in relation to this Deed, the Shareholder shall indemnify the Security Trustee on demand in respect of any loss suffered as a result of any difference between (i) the rate of exchange used to convert the sum in question from the first currency into the second currency and (ii) the rate or rates of exchange at which the Security Trustee may, in the ordinary course of business, purchase the first currency with the second currency upon receipt of a sum paid to it in satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any such order, judgment, claim or proof.  Any amount due from the Shareholder under this clause 12.3 shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sums due under or in respect of this Deed and the term “rate of exchange” includes any premium and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of the first currency with the second currency.

13

Notices

13.1

General

13.1.1

Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, every Notice under or in connection with this Deed shall be given in English by letter delivered personally and/or sent by first class post and/or transmitted by fax.

13.1.2

In this clause 13, “Notice” and/or “Notices” includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, certificate, request, waiver or other communication whatsoever.

13.2

Addresses for Notices, effective date of Notices

13.2.1

Subject to clause 13.2.2 and clause 13.2.4, Notices to the Shareholder shall be deemed to have been given, and shall take effect, when received in full legible form by the Shareholder at the address and/or fax number appearing below (or at such other address or fax number as the Shareholder may hereafter specify for such purpose to the Security Trustee by Notice in writing):

 

Address:

c/o PYXIS MARITIME CORP.

 

K. Karamanli 59

 

Maroussi 15125

 

Greece

 

 

Fax:

+30 210 6510 530

 

14


 

13.2.2

Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 13.2.1 or 13.2.4, a Notice of default shall be deemed to have been given and shall take effect when delivered, sent or transmitted by the Security Trustee to the Shareholder to the address or fax number referred to in clause 13.2.1 .  

13.2.3

Subject to clause 13.2.4, Notices to the Security Trustee shall be deemed to have been given, and shall take effect, when received in full legible form by the Security Trustee at the address and/or the fax number appearing below (or at such other address or fax number as the Security Trustee may hereafter specify for such purpose to the Shareholder by Notice in writing):

 

Address:

DVB Bank SE

 

Park House

 

16-18 Finsbury Circus

 

London EC2M 7EB

 

England

 

 

Attn:

Transaction & Loan Services.

Fax no:

+44 207 256 4552

 

with a copy to:

DVB Bank SE

 

Representative Office

 

South Polis Center

 

Building K4,

 

3, Moraitini Street & 1, Palea Leof. Posidonos

 

Delta Paleo Faliro

 

175 61 Athens, Greece

 

 

Attn:

Semiramis Stampira

Fax no:

+30 210 455 7420

Email:

Semiramis.Stampira@dvbbank.com

 

13.2.4

If under clause 13.2.1 or 13.2.3 any Notice would be deemed to have been given and effective on a day which is not a working day in the place of receipt or is outside normal business hours in the place of receipt, the Notice shall be deemed to have been given and to have taken effect at the opening of business on the next working day.

14

Other matters

14.1

Time of the essence

14.1.1

Time shall be of the essence in respect of all obligations of whatsoever nature of the Shareholder under this Deed, howsoever and whensoever arising.

14.2

No waiver

No failure or delay by the Security Trustee in exercising any right, power or remedy vested in it under this Deed shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise or waiver of any right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy.  The remedies provided in this Deed are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

15


 

14.3

Severability  

Each of the provisions of this Deed is severable and distinct from the others and if at any time one or more of such provisions is or becomes invalid illegal or unenforceable the validity legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

14.4

Indemnities

The indemnities contained in this Deed shall survive any termination of this Deed howsoever occurring.

14.5

Delegation of powers

The Security Trustee shall be entitled, at any time and as often as may be expedient, to delegate all or any of the powers and discretions vested in it by this Deed (including the power vested in it by virtue of clause 8) in such manner, upon such terms, and to such person as the Security Trustee in its absolute discretion may think fit.

14.6

Assignment by Shareholder

The Shareholder may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Deed without the prior written consent of the Agent, provided always that any transfer of the Shareholder’s rights and obligations hereunder that may occur by merger as a result of an IPO shall not require the prior consent of the Agent and shall not constitute a breach of the Shareholder’s obligation under this clause 14.6.

14.7

Assignment by Security Trustee

The Security Trustee may assign all or any of its rights or benefits under this Deed to any person in favour of whom an assignment has been made in accordance with clause 15.3 of the Facility Agreement and the Shareholder undertakes, immediately on being requested to do so by the Security Trustee and at the cost of the Security Trustee, to enter into such documents as may be necessary or desirable to effect such transfer.

14.8

Disclosure of information

The Security Trustee may disclose to a potential assignee or transferee or to any other person who may propose entering into contractual relations with the Security Trustee in relation to the Facility Agreement, such information about the Shareholder as the Security Trustee shall consider appropriate.

15

Jurisdiction

15.1

Jurisdiction

For the benefit of the Security Trustee, and subject to clause 15.4, the Shareholder hereby irrevocably agree that the courts of England shall have non-exclusive jurisdiction:

15.1.1

to settle any disputes or other matters whatsoever arising out of or in connection with or in any way related to this Deed or any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Deed, and any disputes or other such matters arising in connection with the negotiation, validity, existence or enforceability of this Deed or any part thereof, whether

16


 

the dispute or other matter arises under the law of England or under the law of some other country; and  

15.1.2

to grant interim remedies, or other provisional or protective relief.

15.2

Submission and service of process

For the purpose of clause 15.1, the Shareholder irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of the English courts.  Without prejudice to any other mode of service, the Shareholder:

15.2.1

irrevocably empowers and appoints Atlas Maritime Services Limited at present of Enterprise House, 113-115 George Lane, E18 1AB, London, England as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with this Deed;

15.2.2

agrees to maintain such an agent for service of process in England for so long as any amount is outstanding and/or the Shareholder has any actual or contingent liability arising out of or in connection with this Deed;

15.2.3

agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the Shareholder of service of process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned;

15.2. 4

without prejudice to the effectiveness of service of process on its agent under clause 15.2.1 but as an alternative method, consents to the service of process relating to any such proceedings by mailing or delivering a copy of the process to its address for the time being applying under clause 13.2.1;

15.2.5

agrees that if the appointment of any person mentioned in clause 15.2.1 ceases to be effective, the Shareholder shall immediately appoint a further person in England to accept service of process on its behalf in England and, failing such appointment within 7 days, the Security Trustee shall thereupon be entitled and is hereby irrevocably authorised by the Shareholder in those circumstances to appoint such person by Notice to the Shareholder.

15.3

Forum non conveniens and enforcement abroad

The Shareholder:

15.3.1

waives any right and agrees not to apply to the English court or any other court in any jurisdiction whatsoever to stay or strike out proceedings commenced in England on the ground that England is an inappropriate forum and/or that there is another more appropriate forum and/or that proceedings have been or will be commenced in any other jurisdiction in connection with any dispute or other matter and/or related matter falling within clause 15.1, and

15.3.2

agrees that a judgment or order of an English court in a dispute or other matter falling within clause 15.1 shall be conclusive and binding on the Shareholder and may be enforced against it in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

15.4

Right of Security Trustee, to bring proceedings in any other jurisdiction

Nothing in this clause 15 limits the right of the Security Trustee to bring proceedings, including third party proceedings, against the Shareholder, or to apply for interim remedies,

17


 

in connection with this Deed in any other court and/or con currently in more than one jurisdiction.  The obtaining by the Security Trustee of judgment in one jurisdiction shall not prevent the Security Trustee from bringing or continuing proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether or not these shall be founded on the same cause of action.

15.5

Enforceability despite invalidity of Deed

The jurisdiction agreement contained herein shall be severable from the remainder of this Deed and shall remain valid, binding and in full force and shall continue to apply notwithstanding this Deed, or any part thereof, being held to be avoided and/or rescinded and/or terminated and/or discharged and/or frustrated and/or invalid, unenforceable, illegal, discharged or otherwise of no effect for any reason.

16

Governing law

This Deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Deed to be duly executed as a deed the day and year first before written.


18


 

Schedule 1
The Shares

 

 

 

 

Corporation

Name of

Shareholder

Certificate nos.

No. of shares etc.

Par value

of each

(USD)

 

 EIGHTHONE CORP.

 

 

PYXIS TANKERS INC.

 

 

5

 

500

 

N/A

 


19


 

Schedule 2
[Specimen instrument of transfer]

STOCK TRANSFER FORM

 

PYXIS TANKERS INC. of the Marshall Islands in consideration of the sum of One United States Dollar (US$1) paid to me by                                           of                          
                                                                      (hereinafter called the “
Transferee ”) does hereby transfer to the Transferee                                                    (                    ) shares (represented by Share Certificate number          ) in EIGHTHONE CORP. of the Marshall Islands .

IN WITNESS whereof PYXIS TANKERS INC. has caused this Instrument of Transfer to be duly executed on            

 

SIGNED by

 

)

for and on behalf of

 

)

PYXIS TANKERS INC.

 

)

in the presence of:

 

)

 


20


 

Schedule 3
Shareholders’ letter of authority

 

To:

DVB BANK SE

 

Platz der Republik 6

 

D- 60325 Frankfurt am Main

 

Germany

Date:

Dear Sirs

EIGHTHONE CORP. (the “Corporation”)

We hereby unconditionally and irrevocably authorise you to date and otherwise complete the share transfer form in respect of our shares in the Corporation deposited by ourselves with yourselves pursuant to the pledge dated               October 2015 (the “ Pledge ”) between ourselves and yourselves, as and when you become entitled to date and complete the same pursuant to the terms of the Pledge.

Yours faithfully

Signed:…………………….

 

Duly authorised signatory

for and on behalf of

PYXIS TANKERS INC.

Shareholder of the Corporation

 


21


 

Schedule 4
Form of irrevocable proxy

 

We, PYXIS TANKERS INC. hereby irrevocably appoint DVB BANK SE as our proxy to vote at meetings of the Shareholders of EIGHTHONE CORP. of the Marshall Islands (the “ Corporation ”) in respect of any existing or further shares in the Corporation which may have been or may from time to time be issued to us and/or registered in our name.  This proxy is irrevocable inter alia by reason of being coupled with the interest of DVB BANK SE as chargee of the aforesaid shares.

Dated:            October 2015              

Signed:……………………….

 

Duly authorised signatory

for and on behalf of

PYXIS TANKERS INC.

Shareholder of the Corporation

 

 


22


 

Schedule 5
Director’s/Officer’s resignation letter

To: The Secretary and Directors,

EIGHTHONE CORP. (the “ Corporation ”)

Date:

Dear Sirs

I hereby resign as a director/officer of the Corporation and confirm that I have no right to compensation or claims against the Corporation for loss of office, arrears of pay or otherwise howsoever.

Yours faithfully

…………………………………

 


23


 

Schedule 6
Director’s/O
fficer’s letter of authority

 

To:

DVB BANK SE

 

Platz der Republik 6

 

D- 60325 Frankfurt am Main

 

Germany

 

Date:            October 2015

Dear Sirs

EIGHTHONE CORP. (the “ Corporation ”)

I hereby unconditionally and irrevocably authorise you to date and otherwise complete the resignation letter in respect of the Corporation deposited by myself with yourselves pursuant to the pledge dated            October 2015 (the “ Pledge ”) between PYXIS TANKERS INC. and yourselves (in the form attached to the Pledge as Schedule 5), following an Event of Default (as defined or referred to in the Pledge) which is continuing at the time such resignation letter is dated.

Yours faithfully

…………………………………

 


24


 

Sch edule 7
Form of dividend mandate

 

To:

EIGHTHONE CORP.

 

Dividend Mandate

With effect from today’s date and pending receipt by you of instructions from ourselves and DVB BANK SE to the contrary we, PYXIS TANKERS INC. , hereby authorise and direct you to pay any and all dividends, interest and other moneys paid or payable on the shares in EIGHTHONE CORP. registered in our name to or to the order of DVB BANK SE of Platz der Republik 6 , D- 60325 Frankfurt am Main, Germany .  On receipt of this mandate please acknowledge to DVB BANK SE at the above address that you will act in accordance with the instructions contained herein.

 

Dated:   

 

Signed:…………………….

 

Duly authorised signatory

for and on behalf of

PYXIS TANKERS INC.

Shareholder of the Corporation

 


25


 

 

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED

 

)

 

as a DEED by Konstantinos Lytras

 

)

 

for and on behalf of

 

)

 

PYXIS TANKERS INC.

 

)

 

pursuant to a power of attorney

 

)

…/s/ Konstantinos Lytras…………………………….

dated 12 October       2015

 

)

Attorney-in-Fact

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Alexandra Tagaia

 

 

 

Witness

 

 

 

 

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED

 

)

 

as a DEED by Ronan Le Du

 

)

 

For and on behalf of

 

)

 

DVB BANK SE

 

)

 

pursuant to a power of attorney

 

)

.../s/ Ronan Le Du……………………………

dated  23 September 2015

 

)

Attorney-in-Fact

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Victoria Liaou

 

 

 

Witness

 

 

 

 

26

 

Exhibit 4.9

PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT , made as of this 23rd day of April, 2015 (this “ Agreement ”), is between MICHAEL ONGHAI ( together with his heirs and assigns, “ MO ”), LOOKSMART GROUP INC. , a Nevada corporation (“ LSG ” and together with MO, the “ Pledgors ”) and PYXIS TANKERS INC. , a Marshall Islands corporation ( the “ Pledgee ”).

 

WHEREAS:

 

A. Pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 23, 2015 (the “ Merger Agreement ”), by and among t he Pledgee, Maritime Technologies Corp. (“ Merger Sub ”), LookSmart, Ltd. (“ LS ”) and LSG, LS shall merge with and into Merger Sub with Merger Sub surviving (the “ Merger ”).  

 

B. MO and its affiliates legally and beneficially owns 3,123,047 shares of common stock of LS (which is equal to fifty-four and one tenth percent (54.1 %) of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of LS on the date hereof) (the “ LS Shares ”) and LSG legally and beneficially owns all of the “ Pledged Shares ” (as defined in the Merger Agreement).

C. In connection with the Merger, MO shall receive shares of Pledgee’s common stock in exchange for MO’s LS Shares (the “ Merger Shares ”).

D. To induce Pledgee to enter into the Merger Agreement , and in order to secure the payment and performance by Pledgors of the “ Indemnification Liabilities (as defined in the Merger Agreement ), MO and LSG have agreed to pledge to Pledgee all of the Merger Shares and the Pledged Shares, respectively, now or hereafter owned or acquired by them.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and in order to induce Pledgee to enter into the Merger Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Pledgors hereby agree with Pledgee as follows:

 

1. Defined Terms .  Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings given them in the Merger Agreement.  

2. Pledge .  

(a) Pledgors hereby pledge, assign, hypothecate, transfer, deliver and grant to Pledgee, a first lien on and first priority perfected security interest in (i) all of the Merger Shares and the Pledged Shares , (ii) all other property hereafter delivered to, or in the possession or in the custody of, Pledgee , in substitution for or in addition to the Merger Shares and the Pledged Shares , (iii) any other property of Pledgors as described in Section 4 below or otherwise, whether now or hereafter delivered to, or in the possession or custody of Pledgors , and (iv) all proceeds of the collateral described in the preceding clauses (i) , (ii) and (iii) (the collateral described in clauses (i) through (iv) of this Section 2 being collectively referred to as the “ Pledged Collateral ”), as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due of the Indemnification Liabilities .  All of the Merger Shares and Pledged Shares owned by Pledgors are presently represented by certificates and are listed on Exhibit A hereto, which certificates, with undated stock powers duly executed in blank by Pledgors , are being delivered to Pledgee simultaneously herewith.   Upon the creation or acquisition of any new Merger Shares or Pledged Shares , Pledgors shall execute an Addendum in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto

 


 

(a “ Pledge Addendum ”).  Any Pledged Collateral described in a Pledge Addendum executed by Pledgor s shall thereafter be deemed to be listed on Exhibit A hereto.   Pledgee shall maintain possession and custody of the certificates representing the Merger Shares, Pledged Shares and any additional Pledged Collateral .  

(b) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Pledgee will from time to time, following the termination of MO’s Lockup Agreement (as defined in the Merger Agreement), release the pledge and deliver the certificates representing the Merger Shares to a registered broker dealer upon the written request of MO and will cooperate in all other reasonable respects to allow MO to sell the Merger Shares or any portion thereof from to time to time in his sole discretion; provided that (i) MO and the broker dealer sign an agreement certifying that all proceeds of such sales will be deposited in a cash collateral account approved by Pledgee for the sole benefit of Pledgee, which cash shall be deemed Pledged Collateral and held on substantially the same terms as set forth herein, and (ii) no funds will be released from that cash collateral account without the express written consent of Pledgee.

3. Representations and Warranties of Pledgors . Pledgors represent and warrant to Pledgee, and covenant with Pledgee, that:

(a) Exhibit A sets forth (i) all of the Pledged Shares and all of the shares of Pledgee owned directly or indirectly by Pledgors , and (ii) the number of shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each entity represented by the Pledged Shares (the “ Pledge Entity ”) that are authorized, issued and outstanding as of the date hereof .  Pledgors are the record and beneficial owners of, and have good and marketable title to, the Merger Shares and the Pledged Shares , and such shares are and will remain free and clear of all pledges, liens, security interests and other encumbrances and restrictions whatsoever, except the liens and security interests in favor of Pledgee created by this Agreement;

(b) e xcept as set forth on Exhibit A , there are no outstanding options , warrants or other similar agreements with respect to the capital stock of the Pledge Entities or any of the Pledged Collateral;

(c) this Agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Pledgors, enforceable against the Pledgors in accordance with its terms;

(d) the Pledged Shares have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable;

(e) no consent, approval or authorization of or designation or filing with any governmental or regulatory authority on the part of Pledgors is required in connection with the pledge and security interest granted under this Agreement;

(f) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not violate any provision of any applicable law or regulation or of any order, judgment, writ, award or decree of any court, arbitrator or governmental authority, domestic or foreign, or of the articles or certificate of incorporation, bylaws or any other similar organizational documents of LSG or any Pledge Entity or of any securities issued by LSG or any Pledge Entity or of any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract, or other agreement, instrument or undertaking to which Pledgors or any Pledge Entity is a party or which purports to be binding upon Pledgors or any Pledge Entity or upon any of the assets of Pledgors or any Pledge Entity , and will not result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance on or security interest in any of the assets of Pledgors or any Pledge Entity, except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement;

2


 

(g) the pledge, assignment and delivery of the Merger Shares and Pledged Shares and the other Pledged Collateral pursuant to this Agreement creates a valid first lien on and perfected first priority security interest in such Merger Shares, Pledged Shares and Pledged Collateral and the proceeds thereof in favor of Pledgee , subject to no prior pledge, lien, mortgage, hypothecation, security interest, charge, option or encumbrance or to any agreement purporting to grant to any third party a security interest in the property or assets of Pledgor s which would include the Merger Shares, Pledged Shares or any other Pledged Collateral .   Pledgor s covenant and agree that they will defend, for the benefit of Pledgee , Pledgee ’s right, title and security interest in and to the Merger Shares, Pledged Shares , the other Pledged Collateral and the proceeds thereof against the claims and demands o f all other persons or entities;  

(h) e ach Pledged Share consisting of a membership interest in a limited liability company are “securities” governed by Article 8 of the UCC .  Certificates evidencing such membership interests (if any) have been issued to Pledgors by the applicable Pledge Entity .  Pledgors covenant they will not cause and will not permit any Pledge Entity to “opt -out” of Article 8 of the UCC , and Pledgors will not take, and will not permit any Pledge Entity to take, any actions to cause the capital stock, membership interests or similar equity interests of such Pledge Entity (if any) to cease to be classified as “securities” governed by Article 8 of the UCC; and

(i) n either Pledgors nor the Pledge Entities (i) will become a person whose property or interests in property are blocked or subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit , Threaten to Commit or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079) (2001 ), (ii) will engage in any dealings or transactions prohibited by Section 2 of such executive order, or (iii) will otherwise become a person on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons or subject to the limitations or prohibitions under any other Office of Foreign Asset Control regulation or executive order.

4. Dividends, Distributions, Etc.    If, while this Agreement is in effect, Pledgors shall become entitled to receive or shall receive any certificate (including, without limitation , any certificate representing a dividend or a distribution in connection with any reclassification, increase or reduction of capital, or issued in connection with any reorganization, merger or consolidation), or any options or rights, whether as an addition to, in substitution for, or in exchange for any of the Merger Shares, Pledged Shares or otherwise, Pledgors agree , in each case, to accept the same as Pledgee ’s agent and to hold the same in trust for Pledgee , and to deliver the same promptly (but in any event within three days) to Pledgee in the exact form received, with the endorsement of Pledgor when necessary and/or with appropriate undated assignments separate from certificates or stock powers duly executed in blank, to be held by Pledgee subject to the terms hereof, as additional Pledged Collateral .  Pledgors shall promptly deliver to Pledgee (i) a Pledge Addendum with respect to such additional certificates, and (ii) any financing statements or amendments to financing statements as requested by Pledgee. Pledgors hereby authorize Pledgee to attach each Pledge Amendment to this Agreement .  In case any distribution of capital shall be made on or in respect of the Merger Shares or Pledged Shares or any property shall be distributed upon or with respect to the Pledged Shares pursuant to the recapitalization or reclassification of the capital of the issuer thereof or pursuant to the reorganization thereof, the property so distributed shall be delivered to Pledgee to be held by it as additional Pledged Collateral.  Except as provided in Section 5(b) below, all sums of money and property so paid or distributed in respect of the Merger Shares or Pledged Shares which are received by Pledgors shall, until paid or delivered to Pledgee , be held by Pledgors in trust as additional Pledged Collateral.

3


 

5. Voting Rights; Dividends ; Certificates .  

(a) So long as no Indemnified Liability is due and owing (a “ Default ”) , Pledgors shall be entitled (subject to the other provisions hereof , including, without limitation, Section 8 below) to exercise its voting and other consensual rights with respect to the Merger Shares and Pledged Shares and otherwise exercise the incidents of ownership thereof in any manner not inconsistent with this Agreement, the Merger Agreement and the other documents executed in relation thereto (collectively, the “ Transaction Documents ”) .  Pledgors hereby grant to Pledgee or its nominee, an irrevocable proxy to exercise all voting and corporate rights relating to the Merger Shares and Pledged Shares in any instance, provided such proxy shall be effective, at the discretion of Pledgee, only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default.    Upon the request of Pledgee at any time , Pledgors agree to deliver to Pledgee such further evidence of such irrevocable proxy or such further irrevocable proxies to vote the Merger Shares and Pledged Shares as Pledgee may request.

(b) So long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Pledgors shall be entitled to receive cash dividends or other distributions made in respect of the Merger Shares and Pledged Shares, to the extent permitted to be made pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default , in the event that Pledgors, as record and beneficial owners of the Merger Shares and Pledged Shares , shall have received or shall have become entitled to receive, any cash dividends or other distributions in the ordinary course, Pledgors shall deliver to Pledgee , and Pledgee shall be entitled to receive and retain, for the benefit of Pledgee , all such cash or other distributions as additional security for the Indemnified Liabilities.

(c) Subject to any sale or other disposition by Pledgee of the Merger Shares, Pledged Shares , any other Pledged Collateral or other property pursuant to this Agreement, upon the indefeasible full payment in cash, satisfaction and termination of all of the Indemnified Liabilities and the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 11 hereof and of the liens and security interests hereby granted, the Merger Shares, Pledged Shares , the other Pledged Collateral and any other property then held as part of the Pledged Collateral in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be returned to Pledgors or to such other persons or entities as shall be legally entitled thereto.

(d) Pledgors shall cause all Merger Shares and Pledged Shares to be certificated at all times while this Agreement is in effect.

6. Rights of Pledgee .    Pledgee shall not be liable for failure to collect or realize upon the Indemnified Liabilities or any collateral security or guaranty therefor, or any part thereof, or for any delay in so doing, nor shall Pledgee be under any obligation to take any action whatsoever with regard thereto.  Any or all of the Merger Shares and Pledged Shares held by Pledgee hereunder may, if a Default has occurred and is continuing, without notice, be registered in the name of Pledgee or its nominee, and Pledgee or its nominee may thereafter without notice exercise all voting and corporate rights at any meeting with respect to any Pledge Entity or Pledgee and exercise any and all rights of conversion, exchange, subscription or any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to any of the Merger Shares and Pledged Shares as if it were the absolute owner thereof , including, without limitation , the right to vote in favor of, and to exchange at its discretion any and all of the Pledged Shares upon, the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other readjustment with respect to any Pledge Entity or upon the exercise by any Pledge Entity , Pledgor or Pledgee of any right, privilege or option pertaining to any of the Pledged Shares , and in connection therewith, to deposit and deliver any and all of the Merger Shares and Pledged Shares with any committee, depository, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms and conditions as Pledgee may reasonably determine, all without liability except to account for property actually received by Pledgee , but Pledgee shall have no duty to

4


 

exercise any of the aforesaid rights, privileges or options and shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so doing.  

7. Remedies .    Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default , Pledgee may exercise in respect of the Pledged Collateral , in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code (“ UCC ”) in effect in the State of New York from time to time, whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Pledged Collateral (or the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any other relevant jurisdiction). Pledgee also, without demand of performance or other demand, advertisement or notice of any kind (except the notice specified below of time and place of public or private sale ) to or upon Pledgors or any other person or entity (all and each of which demands, advertisements and/or notices are hereby expressly waived), may forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Pledged Collateral , or any part thereof, and/or may forthwith date and otherwise fill in the blanks on any assignments separate from certificates or stock power or otherwise sell, assign, give an option or options to purchase, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of and deliver said Pledged Collateral , or any part thereof, in one or more portions at one or more public or private sales or dispositions, at any exchange or broker’s board or at any of Pledgee ’s offices or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as Pledgee may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for any combination of cash and/or securities or other property or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk, with the right to Pledgee upon any such sale, public or private, to purchase the whole or any part of said Pledged Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in Pledgors , which right or equity is hereby expressly waived or released.  Pledgee shall apply the net proceeds of any such collection, recovery, receipt, appropriation, realization, sale or disposition, after deducting all costs and expenses of every kind incurred therein or incidental to the safekeeping of any and all of the Pledged Collateral or in any way relating to the rights of Pledgee hereunder, including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses, to the payment, in whole or in part, of the Indemnified Liabilities, in such order as Pledgee may elect; provided , however , that Pledgee shall sell the Merger Shares prior to selling any of the Pledged Shares .  Pledgors shall remain liable for any deficiency remaining unpaid after such application.  Only after so paying over such net proceeds and after the payment by Pledgee of any other amount required by any provision of law, including, without limitation , Section 9-608 of the UCC , need Pledgee account for the surplus, if any, to Pledgors .  Pledgors agree that Pledgee will give reasonable notice (such reasonable notice to be determined by Pledgee in its sole and absolute discretion) of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which a private sale or other intended disposition is to take place .  No notification need be given to Pledgors if it has signed after default a statement renouncing or modifying any right to notification of sale or other intended disposition.

8. No Disposition, Etc.    Pledgors agree that they will not sell, assign, transfer, exchange, or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, the Merger Shares or Pledged Shares or any other Pledged Collateral , nor will Pledgors create, incur or permit to exist any pledge, lien, mortgage, hypothecation, security interest, charge, option or any other encumbrance with respect to any of the Merger Shares, Pledged Shares or any other Pledged Collateral , or any interest therein, or any proceeds thereof, except for the lien and security interest of Pledgee provided for by this Agreement and the Merger Agreement.

9. Sale of Pledged Shares .

(a) Pledgors recognize that Pledgee may be unable to effect a public sale or disposition of any or all the Merger Shares or Pledged Shares by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act of 1933 , as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), and applicable state securities laws, but may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales or dispositions thereof to a restricted group of purchasers who will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own

5


 

account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof.   Pledgor s acknowledge and agree that any such private sale or disposition may result in prices and other terms (including the terms of any securities or other property received in connection therewith) less favorable to the seller than if such sale or disposition were a public sale or disposition and, notwithsta nding such circumstances, agree that any such private sale or disposition shall be deemed to be reasonable and affected in a commercially reasonable manner.   Pledgee shall be under no obligation to delay a sale or disposition of any of the Merger Shares or Pledged Shares in order to permit Pledgor s or a Pledge Entity to register such securities for public sale under the 1933 Act , or under applicable state securities laws , even if Pledgor s or a Pledge Entity would agree to do so.  

(b) Pledgors further agree to do or cause to be done all such other acts and things as may be reasonably necessary to make such sales or dispositions of the Merger Shares or Pledged Shares valid and binding and in compliance with any and all applicable laws, regulations, orders, writs, injunctions, decrees or awards of any and all courts, arbitrators or governmental instrumentalities, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over any such sales or dispositions, all at Pledgors’ expense.  Pledgors further agree that a breach of any of the covenants contained in Sections 4 , 5 , 8 , 9 and 24 will cause irreparable injury to Pledgee and that Pledgee has no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, agrees, without limiting the right of Pledgee to seek and obtain specific performance of other obligations of Pledgors contained in this Agreement , that each and every covenant referenced above shall be specifically enforceable against Pledgors , and Pledgors hereby waive and agree not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants.

(c) Pledgors further agree to waive any and all rights of subrogation they may have against a Pledge Entity upon the sale or disposition of all or any portion of the Pledged Collateral by Pledgee pursuant to the terms of this Agreement until the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 11 below.

10. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  Pledgee shall not by any act, delay, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any of its remedies hereunder, and no waiver by Pledgee shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Pledgee , and then only to the extent therein set forth.  A waiver by Pledgee of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which Pledgee would otherwise have on any further occasion.  No course of dealing between Pledgors and Pledgee and no failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising on the part of Pledgee of, any right, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Transaction Documents, shall impair such right or remedy or operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and may be exercised singly or concurrently, and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

11. Termination .    This Agreement and the pledges and security interests granted hereunder shall terminate and Pledgee shall return any Merger Shares, Pledged Shares or other Pledged Collateral then held by Pledgee in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement to Pledgors upon the two-year anniversary of the closing of the Merger and the full and complete performance and indefeasible satisfaction of all of the Indemnified Liabilities (including, without limitation , the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all such liabilities ) with respect to which claims have been asserted by Pledgee.

12. Possession of Collateral .    Beyond the exercise of reasonable care to assure the safe custody of the Merger Shares and Pledged Shares in the physical possession of Pledgee pursuant hereto, neither Pledgee , nor any nominee of Pledgee, shall have any duty or liability to collect any sums due in respect thereof or to protect, preserve or exercise any rights pertaining thereto (including any duty to ascertain or take action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other

6


 

matters relating to the Pledged Collateral and any duty to take any necessary steps to preserve rights against any parties with respect to the Pledged Collateral ), and shall be relieved of all responsibility for the Pledged Collateral upon surrendering them to Pledgor s .   Pledgor s assume the responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the financial condition of a Pledge Entity and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of non-payment of the Indemnified Liabilities , and Pledgee shall have no duty to advise Pledgor s of information known to Pledgee regarding such condition or any such circumstance.   Pledgee shall have no duty to inquire into the powers of a Pledge Entity or its officers, directors, managers, members, partners or agents thereof acting or purporting to act on its behalf.  

13. Taxes and Expenses .  Pledgors will upon demand pay to Pledgee , (a) any taxes (excluding income taxes, franchise taxes or other taxes levied on gross earnings, profits or the like of Pledgee ) payable or ruled payable by any governmental authority in respect of this Agreement , together with interest and penalties, if any, and (b) all expenses, including the fees and expenses of counsel for Pledgee and of any experts and agents that Pledgee may incur in connection with (i) the administration, modification or amendment of this Agreement , (ii) the custody or preservation of, or the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon, any of the Pledged Collateral , (iii) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of Pledgee hereunder, or (iv) the failure of Pledgors to perform or observe any of the provisions hereof.

14. Pledgee Appointed Attorney-In-Fact .  Pledgors hereby irrevocably appoint Pledgee as Pledgors’ attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of Pledgors and in the name of Pledgors or otherwise, from time to time in Pledgee ’s discretion, to take any action and to execute any instrument that Pledgee deems reasonably necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement , including, without limitation , (i) to receive, endorse and collect all instruments made payable to Pledgors representing any dividend, interest payment or other distribution in respect of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof and to give full discharge for the same, when and to the extent permitted by this Agreement and (ii) to complete any assignment separate from certificate delivered hereunder ; provided that the power of attorney granted hereunder shall only be exercised by Pledgee after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default.

15. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Jury Trial .  All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of New York , without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York .  Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York , borough of Manhattan , for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives , and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding , any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper.  Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof to such party at the address for such notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof.  Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Pledgee may enforce its rights and remedies in any other jurisdiction applicable to the Pledged Collateral .  EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

7


 

16. Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more identical counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other p arty; provided that a facsimile, .pdf or similar electronically transmitted signature shall be considered due execution and shall be binding upon the signatory thereto with the same force and effect as if the signature were an original signature.  

17. Headings .  The headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference and shall not form part of, or affect the interpretation of, this Agreement.

18. Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in that jurisdiction or the validity or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.

19. Entire Agreement; Amendments .  This Agreement supersedes all other prior oral or written agreements between Pledgors , Pledgee , and their affiliates and persons acting on their behalf with respect to the matters discussed herein, and this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and instruments referenced herein and therein contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the matters covered herein and therein.

20. Notices .  All notices, approvals, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be delivered or made in the manner set forth in, and shall be effective in accordance with the terms of, the Merger Agreement, directed to the notice address set forth therein.

21. Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns.  Pledgors shall not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Pledgee .  Pledgee may assign its rights hereunder without the consent of Pledgors , in which event such assignee shall be deemed to be Pledgee hereunder with respect to such assigned rights.

22. No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other person or entity.

23. Surviva l.  All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of Pledgors and Pledgee shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

24. Further Assurances .  Pledgors agree that at any time and from time to time upon the written request of Pledgee , Pledgors will execute and deliver all assignments separate from certificates or stock powers , financing statements and such further documents and do such further acts and things as Pledgee may reasonably request consistent with the provisions hereof in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purpose of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

25. No Strict Construction .  The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party.

26. Pledgee Authorized .  Pledgors hereby authorize Pledgee to file one or more financing or continuation statements and amendments thereto (or similar documents required by any laws

8


 

of any applicable jurisdiction) , if any, relating to all or any part of the Merger Shares, Pledged Shares or other Pledged Collateral without the signature of Pledgor s .  

27. Pledgee Acknowledgement .  Pledgors acknowledge receipt of an executed copy of this Agreement .  The Pledgors waive the right to receive any amount that it may now or hereafter be entitled to receive (whether by way of damages, fine, penalty, or otherwise) by reason of the failure of the Pledgee to deliver to the Pledgors a copy of any financing statement or any statement issued by any registry that confirms registration of a financing statement relating to this Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

9


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Pledge Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers on the date first above written.

 

PLEDGORS:

 

LOOKSMART GROUP INC.

 

By:

/s/ Michael Onghai

 

Name: Michael Onghai

 

Title: CEO

 

/s/ Michael Onghai

MICHAEL ONGHAI

 

PLEDGEE:

 

PYXIS TANKERS INC.

 

By:

/s/ Valentios Valentis

 

Name: Valentios Valentis

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 


 

EXHIBIT A

to Pledge Agreement

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OR EQUITY INTERESTS OF PLEDGE ENTITIES

 

 

 

 

Name of

Pledge Entity

 

Class of Stock or Other Equity Interests

 

Authorized No. of

Shares or Units

 

Issued and Outstanding Shares or Units

 

Percentage of Shares or Units

Held by Pledgor

Clickable, Inc.

Common Stock

10,000,000

10

100%

LookSmart Holdings (Delaware), Ltd.

Common Stock

*

*

100%

LookSmart International Pty Ltd.

Common Stock

*

*

100%

ShopWiki Corp.

Common Stock

100

100

100%

TrafficMaster, Inc.

Common Stock

*

*

100%

Wisenut, Inc.

Common Stock

*

*

100%

Conversion Media Holdings, LLC

LLC Interests

n/a

n/a

51%

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF PLEDGED SHARES

 

 

Name of

Pledge Entity

 

Class of Stock or Other Equity Interests

 

Stock or Unit
Certificate No.

 

No. of Shares or Units

Clickable, Inc.

Common Stock

1

10

LookSmart Holdings (Delaware), Ltd.

Common Stock

*

*

LookSmart International Pty Ltd.

Common Stock

*

*

ShopWiki Corp.

Common Stock

12

100

TrafficMaster, Inc.

Common Stock

*

*

Wisenut, Inc.

Common Stock

*

*

Conversion Media Holdings, LLC

LLC Interests

n/a

51% membership interest

 

 

 

 

 

* Inoperative or suspended subsidiary no longer in use by LSG.

2


 

EXHIBIT B  

to Pledge Agreement

 

Addendum to Pledge Agreement

 

The undersigned, being a Pledgor pursuant to that certain Pledge Agreement dated as of  ___________, 2015 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Pledge Agreement ”) in favor of Pyxis Tankers Inc. (“ Pledgee ”), by executing this Addendum, hereby acknowledges that Pledgor has acquired and legally and beneficially owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock described below (the “ Shares ”).  Pledgor hereby agrees and acknowledges that the Shares shall be deemed [Merger Shares][Pledged Shares] pursuant to the Pledge Agreement . Pledgor hereby represents and warrants to Pledgee that (i) all of the common stock of the Pledge Entity now owned by Pledgor is presently represented by the certificates listed below, which certificates, with undated assignments separate from certificate or stock powers duly executed in blank by Pledgor , are being delivered to Pledgee , simultaneously herewith (or have been previously delivered to Pledgee ), and (ii) after giving effect to this addendum, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3 of the Pledge Agreement are true, complete and correct as of the date hereof.

 

Pledged Shares

 

 

Name of

the Pledge Entity

Class of Equity Interest

Certificate No.

No. of Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Pledgor has executed this Addendum this ___ day of ____________, 20__.

 

 

PLEDGOR :

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

3

Exhibit 4.12

 

THIS NOTE AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUED UPON ANY CONVERSION OF INTEREST COST HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND HAVE BEEN ISSUED IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY REGULATION S PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE REOFFERED FOR SALE OR RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S, PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$2,500,000.00 As of October 28, 2015

Maroussi, Greece

 

Whereas PYXIS TANKERS INC., a Marshall Islands corporation (“Maker”), issued a promissory note as of April 23, 2015 (the “Original Note”) in the principal sum of $625,000.00 to the order of MARITIME INVESTORS CORP., a Marshall Islands corporation (“Payee”), and Maker and Payee desire to replace the Original Note with this Promissory Note made as of October 28, 2015 (this “Note”); and

 

Whereas pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Maker, Maritime Technologies Corp., LookSmart Ltd. and LookSmart Group, Inc., dated April 23, 2015, as amended on September 22, 2015, Payee has elected to receive this Note in lieu of $1,875,000 in the form of Maker’s shares and this Note shall combine with and replace the Original Note.

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Maker hereby promises to pay to the order of Payee the principal sum of Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars and No Cents ($2,500,000.00) in lawful money of the United States of America, together with interest on the unpaid principal balance of this Note, on the terms and conditions described below.

 

1.           Principal .  The principal balance of this Note shall be repayable on January 15, 2017.

 

2.           Interest; Conversion .  

 

(a) Interest shall accrue on any unpaid principal at a rate of 2.75% per annum on a daily basis from the date hereof until paid in full or converted as provided in this Note. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 365-day year and payable quarterly in arrears in cash or additional shares of Maker as provided in this Note.

 

(b) From time to time, subject to the provisions hereof, Maker shall have the right, at its option, at any time to convert all, or a portion, in multiples of $1,000, of the then accrued interest on this Note into that number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of the Maker’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), as said shares shall be constituted on the date of conversion, obtained by dividing the portion of the then outstanding interest due to be converted under this Note by the five-day volume weighted average closing price per share of the Common Stock over the five (5)-day period ending on the day prior to the date of issuance of the Common Stock.  The conversion rights pursuant to

1


this Section shall be exercisable only as to whole shares, and in no event shall Maker be required to issue fractional shares. If the calculation of the number of shares of the Common Stock to be received by way of conversion would result in the issuance of fractional shares, then the number of shares of the Common Stock that would otherwise be issuable upon conversion shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number of shares .

 

(c) In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Common Stock, or in the case of any merger or consolidation of Maker with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which Maker is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of Common Stock), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity in connection with which Maker is dissolved, Maker or its successor shall thereafter have the right to issue in lieu of the shares of Common Stock immediately theretofore issuable upon the conversion of interest on this Note, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation following any such sale or transfer, that Payee would have received if Maker had converted any accrued interest under this Note immediately prior to such event. The provisions of this Section shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, mergers or consolidations, sales or transfers.

 

3.           Prepayment; Application of Payments .  Maker may prepay all or apportion of the outstanding amounts due under this Note at any time.  All payments shall be applied first to payment in full of any costs incurred in the collection of any sum due under this Note, including (without limitation) reasonable attorneys’ fees, then to the payment in full of any late charges and accrued and unpaid interest and finally to the reduction of the unpaid principal balance of this Note.

 

4.           Events of Default .  The following shall constitute Events of Default:

 

(a) Failure to Make Required Payments .  Failure by Maker to to make, on or before the due date (at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), in the manner required, any payment of principal, interest or any other sums due under this Note within five (5) business days following the date when due.

 

(b) Voluntary Bankruptcy, Etc .  The commencement by Maker of a voluntary case under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, rehabilitation or other similar law, or the consent by it to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) of Maker or for any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure of Maker generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of corporate action by Maker in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

 

(c) Involuntary Bankruptcy, Etc .  The entry of a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of Maker in an involuntary case under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, as now or hereafter constituted, or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of Maker or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days.

 

5.           Remedies .

 

2


(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 4(a), Payee may, by written notice to Maker, declare this Note to be due and payable, whereupon the principal amount of this Note, together with all i nterest accrued thereon pursuant to the terms of this Note and all other amounts payable thereunder, shall become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the documents evidencing the same to the contrary notwithstanding.

 

(b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Sections 4(b) and 4(c), the unpaid principal balance of, together with all interest accrued thereon pursuant to the terms of this Note and all other sums payable with regard to, this Note shall automatically and immediately become due and payable, in all cases without any action on the part of Payee.

 

6.           Waivers .  Maker and all endorsers and guarantors of, and sureties for, this Note waive presentment for payment, demand, notice of dishonor, protest, and notice of protest with regard to the Note, all errors, defects and imperfections in any proceedings instituted by Payee under the terms of this Note, and all benefits that might accrue to Maker by virtue of any present or future laws exempting any property, real or personal, or any part of the proceeds arising from any sale of any such property, from attachment, levy or sale under execution, or providing for any stay of execution, exemption from civil process, or extension of time for payment; and Maker agrees that any real estate that may be levied upon pursuant to a judgment obtained by virtue hereof, on any writ of execution issued hereon, may be sold upon any such writ in whole or in part in any order desired by Payee.

 

7.           Unconditional Liability .  Maker hereby waives all notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default, or enforcement of the payment of this Note, and agrees that its liability shall be unconditional, without regard to the liability of any other party, and shall not be affected in any manner by any indulgence, extension of time, renewal, waiver or modification granted or consented to by Payee, and consents to any and all extensions of time, renewals, waivers, or modifications that may be granted by Payee with respect to the payment or other provisions of this Note, and agree that additional makers, endorsers, guarantors, or sureties may become parties hereto without notice to them or affecting their liability hereunder.

 

8.           Notices .  Any notice called for hereunder shall be deemed properly given if (i) sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, (ii) personally delivered, (iii) dispatched by any form of private or governmental express mail or delivery service providing receipted delivery, (iv) sent by telefacsimile or (v) sent by e-mail, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by notice in accordance with this Section:

 

If to Maker:

 

Pyxis Tankers Inc.

c/o PYXIS MARITIME CORP.

K. Karamanli 59

Maroussi 15125, Greece

Attn.:  Chief Financial Officer

 

If to Payee:

 

MARITIME INVESTORS CORP.

K. Karamanli 59

Maroussi 15125, Greece

Attn.:  President

 

3


Notice shall be deemed given on the earlier of (i) actual receipt by the receiving part y, (ii) the date shown on a facsimile transmission confirmation, (iii) the date on which an e-mail transmission was received by the receiving party’s on-line access provider (iv) the date reflected on a signed delivery receipt, or (vi) two (2) b usiness d ays following tender of delivery or dispatch by express mail or delivery service.

 

9. Successors and Assigns . This Note applies to, inures to the benefit of, and binds the successors of the parties hereto. This Note may be assigned or otherwise transferred by Payee from time to time in compliance with applicable securities laws without the consent of Maker and in the event of any such assignment or transfer, the obligations of Maker hereunder shall inure to the benefit of all such assigns and successors. In the event Payee assigns or otherwise transfers all or any part of this Note, Maker shall, upon the request of Payee issue new Notes to effectuate such assignment or transfer. Except as provided herein, neither Payee nor Maker may assign or delegate its obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party, and any purported assignment without such consent shall be void and of no effect.

 

10.           Construction; Consent to Jurisdiction .  This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the domestic, internal law, but not the law of conflict of laws, of the State of New York.  MAKER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION, VENUE AND FORUM OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW YORK WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION, WHETHER COMMENCED BY PAYEE OF THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER PERSON, TO THE EXTENT THE SAME ARISES UNDER OR RELATES TO THIS NOTE.

 

11. Interpretation; Time . Maker and Payee agree that, in interpreting this Note, there shall be no inferences drawn against the drafting party. Time is of the essence with respect to each and every provision of this Note.

 

12. Severability .  Any provision contained in this Note which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

( Signature begins on next page )

4


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Maker, intending to be legally bound hereby, has caused this Note to be duly executed by its Secretary the day and year first above written.

 

MAKER:

 

PYXIS TANKERS INC.

 

 

By:   /s/ Henry Williams                     

      Name: Henry Williams

     Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

5

 

Exhibit 8.1

 

 

 

Pyxis Tankers Inc.

 

List of Subsidiaries

 

 

Company Name

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

 

 

 

1.Single vessel-owning subsidiaries (1)

 

Marshall Islands

2.Maritime Technologies Corp.

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

 

(1)

We have six vessel-owning subsidiaries, each incorporated in the Marshall Islands and wholly owned by Pyxis Tankers Inc.

 

 

Exhibit 12.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Valentios Valentis, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Pyxis Tankers Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 23, 2016

 

/s/ Valentios Valentis

Valentios Valentis

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

Exhibit 12.2

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Henry Williams, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Pyxis Tankers Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 23, 2016

 

/s/ Henry Williams

Henry Williams

Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

Exhibit 13.1

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

In connection with this Annual Report of Pyxis Tankers Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on or about the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Valentios Valentis, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request.

Date: March 23, 2016

 

 

/s/ Valentios Valentis

Valentios Valentis

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

Exhibit 13.2

PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

In connection with this Annual Report of Pyxis Tankers Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on or about the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Henry Williams, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request.

Date: March 23, 2016

 

 

/s/ Henry Williams

Henry Williams

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)